JP2019097839A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of securing space.SOLUTION: A distribution member 19983 is journaled rotatably and its shaft member 988a (rotating shaft) is arranged along a width direction of a game board 13. Therefore, since a passage TR3 and a passage TR4 are arranged along a direction crossing the game board 13 (base plat e 19060), at least one portion of the passage TR3 and the passage TR4 can be arranged by utilizing space (namely, space in a front side and a rear side of the base plate 19060) in a fore-and-aft direction (in a direction crossing the game board 13 (base plate 19060) relatively having a space margin. Therefore, by miniaturizing a distribution unit 19980 in a width direction (a horizontal direction in front view), space for arranging other members can be secured correspondingly.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 161

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage to pass through (Patent Document 1).

Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2017-148189

  However, the conventional gaming machine described above has a problem that the space is reduced.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of securing a space.

  In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is operated by the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, and to the one side. A distribution unit having a first passage through which game balls pass and a second passage through which the game balls distributed to the other side pass is provided, and the distribution member is rotatably supported The rotary shaft is disposed along the width direction of the game board.

  According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided the gaming machine according to the first aspect, further comprising first detection means for detecting the gaming ball passing through the first passage, the first passage being a displaceable area of the gaming ball Means for enlarging the image, and the enlargement means is disposed between the distribution member and the first detection means.

  A gaming machine according to a third aspect of the present invention is the gaming machine according to the second aspect, further comprising a first branch passage branched from the first passage, and the enlargement means is formed by the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine of claim 1, a space can be secured.

  According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine of the first aspect, the occurrence of chattering can be suppressed.

  According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine of the second aspect, the occurrence of chattering can be suppressed.

It is a front view of a pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a game board and an operation unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a game board and an operation unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a game board. It is a disassembled front perspective view of auxiliary equipment. It is an exploded back perspective view of an auxiliary device. It is sectional drawing of the window part movable unit in the XX line of FIG. (A) is a rear view of a window part movable unit, (b) is a front view of a window part movable unit. (A) is a rear view of a window part movable unit, (b) is a front view of a window part movable unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an operation | movement unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a game board, an outer edge member, and a metal plate-like member. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a game board, an outer edge member, and a metal plate-like member. It is a partial front view of an operation unit. It is a partial front view of an operation unit. It is a front perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a front perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a rear perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a rear perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. (A) is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit, (b) is a front perspective view of the wing-like member which shows the meshing state of a wing-like member and an auxiliary member, and an auxiliary member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a 1st operation | movement unit. It is a top view of a 1st operation unit. It is a rear view of a 1st operation unit. It is a rear view of a 1st operation unit. It is a rear view of a 1st operation unit. It is a rear view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a rear view of a support plate part, a wing-like member, an auxiliary member, and a fixed transfer board. It is a rear view of a support plate part, a wing-like member, an auxiliary member, and a fixed transfer board. It is a rear view of a support plate part, a wing-like member, an auxiliary member, and a fixed transfer board. It is a rear view of a support plate part, a wing-like member, an auxiliary member, and a fixed transfer board. (A) to (c) are schematic diagrams which illustrate the displacement relationship of a 1st operation | movement unit typically. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an operation | movement unit. It is a front perspective view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a rear perspective view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a base member. It is a top view of a plate-shaped displacement member. FIG. 18 is a front perspective view of the hollow member 740. (A)-(c) is sectional drawing of the light guide member in the XLIX-XLIX line | wire of FIG. 47, a plate-shaped displacement member, and a hollow member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a drive unit. (A) And (b) is a front view of a drive unit. It is a front view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a front view of a 2nd operation unit. It is a front view of a 2nd operation unit. FIG. 54 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit along the line LVa-LVa in FIG. 53, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit along the line LVb-LVb in FIG. 54. (A) And (b) is the schematic diagram which showed an example of the time change of conduction | electrical_connection of the electromagnetic solenoid on either side and the attitude | position change of a plate-shaped displacement member. (A) And (b) is the schematic diagram which showed an example of the time change of conduction | electrical_connection of the electromagnetic solenoid on either side and the attitude | position change of a plate-shaped displacement member. It is a top view of a 2nd operation unit. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58. FIG. 61 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58. It is a schematic diagram which shows the rotational displacement of a large receptacle part typically. FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII in FIG. 58. FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII in FIG. 58. FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII in FIG. 58. FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII in FIG. 58. FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view of a second operation unit taken along line LXXII-LXXII in FIG. 58. (A) And (b) is a rear view of the window part movable unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of the 1st operation unit in a 3rd embodiment. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. It is a front view of a 1st operation unit. (A) to (c) are schematic diagrams which illustrate the displacement relationship of a 1st operation | movement unit typically. (A) And (b) is a front view of the drive unit of the 2nd operation unit in a 4th embodiment. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the 2nd operation unit of 5th Embodiment in the line corresponding to the LVa-LVa line | wire of FIG. It is a front view of the game board in a 6th embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a base board, a winning opening unit, and a throwing unit. (A) is a front view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit. (A) is a perspective front view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a perspective rear view of a winning opening unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a prize-winning mouth unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a winning opening unit. (A) is a front view of a front unit, (b) is a rear view of a front unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a front unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a front unit. (A) is a front view of a displacement member, (b) is a side view of the displacement member, and (c) is a perspective front view of the displacement member. FIG. 90 is a back view of the winning opening unit and the displacement member in the range XCI of FIG. 87 (b). FIG. 90 is a back view of the winning opening unit and the displacement member in the range XCI of FIG. 87 (b). (A) is a side view of the drive unit, (b) is a top view of the drive unit, and (c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a drive unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a drive unit. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the drive unit in the XCVI-XCVI line of FIG. 93 (b). FIG. 83 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit taken along line XCVII-XCVII in FIG. 83. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the winning opening unit in the XCVIII-XCVIII line of FIG. (A) is a front view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit, (b) is a rear view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit, (c) is a top view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit. FIG. 33 is an exploded perspective rear view of the specific winning hole unit 950. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the specific prize-winning mouth unit in the CII-CII line of FIG.99 (c). (A) And (b) is a perspective front view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit. (A) is a front view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit, (b) is a sectional view of the specific winning a prize mouth unit in the CIVb-CIVb line of Drawing 104 (a). (A) is a top view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit and a drive unit, (b) is a side view of a specific winning a prize mouth unit and a drive unit. (A) is a cross-sectional view of a specific winning opening unit and a drive unit along line CVIa-CVIa in FIG. 105 (a), and (b) is a specific winning opening unit in line CVIb-CVIb in FIG. 106 (a) and It is sectional drawing of a drive unit. (A) is a front view of a throwing unit, (b) is a side view of a throwing unit. (A) is a disassembled perspective front view of a throwing unit, (b) is a disassembled perspective rear view of a throwing unit. (A) is a front view of a distribution unit, (b) is a side view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. (A) is a sectional view of a distribution unit along the line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109 (a), and FIG. 112 (b) is a sectional view of the distribution unit in CXIIb-CXIIb in FIG. 112 (a). (A) And (b) is a partial expanded sectional view of the distribution unit in range CXIII of FIG. 112 (b). (A) is a front view of a passage unit, (b) is a side view of a passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a passage unit. (A) is a front view of a replacement unit, (b) is a rear view of the replacement unit. (A) is sectional drawing of the exchange unit in the CXVIIIa-CXVIIIa line | wire of FIG. 117 (a), (b) is sectional drawing of the exchange unit in the CXVIIIb-CXVIIIb line | wire of FIG. 118 (a). FIG. 81 is a cross-sectional view of the gaming board taken along line CXIXa-CXIXa of FIG. 81. (A) is a partial expanded sectional view of a game board in the range CXXa of FIG. 119, (b) is a partially enlarged sectional view of a game board in a CXXb-CXXb line of FIG. 120 (a). (A) is a partial expanded sectional view of a game board in the range CXXa of FIG. 119, (b) is a partially enlarged sectional view of a game board in a CXXb-CXXb line of FIG. 120 (a). It is a rear view of the front unit and displacement member in 7th Embodiment. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the drive unit in 8th Embodiment. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of the drive unit in 9th Embodiment, and a displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective back view of a back surface base and a displacement member in a 10th embodiment. (A) And (b) is a rear view of a front unit and a displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective back view of the back surface base and displacement member in 11th Embodiment. (A) And (b) is a rear view of a front unit and a displacement member. FIG. 129 (a) is a rear view of the front unit in the twelfth embodiment, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXIXb-CXXIXb in FIG. 129 (a). FIG. 130 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirteenth embodiment, and FIG. 130 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXXb-CXXXb in FIG. 130 (a). (A) is a cross-sectional view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit along line CXXXIb-CXXXIb in FIG. 131 (a). (A) is a side view of the drive unit in 14th Embodiment, (b) is a top view of a drive unit, (c) is a perspective front view of a drive unit. Fig. 133 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the game board, and Fig. 133 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board on the line CXXXIIIb-CXXXIIIb in Fig. 133 (a). (A) is a cross-sectional view of the gaming board in the fifteenth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the gaming board in the sixteenth embodiment. FIG. 135 (a) is a schematic view of the winning opening unit in the seventeenth embodiment viewed from the rear, and FIG. 135 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXXVb-CXXXVb in FIG. FIG. 136 (a) is a schematic view of the winning opening unit viewed from the rear, and FIG. 136 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line CXXXVIb-CXXXVIb in FIG. 136 (a). (A) is a schematic view of the winning opening unit viewed from the rear, (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line CXXXVIIb-CXXXVIIb in FIG. 137 (a). FIG. 66 is an exploded perspective front view of the gaming board in the eighteenth embodiment. (A) is a front view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit. (A) is a perspective front view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a perspective rear view of a winning opening unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a prize-winning mouth unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a winning opening unit. (A) is a front view of a front unit, (b) is a rear view of the front unit, (c) is a cross-sectional view of the front unit taken along line CXLIIIc-CXLIIIc of FIG. 143 (a). (A) is a perspective front view of a front unit, (b) is a perspective rear view of a front unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a front unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a front unit. (A) is a front view of a distribution unit, (b) is a side view of a distribution unit. (A) is a perspective front view of a distribution unit, (b) is a perspective rear view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. (A) is a side view of the first side base in the arrow CLIa direction view of FIG. 149, (b) is a side view of the first side base in the arrow CLIb direction of FIG. 149, (c) is FIG. 149 is a side view of the second side base in an arrow CLIc direction view of FIG. 149, and FIG. 149 (d) is a side view of the second side base in an arrow CLId direction in FIG. FIG. 147 is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit taken along line CLIIa-CLIIa in FIG. 147 (a). FIG. 152 is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit along line CLIII-CLIII in FIG. 152 (a). (A) is a front view of the passage unit, (b) is a top view of the passage unit, (c) is a side view of the passage unit, (d) is a view of FIG. 154 (a) It is sectional drawing of the passage unit in a CLIVd-CLIVd line | wire. (A) is a perspective front view of a channel | path unit, (b) is a perspective rear view of a channel | path unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a passage unit. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the prize hole unit taken along line CLVIII-CLVIII in FIG. 139 (a), in which (a) shows the wing member in a closed state, and (b) shows the wing member in an open state. FIG. 139 (a) is a partial enlarged view of the winning opening unit in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139 (a) in the closed state of the wing member, and (b) is a side view of the winning hole unit in the closed state of the wing member. FIG. 139 (a) is a partially enlarged view of the winning opening unit in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139 (a) in the opened state of the wing member, and (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit in the opened state of the wing member. Fig. 139 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit along the line CLXI-CLXI in (a) of FIG. 139, (a) illustrates the state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position, (b) illustrates the distributing member. Is illustrated in the second position. (A) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CLXIIa-CLXIIa of FIG. 161, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CLXIIb-CLXIIb of FIG. 162 (a). It is sectional drawing of the distribution unit in 19th Embodiment, and respond | corresponds to the cross section in the CXIIa-CXIIa line of Fig.109 (a). FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit in the twentieth embodiment, corresponding to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the 21st embodiment, corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-second embodiment, which corresponds to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-third embodiment, which corresponds to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-fourth embodiment corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position; In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit in the twenty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state where the distributing member is disposed at the first position is illustrated. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the pay-out port unit in the twenty-seventh embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-eighth embodiment, which corresponds to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a), a state where the distributing member is disposed at the first position is illustrated. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-ninth embodiment corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. (A) is a top view of the winning opening unit in the thirtieth embodiment, (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-first embodiment, which corresponds to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-second embodiment, which corresponds to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the prize hole unit in the thirty-third embodiment, which corresponds to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), a state in which the distributing member is displaced forward while maintaining the posture (angle) disposed at the first position inside the bearing portion described later is illustrated (c) The figure shows the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state where the distributing member is disposed at the first position In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit in the thirty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the first position is illustrated. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state where the distributing member is disposed at the first position; In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-seventh embodiment corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 139 (a) a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), in which (a) shows the state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. In (b), the state where the distributing member is disposed at the second position is illustrated. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-ninth embodiment, which corresponds to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and shows a state in which the distributing member is disposed at the first position. FIG. 140 A sectional view of the winning opening unit in the fortieth embodiment, corresponding to a section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). (A) is a side view of a winning opening unit, (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the attached drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a substantially rectangular combination of wooden frames, and an outer frame 11 having substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In the outer frame 11, metal hinges 18 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1) to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front side.

  In the inner frame 12, the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails and winning openings 63, 64 and the like is detachably mounted from the back side. A ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13 to play a ball game. In the inner frame 12, a ball emitting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) for emitting balls to the front area of the game board 13 and a ball for guiding balls emitted from the ball emitting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13 Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the upper front side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 19 is provided is the front frame The lower tray unit 14 and the lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be able to open and close to the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front frame 14 is formed by assembling a decorative resin part, an electric part, and the like, and a window portion 14 c having an opening formed in a substantially elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass sheets is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  In the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface projecting to the front side, and prize balls, lending balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination thereof guides the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the content of the effect of super reach. Ru.

  The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around its periphery (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emission mode by lighting up or flashing according to the change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit, a predetermined reach time, etc., and play a role of enhancing the rendering effect during the game. The electric decoration parts 29-33 which incorporated light emission means, such as LED, are provided in the periphery of the window part 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as a big hit lamp, and at the time of big hit or reach production etc., each electric decoration part 29 to 33 is lit by lighting and blinking of the built-in LED. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that it is in the middle of a jackpot, or that it is in reach before the jackpot. Further, at the upper left portion of the front frame 14 in a front view (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is incorporated and provided with a display lamp 34 capable of displaying a payout ball and an error occurrence time.

  A small window 35 is formed on the right side below the electric decoration 32 so that a transparent resin is attached from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen, and the bonding space K1 on the front of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) is made visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin plated with chromium is attached to the area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to create more refreshingness.

  Under the window portion 14c, a ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed. The rental ball operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball rental button 42, and a return button 43. When the rental ball operation unit 40 is operated with a bill, a card, etc. being inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is A loan will be made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the remaining amount is displayed as a number as remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded in the card etc. (recording medium), and the lending ball supplies the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present in the card etc. Be done. The return button 43 is operated when it is requested to return a card or the like inserted in the card unit. In the case of a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without passing through a card unit, the so-called cash machine does not require the ball operating unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation part of to make the part configuration common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that can not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface on the left side thereof There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by the player to drive a ball into the front of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball emission unit 112a, an emission stop switch 51b for stopping emission of the ball during the pressing operation, and rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) or the like for detecting the amount of movement operation (rotational position) by a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is turned clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of the turning operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the (shooting strength), whereby the ball is struck to the front of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, in a state where the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the emission stop switch 51b are off.

  At the front lower portion of the lower plate 50, a ball removing lever 52 for operating when discharging the balls stored in the lower plate 50 downward is provided. The ball release lever 52 is always urged in the right direction, and by sliding it in the left direction against the urging, the bottom surface opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened. A ball falls naturally from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball release lever 52 is usually performed with a box (generally referred to as a "seven box") for receiving the ball discharged from the lower plate 50 below the lower plate 50. The operating handle 51 is disposed on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and an ashtray (not shown) is attached to the left side of the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, as well as a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding a ball and a windmill (not shown). , 62, the general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display device unit 80, etc. It is attached to the back side of 1).

  The base plate 60 is formed of a wooden plate member. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140, and the variable display unit 80 are disposed in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and tapping screws are provided from the front side of the game board 13. It is fixed by etc. The base plate 60 may be made of a light transmitting resin material. In this case, it is possible to allow the player to visually recognize various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.

  On the front of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted, and at the inner position of the outer rail 62, a strip-shaped metal plate is formed similarly to the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in the above is planted. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rails 61 and the outer rails 62, and the front and back are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of the game. The game area is a front area of the game board 13 and is divided by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 connecting the rails (a prize opening and the like are provided and launched). Area where the ball flows down).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the top of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the end portion (upper left part in FIG. 2) of the inner rail 61, and the situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 once comes back into the ball guide passage is prevented. Be done. On the tip of the outer rail 62 (the upper right part in FIG. 2), a rubber return 69 is attached at a position corresponding to the largest flying portion of the ball, and the ball fired with a predetermined momentum Is bounced toward the central part while being attenuated.

  First symbol display devices 37A and 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are disposed on the lower left side of the game area (the lower left side in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B perform display according to each control performed by the main control unit 110 (see FIG. 4), and display of the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly performed. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly depending on whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 140. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A is activated, and when the ball wins the second winning opening 140, the first The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is in a steady change, a time-short or a normal, by means of LEDs, or indicate whether it is in fluctuation by means of an on-light condition. The stop symbol indicates whether the symbol corresponds to the probability variation big hit or the symbol corresponding to the normal big hit or not by the lighted state, or indicates the number of holding balls by the lighted state, and by the 7-segment display device, the round of the big hit Display numbers and errors. In addition, a plurality of LEDs may be configured to have different emission colors (for example, red, green, blue) of the respective LEDs, and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the present pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when there is a prize in the first prize port 64 and the second prize port 140. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the jackpot is successful (jump lottery), and when it is determined that the jackpot is made, the jackpot type is also determined. As jackpot types determined here, 15R probability variation jackpots, 4R probability variation jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. Not only is it shown whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as the stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation in the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B, and if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown .

  Here, "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot where the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after 15 round jackpots, and "4R probability variation jackpot" is a maximum number of round jackpots with 4 rounds It is a probability change jackpot to shift to a high probability state after. Also, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds transitions to a low probability state after jackpots of 15 rounds and for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuation numbers) becomes a short time state. is there.

  Also, "high probability state" refers to a state in which the subsequent jackpot probability is increased as added value after the end of the jackpot, so-called probability fluctuation (during a definite change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special gaming state The state of The high probability state (in a definite change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 140 by increasing the probability of hitting a second symbol to be described later. The term "low probability state" refers to a time when the probability of change is not positive, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than that of probability change. Moreover, with the time saving state (time saving) of the "low probability state", the jackpot probability is a normal state, and only the jackpot probability of the second symbol is increased with the jackpot probability unchanged, and the second winning opening 140 To say the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is normally medium is the state of the game which is neither a definite change nor a time reduction (a state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the hit probability of the second symbol is increased).

  During a definite change or during a short time, not only the probability of hitting the second symbol is increased, but also the time for which the wing member 945 (motor part) attached to the second winning opening 140 is opened is changed, compared to the normal And a long time is set. When the wing member 945 is in the opened state (opened state), the ball is more likely to win the second winning opening 140 than when the wing member 945 is in the closed state (closed state). It becomes. Therefore, the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 140 during a definite change or during a time cut, and it is possible to increase the number of times the jackpot lottery is performed.

  In addition, in addition to changing the opening time of the wing member 945 accompanying the second winning a prize opening 140 or changing the opening time during a definite change or during a short time, the wing member in one hit A change may be made to increase the number of times 945 opens more than in the normal mode. In addition, the probability of hitting the second pattern is not changed during definite changes or during a short time, and the time when the wing member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is opened and the number of times the wing member 945 is opened at one time At least one may be changed. In addition, the time during which the wing member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is open or the number of times the wing member 945 is opened at one time does not occur during definite change or time, but only the probability of hitting the second pattern May be changed to be up relative to normal.

  In the game area, there are provided a plurality of general winning openings 63 in which five to fifteen balls are paid out as winning balls by winning balls. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by winnings (start winnings) to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140, and is synchronized with the variable display in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B while the third symbol A third symbol display device 81 configured of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second symbol triggered by the passage of a ball of through gate 67 A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided. Further, a center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

  The third symbol display device 81 is configured of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), for example, the upper, middle and lower 3 One symbol column is displayed. Each symbol row is constituted by a plurality of symbols (third symbol), and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 by horizontally scrolling these third symbols for each symbol row It is supposed to be. The third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment is the first symbol display device 37A, 37B in which the display of the gaming state accompanied by the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed, but the first A decorative display is performed according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B. The third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel instead of the display device.

  The second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol “o” and the symbol “x” as display symbols (the second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through gate 67 It is a variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. If it is a result of the winning lottery, if it is a hit, the symbol of "o" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the second symbol in the second symbol display device. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is out of alignment, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the third symbol in the second symbol display device.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display in the second symbol display device is stopped at a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, the symbol "o"), the wing member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is only for a predetermined time It is configured to be activated (opened).

  The time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the gaming state is normal. As a result, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the definite change and during the short time, it is possible to perform the winning lottery more frequently than in the middle. Therefore, since the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, it is possible to give the player many opportunities for the wing member 945 of the second winning opening 140 to be in the open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 140 during the definite change and during the short hours.

  In addition, during definite change or time shortening, increase the probability of hitting, increase the opening time and opening frequency of wing member 945 per contact, etc., and also by other methods, the second winning opening 140 to the second winning opening 140 during definite change or short time When it is in the state that is easy to win, the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter during the definite change or during the short time than during the normal time, the winning probability may be made constant regardless of the gaming state, and a single hit The opening time and the number of times of opening of the wing member 945 may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board 13 in the left and right areas of the variable display unit 80, and is configured to allow passage of a part of the ball fired to the game board 13. When the ball passes through gate 67, a lottery for winning the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a hit, the symbol of "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and the result of the winning lottery is out For example, the symbol of "x" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display.

  The number of times the ball passes through gate 67 is held up to a total of four times, and the number of balls held is indicated by the above-mentioned first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the second symbol hold lamp (not shown) Is also displayed. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  In addition, as the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching on and off of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol holding lamp may be performed by part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of holding balls for the passage of the ball of the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). The number of through gates 67 assembled is not limited to two, and may be one, for example. Further, the mounting position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the left and right of the variable display unit 80, and may be, for example, below the variable display unit 80. Further, since the number of balls held is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol holding lamp may not perform the lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, there is disposed a first winning opening 64 in which a ball can be won. When the ball is won in the first winning opening 64, the first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the turning on of the first winning opening switch. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, below the first winning opening 64 in a front view, a second winning opening 140 in which a ball can win is disposed. When the ball is won in the second winning opening 140, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the second winning opening switch being turned on. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37B.

  In addition, each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140 is also one of the winning openings in which five balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In the present embodiment, the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is winning in the second winning opening 140 are configured the same. The number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball has won the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the second winning opening 140 has the ball, for example, to the first winning opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when the player wins a prize may be set to three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when the ball has won to the second prize opening 140 may be set to five.

  A wing member 945 is attached to the second winning opening 140. The wing member 945 is configured to be openable and closable, and normally, the wing member 945 is in a closed state (shrinkage state), and it is difficult for the ball to win the second winning opening 140. On the other hand, as a result of the variation display of the second symbol performed triggered by the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, when the symbol "o" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the wing member 945 is in the open state (enlarged state And the ball is ready to win the second winning opening 140.

  As mentioned above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal condition, and the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is short as compared to the normal, and therefore, in the variable display of the second symbol The symbol of “” is easily displayed, and the number of times the wing member 945 is in the open state (enlarged state) is increased. In addition, during and after a certain period of time, the time for which the wing member 945 is opened is usually longer than that for the medium. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to win a prize at the second winning opening 140 as compared to normal time, during definite variation and during time saving.

  Here, the probability of being a big hit is the same in either the low probability state or the high probability state in the case where the ball has won in the first winning opening 64 and the case in which the ball has won in the second winning opening 140. However, the probability of becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot as the type of jackpot selected when jackpot is higher is higher in the case where the ball has won the second winning opening 140 than in the case where the ball has won the first winning opening 64 It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have a wing member as in the second winning opening 140, and the ball is always in a state where it is possible to win.

  Therefore, during normal operation, the wing member attached to the second winning opening 140 is often in a closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 140. The ball is fired so that the ball passes to the left of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed"), and the winning of the first winning opening 64 provides many opportunities for a big hit lottery and becomes a big hit The one who aims is advantageous to the player.

  On the other hand, since the wing member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is likely to be opened by passing the ball through the through gate 67 during definite variation or time, it is easy to win the second winning opening 140. And shoot the ball so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 toward the second winning opening 140 (so-called "right-handed") and pass the through gate 67 to open the wing member In addition, it is advantageous for the player to aim at becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot by winning in the second winning opening 140.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the configuration of the game board 13 is symmetrical, so aiming at the first winning opening 64 by "right-handling" may also aim at the second winning opening 140 by "left-handing". You can also aim. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment is a method of firing a ball to the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (permanent change, in time, during normal, during normal). It can be unnecessary to change "right-handed" and "right-handed". Therefore, the troublesomeness which changes how to hit a ball can be eliminated.

  A variable winning device 65 (see FIG. 2) is disposed below the first winning opening 64, and a specific winning opening 65a is provided substantially at the center. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 140 becomes a big hit, the stop symbol of the big hit after a predetermined time (variation time) has elapsed. The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on, and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is indicated. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) in which the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the special winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or 10 balls have been won).

  The specific winning hole 65a is closed when a predetermined time passes, and after the closing, the specific winning hole 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning hole 65a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which the opening and closing operation is being performed is a form of special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger amount of prize balls than usual as the provision of the gaming value (game value). Is done.

  In addition, the special gaming state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening is provided in the game area, which is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time The game state that the large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined period of time for a predetermined number of times during the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, triggered by the ball winning into the specific winning opening 65a It may be formed as a state. In addition, the specific winning a prize opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or more (for example, three) may be disposed, and the disposition position is also the lower right side of the first winning a prize opening 64 or the first Not limited to the lower left side of the winning opening 64, for example, the left side of the variable display unit 80 may be used.

  In the lower right corner of the game board 13, a sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate stamp, an identification label or the like is provided, and a test piece stamped on the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. It can be viewed through 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with an out port 71. A ball flowing down the game area, which has not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, is guided to the ball discharging path (not shown) through the out port 71. The out-ports 71 are arranged in pairs on the left and right of the specific winning hole 65a.

  A large number of nails are implanted in the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (features) such as a windmill are disposed.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is integrated with a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). In the control board unit 91, a delivery control board (delivery control device 111), a emission control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116 are mounted and unitized.

  In the back pack unit 94, a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board is used as an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port to communicate with various devices, a random number generator used in various lottery, time counting and synchronization etc. Clock pulse generation circuits etc. are mounted as needed.

  The main control unit 110, the audio lamp control unit 113 and the display control unit 114, the payout control unit 111 and the emission control unit 112, the power supply unit 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are accommodated in the substrate boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The substrate boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate the control devices and the respective substrates.

  In addition, the substrate box 100 (main controller 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing controller 111 and firing controller 112) connect the box base and the box cover unsealably (sealing structure) by a sealing unit (not shown) Consolidated). Further, a seal seal (not shown) is pasted over the box base and the box cover at the connection portion between the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if it is attempted to peel off the sealing seal to open the substrate box 100 or 102, or if the substrate box 100 or 102 is to be opened forcibly, the box base side and the box cover It is cut to the side. Therefore, by confirming the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it can be known whether or not the substrate box 100, 102 has been opened.

  Dispensing unit 93 is located at the top of back pack unit 94 and opens upward, tank 130, tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side, and a dispensing device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 for dispensing balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) ing. The balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall are successively replenished to the tank 130, and the required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. The tank rail 131 is attached with a vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131.

  In addition, the payout control device 111 is provided with the state recovery switch 120, the emission control device 112 is provided with the operation knob 121 of the variable resistor, and the power supply device 115 is provided with the RAM erase switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) portion, for example. The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the launch force of the launch solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on in order to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is mounted with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic device. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 storing various control programs to be executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control unit 110, main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as a jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device by the MPU 201 Run.

  Although various commands are transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control units such as the payout control unit 111 and the audio lamp control unit 113 to operate. Such command is transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit in one direction only.

  The RAM 203 is a stack area in which various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc. are stored, various flags and counters, I / O, etc. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to be able to receive data (backup) supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power shutoff (including the time of the power failure, the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including the power on after the power failure is eliminated, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is shut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When it is input, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 via a bus line 204 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol hold lamp, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specified winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing drive and a solenoid for driving a wing member is connected to the front side, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205. Send.

  The input / output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotational position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of the winning balls and the lending balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 212 storing a control program to be executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111 is, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, a stack area where the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, various flags and counters , I / O, etc. are stored in the work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to receive a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is turned off and to hold (back up) data, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the emission control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but not connected to the main control device 110.

  The emission control device 112 controls the ball emission unit 112 a so that the ball launch strength according to the amount of rotational operation of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main controller 110 instructs the ball emission. . The ball launch unit 112a includes a launch solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the launch solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on condition that the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is off (not operated) The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotational operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and the ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (such as the illumination parts 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 and the like performed by the display control device 114 such as display (display) and advance notice effect. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 configured by an address bus and a data bus. To the input / output port 225, a main control unit 110, a display control unit 114, an audio output unit 226, a lamp display unit 227, other units 228, a frame button 22 and the like are connected. The other devices 228 include a drive motor MT1 and electromagnetic solenoids SOL1 and SOL2.

  The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed by the third symbol display device 81, or super reach It instructs the display control device 114 to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a back side image change command including information on the changed stage is transmitted to display control device 114 in order to display a back side image corresponding to the changed stage on third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 in accordance with the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

  In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. Based on the display command received from the display control device 114, the sound lamp control device 113 outputs a sound corresponding to the display content from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81. The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled according to the display content.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the third symbol display effect variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 matches the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226 by outputting the voice from the voice output device 226 according to the display content indicated by the display command. be able to.

  The power supply unit 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As a summary, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts AC supplied from the outside, 12 volts voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as solenoid 209, motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and a backup voltage are supplied to the respective control devices 110 to 114 and the like.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting the power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of the stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power loss, power loss) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the blackout signal SG1 is outputted to the main control unit 110 and the payout control unit 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure, and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a 5-volt voltage, which is a driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient for execution of the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown) normally.

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control unit 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. The main control unit 110 controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data and causing the payout control unit 111 to clear the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. Transmit to the device 111.

  Next, the structures of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 will be described. FIG. 5 is an exploded front perspective view of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300, and FIG. 6 is an exploded back perspective view of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300. In addition, in description of FIG.5 and FIG.6, FIG. 2 is referred suitably. Moreover, in FIG. 6, illustration of the 3rd symbol display apparatus 81 is abbreviate | omitted.

  As described above, the gaming board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, as well as a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding a ball and a windmill (not shown), as well as rails 61 and 62 , General winning opening 63, first winning opening 64, second winning opening 140, through gate 67, variable winning device 65, variable display device unit 80, left and right pair of window movable units 150, balls discharged from the game area It is comprised by assembling | attaching the ball | bowl flow down unit 290 grade | etc., Comprised so that it could flow down, and the peripheral part is attached to the back side of the inner frame 12 (refer FIG. 1).

  As described above, the base plate 60 is formed of plywood laminated with plywood, and the base plate 60 is provided so that the various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 can not be viewed by the player from the front side. 60 is formed to be able to be shielded.

  As shown in FIG. 6, base plate 60 is drilled to pass an electrical wiring connected to through gate 67, in addition to the through hole drilled to arrange variable display unit 80 substantially at the center position. A plurality of (two in the present embodiment) small through holes 60a, and a plurality (three in the present embodiment) fitting recesses 60b recessed so as to be unevenly engageable with the front end portion of the operation unit 300 A plurality of (two in the present embodiment) light transmission holes 60c are provided in the front and rear direction at the left and right lower portions.

  The light transmission holes 60c are formed at positions where light emitted from the operation unit 300 can pass, and the effect of the game board 13 is improved from the viewpoint of light emission effect. This will be described in detail.

  On the front side of the light passage hole 60c, there are disposed flow passage constitution members 91 and 92 formed of a light transmitting resin material, and the outer side portion 94 of the flow passage constitution member 91 and 92 is a light passage hole. In the aspect which covers 60c, the flow lower surface structural members 91 and 92 are fastened and fixed to the base plate 60.

  The left and right flow lower surface constituting members 91 and 92 have substantially the left-right symmetrical shape except that the covering plate FB is disposed on the front side of the right flow lower surface constituting member 92. The member 91 will be described in detail, and the description of the right lower surface component 92 will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 5, in the flow lower surface constituting member 91, the plate-like portion disposed along the front surface of the base plate 60 is formed into a band-like portion 93 having a width equal to that of the inner rail 61. Are divided by a band 93, and an outer part 94 which is an outer part (front view outer part) of the game area divided by the band 93, and a game divided by the band 93 And an inner portion 95 that is an inner portion (an inner portion in a front view) of the region.

  The outer side portion 94 is configured as a portion that is less likely to affect the flow of the ball because it is outside the game area as described above. Therefore, since it is not necessary to consider the influence on the ball due to the displacement of the outer plate portion 94, the thickness of the outer portion 94 can be designed thin.

  In addition, even if the thickness of the inner portion 95 is reduced as a result of designing the outer portion 94 to be thin, the thickness of the base plate 60 is disposed on the back side of the inner portion 95, the rigidity of the base plate 60 The displacement (the deformation in the thickness direction) of the inner portion 95 in the front-rear direction can be suppressed by using the Furthermore, by designing the thickness of the outer side portion 94 and the inner side portion 95 to be thin, it is possible to sufficiently secure the front and rear width of the game area.

  In this manner, the thickness of the outer portion 94 can be designed to be thin without impairing the function required for the inner portion 95, and as a result, light emitted from the operation unit 300 and transmitted through the light transmission hole 60c can be Can be made easier for the player to visually recognize through the outer part 94.

  In the present embodiment, since the base plate 60 is formed of a wooden plate member, it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the light emitted from the back side through the thickness of the base plate 60. On the other hand, by forming the light transmission holes 60c (see FIG. 6) as in the present embodiment and arranging the light emitting means on the back side, the base plate 60 is formed of a wooden plate member while the base plate 60 is formed. The brightness viewed through can be easily changed.

  For example, in the case of forming a decorative pattern visually recognized so as to be continuously connected to the outer portion 94 and the other portions in front view, it is disposed on the electric decoration substrate 777 disposed on the back side of the outer portion 94 By changing the light emission mode of the light emitting means 778 with a plurality of types and changing the brightness of the outer portion 94, it is possible to change the appearance of the same decorative pattern to a plurality of types.

  In addition, for example, a decorative member that changes a visible pattern according to the light emission mode of the light emitting means 778 may be attached to the outer side portion 94. In this case, the appearance (image) of the game board 13 can be largely changed by the light emission mode of the light emission means 778.

  In addition, the aspect of the decoration member which changes the pattern which can be visually recognized by the light emission aspect is not limited at all. For example, a member such as an illumination plate, which is designed to be able to visually recognize different patterns depending on the angle of light application may be used. Further, for example, on the premise that a pattern is drawn in a plurality of colors and the color of the light to be irradiated is also prepared in a plurality of colors, a member designed to change the pattern to be recognized by changing the emission color may be used. .

  The inner part 95 is disposed inside the game area as described above. When the inner part 95 is displaced (deformed), there is a possibility that the ball flowing down the game area may be affected, but in the present embodiment, the meat part of the pace plate 60 is arranged on the back side of the inner part 95. (Because the light transmission holes 60c are configured to be accommodated on the outer side 94 side with respect to the strip 93 in a front view), the rigidity of the base plate 60 is used to displace the inner side 95 ( Deformation) can be prevented. This makes it possible to stabilize the flow of the ball.

  A general winning opening 63 is disposed in the inner portion 95, and the general winning opening 63 is disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and the flow lower surface constituting member 91 is a front surface of the game board 13. It is being fixed by being fixed with a tapping screw etc. from the side.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.

  As described above, the center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display 81, and the window movable unit 150 is disposed at the left and right upper corners of the center frame 86. Is provided.

  FIG. 7 is an exploded back perspective view of the game board 13. In addition, in FIG. 7, illustration of the lower part of the game board 13 is abbreviate | omitted, and the auxiliary | assistant apparatus 160 is decomposed | disassembled and shown in the front oblique view.

  The window movable unit 150 is rotatable and displaceable. The window movable unit 150 is disposed on the rear side of the displacement member 151, and the displacement member 151 is configured to allow the player to visually recognize in the window inside the center frame 86. And an auxiliary device 160 for generating a driving force for driving the light source 151 or emitting light toward the displacement member 151.

  The displacement member 151 is formed in a bifurcated shape as viewed in the front-rear direction, and is disposed at both distal end portions of a bifurcated portion 152 pivotally supported at a base end portion configured in the vicinity of a bent portion and its bifurcated portion 152 And a protruding portion 154 protruding in the radial direction from the base end of the forked portion 152.

  The tip end portion 153 is formed in a box shape (bag shape, cup shape) with the bottom side facing the front side, and is fastened to the opening portion side of the effect portion 153 a and visual effect portion 153 a The ring-shaped portion 153 b includes a ring-shaped portion that is fixed and has a shape in which the opposite side of the effect portion 153 a is smaller than the effect portion 153 a.

  In the effect portion 153a, a light diffusion shape (jagged shape) is formed on the inner side surface, and light emitted from the back side to the inside of the open portion can be diffused, so the light actually irradiated is narrow It is possible to make a player who visually recognizes the rendering portion 153a from the front side visually recognize that the whole of the rendering portion 153a is light (light) even if it is irradiated to

  The overhanging portion 154 has its displaceable range defined in both the rotational direction by a pair of claw portions 86 a protruding from the center frame 86 side. That is, the displacement member 151 is configured to be capable of rotational displacement at an angle (an angle less than 360 degrees) defined by the relationship between the arrangement of the claws 86 a and the overhanging portion 154.

  8 is an exploded front perspective view of the assisting device 160, and FIG. 9 is an exploded back perspective view of the assisting device 160. As shown in FIG. The auxiliary device 160 includes an abutting member 161 disposed at a position capable of coming into contact with the displacement member 151 (see FIG. 7), and a metal whose one end (front side end) is connected to the abutting member 161 in a relatively non-rotatable manner. Transmission rod portion 162 made of brass (in the present embodiment, made of brass), a driven member 163 coupled to the other end (rear end) of the transmission rod portion 162 so as to be relatively rotatable, and a transmission rod portion A well-known E-ring 164, which is fitted in the radial direction at both ends of the 162, and the transmission shaft portion 162 can be axially supported, and the whole is formed in a case-like support case 170 and disposed inside the support case 170. And an electric decoration substrate 180 to be provided.

  The transmission shaft rod portion 162 is a cylindrical member whose outer shape in the axial direction (front-rear direction) of the mid-part is a perfect circle, and both ends are scraped into a planar shape from a predetermined radial direction. The tip has a substantially D-shaped cross section. The both end portions are engaged with the insertion holes 161b of the abutment member 161 and the insertion holes 163b of the driven member 163, whereby the abutment member 161, the transmission shaft rod portion 162, and the driven member 163 are relative to each other. It is connected non-rotatably (integrally).

  The contact member 161 is formed of a resin material, and is a through hole through which the transmission shaft rod portion 162 is inserted, and a base end portion 161a in which an insertion hole 161b configured to have a D-shaped cross section is formed. The arm portion 161c extends outward of the base end portion 161a and has an approximately U-shaped front view.

  The driven member 163 is formed of a resin material, and is a through hole through which the transmission shaft rod portion 162 is inserted, and a base end portion 163a in which an insertion hole 163b configured to have a D-shaped cross section is formed. And an arm portion 163c formed straight in the outward direction of the base end portion 161a and configured in a substantially flat plate shape.

  A metal plate member MB1 made of metal (magnetic material) is disposed on the top surface of the driven member 163. In the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB1 is fixed to the driven member 163 by engagement with the elastic claw 163d.

  More specifically, rail portions for guiding the back and forth slide of the metal plate member MB1 are disposed at both end portions in the radial direction of the arm portion 163c, and this rail portion can guide the metal plate member MB1 only from the front side. It is formed (only the front side is fully open). When sliding the metal plate member MB1 along the rail portion, the elastic claw 163d is pushed down by the metal plate member MB1, and when the metal plate member MB1 is slid as it is, the metal plate member MB1 is on the back side wall of the rail portion. The sliding movement is restricted by the contact, and in this position, the depression of the elastic claw 163d by the metal plate member MB1 is released (raised to a position facing the side surface of the metal plate member MB1), and the elastic claw 163d is metal It engages so as to regulate retraction of the plate member MB1 to the front side.

  The method of fixing the metal plate member MB1 to the driven member 163 is not limited to this. For example, the metal plate member MB1 may be fastened and fixed to the driven member 163, may be fixed with a binding band, or may be attached with an adhesive tape or the like.

  The support case 170 is disposed on the front side of the rear member 170B, the middle member 170M disposed on the front side of the rear member 170B and in which the support hole 174 through which the transmission shaft portion 162 is inserted is formed. A front member 170F is provided, on the front side of which a decorative shape (wave pattern) is formed, and a plurality of (three in the present embodiment) plate-like members are stacked in the front and rear direction and fastened and fixed.

  The electric decoration substrate 180 is formed in a plate shape having a substantially L shape in a front view according to the shape of the front member 170F, and includes a plurality of LEDs and the like disposed at positions designed in consideration of effects A light emitting means 181, a connector 182 disposed as a portion to which electrical wiring is connected, and a plurality of through holes 183 bored in the electric decoration substrate 180 for assembly are provided.

  The light emitting means 181 is a strong light emitting means 181a disposed inside the light transmitting hole 177 in a front view, and a weak light emitting means disposed outside the light transmitting hole 177 (disposed opposite to the back surface of the front member 170F) And 181b.

  The through hole 183 is formed in an elongated oval shape along the direction in which the through hole 183 inclines. Thus, the through hole 183 can be easily attached to the projecting cylindrical portion 172 whose outer shape is formed in a perfect circular shape in a front view.

  That is, while the posture of the electric decoration substrate 180 is inclined (see FIG. 10), the projecting direction of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 is not inclined (it is the front-rear direction), compared to the assembly in the same direction. Improper assembly (not assembled or loose) is likely to occur, but in the present embodiment, the through hole 183 is formed in a long oval shape along the direction in which the attitude of the electric decoration substrate 180 is inclined, The margin of the through hole 183 along the inclined direction can be made large, and the assembly of the through hole 183 to the projecting cylindrical portion 172 can be facilitated.

  The electric decoration substrate 180 is accommodated between the front member 170F and the middle member 170M. At this time, the electric decoration substrate 180 has a posture in which the plate front faces obliquely downward (the normal is inclined downward to the front side) Be done. This will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the window movable unit 150 taken along line X-X in FIG. In addition, in order to make an understanding easy, illustration of back member 170B is omitted, and an outline of displacement member 151 is illustrated by an imaginary line. The XX line is disposed to pass through the center of the upper projecting cylindrical portion 172. In the following description, FIGS. 8 and 9 will be referred to as appropriate.

  The middle member 170M is different in the aspect of the wall-shaped portion on the front side between the upper side wall-shaped portion 170MU and the lower side wall-shaped portion 170MD. That is, the upper side wall-like portion 170MU is configured as a non-inclined (normal line points in the horizontal direction) wall-like part, and the lower side wall-like part 170MD is inclined wall line (the normal line faces downward on the front side) Configured as

  Thus, the electric decoration substrate 180 is supported on the wall-like portions having different normals in such a manner that the back surface of the board follows the lower side wall-like portion 170MD (in which the normals are inclined downward toward the front side). That is, in the assembled state (see FIG. 2), the direction of the optical axis of the light emitted from the light emitting means 181 of the electric decoration substrate 180 is inclined downward to the front side.

  The middle member 170M is provided with a projecting frame portion 171 projecting in a frame shape toward the front side, and a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions projecting in a small diameter cylindrical shape toward the front side inside the projecting frame portion 172 and a wiring through hole 173 which is drilled in the front-rear direction in a configuration surrounding the connector 182 at left and right outer (left) corners.

  The projecting frame portion 171 seals the periphery of the electric decoration substrate 180 by abutting on the front and rear of the outer frame portion of the front member 170F. Thereby, the electric decoration substrate 180 can be avoided from being visually recognized from between the front member 170F and the middle member 170M, and light leakage from the same position can be prevented.

  The projecting cylindrical portion 172 includes a seat portion having a large diameter and a small diameter insertion portion further protruding from the seat portion, and is assembled such that the insertion portion is inserted into the through hole 183 of the electric decoration substrate 180. Thus, the back surface of the electric decoration substrate 180 is supported by the seat, and the arrangement of the electric decoration substrate 180 can be stabilized.

  Here, the seat portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 disposed in the upper side wall portion 170MU is higher than the seat portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 disposed in the lower side wall portion 170MD. Thus, the electric decoration substrate 180 assembled in the above-described inclined posture can be stably supported, and a gap can be secured between the upper side wall portion 170MU and the electric decoration substrate 180.

  The projecting end of the seat of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 is formed as an inclined surface (an inclined surface configured such that the projecting length becomes shorter toward the lower side) in accordance with the posture of the electric decoration substrate 180 . Thus, not only the function of stabilizing the arrangement of the electric decoration substrate 180 but also the function of stabilizing the posture of the electric decoration substrate 180 can be provided to the projecting cylindrical portion 172.

  The wiring through hole 173 is a through hole for passing the electric wiring connected to the connector 182 of the electric decoration substrate 180. Since the attitude of the electric decoration board 180 can be maintained by the load applied to the electric decoration board 180 through the electric wiring, the attitude of the electric decoration board 180 can be stably supported without fastening and fixing the electric decoration board 180 can do.

  The front member 170F is formed of a colored (white in this embodiment) light transmissive resin material in such a shape that the back side is a plane substantially parallel to the lower side wall portion 170MD, and is circularly drilled in the front-rear direction A plurality of light transmission holes 177, a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 projecting toward the back side in a small diameter cylindrical shape, and a lateral view L connecting the frame back and the frame forming the outer periphery And an L-shaped support 179.

  The light transmission holes 177 are formed to surround any of the LEDs constituting the light emitting means 181 in a front view. Thereby, the aspect visually recognized from the front side of the front member 170F changes with the light emission means 181 arrange | positioned by the back side of the light transmission hole 177, and the light emission means 181 other than that. That is, the inside of the light transmission hole 177 can be visually recognized as strongly emitting light as compared to the other places.

  A plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 are formed with substantially the same projecting length. Thereby, while the interval between the main body plate portion of the front member 170F and the electric decoration substrate 180 is uniform over the entire arrangement range of the electric decoration substrate 180, the electric decoration substrate 180 in the inclined posture is surface-supported at a plurality of positions. As a result, it is possible to improve the sense of stability of the support of the electric decoration substrate 180 while maintaining the freedom of arrangement of the light emitting means 181 and suppressing the unevenness of the light emission mode.

  That is, since the electric decoration substrate 180 is inclined in such a manner that the front of the plate faces downward to the front side, it is preferable to support the electric base 180 from the front side in order to maintain its posture. When the electric decoration substrate 180 is supported, the arrangeable region of the light emitting means 181 provided on the front side of the electric decoration substrate 180 tends to be easily restricted. If the area of the support portion is reduced by giving priority to the disposing area of the light emitting means 181, the posture of the electric decoration substrate 180 is broken, and the space between the main plate portion of the front member 170F and the electric decoration substrate 180 is the arrangement of the electric decoration substrate 180 There is a possibility that variation is likely to occur in the range, and unevenness of the light emission mode may easily occur.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 with a small diameter and a similar projecting height are provided to simultaneously support the plate front of the electric decoration substrate 180 at a plurality of points. Therefore, a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 for supporting the electric decoration substrate 180 can be disposed at a plurality of small gap positions generated between the adjacent light emitting means 181. Thereby, the sense of stability of the support of the electric decoration substrate 180 can be improved while maintaining the freedom of arrangement of the light emitting means 181 and suppressing the unevenness of the light emission mode.

  The L-shaped support portion 179 is disposed to face the upper surface and the front surface of the electric decoration substrate 180 in the assembled state, and functions to suppress the displacement of the electric decoration substrate 180. That is, the lower part of the L-shaped support portion 179 disposed opposite to the front surface of the electric decoration substrate 180 is supported to prevent the electric decoration substrate 180 from falling forward by its own weight.

  Further, the rear portion of the L-shaped support portion 179 disposed opposite to the upper surface of the electric decoration substrate 180 and the electric decoration substrate 180 are normally arranged with a gap therebetween, while loosely supporting the electric decoration substrate 180, The displacement of the electric decoration substrate 180 in the vertical direction can be minimized.

  In addition, a support portion having the same shape as the L-shaped support portion 179 is also formed on the front side of the lower side wall portion 170MD of the middle member 170M (formed at two positions on the left and right). And the back surface, and functions to suppress the displacement of the electric decoration substrate 180. That is, in the present embodiment, the L-shaped support portions disposed above and below the electric decoration substrate 180 can suppress displacement of the electric decoration substrate 180 in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the electric decoration substrate 180 is not directly fastened and fixed, but is stably supported by being supported from the front and rear by the front member 170F and the middle member 170M. There is. This is because, for example, when the middle member 170M and the electric decoration substrate 180 are fastened and fixed and configured as a single rigid body, the electric decoration substrate 180 may vibrate due to the influence of the vibration generated in the middle member 170M. , It is a measure in consideration of it.

  That is, according to the present embodiment, since the electric decoration substrate 180 is fastened and fixed to neither the middle member 170M nor the front member 170F, even when the middle member 170M or the front member 170F vibrates, The arrangement of the electric decoration substrate 180 can be easily maintained independently.

  Here, although it is considered that the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 disposed on the back side of the middle member 170M is likely to cause the vibration of the middle member 170M, in the present embodiment, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 has an upper side wall shape It arrange | positions on the opposite side (back side) of the electric decoration board | substrate 180 across the clearance gap which arises on the front side of the part 170MU.

  With this configuration, the vibration of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is transmitted to the electric decoration substrate 180 through the small diameter projecting cylindrical portion 172, so that the vibration of the vibrating solenoid SOL1 is alleviated by the deformation of the projecting cylindrical portion 172. It is possible to suppress the transmission of vibration to the electric decoration substrate 180. Therefore, it is possible to avoid that the vibration is directly transmitted from the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 as the vibration source to the electric decoration substrate 180.

  The middle member 170M is drilled in the front-rear direction with a diameter slightly longer than the diameter of the transmission shaft portion 162, and is configured to be capable of rotatably supporting the transmission shaft portion 162, and below the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1. A lower regulation portion 175 is provided, and an upper regulation portion 176 disposed on the opposite side of the support hole 174 with respect to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1.

  The driven member 163 is normally tilted by its own weight (see FIG. 11A), but when the electricity is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, a magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is generated, and the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is generated. The metal plate member MB1 is adsorbed and displaced upward. That is, in the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB1 is displaced between the rising position disposed as a result of rising by the electromagnetic force and the falling position disposed as the result of disappearance of the electromagnetic force and falling by its own weight. The abutting member 161 and the driven member 163 are rotationally displaced. The rotational displacement will be described below with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12.

  11A is a back view of the window movable unit 150, and FIG. 11B is a front view of the window movable unit 150. As shown in FIG. 12A is a back view of the window movable unit 150, and FIG. 12B is a front view of the window movable unit 150.

  11 (a) and 11 (b), a state (state in the lowered position) in which the driven member 163 is inclined by its own weight without the electricity being supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is illustrated, and FIG. In (a) and FIG. 12 (b), a state (a state of a raised position) in which the metal plate member MB1 and the driven member 163 are raised by the electromagnetic force generated by supplying electricity to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is illustrated.

  11A and 12A, illustration of the rear member 170B is omitted for easy understanding, and in FIGS. 11B and 12B, the outer shape of the displacement member 151 is omitted. The shape of the opening on the rear side and the back side is illustrated by an imaginary line.

  As shown in FIGS. 11 (a) and 12 (a), in the lowered position, the driven member 163 abuts on the cushion portion 175a attached to the upper surface of the lower regulating portion 175 and is restrained from being lowered. In the position, it abuts on a cushion portion 176a attached to the lower surface of the upper regulating portion 176, and the upward displacement is regulated.

  In addition, the material of the cushion parts 175a and 176a is not limited at all. For example, general-purpose plastics such as polypropylene and polystyrene may be used, engineering plastics such as polycarbonate may be used, thermosetting resins such as melamine resin, polyurethane and epoxy resin may be used, and rubber materials may be used. Further, the material of the cushion portions 175a and 176a may be the same or different.

  Here, although the lower side regulation part 175 and the upper side regulation part 176 are constituted so that arrangement (distance from transmission shaft stick part 162) on the basis of transmission stick part 162 may differ, about an effect which arises by it explain.

  First, since the load applied to the lower regulation portion 175 through the driven member 163 is a load mainly generated by the weight of the driven member 163, the driven member 163 is supported by supporting the center of gravity of the driven member 163. It can be stably supported. For this reason, the lower regulation portion 175 is disposed at the center of gravity of the driven member 163 (approximately at the center of the arm length).

  On the other hand, the load given to the upper regulating portion 176 via the driven member 163 is mainly a load due to the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1. There are few advantages associated with the center of gravity position of. In the present embodiment, by disposing the upper regulating member 176 opposite to the rotation tip of the driven member 163, the load transmitted to the upper regulating member 176 via the driven member 163 is reduced.

  That is, when a moment of force having the same magnitude is generated, the position away from the rotation axis of the driven member 163 (the position at which the arm related to the moment is longer) is transmitted via the driven member 163 Since the load is reduced, the load transmitted to upper regulating member 176 can be reduced.

  As described above, since it is desirable that the load transmission to the upper regulating member 176 occurs at the rotating tip of the driven member 163, the width dimension (radial width) of the cushion portion 176a is shortened in the present embodiment (cushion Shorter than the width dimension of the portion 175a). As a result, it is possible to avoid load transmission at the intermediate portion of the driven member 163, and to stably generate load transmission at the rotating tip.

  In addition, since the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) continues to be generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 at the raised position, it is unlikely that the driven member 163 rebounds after colliding with the cushion portion 176a.

  On the other hand, by increasing the width dimension (radial direction width) of the cushion portion 175a of the lower regulation portion 175 (longer than the width dimension of the cushion portion 176a), the area of the load receiving surface can be widened. The pressure (stress) generated in the cushion portion 175a by the load of the driving member 163 by its own weight can be reduced. Thus, it is possible to suppress the bounce of the driven member 163 after colliding with the cushion portion 175a.

  Therefore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress the rebound of the driven member 163 while reducing the load transmitted to the cushion portions 175a and 176a via the driven member 163 at the time of displacement in both the upper and lower directions.

  Below the upper regulation portion 176, a projecting portion 176b which is provided in a curved shape and is provided on the back side of the middle member 170M is formed. The projecting portion 176 b is disposed to face the rotating tip end portion of the driven member 163, and when the driven member 163 is displaced to the front side, the driven member 163 is suppressed while the contact with the driven member 163 is suppressed in a small area. Guide the rotation of the

  As shown in FIGS. 11B and 12B, the front end portion 153 of the displacement member 151 is disposed on the front side of the strong light emitting means 181a disposed inside the light transmission hole 177 in a front view. Therefore, the light emitted from the strong light emitting means 181 a is visually recognized by the player through the tip portion 153.

  As described above, the internal shape of the rendering unit 153a allows the player who visually recognizes the rendering unit 153a to be viewed from the front side as if the entire rendering unit 153a (light) is visible, so strong light emission Even in the situation where the displacement member 151 is displaced while the actual arrangement of the means 181a does not change, it is possible to suppress the change of the light emission mode of the effect part 153a.

  In other words, the light visually recognized via the rendering unit 153a can be made visible to the player as if it is displaced in synchronization with the displacement of the rendering unit 153a. The light emitting means is disposed, and can be illusive as if it is displaced in synchronization with the displacement of the rendering unit 153a.

  On the other hand, since the weak light emitting means 181b can appear to emit light at the fixed position, the weak light emitting means 181b disposed on the electric decoration substrate 180 is The strong light emitting means 181a, which is also disposed on the electric decoration substrate 180, can be visually recognized as emitting light while being displaced, as if light is emitted at the fixed position.

  As a result, a plurality of electric decoration substrates are adopted, the first substrate is in a fixed arrangement, and the second substrate is displaceable, so that the light emission effect which is likely to be realized is fixed in arrangement and single electric electricity. It can be realized using a decorative substrate. As a result, the number of electric decoration substrates can be reduced while achieving the same effect.

  Referring back to FIG. The operation unit 300 is disposed on the back side of the game board 13, and various light emitting means and various operation units are disposed inside.

  FIG. 13 is an exploded front perspective view of the operation unit 300. As shown in FIG. The operation unit 300 includes a bottom wall portion 311 and a rear case 310 formed in a box shape whose front side is opened from an outer wall portion 312 erected from an outer edge of the bottom wall portion 311.

  The rear case 310 is formed in a rectangular frame shape in a front view by forming a rectangular opening 311 a in the center of the bottom wall portion 311. The opening 311a is formed in a size corresponding to the outer shape (outer edge) of the display area of the third symbol display device 81 (that is, the display region of the third symbol display device 81 can be divided in front view).

  The operation unit 300 is disposed on the left and right sides of the opening 311a, and the first operation unit 400 in which the movable device is disposed displaceably in the path including the upper side of the opening 311a in the internal space of the back case 310. And the like, and the second operation unit 700 disposed below the opening 311a are accommodated as one unit.

  Specifically, the first operation unit 400 is disposed on the bottom wall portion 311 of the back case 310 at a position above the opening 311 a and the second operation unit 700 at a position below the opening 311 a. In FIG. 5, a state in which the first operation unit 400 and the second operation unit 700 are attached to the back case 310 is illustrated.

  The rear case 310 is extended as a flat plate (for example, arranged in parallel) along the rear surface of the game board 13 at the front end of the outer wall portion 312 and faces the game board 13 in the assembled state (see FIG. 2) A support plate portion 313 is provided to support.

  The support plate portion 313 is fastened to the positioning plate 313 a protruding toward the front side in a shape that can be fitted with the fitting recess 60 b formed on the base plate 60 of the game board 13 and the base plate 60 And a plurality of insertion holes 313b drilled so as to allow insertion of the fastening screws.

  The rear case 310 is positioned relative to the base plate 60 by fitting the positioning protrusion 313a to the fitting recess 60b (see FIG. 6), and the fastening screw is inserted into the insertion hole 313b and screwed into the base plate 60. As a result, since the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 can be integrally fixed, the rigidity of the entire game board 13 and the operation unit 300 can be improved.

  In addition, the shape of the positioning convex part 313a is not limited at all, Various aspects are illustrated. For example, it may be a protrusion having an outer shape slightly smaller than the inner shape (in the present embodiment, a circle or an oval) of the fitting recess 60b, or the fitting gap may be large in consideration of workability at the time of assembly. It may be a protrusion of a shape (smaller outer shape). Further, in the case where the inner shape of the fitting recess 60b is formed in a rectangular shape, it is naturally assumed that the shape of the positioning protrusion 313a is also made into a rectangular shape correspondingly.

  As shown in FIGS. 5 and 13, in the present embodiment, a large number of support plate portions 313 are densely disposed on the left side and upper side of the rear case 310, and the formation of the support plate portion 313 is reduced on the right side and lower side. However, this is a result of designing in consideration of the balance between the improvement of the overall rigidity of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 and the space efficiency.

  That is, as in the present embodiment, when the base plate 60 of the game board 13 is formed of plywood laminated with plywood, the movable member disposed on the back side of the game board 13 passes through the meat portion of the base board 60 Is invisible, the entire back side of the area where the opening can be formed in the base plate 60 of the game board 13 (recessed from the side surface) is effective as an area for effect to arrange the movable member in a visible manner.

  On the other hand, at the portion where the support plate portion 313 is formed, the inner space of the back case 310 is eroded inward by the area of the support plate portion 313 in a front view, and accordingly, the movable member The area which can be arranged will be narrowed. Therefore, even if the support plate portion 313 is omitted, it is possible to avoid the restriction of the arrangement range of the movable member by omitting the support plate portion 313 if it can be maintained while the strength problem is solved. It is.

  The large number of support plate portions 313 provided on the left side and the upper side of the rear case 310 in the present embodiment is related to the range of the area where the player can visually recognize the ball fired in the game area or the like. That is, the support plate portion 313 is formed at a position other than the range where the emitted ball is visually recognized.

  More specifically, in the present embodiment, the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (FIG. 4) passes between the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 and passes through the return ball preventing member 68 to play the game area And is configured to flow down the gaming area thereafter. In ball-and-ball games, the place where the most attention is considered to be most likely to be is the place where the ball passes, and the other outer area (for example, the area on the opposite side of the third symbol display 81 across the outer rail 62 and the inner rail 61 The attention to) is usually low.

  Therefore, the lower left portion and the upper left portion based on the left convex arc formed by the outer rail 62 as the range where the sphere can not reach, and the upper left portion and the upper right portion based on the upwardly convex arc It is believed that the player's attention to

  In addition, in the present embodiment, the outer edge member 73 and the surfaces of the lower left and upper left portions of the outer rail 62 with respect to the outer rail 62 are formed along the outer rail 62 and disposed on the front side of the game board 13 The block-like member 74 is made of a light-impermeable resin material, and in addition to the gaming board 13 being made of a plywood board which hardly transmits light, the outer edge member 73 is viewed from the front side of the gaming board 13 The rear side of the game board 13 can not be viewed through the block-like member 74.

  In the present embodiment, the support plate portion 313 is preferentially disposed at a place where the attention power is low or a place where it is not visible. Actually, the support plate 313 is formed in the vicinity of the corner of the back case 310 while avoiding the central portion as the overhanging end of the outer rail 62 even on the left side and the upper side where the support plate 313 is formed in large numbers. Be done.

  In other words, the rigidity of the whole operation unit 300 and the game board 13 is selected by selecting the place where the space is eroded by forming the support plate portion 313 from the place with low visibility (low rendering ability) in the first place. It is possible to secure a high degree of freedom in the design of the area that falls within the field of view of the player who pays attention to the ball while achieving the effect of securing it.

  From this point of view, there is a common configuration for pachinko machines in which the ball fired by the ball firing unit 112a is rolled along the outer rail 62 and introduced into the game area, so the range where the ball does not flow down is the lower left, upper left It can be easily disposed in the department and in the upper right.

  A substantially lower half portion of the right outer wall portion 312 is provided with a notch portion 312a which is cut out (cut out) toward the back side. The notch portion 312a is cut away below the strip-like portion 93 (see FIG. 5) of the game board 13 in a front view, and in the assembled state (see FIG. 2) Form.

  By forming the notched portion 312a in this manner, the following effects can be achieved. For example, the gap formed by the notched portion 312 a can function as a wiring through which the electric wiring connected to the variable winning device 65 passes to the outside of the back case 310. This can reduce the possibility of the electrical wiring interfering with other components as compared to the case where the wiring is routed up and down.

  Further, the gap formed by the notched portion 312a can be used as the arrangement space of the configuration required for the variable winning device 65. The components required for the variable winning device 65 include, for example, a solenoid for generating a driving force, a flow path for flowing a ball, a substrate accompanying a light emission effect, a detection sensor for detecting a ball, and other structures Is illustrated.

  Further, by disposing a light emitting means such as an LED in the vicinity of the notch portion 312a, it is possible to make the player visually recognize the light emitted from the light emitting means as light having a blurred outline. In other words, compared to the case where the entire circumference of the back case 310 is connected to the game board 13 (when the boundary of the light emitted from the back side of the game board 13 is formed along the shape of the back case 310) This makes it possible to blur the boundaries of light viewed through the game board 13. Thereby, it is possible to avoid that the boundary of light visually recognized through the game board 13 depends on the shape of the back case 310, and it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of the light emission effect.

  Furthermore, the electric wiring is operated through the notch portion 312a as compared with the case where the electric wiring connected to the light emitting means such as the LED is disposed outside the operation unit 300 along the back surface of the game board 13. The configuration as in the present embodiment for emitting the light to the outside of the unit 300 can reduce the possibility that the electrical wiring blocks the light emitted from the LED.

  That is, by configuring so that the electrical wiring can be output to the outside of the operation unit 300 without turning to the front side of the LED, the possibility that the electrical wiring blocks the light emitted from the LED can be eliminated. Therefore, it is possible to improve the design freedom of the effect by the light emitted from the light emitting means such as the LED.

  In addition, the formation length (up-down direction length) of the notch part 312a is not limited at all. For example, the notch portion 312a may be formed over the entire region (upper and lower width) between the upper and lower support plate portions 313.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the fastening / fixing with the game board 13 is omitted in the right side of the back case 310, so that the rigidity of the operation unit 300 is relied upon in consideration of the rigidity in the right side of the game board 13. I can not do it.

  As a countermeasure, in the present embodiment, a metal plate member 75 made of metal is disposed at the outer edge portion 73 at a position corresponding to the right end portion of the game board 13. Hereinafter, the metal plate member 75 will be described.

  FIG. 14 is an exploded front perspective view of the game board 13, the outer edge member 73, and the metal plate member 75, and FIG. 15 is an exploded rear perspective view of the game board 13, the outer edge member 73, and the metal plate member 75. In FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, in order to facilitate understanding, the gaming board 13 is illustrated alone, and the illustration of other members disposed on the gaming board 13 is omitted.

  The outer edge member 73 is formed of a resin material and extends in a thin wall shape from the lower end portion of an arc wall portion 73a which constitutes an upper side portion and whose inner side surface is an arc shape and the lower end portion of the arc wall portion 73a. And an inclined wall 73c having an upper surface which is inclined downward from the lower end of the vertical wall 73b to the left. As described above, by forming the outer edge member 73 with a single member covering substantially the entire region in the vertical direction, the outer edge member 73 is formed of a plurality of members which are divided up and down. The number of assembling steps to the game board 13 can be reduced.

  The vertical wall portion 73b is bent in a U-shape as viewed in the vertical direction from a plurality of plate-like protruding portions 73b1 protruding in a plate shape along the right surface portion in a plate shape and the front side edge portion of the right surface portion. Cylindrical projecting portion 73b3 projecting in a columnar shape toward the back side at a joint portion between the plurality of bent portions 73b2 and the arc wall portion 73a and the inclined wall portion 73c, and the cylindrical projecting portion 73b3 And a fastening portion 73b4 formed to be capable of screwing in a screw.

  The bending part 73b2 is arrange | positioned in the middle position of the arrangement | positioning space | interval of the plate-shaped protrusion part 73b1. Thereby, the holding force of the metal plate member 75 with respect to the vertical wall portion 73b is achieved while suppressing the formation number of the joint penetrating portions 75c formed in the metal plate member 75 in relation to the metal plate member 75 described later. Can be improved.

  In other words, compared with the case where the bending of the metal plate-like member 75 is resisted only by the three plate-like protruding portions 73b1, the metal plate-like member 75 of the plate-like protruding portion 73b1 and the bent portion 73b2 As a force against bending can be generated, the load generated at one place can be reduced. In addition, by arranging the plate-like protruding portions 73b1 and the bending portions 73b2 at equal intervals, it is possible to uniformly assign the load generated at the time of the occurrence of the bending of the metal plate-like member 75, so any one place It is possible to prevent an excessive load from occurring.

  The metal plate member 75 is bent to the left at the back side edge of the main body plate portion 75a which is formed without creases in the longitudinal direction while the plural latitudinal directions are folded back and folded back in the longitudinal direction. A plurality of joint penetration parts 75c are formed penetrating in the front-rear direction at a joint part between the bending part 75b, the main body plate part 75a and the bending part 75b, and are formed penetrating in the front-rear direction at upper and lower end parts of the bending part 75b. And a through hole 75e through which a fastening screw can be inserted so as to be able to be inserted through a plate portion formed on the front side with the through hole 75d.

  The metal plate member 75 generates a particularly strong resistance to bending in the longitudinal direction because the bending portion 75b is formed extending in the vertical direction in addition to the creased direction of the main body plate portion 75a. Therefore, the vertical wall portion 73b can be efficiently reinforced by integrally arranging the vertical wall portion 73b that is easily curved in the longitudinal direction.

  The joint penetration part 75c is formed in the magnitude | size which can penetrate the plate-shaped protrusion part 73b1 of the vertical wall part 73b. In the present embodiment, the vertical wall portion 73 b and the metal plate member 75 can be integrated by inserting the plate-like protruding portion 73 b 1 into the joint through portion 75 c.

  When the metal plate member 75 is assembled so as to be integrated with the vertical wall portion 73b, the front side edge of the main body plate portion 75a is sandwiched between the bent portion 73b2 and the outer side surface of the vertical wall portion 73b, The portion 73b3 is inserted into the through hole 75d. As described above, the metal plate-like member 75 and the vertical wall portion 73b are mutually positioned at a plurality of locations in the vertical direction. In this state, the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate member 75 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the fastening screw inserted into the insertion hole 75 e into the fastening portion 73 b 4.

  From the above configuration, the metal plate-like member 75 is disposed over the upper and lower portions of the vertical wall portion 73b, so that the entire vertical wall portion 73b can be reinforced. Here, the plate-like protruding portion 73b1 and the column-like protruding portion 73b3 of the vertical wall portion 73b pierce the metal plate-like member 75 and extend to the back side, and the tip thereof engages with the game board 13. Hereinafter, the engagement between the metal plate member 75 and the game board 13 will be described.

  The game board 13 receives a plurality of recessed portions 13e recessed so as to be able to receive the plate-like protruding portions 73b1 at the right side edge of the front, and the cylindrical protruding portions 73b3 on the upper and lower sides of the recessed portions 13e. And a plurality of positioning holes 13f which are formed in a recessed manner as possible depressions.

  When the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate member 75 are assembled to the game board 13 in an integrated state, the plate-like protruding portion 73b1 receives the recessed portion 13e and the circular protruding portion 73b3 receives the positioning hole 13f. And positioned. That is, the plate-like projecting portion 73 b 1 and the circular projecting portion 73 b 3 are used not only for positioning with the metal plate-like member 75 but also for positioning with the game board 13. Thereby, the number of positioning can be reduced.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, the metal plate-like member 75 is assembled so as to suppress the curvature of the vertical wall 73b, so there is no need to provide sufficient rigidity to the vertical wall 73b alone. The portion 73b can be formed thin enough to be easily curved in the left-right direction by itself.

  Furthermore, since the deformation of the game board 13 can be suppressed (the rigidity can be improved) by the rigidity of the metal plate member 75, even if a gap is generated between the game board 13 and the rear case 310, The shape can be maintained.

  Referring back to FIG. 5 and FIG. A first operation unit 400 is disposed on the upper side of the third symbol display device 81 of the operation unit 300. The first operation unit 400 includes a light emitting effect device LA1 which can be displaced from the state shown in FIGS. 5 and 13 to a position on the front side of the third symbol display device 81, and displays the third symbol display device 81. It is a device for visually entertaining the player by controlling the displacement in synchronization or controlling the displacement in synchronization with the operation of the frame button 22 operable by the player. Details of the first operation unit 400 will be described below.

  16 and 17 are partial front views of the operation unit 300. FIG. FIG. 16 shows a retracted state in which each component of the first operation unit 400 retracts to the upper side of the third symbol display device 81. In FIG. 17, each component of the first operation unit 400 is the first than the retracted state. (3) The projecting state to the symbol display device 81 side (descent) is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the inner shape of the rear case 310 is not formed symmetrically. In particular, with regard to the upper side wall (ceiling surface), the right side in the front view is lower than the left side in the front view due to the relationship with the shape of the tank 130 of the dispensing unit 93 (see FIG. 3). That is, while the tank 130 is disposed on the upper right side of the operation unit 300, the upper side wall of the rear case 310 is disposed at a position where the right side is lower than the left side in order to secure the disposition area. It is provided (arranged along the wall schematic line UL).

  As described above, in the inside of the rear case 310, a larger area can be easily secured on the left side compared to the right side (there is room in the ceiling height), so in the present embodiment, the drive motor MT1 and the coil spring An auxiliary device which does not directly affect the appearance of the effect such as SP1 (not intended to make the player visually recognize) is disposed on the left side.

  As a result, the drive motor MT1 and the coil spring SP1 can be disposed by effectively utilizing the depression (gap portion) generated by the left and right asymmetric shape of the upper wall of the rear case 310, and the lower edge of the first operation unit 400 has a symmetrical shape. However, the upper and lower dimensions of the visual recognition area of the display of the third symbol display device 81 can be easily secured large.

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 among the shapes of the wing-like members 460 (see FIG. 16) of the first operation unit 400 in accordance with the left-right asymmetry of the upper wall of the back case 310. The shape of the side disposed opposite to the upper wall of the rear case 310 is designed. That is, the winged member 460 on the left side is designed in a shape projecting toward the upper wall side of the back case 310 as compared to the winged member 460 on the right side.

  The wing-like member 460 is configured to unite by changing the state from the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 to the overhanging state, and to be integrally viewed, and is designed to have a left-right symmetrical shape in this state Therefore, it can be made difficult for the player to notice that the left and right wing-like members 460 are formed in an asymmetrical shape.

  In this embodiment, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the asymmetrically shaped portion of the wing-like member 460 (the upper side that abuts when united) is hidden by the game board 13 (see FIG. 2). It can be made difficult for the player to notice that the rod-like member 460 is configured in an asymmetrical shape.

  18 and 19 are front perspective views of the first operation unit 400, and FIGS. 20 and 21 are rear perspective views of the first operation unit 400. 18 and 20 illustrate the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, and FIGS. 19 and 21 illustrate the overhang state of the first operation unit 400.

  In the first operation unit 400, when the drive motor MT1 is rotationally driven, the arm member 414 is rotationally moved via the plurality of gears interposed therebetween, and the elevating plate 430 moves up and down in synchronization with the rotational movement.

  The elevating plate 430 is disposed at a substantially central position in the left and right direction, and supported by a metal rail 405 made of metal configured to be extensible and contractible up and down, and an auxiliary arm member 444 disposed on the opposite side to the left and right of the arm member 414. Ru.

  The lift plate 430 is provided with a relative displacement member 442 which is relatively displaced in the vertical direction in synchronization with the posture change of the auxiliary arm member 444. In synchronization with the displacement of the relative displacement member 442, it is rotated symmetrically in left and right. The plurality of wing members 460 to be displaced are displaced.

  Therefore, with the drive of the drive motor MT1, the constituent members of the first operation unit 400 are displaced between the retracted state and the overhanging state in a displacement mode in which raising and lowering and rotation are combined. As a result, the component can be displaced in a plurality of directions regardless of using only the single drive motor MT1. Therefore, the rendering effect can be improved.

  As shown in FIG. 20, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the upper end position portion of the arc gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to project above the upper edge portion of the elevation plate 430. Ru. In the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the upper edge of the lift plate 430 is shielded by the base plate 60 of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and it is difficult to visually recognize. It can be made difficult for the player to notice that the gear portion 444b is overhanging.

  On the other hand, since the auxiliary arm member 444 rotates in conjunction with the downward displacement of the lift plate 430 toward the overhang state from the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the upper edge portion of the lift plate 430 in the retracted state The arcuate gear portion 444b protruding upward (see FIG. 27) is displaced downward with the downward displacement of the elevation plate 430 and is hidden below the upper edge of the elevation plate 430 (see FIG. 28).

  As described above, a position at which the lifting and lowering plate 430 is not shielded by the base plate 60 while allowing the arc-shaped gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444 to protrude from the raising and lowering plate 430 at a location shielded by the arrangement base plate 60. The auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to be concealed on the back side of the lift plate 430 by displacing the auxiliary arm member 444 so as to hide the protrusion on the back side of the lift plate 430 before displacement. As compared with the case, the design freedom of the auxiliary arm member 444 and the lift plate 430 can be improved.

  For example, since the upper edge portion of the lift plate 430 can be disposed at the lower side, interference between the upper edge portion of the lift plate 430 and the outer wall portion 312 at the top of the rear case 310 can be easily avoided (see FIG. 16).

  In addition, a configuration in which the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to be rotationally displaced, a situation in which a rack gear-like portion (a portion having gear teeth formed along a straight line) overhangs on the third symbol display device 81 side The protrusion length to the 3rd symbol display apparatus 81 side of the raising / lowering board 430 can fully be ensured, avoiding.

  That is, even if a fixed rack gear-like portion is formed on the raising and lowering plate 430 side of the main body plate portion 401 and meshed with the rotating gear 441, the raising and lowering plate 430 moves relative to the raising and lowering plate 430 with the vertical displacement. Although the relative displacement member 442 can be displaced up and down, in this case, it is necessary to always arrange a fixed rack gear-like portion along the position where the lift plate 430 is disposed. Therefore, when a configuration in which most of the lifting and lowering plate 430 projects downward from the lower edge of the main body plate portion 401 as in the lifting and lowering plate 430 of this embodiment, the fixed rack gear shaped portion is the lower edge of the main body plate portion 401 It is necessary to project from the second symbol display device 81 side.

  Therefore, there is a problem that the third symbol display device 81 is shielded by a fixed rack gear-like part and the visibility of the third symbol display device 81 is deteriorated, and the rack gear 430 by the lift plate 430 in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400. There is a risk that the design freedom of the lift plate 430 may be lowered for the purpose of hiding the portion of the shape.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the variable auxiliary arm member 444 is employed instead of the fixed rack gear-like portion, so that it can be hidden on the back side according to the displacement of the lift plate 430. B) auxiliary arm members 444 can be arranged. Therefore, the overhanging length (displacement amount) of the lifting and lowering plate 430 to the third symbol display device 81 side is sufficiently made while avoiding the situation where the rack gear shaped portion is maintained in the third symbol display device 81 side. It can be secured.

  22 (a) and 23 are exploded front perspective views of the first operation unit 400, and FIG. 22 (b) is a winged member 460 showing the meshing state of the winged member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 and the auxiliary FIG. 24 is a front perspective view of a member 470, and FIGS. 24 and 25 are exploded rear perspective views of a first operation unit 400.

  As shown in FIGS. 22 (a), 23, 24, and 25, the first operation unit 400 is formed of a resin material in the form of a long plate from side to side, and the bottom of the rear case 310 (see FIG. 16). A transmission unit 410 composed of a main body plate portion 401 fastened and fixed to the wall portion 311, and a plurality of members rotatably supported on the main body plate portion 401, and connected to the tip of an arm member 414 of the transmission unit 410 The rear arrangement plate 420 including a plurality of plate-like portions including the connection plate portion 421 to be arranged and arranged on the same plane and the front side of the rear arrangement plate 420, and the rear arrangement plate 420 is fastened and fixed And a synchronous operation unit 440 supported between the elevating plate 430 and the receiving plate portion 425 of the rear plate 420 (see FIGS. 23 and 25).

  In addition, the first operation unit 400 is rotatably supported by the plate-like support plate portion 450 fastened and fixed to the lift plate 430 and the support plate portion 450, and is fastened and fixed to the front side of the synchronous motion unit 440. 22A and 22B (FIG. 22 (a) and 22 (see FIG. 22 (a)), and includes a pair of left and right wing-shaped members 460 that are rotationally displaced by a load applied by the displacement of the fixed transmission plate 490 of FIG. b) and FIG. 24).

  The main body plate portion 401 includes an axial support portion 402 for supporting the transmission gear 412, an end support portion 403 disposed at the lower right portion thereof and supporting the end gear 413, and an arm support portion which is a columnar portion for supporting the arm member 414. 404, a metal rail 405 disposed at the left and right center portion and fixed at the back side so that the front side can be vertically displaced; and a hole elongated as a left and right long on the right side of the metal rail 405 A long hole portion 406, a cover portion 407 which is formed in a plate shape from a light transmitting resin material to cover the area where the long hole portion 406 is formed from the back side, a detection sensor SC1 for detecting a state Equipped with

  The end support portion 403 has an axial support portion 403a formed in the same shape as the axial support portion 402, an annular projection 403b projecting along a circle centered on the axial support portion 403a, and an annular portion thereof. And a stopper portion 403c which is provided on the front side in a fan shape at a position between the projection 403b and the shaft support portion 403a. The stopper portion 403c is formed by general compression molding, and the opposite side of the protruding portion is formed as a recessed portion.

  The lid 407 closes the area where the long hole 406 is formed. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, the electric wiring DH1 which passes through the wiring through hole 401a formed through the main body plate portion 401 from the front side of the main body plate portion 401 and reaches the back side of the long hole portion 406 is a long hole. It is guided to the front side through the part 406. Therefore, when there is no lid portion 407 and the back side is open, the electric wiring DH1 projects to the back side, and between the bottom wall portion 311 (see FIG. 13) of the back case 310 and the main body plate 401 There is a risk of being pinched. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the region in which the electrical wiring DH1 is disposed is partitioned by the lid 407, so that the electrical wiring DH1 is prevented from being sandwiched between the bottom wall 311 and the main body plate 401. Can.

  As a result, the first operation unit 400 can be assembled to the back case 310 without confirming the arrangement of the electrical wiring DH1, so that the efficiency of the assembly operation can be improved.

  The transmission unit 410 includes a drive gear 411 coupled non-rotatably to the rotation shaft of the drive motor MT1, and a transmission gear 412 meshed with the drive gear 411 and rotatably supported by the shaft support 402. A terminal gear 413 engaged with the transmission gear 412 and rotatably supported by the shaft support portion 403 a, and an arm member 414 supported by the arm support portion 404 so as to be changeable in posture with rotation of the terminal gear 413 Prepare.

  The end gear 413 has a gap between an annular projection 413a projecting to the back side in an annular shape having an inner diameter slightly longer than the outer diameter of the annular projection 403b and the inner side surface of the annular projection 413a. , A stoppered portion 413b which is fanned like the stopper portion 403c, a cylindrical overhanging portion 413c projecting in a cylindrical shape to the front side at an eccentric position apart from the shaft support portion 403a, and a front face of the gear portion It has the to-be-detected part 413d fan-shapedly extended in the outer diameter direction from the flange part formed in the flange shape at the side.

  The annular projection 413a is disposed so that the side surface on the shaft side faces the annular projection 403b, and sandwiches the annular projection 403b with the portion to be stoppered 413b. That is, the annular projection 403 b plays a role as a guide rail for guiding the rotation of the end gear 413.

  The stoppered portion 413b is formed by general compression molding, and the opposite side of the protruding portion is formed as a recessed portion. The stoppered portion 413b interferes with the stopper portion 403c in the rotation direction. That is, in the present embodiment, the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is limited by the dimension of the stopper portion 403 c and the stopper target portion 413 b in the circumferential direction. That is, the end gear 413 is rotationally displaced at a rotational angle of less than 360 degrees.

  When designing the shapes of the stopper portion 403c and the stoppered portion 413b, the rotation angle required for the end gear 413 is calculated, and the remaining angle (the angle obtained by subtracting the rotation angle of the end gear 413 from 360 degrees) is calculated. The shapes of the stopper portion 403c and the stoppered portion 413b may be designed at an angle bisected. As a result, since it is possible to prevent any one of the stopper portion 403c and the stoppered portion 413b from being weakened in strength, the service life of the first operation unit 400 can be extended.

  The cylindrical overhanging portion 413 c is a brass metal rod, and is fitted and fixed to a resin end gear 413. A ring-shaped collar C1 for friction reduction and a known E-ring E1 are disposed at the overhanging tip portion, and the arm member 414 is connected to and supported by the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c so as not to come off.

  The to-be-detected part 413d is formed in the thickness which can pass the detection clearance gap of detection sensor SC1, and when the to-be-detected part 413d is detected by the detection sensor SC1, MPU221 of the audio lamp control apparatus 113 is a 1st operation unit It can be determined that 400 is in the retracted state.

  The arm member 414 has an annular portion 414a rotatably supported by the arm support portion 404, a plate-like portion 414b extending in a plate shape in the radial direction from the front side of the annular portion 414a, and the plate-like portion An intermediate plate portion 414c disposed parallel to the back side with respect to the portion 414b and coupled to the extending end of the plate portion 414b, and an elongated hole portion formed in the elongated plate shape in the intermediate plate portion 414c 414d, a front end plate portion 414e disposed parallel to the back side with respect to the middle plate portion 414c and coupled to the extending end portion of the middle plate portion 414c, and a front end side from the extending tip of the front end plate portion 414e. And a cylindrical overhanging portion 414f projecting in a cylindrical shape.

  The long hole portion 414d is formed in such a size that the cylindrical extension portion 413c of the end gear 413 can be inserted, and the driving force of the drive motor MT1 is transmitted through the long hole portion 414d.

  The cylindrical overhang portion 414f is a brass metal rod, and is fitted and fixed to the resin tip plate portion 414e. A ring-shaped collar C1 for reducing friction and a known E-ring E1 are disposed at the overhanging tip end of the cylindrical overhanging portion 414f, and the connecting plate portion 421 of the rear surface disposing plate 420 can not fall off and is a cylinder It is connected to and supported by the overhang portion 414f.

  FIG. 26 is a top view of the first operation unit 400. FIG. In FIG. 26, the second intermediate position of the first operation unit 400 is illustrated, and for ease of understanding, the coil spring SP1 and the fixed pulley to which the coil spring SP1 is guided, the drive motor MT1 and its drive motor MT1. The illustration of the base plate to be fastened and fixed is omitted.

  According to FIG. 26, in the present embodiment, the shape of the arm member 414 is designed such that a large area on the front side of the arm member 414 can be secured. That is, by forming the arm member 414 in a shape bent back and forth, interference with other members can be functionally avoided. This will be described below.

  The plate portion 414b is disposed on the front side of the detection sensor SC1 in order to avoid interference with the detection sensor SC1. That is, since the limitation of the front and back position of the plate-like portion 414b is due to the relationship with the detection sensor SC1, the location not related to the detection sensor SC1 (location on the opposite side of the rotation axis (arm support portion 404) based on the detection sensor SC1) The front and back positions can be designed arbitrarily.

  In the present embodiment, an intermediate plate portion 414c disposed at a position opposite to the rotation axis (arm support portion 404) with respect to the detection sensor SC1 is disposed on the back side as compared to the plate portion 414b. Thereby, the front-rear distance between the plate front surface of the end gear 413 and the arm member 414 can be narrowed, and load transmission to the arm member 414 can be generated at the root side of the cylindrical overhang portion 413 c. It can be avoided that the load transfer efficiency is reduced due to the deformation of the cylindrical overhang portion 413c.

  Furthermore, because it depends on the relationship between the end plate 413 and the end gear 413 in the front and rear positions of the intermediate plate portion 414c, at a location not related to the end gear 413 (location on the opposite side of the rotation shaft (arm support portion 404) with Front and rear positions can be designed arbitrarily.

  In the present embodiment, a tip end plate portion 414e disposed at a position opposite to the rotation shaft (arm support portion 404) with respect to the end gear 413 is disposed on the back side as compared to the middle plate portion 414c. Thus, a large space can be secured on the front side of the tip end plate portion 414e, and thus the rear surface arranging plate 420 disposed on the front side of the tip end plate portion 414e and at the back side of the lift plate 430 The longitudinal dimensions of the components such as the synchronous operation unit 440 can be easily secured.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the shape of the arm member 414 is set for the purpose of avoiding interference with other members, but there are other structural effects. For example, by forming the arm member 414 in a stepwise manner, it is possible to avoid that the load generated on the arm member 414 is concentrated locally (it is possible to relieve stress concentration), and the arm member The durability of 414 can be improved.

  Furthermore, by forming a minimum necessary gap to avoid interference with other members, it is possible to configure a gap collected on the opposite side of the arm member 414 with respect to the other members securing the gap. Since this can be done, it is possible to use the gap to weave the electric wiring (an electric wiring different from the electric wiring DH1) or to arrange an additional effect member (such as an electric decoration substrate).

  Further, according to FIG. 26, in the present embodiment, the electric wiring DH1 disposed so as to reach the light emitting effect device LA1 from the main body plate portion 401 side is unintentionally pinched by the wing-like member 460 or rotated. The gear 441 and the gear tooth portion of the relative displacement member 442 can be prevented from being bitten. This will be described below. Note that FIG. 25 is referred to as appropriate in this description.

  The electric wire DH1 is first guided from the side of the main body plate portion 401 through the long hole portion 406 to the auxiliary arm member 444. At this time, the electrical wiring DH1 is passed through the through hole 448a of the end side plate 448 and is passed to the inside of the extending portion 444c.

  Inside the extension portion 444c, the electrical wiring DH1 is guided to the proximal end side 444a while being prevented from being detached by the retaining portion 444c1. Thereafter, the electric wiring DH1 is guided from the base end side portion 444a to the back side of the housing plate portion 425, and is an L-shaped region partitioned by the frame portion protruding to the back side of the housing plate portion 425 and the closing plate 428 To reach the through hole 427.

  The frame portion protruding toward the rear surface side of the housing plate portion 425 is provided with an omitted portion 425b whose protruding configuration is omitted over substantially a half circumference around the insertion hole 425a. The omitted portion 425 b can provide an angle by which the electrical wiring DH1 is guided to the front side of the closing plate 428 at 180 degrees. Thus, the possibility of bending the electric wiring DH1 in the vicinity of the insertion hole 425a when the auxiliary arm member 444 rotates can be reduced.

  The electric wiring DH1 is guided through the through hole 427 to the front side of the lift plate 430 through the cylindrical portion 433 formed at a position overlapping with the through hole 427 by being passed through the front side. While being temporarily fixed to a fastening portion 451 of 450 by a binding band or the like, it is connected to a connector disposed on the electric decoration board of the light-emitting effect device LA1.

  As described above, since the electric wiring DH1 is disposed inside the component (the auxiliary arm member 444 and the rear plate 420) in most of the path, the electric wiring is the path like the conventional pachinko machine As compared with the case where it is exposed in the majority (exposed), the possibility that the electric wire DH1 collides with other movable members and receives a load can be reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the guide path of the electric wiring DH1 and the relative displacement member 442 which is slidingly displaced are divided. That is, what can cause deformation such as bending or bending in the electric wiring DH1 is limited to the rotational displacement of the auxiliary arm member 444 (rotational displacement accompanied by the slide displacement of the rotation shaft).

  Thereby, even when the displacement speed of the vertical displacement of the lift plate 430 and the displacement speed of the relative displacement member 442 are configured to be largely different, the relationship between the deformation of the electric wiring DH1 and the displacement speed of the relative displacement member 442 By disconnecting, it is possible to avoid an increase in load applied to the electrical wiring DH1.

  Referring back to FIG. 22 (a), FIG. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. The rear surface arranging plate 420 is connected to a cylindrical extending portion 414 f of the arm member 414 and is fixed to the elevating plate 430 by a plate-like connecting plate portion 421, and the elevating plate 430 disposed on the right side of the connecting plate portion 421. An accommodation plate portion 425 to which the front side member of the metal rail 405 is fastened and fixed, and an L-shaped plate which is fastened and fixed to the accommodation plate portion 425 and partially closes the rear side of the accommodation plate portion 425 And a closure plate 428 of a shape.

  The connecting plate portion 421 is formed in the main body plate portion in an elongated hole shape elongated in the left-right direction, and is formed through the insertion long hole 422 formed to be able to insert the cylindrical overhang portion 414f, and the front side and the lower side of the insertion long hole 422 And a support box portion 423 formed in a box shape whose upper side is opened.

  The support box portion 423 is formed to be long downward with respect to the insertion long hole 422, whereby the rigidity of the housing plate portion 425 can be reinforced using the support box portion 423. That is, the support box portion 423 is disposed to face the support wall portion 426 on the left and right, and when the support wall portion 426 is largely bent and deformed to the left and abuts against the support box portion 423, the deformation is considered as a support box The rigidity of the portion 423 can be suppressed.

  The housing plate portion 425 is a left side of the main body plate portion, a support wall portion 426 projecting toward the front side in a linear plate shape along the vertical direction, and a penetration formed on the front side of the closing plate 428 And a hole 427.

  In the present embodiment, the electrical wiring DH1 is inserted into the through hole 427. That is, the through hole 427 is formed with an inner diameter capable of inserting the connector disposed at the end of the electrical wiring DH1.

  The closing plate 428 is formed so that the plate front abuts on a frame portion protruding in a frame shape on the back side of the housing plate portion 425 so that a region is partitioned between the housing plate portion 425 and the closing plate 428 Configured In the present embodiment, the electric wiring DH1 is arranged only on the inner side (the front side of the closing plate 428) of the frame portion of the housing plate portion 425. Therefore, the electrical wiring DH1 can be prevented from entering the metal rail 405 side (the left side of the frame portion).

  A temporary hole 428a is formed through the closing plate 428 so that a temporary retaining portion 425c, which is a portion projecting in a U shape on the back side at a position closer to the through hole 427 than the omitted portion 425b, is visible in rear view Ru.

  The deformed hole 428a is formed of a horizontally elongated portion having a width slightly longer than the width of the temporary retaining portion 425c, and a vertically elongated portion provided so as to cross the horizontally elongated portion to secure an area through which the binding band can be passed. It is formed.

  The temporary retaining portion 425c has a role as a fastening portion of the binding band. By temporarily fastening the electrical wiring DH1 with a binding band, the arrangement of the electrical wiring DH1 can be stabilized. In this case, by tightening the binding band, the path of the electrical wiring DH1 guided from the auxiliary arm member 444 to the closing plate 428 can be brought closer to the closing plate 428, so the insertion hole 425a of the housing plate 425 is centered. A gap can be provided between the edge portion of the semicircular plate portion and the electric wiring DH1 (see FIGS. 25 and 26). As a result, the electrical wiring DH1 can be prevented from rubbing against the edge portion of the housing plate portion 425, so that the service life of the electrical wiring DH1 can be extended.

  Further, according to the present embodiment, since the binding band for temporarily fixing the electric wiring DH1 (see FIG. 26) guided between the omitted portions 425b can be exposed from the deformed hole 428a of the closing plate 428, Replacement and assembly can be performed without removing the blocking plate 428.

  Thus, the temporary fixing position of the electric wiring DH1 is the position between the housing plate portion 425 and the closing plate 428 at which the position of the electric wiring DH1 with respect to the constituent members of the first operation unit 400 is fixed (ie, electric wiring The proximal end side portion of the auxiliary arm member 444, which is the first portion for displacing the electric wiring DH1 with respect to the lift plate 430 when traveling along the path of the electric wiring DH1 from the light emitting effect device LA1 to which one end of DH1 is connected While temporarily fastening the electrical wiring DH1 at a point overlapping with the path to 444a, the binding band can be replaced without removing the closing plate 428. Therefore, the service life of the electrical wiring DH1 can be improved, and the maintainability of the binding band according to the electrical wiring DH1 can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the front side of the closing plate 428 is wound along the shape of the closing plate 428, and the closing plate 428 is L-shaped in a rear view. While curving along a first plane orthogonal to the longitudinal direction on the front side of the plate 428, curving along a second plane (plane orthogonal to the first plane) orthogonal to the lateral direction in the vicinity of the through hole 427 become. As a result, the holding force for holding the electrical wiring DH1 on the closing plate 428 and the housing plate 425 can be improved, and the position of the electrical wiring DH1 can be stabilized.

  The lift plate 430 includes a fastening portion 431 configured of a plurality of portions related to fastening and fixing of the rear surface disposition plate 420, a support portion 432 configured of a plurality of portions related to the support of the synchronous operation unit 440, and the electric wiring DH1. A cylindrical portion 433 formed to be insertable, a fastening portion 434 composed of a plurality of portions related to fastening and fixing of the support plate portion 450, and a plurality of formed on the main body plate portion to avoid interference between members. A coping portion 435 and a decorative portion 436 having a substantially symmetrical pattern on the front of the plate are provided.

  The fastening portion 431 includes at least a pair of hook-shaped protrusions 431 a disposed at the lower end portion of the elevation plate 430 and supporting the vertical displacement of the relative displacement member 442 (slide rack). The wedge-shaped projection 431a is a portion for supporting the relative displacement member 442, and a female screw shape is formed from the tip end thereof, and a fastening screw for fastening and fixing the accommodation plate portion 425 to the elevating plate 430 is screwed. Ru. That is, it is combined with the part concerning the fastening fixation of back arrangement board 420, and the part concerning support of synchronous operation unit 440.

  The cylindrical portion 433 is extended to the back side through the gap between the components of the synchronous operation unit 440, and the back end is in contact with the front surface of the housing plate 425, and the through hole 427 The inside of the cylindrical portion 433 is continuously connected. The electric wiring DH1 is inserted back and forth through the continuously connected portion.

  As the coping part 435, for example, in order to avoid interference with the connection part between the fixed transmission plate 490 and the relative displacement member 442 (in the present embodiment, the bulked fastening part arranged vertically), An arc-shaped gear portion concaved in a wall portion formed in a wall shape so as to protect the upper side of the axis of a circular arc gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444. A recess 435b or the like formed to avoid interference with 444b is illustrated.

  The decorative portion 436 is disposed on the back side of the wing-like member 460, and is configured to be able to visually recognize a series of patterns in cooperation with the wing-like member 460 with the displacement of the wing-like member 460. I will mention later.

  The synchronous operation unit 440 has a pair of rotary gears 441 meshing with each other, a relative displacement member 442 meshed with one of the rotary gears 441 and formed so as to be vertically displaceable, and a long hole in the relative displacement member 442 Auxiliary arm member 444 having a pair of elongated holes 443 drilled like a ring, a rotational gear tooth that meshes with the other of the rotational gear 441, and an end fastened and fixed to the rotational tip of the auxiliary arm member 444 from the rear side And a side plate 448.

  The hook-like protrusion 431 a is inserted into the long hole 443. By arranging the longitudinal direction of the wedge shape and the longitudinal direction of the long hole 443 substantially in parallel, the posture of the relative displacement member 442 can be stabilized.

  In addition, since the area in contact with the long hole 443 can be reduced as compared with the case where the wedge-shaped protrusion 431 a is formed in an oval shape, the wedge-shaped protrusion 431 a and the relative displacement member 442 The frictional resistance generated between can be reduced.

  The auxiliary arm member 444 is a circular arc in which gear teeth are formed concentrically with the ring shape of the ring-shaped base end side portion 444a pivotally supported by the large diameter protrusion 432a of the support portion 432 and the base end side portion 444a. The gear portion 444b, an extending portion 444c extending in the radial direction of the ring shape from the base end side portion 444a, and a substantially semi-cylindrical shape disposed at the extending distal end portion of the extending portion 444c A tubular member 444d which is a portion and is configured such that the open portion inside the tube is continuously connected to the open portion of the extending portion 444c.

  The base end side portion 444a has an insertion hole 425a through which a fastening screw screwed into a female screw formed at the tip of the large diameter projection 432a in a state of being inserted into the large diameter projection 432a. Rearward movement is restricted by the housing plate portion 425. That is, the proximal end side portion 444a is supported so as not to be detached from the elevating plate 430 and the accommodation plate portion 425 in a manner facing the front and rear.

  The extension portion 444c is formed in a box shape with the back side opened, and extends from one side to the other side in the width direction on the back side, and the other side of the electric wiring DH1 A retaining portion 444c1 formed with a gap slightly longer than the directional dimension (width dimension) is provided. The retaining portion 444c1 functions to prevent the electric wire DH1 passing through the electric wire DH1 between the other side of the extending portion 444c and the electric wire DH1 disposed inside the extending portion 444c from falling off thereafter. have.

  The form of the retaining portion 444c1 is not limited to this. For example, the gap between the extension portion 444c and the retaining portion 444c1 may be shorter than the dimension (width dimension) of the electric wiring DH1. In this case, when assembling (inserting) the electric wiring DH1 in the gap between the extending portion 444c and the retaining portion 444c1, it is necessary to bend the retaining portion 444c1 to widen the gap, but after assembly The drop prevention effect of the electrical wiring DH1 can be improved.

  As long as the electric wiring DH1 is disposed inside the extending portion 444c, expansion and contraction of the electric wiring DH1 in the up-and-down displacement of the first operation unit 400 can be minimized, but for details, FIG. 30 will be described later.

  The outer diameter of the cylindrical member 444d is designed to be slightly shorter than the dimension in the short side direction of the long hole 406, and by being inserted into the long hole 406, the longitudinal direction (left and right direction) of the long hole 406 is obtained. Sliding movement of the auxiliary arm member 444 along with the rotational movement of the auxiliary arm member 444.

  The end side plate 448 is provided with a through hole 448a through which the electric wire DH1 can be inserted, and the electric wire DH1 inserted through the through hole 448a is a cylindrical portion 444d inserted through the long hole portion 406. It passes through the inside, passes through the inside of the extension portion 444 c, is guided to the back side of the proximal end side 444 a, and enters between the blocking plate 428 and the receiving plate portion 425. Then, it is guided to the front side through the through hole 427 and the cylindrical portion 433.

  As described above, the inner shape of the through hole 448a is formed larger than the outer shape of the connector connected to the end of the electric wire DH1 because the electric wire DH1 passes through. In other words, the through hole 448a is formed in a size that allows the connector to be inserted.

  The through hole 448a is formed not only at the central portion of the end side plate 448 but also in an irregular shape including a region eccentric to the outside of the diameter, and in particular, the opening is formed to a large extent on the extending portion 444c side. Therefore, regardless of the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444, the electric wire DH1 can be brought closer to the extending portion 444c, so the arrangement of the electric wire DH1 relative to the auxiliary arm member 444 is large with the change in posture of the auxiliary arm member 444. It is possible to avoid changing (raging).

  In addition, the through hole 448a is extended in the counterclockwise direction in a rear view on the outer diameter side of the end side plate 448 with reference to the extending portion 444c side. By this extension, the opening range of the through hole 448a in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 can be expanded to the right, so that the lateral displacement width required for the electrical wiring DH1 can be suppressed.

  In this case, even in the configuration of the present embodiment in which the end side plate 448 is displaced to the left and right when the elevating plate 430 is moved up and down, the direction of the through hole 448a is changed. It can function to ease. Therefore, since the displacement width required for the electric wiring DH1 can be shortened compared to the displacement width of the end side plate 448, the excess length of the wiring set in consideration of the displacement of the electric wiring DH1 is shortened. As a result, the load applied to the electrical wiring DH1 from the end side plate 448 can be reduced.

  A fixed transmission plate 490 is fastened and fixed to the front side of the relative displacement member 442. That is, as with the relative displacement between the elevating plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442, the relative displacement between the support plate portion 450 fastened and fixed to the elevation plate 430 and the fixed transmission plate 490 fastened and fixed to the relative displacement member 442 Do.

  The support plate portion 450 is a plate-like member which is formed in a disk shape and on which the light emitting effect device LA1 having the light emitting substrate disposed on the back side is fastened and fixed on the front side. And a pair of left and right fastening shaft supporting portions 452 in which fastening screws inserted into the cylindrical portion 461 of the wing-like member 460 and threadedly inserted into the elevating plate 430 are screwed in A through hole 453 is formed in a pair on the lower side of the fastening shaft supporting portion 452 and a support portion 454 for hooking and supporting the upper projection LA1b of the light emitting effect device LA1.

  The light emitting effect device LA1 includes a pair of fastening portions LA1a in the lower portion into which the fastening screws inserted into the support plate 450 are screwed, and a pair of projecting pieces provided in the upper portion so as to project into the support portion 454 It is equipped with LA1b. As described above, while the lower part of the light emission effect apparatus LA1 is supported by fastening and supported, and the upper part is supported by engagement, the shadow of the fastening screw is on the upper back side of the electric decoration substrate while securing sufficient supporting strength. It can be avoided to occur.

  A three-dimensional or flat decorative pattern is formed on the front of the light emitting effect device LA1 so as to be visible to the player. This decorative pattern is configured to be visible as a decoration integrated with the winged member 460 or the auxiliary member 470 in a situation where the decorative pattern is viewed without being hidden by the winged member 460 or the auxiliary member 470 (FIG. 34) reference).

  In addition, in this embodiment, the shape of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 is made into the shape which imitated a shellfish (for example, scallops shellfish), and the shape of light emission rendering apparatus LA1 arrange | positioned among them is like a pearl. It is formed from a front view substantially circular shape which can be visually recognized. That is, by making the light emitting effect member LA1, the winged member 460, and the auxiliary member 470 be integrally viewed, it is possible to configure an appearance that evokes a series of concepts of "pearls arranged inside the open shell". .

  The winged member 460 is composed of a plurality of members supported by the fastening shaft support portion 452, and has a cylindrical portion 461 rotatably supported by the fastening shaft support portion 452, and the cylindrical portion 461 Arc-shaped gear 462 formed in an arc shape and meshed with each other, an extending portion 463 extending in a plate shape from the cylindrical portion 461 to the opposite side of the arc-shaped gear 462, and the extending portion 463 Forming portions 464 L and 464 R that are formed on the extended end side and configured to be capable of strongly reflecting light by applying a plating to the plate front portion, and an arc gear along the arc smaller in diameter than the arc gear 462 Downstream gear 465 formed on the front side of 462, flange portion 466 formed in a flange shape covering the back side of arc-shaped gear 462, and an extended end portion in which the flange portion 466 is extended in the outer direction Cylindrical tension overhanging from the side to the back side And a part 467.

  The arc-shaped gear 462 is formed as a gear tooth formed in an arc having the same diameter and meshing with each other at an intermediate position between the pair of cylindrical portions 461. That is, the rotation angles of the plurality of (left and right) wing-shaped members 460 rotated by the engagement of the arc-shaped gear 462 are the same (symmetrical).

  The extending portion 463 includes a recessed portion 463 a that is recessed only on the right side. The recessed portion 463a is a shape portion for facilitating avoiding interference with the electrical wiring guided to the front side of the elevation plate 430 through the cylindrical portion 433. The details will be described later.

  The forming portions 464L and 464R unite in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, and are configured as a series of substantially semicircular (substantially semielliptical) decorative bodies (see FIG. 17), while the first operation is performed. When the unit 400 is in the retracted state, the unit 400 is disposed separately on the left and right, and its size is asymmetric (see FIG. 16).

  Specifically, the lower side is formed symmetrically in the left-right direction, while in the shape of the upper side which abuts at the time of uniting, the left forming portion 464L protrudes in the rotational direction as compared to the right forming portion 464R. It is formed large by being done. In other words, in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, the contact surface S1 of the forming portions 464L and 464R is disposed closer to the right (see FIG. 17).

  The shapes of the upper end portions of the wing-like members 464 L and 464 R and opposed to each other are different depending on the distance from the cylindrical portion 461. That is, on the side close to the cylindrical portion 461 (the side close to the rotation axis, the inner diameter side), the winged members 464L and 464R can overlap each other in front view when the winged members 464L and 464R come closest to each other. It is set as the shape which provided the interference part 464a arrange | positioned by being position-shifted in the rotation axis direction.

  In the present embodiment, the side close to the cylindrical portion 461 corresponds to a portion where a decorative pattern to be recognized as a series of patterns is formed when the winged members 464L and 464R approach closest. Since it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a break in the contact surface S1 of the wing-like members 464L and 464R when the wing-like members 464L and 464R come closest to each other by the above-described interference portion 464a, the player can see the decorative pattern. It can be made to visually recognize without discomfort.

  On the other hand, on the side far from the cylindrical portion 461 (the side far from the rotation shaft, the outer diameter side), the rotation shafts of the feather members 464L, 464R can be stopped so that the rotation of the feather members 464L, 464R can be stopped by abutment. The abutment surface is arranged at a position coincident with the direction.

  By providing the portion where the load at the time of stopping of the wing-like members 464L and 464R is caused by the contact at the outermost diameter part where the arm length in calculation of the moment of force is longest, the wing-like members 464L and 464R due to the contact Can be minimized.

  As described above, by changing the shape of the winged members 464L and 464R depending on the distance from the cylindrical portion 461, the player feels uncomfortable with the series of decorative patterns formed when the winged members 464L and 464R are closest to each other. As a result, the load which may be generated on the winged members 464L and 464R when the winged members 464L and 464R approach the most can be minimized.

  The flange portion 466 is used both to suppress the positional deviation of the arc gear 462 in the front-rear direction and to divide the arc gear 462 from the fixed transmission plate 490. As a result, it is possible to optimize the meshing state of the arc-shaped gear 462, and to prevent the arc-shaped gear 462 from coming in contact with the fixed transmission plate 490 and being caught, thereby causing an excessive resistance.

  The cylindrical overhanging portion 467 is inserted into the long hole portion 491 of the fixed transmission plate 490, and a ring-shaped collar C1 for reducing friction is inserted through the overhanging end portion. In addition, a female screw is formed at the overhanging tip portion, and a fastening screw having a umbrella portion larger than the inner diameter of the collar C1 and screwed in is inserted into the collar C1. Thereby, the fixed transmission plate 490 is connected to the cylindrical overhang portion 467 so as not to come off.

  Auxiliary member 470 is formed of a pair of left and right plate-like members rotatably supported, supported portion 471 formed in a cylindrical shape with a bottom, and through hole 453 and inserted into supported portion 471 and can not rotate. And a gear portion 473 having gear teeth that are non-rotatably fitted to the end of the insertion metal rod 472 and formed on a circular arc centered on the insertion metal rod 472. And

  A female screw is formed in the radial direction on the front side portion of the insertion metal rod 472 and a through hole through which the screwing portion of the fastening screw screwed into the female screw can be inserted at the corresponding position of the supported portion 471 Is formed. After the insertion metal rod 472 is inserted into the supported portion 471, the insertion metal rod 472 can be prevented from falling off the supported portion 471 by screwing the fastening screw into the female screw through the through hole.

  The gear portion 473 is rotatably supported centering on the through hole 453 as the insertion metal rod 472 is supported by the through hole 453. The gear portion 473 meshes with the downstream gear 465 (see FIG. 22B), and thus rotates in synchronization with the rotation angle of the wing-like member 460.

  The fixed transmission plate 490 has a plate-like portion fastened and fixed on the front side of the relative displacement member 442, a long hole 491 which is bored as a long hole curving on the plate-like portion, and a lower end portion of the plate-like portion. It is a metal rod member supported non-rotatably, and includes a metal rod 492 projecting to the front side, and a decorative portion 493 non-rotatably fixed to the projecting end of the metal rod 492.

  The long hole 491 includes an up-down direction portion 491a formed along the up-down direction, and a curved change portion 491b formed to be bent in the left-right direction more than the up-down direction portion 491a. As described above, by dividing the elongated hole portion 491, the vertical displacement of the fixed transmission plate 490 and the associated rotational displacement of the wing-like member 460 are not completely synchronized, but a shift is provided in the synchronization mode. The details will be described later.

  The connection and fixation between the metal rod 492 and the decorative portion 493 is the same as the connection aspect between the insertion metal rod 472 and the supported portion 471 described above. Thus, the metal rod 492 can be prevented from falling off the decorative portion 493.

  Next, an operation aspect of the first operation unit 400 will be described. FIGS. 27, 28, 29, and 30 are rear views of the first operation unit 400. FIG. FIGS. 27 to 30 illustrate how each component is displaced as the drive motor MT1 rotates. In FIG. 27, the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 corresponds to the wall schematic line UL (FIG. 28). The first intermediate state of the first operation unit 400 in which the elevating plate 430 is lowered from the retracted state by a distance slightly longer than the vertical displacement dimension of FIG. 16), the longitudinal direction of the auxiliary arm member 444 in FIG. The second intermediate state of the first operating unit 400, which is directed, and the overhanging state of the first operating unit 400 are illustrated in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 27, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the detected portion 413d enters the detection gap of the detection sensor SC1, and the attitude of the terminal gear 413 is determined. In the present embodiment, the state detected by the detection sensor SC1 is only the retraction state, and the other states (the first intermediate state, the second intermediate state, and the overhang state) are only the displacement amount set in advance from the retraction state. In the state after displacement, it is not detected by the detection sensor SC1.

  As shown in FIG. 27, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, a straight line connecting the rotary shaft of the terminal gear 413 and the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c, and the elongated direction of the long hole portion 414d of the arm member 414 (arm member The radial direction of rotation of 414 is orthogonal to that. As a result, the load applied from the arm member 414 to the end gear 413 is generated along the linear direction passing through the rotation axis of the end gear 413, so that the arm member 414 is in a state where the power of the drive motor MT1 is cut off. Can maintain its attitude (use of dead point).

  The tip end plate portion 414 e of the arm member 414 is disposed outward of the arc MXS circumscribed to the disc portion of the end gear 413 around the rotation axis of the arm member 414. Thus, interference between the end plate portion 414 e and the end gear 413 can be avoided during the rotational displacement of the arm member 414.

  The auxiliary arm member 444 functions to prevent the right side of the lift plate 430 from being lowered. Although the auxiliary arm member 444 is slidably supported on the long hole portion 406, it is not non-resistant and is caused by the contact friction generated between the cylindrical portion 444d (see FIG. 25) and the long hole portion 406. Operating resistance occurs. That is, by the action of the movement resistance, the right side portion of the lifting and lowering portion 430 can be supported by the auxiliary arm member 444.

  As shown in FIG. 28, as the arm member 414 is rotationally displaced, the elevating plate 430 is lowered and displaced, and the relative displacement member 442 is raised and lowered with the rotation of the rotary gear 441 meshing with the auxiliary arm member 444 displaced accordingly. The downward displacement occurs by a displacement amount exceeding the displacement amount of the plate 430.

  Since the transmission of the driving force from the auxiliary arm member 444 to the relative displacement member 442 is due to gear meshing, although having a complicated shape, the displacement amount of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 and the auxiliary arm member 444 And the rotation angle of each correspond one to one.

  As shown in FIG. 28, while the arm member 414, the auxiliary arm member 444, the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 are displaced as described above, the winged member 460 has the same posture as that in the retracted state. maintain.

  That is, according to the present embodiment, there is a time lag between the timing at which the elevation plate 430 starts to descend from the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 and the timing at which the wing-like member 460 starts to rotate. The cause of occurrence of this time lag will be described later.

  In the present embodiment, since the elevating plate 430 is lowered by the upper and lower dimensions of the wall schematic line UL (see FIG. 16) until the winged member 460 starts to rotate, the winged member 460 is rotated. It can be made easy to prevent generation | occurrence | production of the malfunction which collides with the upper wall part of back case 310, when displacing.

  In other words, the displacement mode in which the wing-like member 460 is rotationally displaced after being lowered by the upper and lower dimensions of the wall model line UL is formed such that the upper wall portion of the back case 310 does not shift in height from side to side The same condition as that of the displacement mode (conventional displacement mode) in which the wing-like member 460 is rotated simultaneously with the lowering of the lift plate 430 when being moved. Therefore, the operation of the first operation unit 400 of this embodiment can be realized by diverting the operation conditions (gear ratio, parameters such as displacement amount, etc.) of the conventional displacement mode. This can reduce the cost required for design.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the arm member 414 hidden on the back side of the lift plate 430 in the retracted state protrudes to the upper side of the lift plate 430 as the lift plate 430 descends, as shown in FIG. To be displaced.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the winged member 460 is configured to be displaceable with respect to the lift plate 430 so as to hide the arm member 414 (see FIG. 29). That is, the wing-like member 460 is not only used as an effect means for causing the player to visually recognize the decorative pattern formed on the front surface side, and performing an effect to build up the game, and the arm member 414 for transmitting the drive It also functions as a shielding means jointly concealed.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the forming portion 464L of the wing-like member 460 on the side where the arm member 414 having the function of transmitting the driving force is disposed is compared with the forming portion 464R of the wing-like member 460 on the opposite side. The large size of the arm member 414 makes it easy to hide the arm member 414 from the player's view.

  Similarly to this, the forming portion 464R is configured to hide the auxiliary arm member 444 (see FIG. 30). In this embodiment, from the configuration, the arm member 414 projects to the upper side of the lift plate 430 in the second intermediate state, while the auxiliary arm member 444 is still hidden behind the lift plate 430. That is, after the arm member 414 projects to the upper side of the lift plate 430, the auxiliary arm member 444 projects to the upper side of the lift plate 430 (see FIG. 30).

  Therefore, even when the forming portion 464R which has a smaller shape than the forming portion 464L (the projecting amount of the lift plate 430 to the upper side at the same time point is smaller than the forming portion 464L) is used, the auxiliary arm member has no problem. 444 can be hidden from the player's view.

  As shown in FIG. 29, the auxiliary arm member 444 has a posture in which the longitudinal direction is in the left-right direction at a position slightly beyond the state where the cylindrical overhang portion 414f is most far left from the rotation axis of the arm member 414. Become. When the cylindrical overhanging portion 414f is most far to the left from the rotation axis of the arm member 414, the rightward load applied from the arm member 414 to the lift plate 430 tends to be large, but opposite to this, at the same timing. When the auxiliary arm member 444 applies a left load to the lift plate 430, the displacement resistance of the lift plate 430 is increased.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is inclined at a position slightly beyond the state where the cylindrical overhang portion 414f is most far left from the rotation axis of the arm member 414, and the cylindrical portion 444d (see FIG. 25 is disposed at the right end of the long hole portion 406 so that a leftward load can be applied to the lift plate 430 via the auxiliary arm member 444, whereby displacement resistance of the lift displacement of the lift plate 430 can be reduced. It is possible to suppress the displacement of the lifting and lowering plate 430 in the left and right direction by the load in the left and right direction given to the lifting and lowering plate 430 while suppressing.

  In the state shown in FIG. 29, the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c of the end gear 413 is disposed outside the arc MXS, but since the tip end plate portion 414e has already passed below the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c, Interference between the end plate portion 414 e and the end gear 413 can be avoided.

  That is, the arc MXS is defined as a reference position to the last, and the design of the end gear 413 and the arm member 414 causes interference when the end gear 413 and the arm member 414 are actually interlocked. The dynamic examination is done.

  As shown in FIG. 30, in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, the terminal gear 413 rotates with the end point at which the stopper target portion 413b of the terminal gear 413 abuts against the stopper portion 403c of the main plate portion 401. As the control, the drive motor MT1 is driven so that the end gear 413 stops at a position slightly before the position where the stopper target portion 413b abuts on the stopper portion 403c. As a result, it is possible to structurally prevent the end gear 413 from being over-rotated while avoiding the premature failure of the supported portion 413b and the stopper portion 403c.

  As shown in FIG. 30, in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, a straight line connecting the rotation axis of the terminal gear 413 and the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c, and the elongated direction of the long hole 414d of the arm member 414 (arm The radial direction of rotation of the member 414 is orthogonal to that. As a result, the load applied from the arm member 414 to the end gear 413 is generated along the linear direction passing through the rotation axis of the end gear 413, so that the arm member 414 is in a state where the power of the drive motor MT1 is cut off. Can maintain its attitude (use of dead point).

  The maintenance of the posture occurs in both directions along the rotation direction of the arm member 414. That is, not only the displacement in the direction of gravity but also the upward displacement from the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400 to the retracted state can be prevented.

  As a result, since it is possible to prevent the lift plate 430 connected to the arm member 414 from being bounced upward and displaced after reaching the extended state, the downstream side of the lift plate 430 as the transmission path of the driving force can be prevented. It is possible to prevent the members (the synchronous operation unit 440, the winged member 460, the auxiliary member 470, and the like) from being displaced. Therefore, the contact state of the winged member 460 can be easily maintained.

  The auxiliary arm member 444 functions to prevent the right side of the lift plate 430 from rising. Although the auxiliary arm member 444 is slidably supported on the long hole portion 406, it is not non-resistant and is caused by the contact friction generated between the cylindrical portion 444d (see FIG. 25) and the long hole portion 406. Operating resistance occurs. That is, by the action of the movement resistance, the right side portion of the lifting and lowering portion 430 can be supported by the auxiliary arm member 444.

  In addition, the auxiliary arm member 444 suspends and supports the lift plate 430. As a result, although the driving force by the drive motor MT1 and the biasing force by the coil spring SP1 are generated only on one side (left side), the posture of the elevating plate 430 becomes unstable on the left and right of the metal rail 405. It can be avoided.

  Here, as described above, as long as the electric wiring DH1 is disposed inside the extending portion 444c, the expansion and contraction of the electric wiring DH1 in the lifting and lowering displacement of the lifting and lowering plate 430 of the first operation unit 400 is minimized. Explain what you can do.

  When the path of the electric wiring DH1 is traced from the light emitting effect device LA1 side, the path is fixed to the lift plate 430 until reaching the auxiliary arm member 444, and the path is variable for the first time by the auxiliary arm member 444. On the other hand, since the extended portion 444c in which the electric wiring DH1 is disposed is fixed in shape while the elevating plate 430 is vertically displaced, it is possible to reduce the possibility of the expansion / contraction displacement of the electric wiring DH1. it can.

  At the position pulled out from the through hole 448a to the back side, a lateral displacement occurs in the electric wiring DH1 due to the lateral displacement of the end side plate 448. Thus, since the displacement that may cause expansion and contraction of the electric wiring DH1 is limited to the displacement due to the displacement of the end side plate 448, in the present embodiment, the lateral displacement of the end side plate 448 is measured After calculating the extra length of the wire and adding the extra length to the electrical wire DH1 in the path from the fixed position of the electrical wire DH1 to the end side plate 448 (with the electrical wire DH1 slackened), the electrical wire DH1 Is fixed to the main body plate portion 401.

  In other words, it is possible to limit the location where the expansion and contraction of the electric wiring DH1 may occur due to the vertical displacement of the lifting and lowering plate 430 in the vicinity of the end side plate 448, and additionally, the amount of displacement for causing the expansion and contraction Can be reduced to half or less of the vertical displacement amount of

  Furthermore, as described above, the shape of the through hole 448a of the end side plate 448 can reduce the displacement width of the electrical wiring DH1 compared to the displacement width of the end side plate 448. The length can be shortened.

  31, 32, 33 and 34 are front views of the first operation unit 400. FIG. 31 to 34 illustrate how the respective constituent members are displaced as the drive motor MT1 rotates, and in FIG. 31 the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 corresponds to the first operation unit 400 in FIG. In FIG. 33, the second intermediate state of the first operation unit 400 is illustrated, and in FIG. 34, the extended state of the first operation unit 400 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 31, the lower edges of the winged members 460 are formed symmetrically in the left-right direction. Therefore, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the first operation unit 400 which enters the field of vision for visually recognizing the third symbol display device 81 can be made to be recognized by the player as a movable member of left-right symmetrical shape.

  As shown in FIG. 32, when the lift plate 430 is slightly lowered and displaced, the posture of the wing-like member 460 is maintained. Therefore, even in the state shown in FIG. 32, it is possible to make the player visually recognize the first operation unit 400 which enters the view for visually recognizing the third symbol display device 81 as the movable member of the left-right symmetrical shape.

  In the first intermediate state shown in FIG. 32, compared with the retracted state shown in FIG. 31, the posture of the winged member 460 does not change, but the winged member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 are the same as the elevating plate 430 descends. The downward displacement is performed, and the decorative portion 493 is downward displaced by a displacement amount that exceeds the downward displacement amount.

  Therefore, when changing the first operation unit 400 from the retracted state to the first intermediate state, not only the manner in which the single elevator plate 430 is vertically displaced with respect to the player visually recognizing the elevator plate 430, but also the elevator plate The decorative portion 493 displaced by the vertical displacement amount different from the vertical displacement amount 430 can visually recognize the state of the vertical displacement. Therefore, the rendering effect can be improved.

  As shown in FIG. 33, in the second intermediate state, the difference between the displacement of the elevator plate 430 and the displacement of the decorative portion 493 increases in comparison with the first intermediate state, and additionally, the winged member 460 and the auxiliary member At 470, the posture changes.

  In FIG. 34, a state in which the wing-like members 460 abut on each other in the opposing position is illustrated. The winged member 460 is viewed as if the left and right members are united as if it were a single substantially semicircular (semi-elliptical) decorative member, but its contact surface S1 is a metal The rail 405 is formed at a position shifted to the right from the left and right center position where the rail 405 is disposed.

  In the present embodiment, the upper edge side of the forming portion 464L is additionally configured on the forming portion 464R side in comparison with the upper edge side of the forming portion 464R, so that the contact surface S1 in the overhang state is shifted from the left and right center It is composed of

  The upper edge portions of the forming portions 464L and 464R are disposed at positions shielded by the base plate 60 of the game board 13 in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 (see FIG. 2), the forming portions 464L, It can be made difficult for the player to notice that the 464R is configured in an asymmetrical shape. As a result, it is possible to avoid giving the player an uncomfortable feeling due to the asymmetric shape of the forming portions 464L, 464R.

  In addition, since the contact surface S1 is offset from the metal rail 405 in a front view, even if the wing member 460 bounces back due to an impact at the time of contact, the rail member from the gap is generated again. It can avoid that 405 is visually recognized, and can be made to visually recognize the decoration shape formed in the plate front of the main body board part 401 to the last.

  Thereby, as compared with the case where the inorganic metal rail 405 (in other words, a member which is an essential member for realizing the displacement of the movable part but is not intended for decoration) is visually recognized from the gap It is possible to suppress the reduction of the rendering effect.

  In addition, the contact surface S1 is disposed at a position deviated from the center position of the left and right generally assumed by the player as a cut of the pair of movable members which contact and separate from each other. That is, the player does not generate a gap at a position (center position in the left and right) to be visually recognized while expecting a gap to be generated, but a contact surface S1 which may be generated at a position deviated from that position. By arranging, even if a gap is generated, the gap can be made inconspicuous.

  As shown in FIGS. 31 to 34, the visibility of the decorative portion 436 changes depending on the arrangement of the wing-like members 460. That is, in the retracted state (see FIG. 31) to the second intermediate state (see FIG. 33) of the first operation unit 400, the outer portion of the decorative portion 436 is shielded by the winged member 460, and the player is It is a configuration that is difficult to grasp.

  On the other hand, in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400 (see FIG. 34), the outer portion of the decorative portion 436 disposed below the winged member 460 is visible, and the outer portion is winged member 460 It is formed so as to be continuous with the outer shape of the front view.

  That is, a series of decorative shapes (in the present embodiment, the shape of “shellfish”) allowing the pair of wing-like members 460 to be viewed in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400 is further extended downward from the lower edge A decorative portion 436 is formed. Therefore, a series of decorative shapes (see FIG. 38) larger than the series of decorative shapes (see FIG. 38) formed by uniting the pair of wing-like members 460 can be configured and can be viewed by the player.

  Thus, in this embodiment, the process of displacement until it comprises a series of decoration shapes by displacement of the wing-like member 460 is not one. That is, as a process of the first displacement, there is a process of forming a series of decorative shapes by displacing and uniting the pair of wing members 460 as one configuration of the series of decorative shapes in a manner in which they approach each other.

  On the other hand, as a process of the second displacement, the wing-like member 460 and the decoration part 436 as one configuration of a series of decoration shapes overlap in the front and back in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, There is a process of forming a series of decorative shapes by displacing the wing-like member 460 in the direction in which the overlapping margin becomes smaller (the direction in which the wing-like member 460 moves away from the decorative portion 436) as the state approaches.

  By these different processes, while the displacement of the wing-like member 460 itself is a simple displacement aspect such as proximity displacement, the shapes can be connected at both end edges along the displacement direction of the wing-like member 460, and a series of decorative shapes It can be configured. Therefore, while suppressing the shape of the individually displaced wing-like member 460 to a small size, compared with the size, a series of decorative shapes configured to unite in the overhang state of the first operation unit 400 are configured larger can do.

  35, 36, 37 and 38 are rear views of the support plate 450, the winged member 460, the auxiliary member 470 and the fixed transmission plate 490. FIG. FIGS. 35 to 38 illustrate how the respective constituent members are displaced as the drive motor MT1 rotates, and in FIG. 35, the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 corresponds to the first operation unit 400 in FIG. In FIG. 37, the second intermediate state of the first operating unit 400 is shown, and in FIG. 38, the overhanging state of the first operating unit 400 is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 35, a plurality of through holes LA1c distributed along an arc shape are formed on the back side of the light emitting effect device LA1, and light leaks to the back side through the through holes LA1c. It is configured as follows. In the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, the wing-like member 460 is arranged to cover the back side of the through hole LA1c, and therefore the light leaked from the through hole LA1c is formed by the forming portions 464L and 464R of the wing-like member 460. Can be reflected to the front side.

  The rotational displacement of the winged member 460 will be described with reference to FIGS. The rotational displacement of the wing-like member 460 is caused by the relationship between the cylindrical overhang portion 467 and the long hole portion 491 of the fixed transmission plate 490, so this portion will be described in detail.

  From the retracted state shown in FIG. 35 to the first intermediate state shown in FIG. 36, the direction (vertical direction) in which the vertical direction portion 491a of the long hole 491 into which the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is inserted is opened Since the displacement direction of the fixed transmission plate 490 is the same, it is possible to prevent the rotational displacement of the wing-like member 460 by the load applied to the cylindrical overhang portion 467.

  Although the individual members for urging the wing-like member 460 to the retracted state side are not prepared in this embodiment, the center of gravity is disposed laterally outward from the rotation axis due to the shape of the forming portions 464L and 464R. It is maintained in the retracted position by its own weight.

  In the second intermediate state shown in FIG. 37, the cylindrical overhanging portion 467 enters the curve changing portion 491b, so that a load in the left-right direction is generated on the cylindrical overhanging portion 467, and the wing-like member 460 starts rotational displacement. The driving force of the driving motor MT1 is transmitted from the fixed transmitting plate 490 to the left wing-like member 460 via the cylindrical overhang portion 467, and then to the right wing-like member 460. It is transmitted. That is, compared to the winged member 460 on the right side, the winged member 460 on the left side is upstream in the transmission path of the driving force.

  In the present embodiment, the forming portion 464L of the left wing-like member 460, which is on the upstream side in the transmission path of the driving force, is formed slightly larger (made heavier) than the forming portion 464R. Thus, the movable members can be sequentially arranged to be lighter toward the downstream side in the transmission path of the driving force. As a result, good transmission of the driving force can be achieved, and it is possible to suppress the return displacement after each component is displaced to the end position.

  One of the reasons for arranging the cylindrical portion 433 as the guiding path of the electric wiring DH1 on the forming portion 464R side is also the difference in weight of the forming portions 464L and 464R. More specifically, the forming portions 464L and 464R are engaged with each other when the positions after displacement are determined by the engagement of the arcuate gear 462 and the abutment of the opposing surfaces of the forming portions 464L and 464R. The position after the displacement of the forming portions 464L and 464R may slightly change due to an error, a secular deformation of the long hole portion 491 that defines the rotation angle of the wing-like member 460, or the like.

  In this case, the change in position after displacement largely depends on the weight balance of the forming portions 464L and 464R. That is, there is a high possibility that the forming portion 464L is pushed down so that the forming portion 464L rides on the forming portion 464R.

  In consideration of this, in the present embodiment, the extending portion 463 of the wing-like member 460 is disposed below the cylindrical portion 433 through which the electrical wiring DH1 passes. In addition, the recessed portion 463a is provided so that the overlap between the cylindrical portion 433 and the extending portion 463 is reduced. Thus, even if the formation portion 464L is unintentionally pushed down, the possibility of interference between the electric wiring DH1 and the formation portion 464L can be reduced.

  Further, since it is assumed that the forming portion 464L is likely to be displaced, it can be designed at a position where the cylindrical portion 433 and the recessed portion 463 partially interfere with each other in rear view (see FIG. 38). Thereby, the design freedom can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the formation range of the recessed portion 463a is set to a range in which the lower side portion of the cylindrical portion 433 can be particularly opened. This makes it possible to minimize the difference in the shape of the pair of left and right extension portions 463 while avoiding contact between the extension portion 463 and the electrical wiring DH1 that is likely to hang by self weight inside the cylindrical portion 433.

  That is, it is possible to prevent the recessed portion 463 from coming too close to the forming portion 464 side, whereby the recessed portion 463a is formed on the back surface side of the auxiliary member 470 in the retracted state or the first intermediate state of the first operation unit 400. , And the recess 463a can be configured to be partially hidden by the auxiliary member 470 (see FIG. 31).

  Thus, in any state from the retracted state to the extended state of the first operation unit 400, the recessed portion 463a can be configured to be partially hidden by the auxiliary member 470. Therefore, the extending portions 463 of the pair of left and right wing members 460 and the lower edges of the forming portions 464L and 464R can be easily visually recognized in left-right symmetry, so that the members displaced symmetrically are configured asymmetrically. It is possible to avoid giving the player a sense of discomfort.

  The transmission of the driving force from the fixed transmission plate 490 to the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is generated by displacing the fixed transmission plate 490 so as to be separated downward from the cylindrical portion 461 of the wing-like member 460. Although the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is engaged with the fixed transmission plate 490 and rotationally displaced about the cylindrical portion 461 with the transmission of the driving force, the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is assumed to be displaced at a constant velocity. It is configured not to displace at a constant velocity (configured to change the angular velocity).

  More specifically, since the initial position of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is set near the left and right of the cylindrical portion 461 (see FIG. 35), it is assumed that the curved portion 491b is a long hole extending in the horizontal direction (left and right direction). In this case, the angle of the rotational displacement of the cylindrical overhanging portion 467 with respect to the displacement width in the vertical direction becomes larger as the cylindrical overhanging portion 467 is displaced downward. Therefore, when the fixed transmission plate 490 is displaced at a constant velocity, the speed (angular velocity) of the rotational displacement of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 gradually increases.

  Therefore, compared to a configuration in which the pair of wing-like members 460 decelerate during displacement, it is possible to configure a powerful effect such as displacement and combination at high speed.

  On the other hand, although the gradual increase of the angular velocity of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 leads to the speeding-up of the wing-like member 460 immediately before the pair of wing-like members 460 approach and merge, when the speeding-up goes too far There is a possibility that the pair of wing-like members 460 may bounce back largely due to the impact of the occasion, and there is a possibility that the rendering effect of the present embodiment in which the pair of wing-like members 460 are united to make a series of decorative patterns be visible.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the curve changing portion 491b is directed to the rotary shaft side of the winged member 460 (the winged member 460 on the left side) provided with the cylindrical overhanging portion 467 in the horizontal direction (left and right direction). It is formed as an elongated hole extending in the upward and downward direction. Thereby, the increase in the speed (angular velocity) of the rotational displacement of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 can be suppressed.

  The degree of suppression is the amount of upward displacement of the curved change portion 491b with respect to the elongated hole parallel to the horizontal direction (left and right direction) at the position where the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is disposed (hereinafter, also referred to as “upper correction amount”) It corresponds to

  As in the present embodiment, in the case where the curved changing portion 491b is configured as a long hole extending in the direction of rising and inclining toward the rotation shaft side, as the cylindrical overhang portion 467 is displaced downward (the pair of wing members 460 As the united state is approached), the above-mentioned upper correction amount is increased. Therefore, it is possible to gradually increase the degree (decreasing width) of suppressing the increase in the speed (angular velocity) of the rotational displacement of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 as the arrangement of the cylindrical overhang portion 467 changes downward.

  Therefore, the speed increase can be moderately suppressed as compared with the configuration exemplified in the brake structure that maintains the same friction state. The actual displacement speed of the winged member 460 will be described later.

  39 (a) to 39 (c) are schematic views schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first operation unit 400. FIG. 39 (a) to 39 (c), the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is shown on the horizontal axis, and in FIG. 39 (a), the amount of downward displacement of the lift plate 430 is on the vertical axis. In b), the rotation amount (angle change) of the auxiliary arm member 444 is illustrated on the vertical axis, and in FIG. 39C, the rotation amount (angle change) of the wing-like member 460 is illustrated on the vertical axis.

  Here, it is assumed that the drive motor MT1 is rotated at a constant speed. In this case, while the end gear 413 rotates at a constant speed, the rotational movement of the arm member 414 does not become a constant speed rotation, and the elevating displacement of the elevating plate 430 also does not become a constant speed displacement.

  That is, a shift occurs between the control mode (for example, constant velocity rotation) of the drive motor MT1 and the control mode (non-constant velocity displacement) of the elevation plate 430, and the elevation plate 430 in the drive force transmission path The downstream displacement mode is affected by this deviation. Therefore, even if the drive motor MT1 is rotated at a constant speed, it is difficult to displace the components arranged downstream in the transmission path at a constant speed.

  For example, even if a fixed rack gear shaped portion is formed on the main body plate portion 401 and the rack gear shaped portion meshes with the rotating gear 441 of the synchronous operation unit 440, the elevation displacement of the relative displacement member 442 is Since it depends on the elevation displacement mode of the elevation plate 430, it does not become constant velocity displacement.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the elevation displacement of the relative displacement member 442 is not defined in a fixed rack gear-like part, but the rotational displacement of the arm member 414 is the elevation displacement of the elevation plate 430 (vertical displacement) In the same manner as in the conversion into the above, the configuration is employed in which the rotational displacement of the auxiliary arm member 444 is converted into the vertical displacement (vertical displacement) of the relative displacement member 442.

  That is, a predetermined rule (for example, the horizontal axis in FIG. 39A) is used to convert the rotational displacement of the end gear 413 into the vertical displacement of the lift plate 430 accompanying the vertical displacement of the cylindrical overhang portion 414f of the arm member 414. In order to convert the vertical displacement of the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 due to the vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 into the rotational displacement of the rotary gear 441, a conversion formula for converting a numerical value into a numerical value of the vertical axis is applied reversely By doing this, it is possible to partially offset the displacement of the displacement aspect and approximate the displacement aspect of the end gear 413 and the displacement aspect of the rotating gear 441.

  In other words, as for the vertical displacement of the lift plate 430, the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is 90 degrees, and from around 140 degrees, the displacement with the displacement mode of the end gear 413 starts to occur (see FIG. 39A). As for the rotation angle of the auxiliary arm member 444, the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is in the vicinity of 30 degrees to 170 degrees, and the deviation from the displacement form of the end gear 413 is suppressed (see FIG. 39B).

  As a result, for example, the auxiliary arm member 444 can be rotated at the same speed on most parts along with rotating the drive motor MT1 and the terminal gear 413 at the same speed (see FIG. 39B). Can be vertically displaced with respect to the lift plate 430 at a substantially constant speed.

  Thereby, the speed control of the drive motor MT1 can be easily linked to the displacement mode of the relative displacement member 442, so that the displacement mode to be performed by the first operation unit 400 as a driving effect to be made to be recognized by the player is calculated back. The speed of the drive motor MT1 can be easily set.

  Further, according to the configuration of the present embodiment, the configuration that produces an advantageous effect only on the drive device side in the transmission path of the driving force can reduce the influence exerted on the tip side of the transmission path. Here, the drive motor MT1 side is referred to as the drive device side of the transmission path with reference to the lift plate 430, and the opposite side is referred to as the tip side of the transmission path.

  On the drive side of the transmission path, the rotation angle of the arm member 414 with respect to the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is suppressed in the retracted state or the extended state of the first operation unit 400, so that the start and stop of the arm member 414 can be quickened. From the perspective of the end of the transmission path, the speed of the arm member 414 immediately before reaching the retracted state or the overhang state becomes extremely small, and the problem is that the displacement tends to be slow. was there.

  From this point of view, in order to configure the displacement mode on the tip end side of the transmission path not to be affected by the deceleration of the arm member 414, the operating speed of the drive motor MT1 is set before the arm member 414 reaches the displacement end. It is possible to cope with this by controlling the arm member 414 to stop before the deceleration of the arm member 414 occurs (sufficiently before reaching the retracted state or the overhang state).

  However, according to the former, complicated control is required, and according to the latter, the rotation angle of the arm member 414 that can be used for the displacement on the distal end side of the transmission path is reduced and the width of the displacement mode is narrowed. There was a point.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the displacement mode on the tip side of the transmission path can be approximated to the displacement mode of the drive motor MT1 and the terminal gear 413, synchronization is achieved immediately before reaching the retracted state or the overhang state. The degree of deceleration of the relative displacement member 442 of the operation unit 440 can be easily reduced. Therefore, the relative displacement member 442 disposed on the tip end side of the transmission path (and the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 disposed on the downstream side thereof) while making maximum use of the rotation angle of the arm member 414 It is possible to avoid that the displacement of the

  What is visually recognized by the player is the displacement of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470. As shown in FIG. 39 (c), the rotational angular velocities of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 when the end gear 413 is rotated at a constant speed have an increasing tendency (equal speed or more) until just before stopping. The speed is reduced according to the shape of the curved portion 491b of the long hole 491 described above.

  Thereby, as compared with the case where the displacement mode of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 is determined depending on the displacement mode of the lifting and lowering plate 430, it is possible to make the displacement of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 steeper. Therefore, a powerful displacement can be realized, and the stage effect can be improved.

  On the other hand, instead of stopping the rotational angular velocity of the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 with an increasing tendency (incorporating the wing-shaped members 460 together), the wing-shaped member 460 Bounce displacement can be suppressed after uniting.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the displacement mode of the lift plate 430 continuously displaced by the driving force of the drive motor MT1 and the relative displacement member 442 of the synchronous operation unit 440 and the fixed transmission plate 490 displaced downstream thereof. , And the displacement modes of the wing-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 can be made different.

  In particular, while going downstream along the transmission path of the driving force, it is possible to change the once-changed displacement mode back to the original side. Thereby, a unique displacement aspect can be configured in a configuration in which a plurality of members are displaced synchronously.

  Although the control mode of the drive motor MT1 has been described as being displaced from the retracted state to the extended state, this is not necessarily the case. For example, control may be performed to reverse at an intermediate position. That is, for example, the rotational direction of the drive motor MT1 may be reversely controlled so that the first operation unit 400 is reciprocated (repeatedly reciprocated) in the retracted state and the first intermediate state.

  In this case, since the elevator plate 430 is raised and returned to the retracted state before the winged member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 start rotating after the elevator plate 430 starts to be lowered, the player is made to visually recognize The displacement of the first operation unit 400 can be limited to vertical displacement, and rotational displacement can be eliminated.

  In addition, since the fixed transmission plate 490 and the decorative portion 493 are relatively displaced in the vertical direction with respect to the elevation plate 430 even in the displacement to the first intermediate state, the appearance of the first operation unit 400 is easily changed. can do.

  FIG. 40 is an exploded front perspective view of the operation unit 300. FIG. In FIG. 40, the state where the game board 13 is removed from the operation unit 300 and arranged on the front side is illustrated, and the upper part of the operation unit 300 and the game board 13 is not shown. Further, in FIG. 40, the outer shape of a transparent cover member 790 disposed along the lower edge of the third symbol display device 81 and formed of a colorless light transmitting resin is illustrated by an imaginary line, and the configuration below it Are shown visually.

  When the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 are fastened and fixed and used for playing a game, the lower front side of the display area of the third symbol display device 81 through the window section divided by the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) The top surfaces of the light guide member 714 and the second operation unit 700 are arranged to be visible. In addition, the light emitted to the front side by the electric decoration substrate 777 passes through the light transmission holes 60c, and therefore, can be viewed from the front side of the base plate 60.

  FIG. 41 is a front perspective view of the second operation unit 700, and FIG. 42 is a rear perspective view of the second operation unit 700. As shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, the second operation unit 700 includes a light guide member 714 in which a plurality of (eight in the present embodiment) are disposed side by side in the left-right direction; And a substrate 777.

  Each of the light guide members 714 is configured to be capable of guiding the irradiation light irradiated from below, and transmits the irradiation light from the upper end. The electric decoration board 777 is provided with a light emitting means 778 such as an LED configured to be capable of emitting light to the front side. Thus, the second operation unit 700 can emit light upward through the light guide member 714 and can emit light to the front side by the electric decoration substrate 777.

  FIGS. 43 and 44 are exploded front perspective views of the second operation unit 700, and FIG. 45 is an exploded rear perspective view of the second operation unit 700. In FIG. 43, it is illustrated as viewed from above, and in FIGS. 44 and 45, it is illustrated as viewed from below. Further, in FIG. 45, the protruding pressing portion 724 is shown enlarged.

  As shown in FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, the second operation unit 700 includes a base member 701 fastened and fixed to the bottom wall portion 311 of the back case 310 (see FIG. 40), and from above the base member 701. A cover member 720 which is covered and fastened and fixed to the base member 701, and a plate-like displacement member which is supported by the cover member 720 and the base member 701 so as to be rotationally displaced (rotationally displaceable at a rotation angle of about 6 degrees) 730 and a hollow member placed on the upper surface of the plate-like displacement member 730, and at least a plurality of (eight in this embodiment) hollow members 740 configured to be vertically displaceable, and the hollow members 740 A plurality of (three in this embodiment) variable decorative members 750 placed on the upper surface of the plate-like displacement member 730 on the front side and configured to be at least vertically displaceable, and the left and right lower sides of the base member 701 The pair of drive units 760 each having a configuration substantially symmetrical with respect to a straight line along the vertical direction and capable of applying a load to the plate-like displacement member 730, and a transparent cover member 790 ( See FIG. 40).

  The transparent cover member 790 is a colorless and transparent resin member shaped to cover the upper surface and the front surface of the cover member 720 of the second operation unit 700, and prevents the dust and particles from reaching the cover member 720 in advance. Even if any component of the operation unit 400 malfunctions, the operation of the first operation unit 400 with the cover member 720 and the light guide member 714 is prevented.

  Since the upper surface of the transparent cover 790 is inclined downward toward the back surface, it is possible to refract part of the light emitted from the upper end of the light guide member 714 directly upward. As a result, the light emitted from the light guide member 714 can be easily reflected in the third symbol display device 81. Therefore, even when the player pays attention to the third symbol display device 81, It can be made easy to notice a change in the lighting state of the light member 714 (including a change in light and dark, a vibration of light, and a displacement based on the hollow member 740).

  In FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, the transparent cover member 790 is not shown. First, the base member 701 that forms the skeleton of the second operation unit 700 will be described with reference to FIG.

  FIG. 46 is an exploded front perspective view of the base member 701. FIG. As shown in FIG. 46, the base member 701 is a plate-like member 702 formed to have sufficient strength, and an electric decoration board 705 fastened and fixed to the upper surface of the plate-like member 702, and A partition member 708 disposed opposite to the upper surface of the electric decoration substrate 705 and fastened and fixed to the plate-like member 702, and a member covered on the partition member 708, and a thin film cover formed in a thin film from resin Member 712, a plurality of (eight in the present embodiment) light guide members 714 placed in contact with the thin film cover member 712, and a plate-like member placed from above the light guide member 714 And a displacement restricting member 716 which restricts the upward movement and the horizontal displacement of the light guide member 714.

  The plate-like member 702 is a pair of an engaging portion 702 a formed to be engageable with the hook-like portion 721 c of the cover member 720 and a shaft-supported portion of the plate-like displacement member 730 formed on the left and right sides of the plate-like member 702. The receiving recess 702b is formed so as to be able to support 731 rotatably, the control protrusion 702c is formed to be able to control the rotation of the plate-like displacement member 730 projecting upward from the front edge, and the fastening screw can be screwed A plurality of fastening portions 703a formed in the upper portion and a plurality of columnar projecting portions 703b projecting upward in a columnar shape over the fastening portions 703a and capable of screwing fastening screws into the projecting tip end portions; And a plurality of through holes 704 formed in the vertical direction.

  The plurality of fastening portions 703a are for fastening and fixing fastening screws to be inserted into the electric decoration substrate 705, and are formed in three places of the left and right center and both left and right ends, and in particular Protruding pins for positioning are provided side by side.

  By arranging the electric decoration board 705 so that the projection pins are inserted into the through holes formed in the electric decoration board 705 corresponding to the projection pins for positioning, the fastening screws are inserted into the electric decoration board 705 Since the through holes drilled for forming and the fastening portions 703a are continuously connected, the electric decoration substrate 705 can be fastened and fixed to the plate-like member 702 by inserting and screwing fastening screws therein.

  The columnar projecting portion 703b is a portion into which a fastening screw, which is inserted in the order of the displacement regulating member 716, the thin film cover member 712, and the partition member 708, is screwed. Thus, the electric decoration substrate 705 can be easily disposed at an appropriate position.

  The through holes 704 are formed in a size that allows a connector (not shown) disposed on the lower surface of the electric decoration substrate 705 or an electrical wiring connected to the connector to pass through. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the electrical wiring connected to the electric decoration substrate 705 is disposed on the lower surface side of the electric decoration substrate 705, and does not protrude above the electric decoration substrate 705. As a result, the entire top surface of the electric decoration substrate 705 can be used as a disposing area of the light emitting means 706 such as an LED.

  The electric decoration substrate 705 is an open portion formed so as to have a slight gap with the columnar projecting portion 703b in the assembled state (see FIG. 43) of the plurality of light emitting means 706 composed of LEDs etc. and the base member 701. And 707.

  The light emitting means 706 includes a plurality (eight in the present embodiment) of individual light emitting means 706a arranged along a straight line facing in the left-right direction and a plurality of total light emission arranged at positions different from the individual light emitting means 706a. And means 706b.

  The open portion 707 is formed at a position corresponding to the columnar projecting portion 703b, and the projecting end position of the columnar projecting portion 703b is above the position at which the electric decoration substrate 705 is disposed in the assembled state. Therefore, when the electric decoration substrate 705 is lowered and displaced to the position where it is arranged in the assembled state, the open portion 707 advances along the columnar protrusion portion 703b.

  In the present embodiment, since the base end side portion of the columnar protrusion 703 b is formed in a circular shape in top view and trapezoidal shape in a front view which is recessed toward the upper side, the proximal end side portion of the column protrusion 703 b is The side is inclined to the vertical direction. When the electric decoration substrate 705 is down-displaced, if it is largely misaligned in the front-rear direction with respect to the position to be disposed in the assembled state, the slope of the side surface of the base end side of the columnar protrusion 703 b Since the positional deviation of the electric decoration substrate 705 can be corrected, the electric decoration substrate 705 can be easily disposed at the target position.

  The partition member 708 is formed of a colored (black in this embodiment) hard resin material which is hard to transmit light, and has a plurality of light transmitting holes 709 formed at positions corresponding to the individual light emitting means 706a, A plurality of through holes 710a drilled with an inner diameter through which the tip of the installation portion 703b can be inserted, and a plurality of fastening portions 710b formed to be capable of screwing fastening screws inserted into the displacement restricting member 716 And a plurality of receiving portions 710c recessed (or punched) so as to be able to receive protruding pins 716b protruding from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716 at positions displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the portions 710b.

  The light transmitting hole 709 is formed in a crystal shape (substantially elliptical shape, substantially turtle-shaped shape) cross section long in the front and back direction, and the long direction faces in different directions corresponding to the positions from the left and right centers. That is, the shift between the longitudinal direction and the front-rear direction is smaller as the light transmission hole 709 is closer to the center (in the present embodiment, they are matched), and the longitudinal direction is closer to the left and right center toward the front It is considered to be inclined.

  That is, the longitudinal direction of the light transmitting hole 709 is set to be inclined toward the front side and toward the center in the left and right direction, and the angle of the inclination is designed to be larger toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

  The thin film cover member 712 is a low rigid thin film colorless and transparent resin member, and is formed so that the central portion is raised, the lower surface side is open, and vertically drilled at the left and right end portions of the upper bottom portion A pair of large through holes 712a, a plurality of middle through holes 712b drilled up and down in the left and right direction inner than the outer through holes 712a, and a position shift in the front and rear direction with respect to the middle through holes 712b And a plurality of small through holes 712c to be drilled.

  The large through hole 712a is formed to have a diameter longer than the diameter of a projecting portion 716e (see FIG. 72) which protrudes from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716 and surrounds the periphery of the insertion hole 716a. The projecting portion 716e projecting from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716 is projected with a projecting length exceeding the thickness of the thin film cover member 712, so the load at the time of assembly (fastening) It is possible to avoid the occurrence of load).

  One of the middle through holes 712b is disposed at a position corresponding to the columnar projecting portion 703b at the center position on the front side, and the other is disposed at a position corresponding to the fastening portion 710b.

  The small through hole 712 c is disposed offset in the front-rear direction with respect to the middle through hole 712 b disposed at the position corresponding to the fastening portion 710 b, and the partition member protrudes from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716. The projecting pin 716b, which is received by the receiving portion 710c of 708, is formed to be insertable.

  Therefore, the thin film cover member 712 is put on the partition member 708, and after placing the displacement restricting member 716 from above, the members are fastened and fixed by screwing the fastening screws into various places. Since the protruding pins 716b provided in a protruding manner are inserted into the small through holes 712c and the receiving portions 710c, alignment of the thin film cover member 712 and the displacement restricting member 716 with the partition member 708 before screwing in the fastening screw is performed. It can be done easily (simultaneously), and the efficiency of the operation of screwing in the fastening screw can be improved thereafter.

  The light guide member 714 is formed of a colorless, light-transmissive resin material in a bottomed cylindrical shape having a bottom at the top, and is formed in a crystal shape (substantially elliptical shape, substantially turtle-shaped shape) having a long top shape in top view And an inclined surface portion 714c which is inclined downward as it goes to the front side at an upper end portion of the main body portion 714a.

  Since emboss processing is formed on the upper outer surface of the main body 714a, when the light emitted from the single individual light emitting means 706a travels inside the light guiding member 714 and reaches the upper end is made visible to the player Instead of point emission, it can be viewed as emitting on the surface.

  On the other hand, in the main body portion 714a, no emboss processing is formed on parts (intermediate part etc.) other than the upper outer surface, and a smooth surface is formed. This can prevent irregular reflection from occurring when light traveling on the inside of the light guide member 714 is incident on the inner wall surface of the main body portion 714a, and the light is totally reflected by the smooth surface to form the main body portion 714a. The energy loss of light at an intermediate position of the main body 714a can be reduced.

  The upper surface view longitudinal direction of the main body portion 714a of each light guide member 714 follows the setting in the longitudinal direction of the light transmission hole 709 described above. That is, the shift between the longitudinal direction and the front-rear direction becomes smaller as the light guide member 714 is closer to the center (in the present embodiment, they are matched), and the longitudinal direction approaches the front side toward the front. It is considered to be inclined.

  That is, the longitudinal direction of the light guide member 714 is set to be inclined toward the front side and toward the center in the left and right direction, and the angle of the inclination is designed to be larger toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

  With this configuration, the front end of the light guide member 714 in the longitudinal direction in the top view (a portion near the player as a portion that emits light to the player) is the center in the longitudinal direction. It can be made to face the player side (front side left and right middle) as compared with the position. That is, it is possible to make the player feel that the light emitted from the light guide member 714 to the player is gathered toward the player.

  The overhanging edge portion 714 b is formed to have a constant vertical thickness and functions as a portion for stabilizing the position and posture of the light guide member 714, and the inclined surface portion 714 c is a front surface of light incident from below the light guide member 714. It functions to emit sideward, but the details will be described later.

  The displacement restricting member 716 is formed of a colored (black in this embodiment) hard resin material that is difficult to transmit light, and is provided protruding from the lower surface with a plurality of insertion holes 716a drilled so as to be able to insert a fastening screw. A plurality of projecting pins 716b, a plurality of receiving cylindrical portions 716c formed in a cylindrical shape vertically penetrating at a position corresponding to the light guide member 714, and an inner shape of a lower edge portion of the receiving cylindrical portion 716c And a plurality of recessed portions 716d configured in such a shape as to be able to receive the overhanging edge portion 714b of the light guide member 714 in a stepped manner.

  The inner shape of the receiving cylindrical portion 716c is substantially the same as the inner shape of the light transmitting hole 709 in top view, and the light guide member 714 is inserted inside. In addition, since the recessed depth of the recessed portion 716d is equal to the thickness dimension of the overhanging edge portion 714b of the light guide member 714, in the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), The overhanging edge portion 714 b can be stably supported by the upper surface of the thin film cover member 712 and the lower surface of the displacement regulating member 716 (the lower surface of the recessed portion 716 d) in a stable manner.

  The overhanging edge portion 714 b is formed to overhang on the left and right and on the front side, and the formation on the back side is omitted. Corresponding to this, the recessed portion 716d of the displacement regulating member 716 is also recessed on the left and right and on the front side, and the recess on the back side is omitted. Thus, the light guide member 714 can be prevented from being assembled in the back and forth direction.

  That is, even if the light guiding member 714 is arranged in the reverse direction and the displacement regulating member 716 is assembled, since the arrangement of the recessed portion 716d and the overhanging edge portion 714b is deviated, the overhanging edge of the recessed portion 716d The portion 714 b can not be inserted, and the overhanging edge portion 714 b overhangs from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716. A gap for the thickness dimension of the overhanging edge portion 714b is generated between the thin film cover member 712 and the displacement restricting member 716, which makes it difficult to fasten and fix, whereby an assembly worker (or an automatic machine for assembly) It can be noticed that the light guide member 714 is in the reverse direction.

  In the assembled state of the base member 701 (see FIG. 43), the overhanging edge portion 714b is vertically sandwiched between the recessed portion 716d and the thin film cover member 712, whereby the position and posture of the light guide member 714 are stable. Fixed.

  The assembly procedure of the base member 701 will be described. First, the electric decoration substrate 705 is disposed at the fastening position through the columnar projecting portion 703 b and fastened and fixed to the plate member 702. Next, the constituent members are disposed in the order of the partition member 708, the thin film cover member 712, the light guide member 714, and the displacement restricting member 716 above the electric decoration substrate 705.

  At this time, the distal end of the columnar protrusion 703b is passed through the through hole 710a of the partition member 708 so that the partition member 708 is positioned on the plate member 702, and the protrusion pin 716b is passed through the receiving portion 710c and the small through hole 712c. Then, the displacement restricting member 716 and the thin film cover member 712 are positioned on the partition member 708. Further, the light guide member 714 is positioned on the displacement restricting member 716 by passing the main body 714 a through the receiving cylindrical portion 716 c. Thus, since each structural member is relatively positioned before screwing in a fastening screw, efficiency improvement of the work which screws fastening screw can be achieved.

  Finally, by inserting a fastening screw into the insertion hole 716a and screwing it into the fastening portion 710b and the columnar projecting portion 703b, each component can be fastened and fixed. According to the present embodiment, after the constituent members disposed above the electric decoration substrate 705 can be placed at appropriate positions, a plurality of fastening screws can be screwed together, thus simplifying the work process. be able to. In addition, automation of the screwing process of the fastening screw (use of an automatic machine for screwing) can be achieved.

  In this embodiment, the partition member 708 can not be removed at the stage of screwing the fastening screw inserted into the insertion hole 716a into the columnar protrusion 703b, but the fastening screw inserted into the insertion hole 716a is screwed into the fastening portion 710b. By doing this, the partition member 708 can be made to approach the displacement restricting member 716 side.

  Thus, while the light guide member 714 is mounted on the thin film cover member 712, the light guide member 714 can be substantially identical to the structure in which the light guide member 714 is mounted on the partition member 708. By supporting the light guide member 714, the support of the light guide member 714 can be stabilized.

  In addition, since it is possible to reduce the distance between the displacement restricting member 716 and the partition member 708 with the thin film cover member 712 interposed therebetween, light leakage from between the displacement restricting member 716 and the partition member 708 can be prevented. Can be

  Referring back to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The cover member 720 is a member formed of a colored (blue in this embodiment) light transmissive resin material and fastened and fixed to the base member 701, and is a member of the base member 701 disposed on the periphery in a bottom view. A plurality of coupling portions 721 used for coupling, a plurality of rear side through holes 722 having a shape larger than the light guiding member 714 corresponding to the position of the light guiding member 714 of the base member 701, and the rear side On the front side of the through hole 722, a plurality of front through holes 723 drilled at a plurality of places (three places in the present embodiment) as a pair of left and right through holes in the front side of the through hole 722 And a plurality of protruding pressing portions 724 protruding downward from the front left and right inner portions.

  The coupling portion 721 includes a plurality of insertion holes 721a in which fastening screws can be inserted from above and a plurality of fastening portions 721b in which fastening screws inserted into the base member 701 from below are screwed. And a plurality of hook-shaped portions 721 c formed in a hook shape on the back surface and engaged with the base member 701.

  In the rear through holes 722, the upper and lower positions of the lower edge portion are different at four places closer to the center and four places closer to the left and right. In the present embodiment, the portion closer to the center is formed higher. This is due to the design of the top shape of the cover member 720. That is, the upper and lower positions of the lower edge portion of the rear through hole 722 are formed by curving the upper portion of the cover member 720 upwards so that a portion close to the center appears to be raised to give a three-dimensional effect. Has been adjusted.

  The projection holding portion 724 has its projection length adjusted so as to partially offset the difference in the vertical position of the lower edge portion of the rear side through hole 722. That is, the vertical displacement width of the hollow member 740 is equally adjusted on the left and right by lengthening the protruding length of the protruding pressing portion 724 disposed closer to the center. Note that both the front side protrusion holding portion 724 and the rear surface side protrusion holding portion 724 are disposed at positions overlapping with the protruding column portion 743 of the hollow member 740 in the vertical direction, Even if the posture is broken, it is possible to prevent the protruding columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 from falling off the small receiving portion 735 of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  In the present embodiment, the upper and lower positions of the lower end portion of the rear side protruding and holding portion 724 are disposed lower than the upper and lower positions of the lower end portion of the front side protruding and holding portion 724. As a result, even when the hollow member 740 abuts on the projecting and holding portion 724, the posture of the hollow member 740 can be brought close to the backward posture. Accordingly, it is possible to easily show the shape or the pattern of the front side of the cylindrical main body 741 of the hollow member 740 to the player who looks at the hollow member 740 in a direction view looking down from the front side.

  The plate-like displacement member 730 is formed of a colorless light-transmissive resin material, and is axially supported rotatably on the receiving recess 702 b formed on the left and right sides of the plate-like member 702 and the lower surface of the cover member 720. Members, which are coaxially projecting from the left and right ends in a circular cross section, light transmitting holes 732 drilled in the vertical direction at a plurality of locations, and the shaft supporting portions 731. A pair of load-receiving portions 733 extending in a plate shape to the front side and receiving a push-up load from below, and a plurality of light guides vertically drilled with a size capable of inserting the light guide member 714 of the base member 701 The insertion holes 734, a plurality of small receiving portions 735 disposed in a pair on the diagonal of the light guide insertion holes 734 and projecting in a ring shape in top view, and the center of the front through holes 723 of the cover member 720 in top view Top view ring placed in position Jo in and a plurality of large-receiving portion 736 to be projected.

  FIG. 47 is a top view of the plate-like displacement member 730. FIG. The load receiving portion 733 is disposed on the front side with respect to the rotation axis passing through the center of the shaft support portion 731. The separate drive units 760 correspond to the left and right, respectively, and load is applied from below.

  The plate-like displacement member 730 is different in the aspect of the load applied to the load receiving portion 733 (for example, whether load is applied to only one side, or load is applied to both sides, load at a short time interval) Is given, or it is given a sustained load, etc.), and it is rotationally displaced about the pivot 731 in a different manner, which will be described in detail later.

  As shown in FIG. 47, the shape of the light guide insertion hole 734 is formed following the shape of the above-described light transmission hole 709. That is, the light guide insertion hole 734 is drilled in a crystal shape (substantially elliptical shape, substantially turtle-shaped shape) long in the front and back direction, and the long direction faces different directions corresponding to the positions from the left and right center .

  That is, the shift between the longitudinal direction and the front-back direction is smaller as the light guide insertion hole 734 closer to the center (in this embodiment, they are matched), and the longitudinal direction approaches the front side toward the front as the closer to the left and right ends. In the direction of

  That is, the longitudinal direction of the light guide insertion hole 734 is set to a direction inclined toward the front side and toward the center in the left and right direction, and the angle of the inclination is designed to be larger toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

  The small receiving portion 735 is a portion that allows rattling to support the hollow member 740, and is disposed symmetrically with respect to a center line CL1 passing through the center position of the plate-like displacement member 730 in the left-right direction. The relationship with the longitudinal direction of the insertion hole 734 (the distance between the pair of small receiving portions 735 and the angle between the straight line connecting the pair of small receiving portions 735 and the longitudinal direction of the light guide insertion hole 734) is maintained.

  Thereby, the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 while making the plurality of hollow members 740 arranged on one side of the center line CL1 the same shape (while making the left and right symmetrical shapes with the hollow members 740 arranged on the other side) The posture of the hollow member 740 in (see FIG. 40) can be made different.

  That is, similarly to the shape of the light guide insertion hole 734, the gap between the longitudinal direction and the longitudinal direction is reduced as the hollow member 740 is closer to the center, and the longitudinal direction approaches the front side toward the front as the closer to the left and right ends. In the direction of

  That is, the longitudinal direction of the hollow member 740 is set to be inclined toward the front side and toward the center in the left and right direction, and the angle of the inclination is designed to be larger toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

  The pair of small receiving portions 735 is disposed on the front side with respect to the reference O1 and has a small front portion receiving portion 735a formed in a cylindrical shape with a circular cross-section and a rear side with respect to the reference O1 And a rear small receiving portion 735b formed in a bottomed cylindrical shape.

  In this embodiment, the diameter of the inner cylinder of the rear small receiving portion 735b is designed to be longer than the diameter of the inner cylinder of the front small receiving portion 735a. Specifically, the diameter of the cross section of the protruding column portion 743 of the hollow member 740 is designed to be 3 mm, the diameter of the inner cylinder of the small front receiving portion 735a is designed to be 4.8 mm, The diameter of the inner cylinder of the receiving portion 735b is designed to be 5.0 [mm].

  That is, the gap between the small receiving portion 735 and the projecting columnar portion 743 in the opposing direction is the gap between the front small receiving portion 735a and the projecting columnar portion 743. It becomes smaller than the dimension of the gap with the portion 743.

  This allows the displacement aspect of the hollow member 740 supported to allow rattling to be ordered. That is, in the present embodiment, the rotational displacement about the front small receiving portion 735a can be made easier to occur than the rotational displacement about the rear small receiving portion 735b.

  In other words, the arrangement of the hollow member 740 can be easily maintained in the vicinity of the front small receiving portion 735a, and the arrangement of the hollow member 740 can be easily deviated in the vicinity of the rear small receiving portion 735b. The direction of displacement of the hollow member 740 accompanying rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, which will be described later, can be adjusted in the direction of spreading to the left and right outside toward the back side.

  The large receiving portion 736 is a portion that allows rattling to support the variable decorative member 750, and is provided on both the left and right sides as compared with the large receiving portion 736 disposed on the center line CL1. The portion 736 is formed such that the distance from the rotation axis passing through the center of the supported portion 731 is longer and the upper and lower positions are also different, which will be described later in detail.

  Referring back to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The hollow member 740 is disposed on the right side because four identically shaped members disposed side by side on the left side and four identically shaped members disposed side by side on the right side are configured in left-right symmetry. The hollow member 740 is described in detail, and the description of the hollow member 740 disposed on the left side is omitted.

  FIG. 48 is a front perspective view of the hollow member 740. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 48, the hollow member 740 is disposed so as to surround the front, rear, left, and right of the light guiding member 714 so that the light leaking from the front, rear, left, and right of the light guiding member 714 is not visible (difficult) by the player. And a member configured to gather the line of sight of the player at the upper end of the light guide member 714 which makes it easy to visually recognize light, and has a long crystal shape (substantially elliptical shape, substantially turtle shaped shape) outside A cylindrical main body 741 having a cylindrical shape with a frame designed and opened up and down, and a flat plate extending portion 742 extending in the front and rear, left and right direction from the lower edge of the cylindrical main body 741 A pair of projecting columns 743 are provided to project downward from the lower surface of the flat plate extending portion 742 in a columnar shape.

  The outer shape of the cylindrical main body 741 in a top view is formed slightly smaller than the inner shape of the rear through hole 722 of the cover member 720, while the outer shape of a flat plate extending portion 742 is a cover It is formed to be larger than the top view inner shape of the rear side through hole 722. That is, in the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), the hollow member 740 is pulled upward of the cover member 720 while being vertically displaceable in a state of being inserted into the rear through hole 722 Is regulated.

  The upper edge portion of the cylindrical main body portion 741 is lowered toward the front side. Thereby, the light that has reached the upper end of the light guide member 714 can be intensively radiated to the upper front side. On the other hand, most of the light traveling upward on the rear side is blocked by the cylindrical main portion 741. Therefore, the light reaching the upper end of the light guiding member 714 can be well delivered to the eyes of the player, and the light reaching the upper end of the light guiding member 714 is transferred to the third symbol display device 81 in large quantities. It is possible to prevent the visibility of the display from being deteriorated due to the dropout.

  The flat plate extending portion 742 also functions as a portion which is restricted by the projecting and holding portion 724 (see FIG. 45) ascending and displacing. That is, the protruding pressing portion 724 is formed at a position corresponding to the protruding columnar portion 743 on the back surface side, and restricts the hollow member 740 from being displaced upward. Thus, even when the hollow member 740 changes its posture by forming the protruding pressing portion 724 and the protruding columnar portion 743 at corresponding positions, the protruding columnar portion 743 is a plate-like displacement member. The hollow member 740 can be stably supported since it can be prevented from coming out of the small receiving portion 735 of 730.

  The protruding columnar portion 743 has a protruding tip formed in a hemispherical shape, and is disposed in accordance with the arrangement interval of the small receiving portions 735 of the plate-like displacement member 730 (see FIG. 43). (See FIG. 40), the small receiving portion 735 receives it.

  The pair of projecting columns 743 and the cylindrical main body 741 are configured not to be rotationally symmetrical, so that the positional relationship with the light guide member 714 can be changed when assembled in the back and forth direction. It is possible to prevent incorrect installation. In addition, since the hollow members 740 arranged in fours each on the left and right are formed in a symmetrical shape, it is possible to prevent the hollow members 740 assembled on the left side of the center position from being assembled on the right. (Can prevent incorrect installation).

  Here, the small receiving portion 735 is rotationally displaced to the center of the rotation axis facing in the left-right direction in the same manner as the displacement aspect of the plate-like displacement member 730, while the projecting columnar portion 743 is mainly displaced by the vertical displacement allowed for the hollow member 740. Since the projecting end of the projecting columnar portion 743 is formed in a hemispherical shape, the hollow member 740 can be displaced with little resistance. Here, the displacement aspect of the hollow member 740 accompanying the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 will be described.

  49 (a), 49 (b) and 49 (c) are cross-sectional views of the light guide member 714, the plate-like displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 taken along line XLIX-XLIX in FIG. 49 (a) shows the lower end attitude (initial attitude) of the plate-like displacement member 730, FIG. 49 (b) shows the horizontal attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730, and FIG. 49 (c) shows The upper end attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is illustrated. The horizontal attitude corresponds to the attitude in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotated (rising displacement) about the reference O1 from the lower end attitude by about 2.1 degrees, and the upper end attitude is the plate-like displacement member from the horizontal attitude A position 730 corresponds to a posture rotated about 4 degrees (rising displacement) about the reference O1.

  As shown in FIG. 49 (a), when the drive unit 760 is not operated, a posture (lower end posture (initial posture)) in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is inclined forward by about 2.1 degrees from the horizontal posture. And the plate-like displacement member 730 is stably supported. In this embodiment, the rear small receiving portion 735b is recessed deeper than the front small receiving portion 735a to support the front small receiving portion 735a in the lower end posture (initial posture) of the plate-like displacement member 730 The vertical displacement of the support position (bottom) of the rear small receiving portion 735b is suppressed.

  Thereby, it is possible to prevent the posture of the hollow member 740 supported by the plate-like displacement member 730 in the lower end posture (initial posture) from being in the forwardly inclined posture. In addition, the hollow member 740 is configured such that the surface at the support position (bottom) of the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b is inclined downward toward the front as in the inclination of the plate-like displacement member 730. When the hollow member 740 is displaced to the rear side, the hollow member 740 can be returned to the front side by sliding the hollow member 740 using the inclination of the support position (bottom).

  Therefore, for example, even when the hollow member 740 is displaced due to the load generated when opening and closing the front frame 14, the position of the hollow member 740 is shifted to the front position (initial position) before the operation of the drive unit 760. Can be stably maintained.

  As shown in FIG. 49 (b), in the horizontal posture of the plate-like displacement member 730, the protruding columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 can sufficiently secure a gap with the small receiving portion 735 both in the front and rear. . Therefore, for example, when the plate-like displacement member 730 makes small vibration in a posture near horizontal posture, the mode of vibration inside the small receiving portion 735 of the protruding columnar portion 743 is large in the front and rear protruding columnar portions 743. There is no difference, and the hollow member 740 is likely to be randomly displaced in the longitudinal and lateral directions.

  As shown in FIG. 49C, in the process of displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 to the upper end position, the projecting columnar portion 743 on the front side of the hollow member 740 abuts on the front small receiving portion 735a and pushes it toward the back side. Be promoted.

  Therefore, for example, in the case where the plate-like displacement member 730 makes small vibrations with the upper end posture as a reference (in the vicinity of the upper end posture), the hollow member 740 is centered around the projecting columnar portion 743 supported by the front small receiving portion 735a. Is easy to rotate and displace. That is, in response to the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 serving as the reference of the small vibration, the displacement mode which is likely to be generated in the hollow member 740 can be changed.

  In the hollow member 740, the light guide member 714 is inserted inside the cylindrical main body 741, and the pair of projecting columns 743 are supported by the small receiving portion 735 of the plate-like displacement member 730. Therefore, since the displacement of the hollow member 740 corresponds to the displacement of the small receiving portion 735, the displacement mode of the small receiving portion 735 will be described first.

  Since the small receiving portion 735 is a part of the plate-like displacement member 730, it is displaced following the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730. The plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced about the reference O1, which is a straight line (line directed to the left and right direction) connecting the axially supported portions 731. Therefore, the small receiving portion 735 is displaced in the direction of the reference O1 (left and right direction) It will be displaced on the plane orthogonal to the reference O1. Along with this, the degree of inclination of the straight line connecting the pair of small receiving portions 735 arranged on the left and right of the light guide member 714 changes with respect to the center line CL1. Therefore, also in the hollow member 740, a change in the degree of inclination with respect to the center line CL1 is promoted.

  With the hollow member 740 supported by the pair of small receiving portions 735, not only the displacement on the plane orthogonal to the reference O1 but also the displacement in the front and rear, left and right direction (horizontal direction) Posture change is acceptable.

  Since the arrangement of the small receiving portions 735 of the plate-like displacement member 730 is symmetrical with respect to the center line CL1, the change in the degree of inclination described above is also symmetrical with respect to the center line CL1. The displacement or posture change in the front-rear and left-right direction (horizontal direction) of 740 can be generated symmetrically.

  Further, since the change in the degree of inclination with respect to the center line CL1 corresponds to the arrangement of the pair of small receiving portions 735 in the state before the change, the inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 closer to the center line CL1 (center side) And the change in the degree of inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 on the side (right and left outer side) far from the center line CL1. In the present embodiment, since displacement in a direction parallel to the center line CL1 is maintained, the degree of change in inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 outside the left and right with a large inclination angle with respect to the center line CL1 before the change. Is larger than the change in inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 on the center side (see FIG. 47). Thus, the amount of change in posture of the hollow member 740 when the plate-like displacement member 730 is displaced in a fixed manner can be changed depending on whether it is closer to or farther from the center line CL1.

  The relationship between the hollow member 740 and the light guide member 714 when displacement occurs will be described. In order to suppress the resistance when the hollow member 740 is displaced, the arrangement of the small receiving portion 735 in the dimensional relationship in which a gap is generated between the inner side surface of the hollow member 740 and the outer side surface of the light guide member 714; The shape and the shape of the light guide member 714 are designed.

  Here, the designed gap is different between the longitudinal direction of the light guide member 714 in the top view and the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction. That is, the gap in the longitudinal direction is larger than the gap in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction.

  Accordingly, the inner side surface of the hollow member 740 and the outer side surface of the light guide member 714 become larger as the inclination angle with respect to the center line CL1 in the longitudinal direction in the top view of the light guide member 714 becomes larger The gap in the front-rear direction between the two will be narrowed.

  Therefore, when the hollow member 740 is displaced by the same amount in the front-rear direction along with the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, the hollow members 740 disposed on the left and right sides are pressed against the light guide member 714 to cause rubbing or It becomes easy to be loaded and may be damaged. On the other hand, if the gap in the front-rear direction between the inner side surface of hollow member 740 and the outer side surface of light guide member 714 is set large beforehand as a countermeasure, light guide member 714 and hollow member 740 will separate too much. Therefore, the effect of shielding the area other than the end of the light guide member 714 by the hollow member 740 and gathering the line of sight of the player at the end of the light guide member 714 is diminished.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the amount of displacement of the hollow member 740 disposed on the left and right outside is made smaller than the amount of displacement of the hollow member 740 disposed on the left and right center Is configured as.

  That is, in the present embodiment, in the configuration in which the plurality of small receiving portions 735 are disposed on the same plane parallel to the reference O1, the small receiving portions 735 disposed on the left and right outer sides As compared with the small receiving portion 735, the front small receiving portion 735 and the reference O1 are disposed such that the distance between them in the front-rear direction is short.

  Thereby, the front small receiving portion 735 is displaced rearward with the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, and the amount of longitudinal displacement of the hollow member 740 which is pushed forward and displaced rearward is disposed on the left and right center side. It can be geometrically defined such that the members disposed on the left and right sides are slightly smaller than the members.

  In the initial posture of the plate-like displacement member 730, the gap between the small receiving portion 735 and the projecting columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 is configured substantially equally in the front, rear, left and right, and the hollow member 740 is parallel in the horizontal direction. It is provided so as not to fill the gap between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 even if it moves.

  Therefore, in a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the initial posture (non-excitation state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2), the player strikes or swings the pachinko machine 10, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10. Even if the hollow member 740 is displaced in this case, the displacement is suppressed to less than the dimension of the gap between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740. Therefore, the load transmitted between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 can be reduced.

  Since the distance between the pair of small receiving portions 735 disposed on the left and right of the light guide insertion hole 734 changes with the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, the center of the small receiving portion 735 and the hollow There is a low possibility that the hollow member 740 is displaced in the front-rear direction while the center of the projecting columnar portion 743 of the member 740 is aligned.

  At least in the gap between the small receiving portion 735 and the protruding columnar portion 743, the arrangement of the protruding columnar portion 743 with respect to the small receiving portion 735 changes. Changes can occur.

  An aspect of pushing the hollow member 740 will be described. As shown in FIG. 49, during the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, the front side portion of the inner side surface of the front small receiving portion 735a (the small receiving portion 735 on the side with a large displacement in the front-rear direction) Starts contact with the front side and is pushed to the back side.

  At this time, a gap is maintained between the front portion of the inner side surface of the rear small receiving portion 735 b and the front surface portion of the projecting columnar portion 743 from the above-described dimensional relationship. Therefore, rattling in the rotational direction about the projecting columnar portion 743 supported by the front small receiving portion 735a is permitted. The displacement using the rattling is configured to be able to cope with a change in the distance between the small receiving portions 735 in a top view.

  In this manner, the small receiving portion 735 is configured to displace the hollow member 740 to the back side, and the small receiving portion 735 is only for permitting rotational displacement about the projecting columnar portion 743 on the front side. It is configured to be provided between the portion 735 b and the projecting columnar portion 743. Therefore, even if the hollow member 740 collides with the light guide member 714 during the displacement of the hollow member 740 based on the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 driven by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, the hollow member 740 and the light guide member Since the load generated between 714 and 714 can be kept small, it is possible to prevent the hollow member 740 or the light guide member 714 from being broken or chipped.

  Referring back to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The variable decorative member 750 is a bifurcated supporting member 751 supported between the cover member 720 and the plate-like displacement member 730, and a decorative member 756 fastened and fixed to the bifurcated supporting member 751 and disposed above the cover member 720. And

  The bifurcated support member 751 is a columnar projecting portion 752 projecting downward from the lower surface of the central portion of the plate-like main body formed in the left and right long plate shape, and the left and right end portions of the plate-like main portion A pair of cylindrical projection parts 753 (different lengths) which are projected in a cylindrical shape from the top to the top, and a plate-like extension part extending in a plate shape from the center of the plate-like main body to the back side And 754.

  The projecting end of the columnar projecting portion 752 is formed in a hemispherical shape, and is received by the large receiving portion 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730. The cylindrical projecting portion 753 of the bifurcated support member 751 is formed so as to be insertable into the front through hole 723, and vertical displacement of the bifurcated support member 751 is permitted by the front through hole 723 while the large receiving portion 736 is a shaft supporting portion It is rotationally displaced about an axis passing through the center of 731. Therefore, although the directions of displacement are different from each other, the projecting end of the columnar projecting portion 752 is formed in a hemispherical shape to displace the variable decorative member 750 with less resistance along with the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730. it can.

  The plate-like extending portion 754 acts to position the center of gravity of the variable decorative member 750 on the back side of the center of the columnar projecting portion 752. That is, the posture in which the variable decorative member 750 is stabilized by its own weight can be set to the backward tilt posture. Thereby, the contact position between the columnar projecting portion 752 and the plate-like displacement member 730 when the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the initial posture is compared with the case where the variable decorative member 750 stands upright without being inclined. Since it can be brought close to the front side, the amount of displacement of the variable decorative member 750 can be increased in the vicinity of the posture change start time of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  The decorative member 756 includes a pair of projecting leg portions 757 that project downward corresponding to the cylindrical projecting portion 753, and a female screw is formed at the tip of the projecting leg portion 757. The projecting leg portion 757 is inserted into the inside of the cylindrical projecting portion 753.

  In the plate-like main portion of the bifurcated support member 751, an insertion hole through which a fastening screw can be inserted is formed along the center position of the cylindrical projecting portion 753. The bifurcated support member 751 and the decorative member 757 are fastened and fixed by inserting a fastening screw into the insertion hole and screwing the fastening screw into the female screw at the tip of the projecting leg portion 757.

  The assembly process of the second operation unit 700 will be described. First, the variable decorative member 750 is assembled to the cover member 720. That is, the cylindrical projecting portion 753 of the bifurcated support member 751 is passed from the lower side to the front side through hole 723 of the cover member 720, and the projecting leg portion 757 of the decorative member 756 is inserted into the tubular projecting portion 753 to project. The fastening screw is screwed into the female screw at the tip of the leg 757.

  Next, the plate-like displacement member 730, the hollow member 740, and the cover member 720 are sequentially placed on the base member 701, and the cover member 720 is fastened and fixed to the base member 701. When assembling the cover member 720 to the base member 701, the fastening screw is inserted into the insertion hole 721a from above in a state in which the hooked portion 721c is engaged with the engaging portion 702a formed on the back side of the plate member 702. After inserting and fastening and fixing the cover member 720 and the base member 701, the upside down is turned upside down and a fastening screw is screwed into the fastening portion 721b.

  Thus, a plurality of members are non-fixedly arranged between the base member 701 and the cover member 720, and each component is assembled in the middle of assembly while screwing the fastening screw into the plurality of places from the lower surface. Can be prevented from falling out between the base member 701 and the cover member 720.

  Finally, the drive unit 760 is disposed below the base member 701, and a fastening screw is screwed in from below to fasten. In the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), the advancing direction of the fastening screw screwed in from below interferes with the outer wall portion 312 of the back case 310, so the second operation unit 700 is mounted on the back case 310. It is considered difficult to remove the fastening screw in the accommodated state. Therefore, when the front side of the operation unit 300 is improperly opened, the drive unit 760 can be prevented from being independently taken out from the rear case 310.

  Further, on the back side of the drive unit 760, a fastening portion 766 to which a fastening screw inserted into the bottom wall portion 311 of the back case 310 is fastened and fixed is formed. Therefore, when the second operation unit 700 is assembled to the rear case 310 in a state where the drive unit 760 is not assembled, a fastening screw is inserted into the bottom wall portion 311 to fasten and fix the second operation unit 700. Since there are places where the fastening screw can not be fastened at the stage, the operator can be made aware that the drive unit 760 is lacking. As a result, it is possible to suppress the mounting failure of the drive unit 760.

  FIG. 50 is an exploded front perspective view of drive unit 760. Referring to FIG. In FIG. 50, the drive unit 760 disposed on the right in front view is illustrated. Although the drive unit 760 has a slightly different appearance, the components are symmetrical, so the right drive unit 760 will be described in detail and the left drive unit 760 will not be described.

  The drive unit 760 includes a load member 761 configured to be able to apply a load to the plate-like displacement member 730 and a metal (made of brass in this embodiment) rotatably supporting the base end side of the load member 761. A shaft bar portion 762 formed in a cylindrical shape, a support case 763 in which the whole shaft bar portion 762 is fixed and formed like a case, an electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 disposed inside the support case 763, and a support A front cover member 770 disposed on the front side of the case 763 and fastened and fixed to the support case 763 and an electric decoration board 777 fastened and fixed to the front side of the front lid member 770 are provided.

  The load member 761 is made of a resin material, and is extended outward of the proximal end 761a where the through hole through which the shaft rod 762 is inserted is formed, and the proximal end 761a, and is approximately rounded. A bar-shaped extension 761b bent in the shape of a bar, a vertical rod-shaped extension 761c formed in a bar bent upward from the tip of the extension of the bar-shaped extension 761b, and a bar A central portion of the shaft rod portion 762 at the boundary between the overhanging portion 761d projecting from the extending end of the installation portion 761b along the extending direction of the rod-like extending portion 761b and the overhanging portion 761d and the rod-like extending portion 761b It has an opposing curved portion 761e which is formed in an arc shape and is disposed opposite to the curved projecting portion 774 of the front lid member 770.

  A metal plate member MB2 made of metal (magnetic material) is disposed on the top surface of the rod-like extended portion 761b. In the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 is fixed to the rod-like extending portion 761b by the engagement with the elastic claws, as in the metal plate member MB1 described above.

  More specifically, rail portions for guiding the back and forth slide of the metal plate member MB2 are disposed on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the rod-like extending portion 761b, and this rail portion can guide the metal plate member MB2 only from the back side. (The rear side is fully open only). When sliding the metal plate member MB2 along the rail portion, the elastic claw is pushed down by the metal plate member MB2, and when the metal plate member MB2 is slid as it is, the metal plate member MB2 hits the front side wall of the rail portion. Thus, the slide is restricted, and in this position, the depression of the elastic claw by the metal plate member MB2 is released (the temperature is raised to a position facing the side surface of the metal plate member MB1), and the elastic claw is the metal plate member MB2 Engage to restrict the backward movement of the

  Note that the method of fixing the metal plate member MB2 to the rod-like extended portion 761b is not limited to this. For example, the metal plate member MB2 may be fastened and fixed to the rod-like extension portion 761b, may be fixed with a binding band, or may be attached with an adhesive tape or the like.

  The front lid member 770 is provided with a projecting frame portion 771 projecting like a frame toward the front side, and a plurality of projecting members projecting like a small diameter cylindrical shape toward the front side inside the projecting frame part 771 A cylindrical portion 772 and a wiring passage recessed portion 773 which is recessed so as to allow passage of a connector connected to an electric wiring or an end of the electric wiring connected to the electric decoration substrate 777 at the lower edge portion; And a curved projecting portion 774 projecting in a curved plate shape along an arc shape centering on the shaft rod portion 762.

  The projecting frame portion 771 is formed to face the periphery of the electric decoration substrate 777, and is a portion that prevents the electric decoration substrate 777 from being subjected to a load in the vertical and horizontal directions.

  The projecting cylindrical portion 772 includes a seat portion in the form of a bowl and a small diameter insertion portion further protruding from the seat portion, so that the insertion portion is inserted into the through hole 779 of the electric decoration substrate 777. By assembling, the back surface of the electric decoration board 777 is supported by the seat portion, and the arrangement of the electric decoration board 777 can be stabilized. In the seat portion, a female screw portion capable of screwing in a fastening screw is juxtaposed to the insertion portion, and the electric decoration board 777 is fastened and fixed to the front lid member 770 by the fastening screw screwed into the female screw portion.

  The electric decoration substrate 777 includes light emitting means 778 composed of a plurality of LEDs and the like disposed at positions designed in consideration of effects, and a plurality of through holes 779 formed in the electric decoration substrate 777 for assembly. And

  In the through holes 779, circular through holes are formed at a plurality of locations (two locations in the present embodiment) as a pair corresponding to the insertion portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 772 and the female screw portion.

  In the present embodiment, the electric decoration substrate 777 is directly fastened and fixed to the front lid member 770. That is, it corresponds to the case where the front cover member 770 and the electric decoration board 777 disposed close to the front side of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 are configured as a single rigid body. Therefore, the electric decoration substrate 777 can be easily vibrated by the vibration generated by the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, and the optical axis of the light irradiated from the light emitting means 778 is vibrated by the vibration generated by the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. It can be configured.

  In the present embodiment, a curved projecting portion 774 is disposed between the load member 761 displaced by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the plate back surface portion of the front lid member 770. That is, since the load member 761 as the vibration source side and the front lid member 770 are separated by at least the width dimension of the curved projecting portion 774, excessive transmission of vibration can be prevented.

  The width dimension of the curved projecting portion 774 can be arbitrarily set. Therefore, it is possible to change the setting of the width dimension of the curved projecting portion 774 depending on whether the light axis of the light emitted from the light emitting means 778 is desired to be vibrated or not to be vibrated. In the former case, the width dimension may be shortened, and in the latter case the width dimension may be increased.

  The support case 763 includes a lower regulation portion 764 disposed below the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, an upper regulation portion 765 disposed on the opposite side of the shaft portion 762 with respect to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, and a rear case 310. And a fastening portion 766 (see FIG. 45) into which a fastening screw inserted into the bottom wall portion 311 (see FIG. 6) is screwed.

  Normally, the load member 761 is inclined by its own weight (see FIG. 51A), but when the electricity is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, a magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is generated, and the metal force (electromagnetic force) generates metal. The plate member MB2 is attracted and displaced upward.

  That is, in the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 is displaced between the rising position disposed as a result of rising by the electromagnetic force and the falling position disposed as the result of disappearance of the electromagnetic force and falling by its own weight. The plate-like displacement member 730 (see FIG. 43) which receives the load from the load member 761 is displaced in the rotational direction about the pivot 731. Hereinafter, the rotational displacement will be described with reference to FIG.

  51 (a) and 51 (b) are front views of the drive unit 760. FIG. In FIGS. 51 (a) and 51 (b), the illustration of the front lid member 770 and the electric decoration board 777 is omitted except for the curved projecting portion 774, and the curved projecting portion 774 has an imaginary line in outline. It is illustrated.

  Further, FIG. 51 (a) shows that the current is not supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the load member 761 is disposed at the lowered position by its own weight. In FIG. 51 (b), the current is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. A state in which the metal plate member MB2 is adsorbed by the flowing electromagnetic force and the load member 761 is disposed at the raised position is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 51 (a) and 51 (b), the load member 761 is in contact with the lower regulating portion 764 in the lowered position to be regulated in downward displacement, and is in contact with the upper regulating portion 765 in the raised position. Upward displacement is regulated.

  Here, although the lower side regulation part 764 and the upper side regulation part 765 are constituted so that arrangement (the distance from axis rod part 762) on the basis of axis rod part 762 may differ, the effect which arises by it is explained .

  First, since the load applied to the lower regulation portion 764 via the load member 761 is mainly a load generated by the weight of the load member 761, the load member 761 is stably supported by supporting the center of gravity of the load member 761. can do. For this reason, the lower regulation portion 764 is disposed at the center of gravity of the load member 761.

  In the above description of the window movable unit 150, although the driven member 163 is formed in a straight rod shape, the barycentric position is substantially at the center of the member, but the load member 761 is a rod-like extension Since the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c and the overhanging portion 761d are bifurcated from the extended end of the 761b, the center of gravity is located closer to the extended end than the substantially central position of the rod-like extended portion 761b. .

  In consideration of this, in the present embodiment, the lower regulation portion 764 is disposed on the tip end side of the substantially central position of the rod-like extended portion 761 b as a position corresponding to the center of gravity of the load member 761. .

  On the other hand, the load given to the upper regulation portion 765 through the load member 761 is a load due to the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) mainly generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, so the arrangement of the upper regulation portion 765 is the center of gravity of the load member 761 There are few advantages associated with position. In the present embodiment, by disposing the upper regulating portion 765 opposite to the rotating tip of the load member 761, the load transmitted to the upper regulating portion 765 via the load member 761 is reduced.

  That is, when a moment of force having the same magnitude is generated, the load transmitted via the load member 761 is the one away from the rotation axis of the load member 761 (the position at which the arm related to the moment is longer). The smaller the load, the load transmitted to the upper regulating portion 765 can be reduced.

  As described above, since it is desirable that the load transmission to the upper regulating member 765 occurs at the rotating tip of the load member 761, in the present embodiment, the overhanging portion 761d is further extended from the extending tip of the rod-like extending portion 761b. It protrudes to the outer diameter side of the circle centering on the shaft rod portion 762, and the protruding portion 761 d is configured to abut on the upper regulating member 765. As a result, it is possible to avoid load transmission at the middle portion of the load member 761 and stably generate load transmission at the rotation tip side.

  In the present embodiment, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is not configured to push the load member 761 but to be pulled up by the attraction force. That is, the magnetic force generated in the iron core disposed in the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 pulls up the load member 761 by attracting the metal plate member MB2.

  According to this configuration, compared to the configuration in which the load member 761 is pushed by the member moving by the electromagnetic force, even when the load member 761 is displaced by the load applied to the load member 761, the overload (local It is easy to prevent the configuration of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 from being damaged. Thus, even if the load member 761 is configured to receive a fluctuating load as in the present embodiment, the useful life of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be extended.

  As shown in FIG. 51 (b), the load member 761 is in a state of receiving an attracting force from the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (raised position) and the upper surface of the metal plate member MB2 is in surface contact (predetermined on the lower edge of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2). While contacting at a plurality of points on a plane), a gap is provided between the metal plate member MB2 and the main body (portion incorporating the coil) of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, and the above-mentioned surface contact surface The upper restricting portion 765 and the overhanging portion 761 d are in contact with each other in a plane parallel to the upper surface.

  This prevents the load member 761 from colliding with the main body of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, thereby avoiding overloading of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, while preventing the load caused by the electromagnetic force from being applied to the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. It can be dispersed and received by the lower edge portion or the lower surface (contact surface) of the upper regulating portion 765. It is possible to avoid the occurrence of a large load locally.

  At the raised position of the load member 761, a clearance is provided not only between the main body of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the metal plate member MB2, but also between the lower edge portion of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the metal plate member MB2. It may be configured to be provided, and the load from the load member 761 may be configured to be received by only the upper regulating portion 765. In this case, since the physical load transmission between the load member 761 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be shut off, the durability of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be improved.

  In this case, since the load tends to concentrate on the overhanging portion 761d in the load member 761, the overhanging portion 761d is preferentially broken (broken), but the overhanging portion 761d is broken (broken) Even in this case, since the metal plate member MB2 is configured to contact the lower edge of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 at a plurality of points on a predetermined plane, concentration of load at one point can be avoided. .

  Furthermore, in this case, when the overhanging portion 761d is broken (broken), the metal plate member MB2 abuts on the lower edge of the metal case at a plurality of points, so that a detection sensor is separately configured to be able to detect this abutment. Thus, the breakage (rupture) of the overhanging portion 761d can be easily determined.

  Further, since the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) continues to be generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 at the raised position, it is unlikely that the load member 761 rebounds after colliding with the upper regulating portion 765. Therefore, the arrangement and posture of the upper restricting portion 765 can be designed considering only the efficiency for reducing the load transmitted to the upper restricting portion 765 (a straight line passing the center of the shaft rod portion 762 and a width of the upper restricting portion 765 The angle with the straight line along the direction can be designed small).

  On the other hand, since the lower regulating portion 764 is inclined relative to a straight line rL 1 passing the lower regulating portion 764 and the center of the shaft rod portion 762, the lower regulating portion 764 The direction in which the repulsive force is generated can be dispersed as compared with the case where the straight line along the width direction and the straight line rL1 are parallel or collinear (force decomposition). Thus, it is possible to suppress the bounce of the load member 761 after colliding with the lower regulation portion 764.

  In addition, since the lower regulation portion 764 is formed to have a longer width dimension (width along the radial direction), the area of the surface receiving the load can be secured widely, and the load by the weight of the load member 761 The pressure (stress) generated in the lower regulation portion 764 can be reduced.

  Therefore, according to the present embodiment, when the load transmitted to the lower restricting portion 764 and the upper restricting portion 765 via the load member 761 at the time of displacement in the upper and lower directions is reduced, the bounce of the load member 761 can be reduced. It can be suppressed.

  In addition, the material of the upper control part 765 and the lower control part 764 is not limited at all. For example, general-purpose plastics such as polypropylene and polystyrene may be used, engineering plastics such as polycarbonate may be used, thermosetting resins such as melamine resin, polyurethane and epoxy resin may be used, and rubber materials may be used. Further, the materials of the upper regulation portion 765 and the lower regulation portion 764 may be the same or different.

  For example, in the case where the upper restricting portion 765 is provided with a function of suppressing positional deviation in the front-rear direction that may be generated in the load member 761 by the load that the load member 761 can receive from the plate-like displacement member 730 at the raised position. As a material of the upper regulation portion 765, a material or a structure excellent in not only the damping property but also the frictional resistance may be adopted.

  In this case, the load member 761 is displaced in the back and forth direction (axial direction) by the load applied from the plate-like displacement member 730 to the load member 761, particularly in a state where the overhang 761d and the upper regulating portion 765 abut. It can be made easy to prevent.

  When the load member 761 is displaced, the opposing curved portion 761 e displaces the back side of the curved projecting portion 774. The opposing curved portion 761e and the curved projecting portion 774 are both formed in an arc shape centering on the shaft rod portion 762 so that the load member 761 is displaced to the front side and the opposing curved portion 761e and the curved projecting portion 774 abut Even when the load member 761 is rotationally displaced in the above state, the opposing curved portion 761 e and the curved projecting portion 774 remain to slide along the rotational direction, so that the resistance of the rotational displacement can be reduced.

  Further, by forming the opposing curved portion 761e at the lower end portion of the load member 761, a sufficient space can be secured above it. In the present embodiment, the vertical rod-like extending portion 761 c is disposed in the secured space.

  The vertical rod-like extending portion 761c extends upward of the opposing curved portion 761e, but unlike the opposing curved portion 761e which is curved and formed, it extends straight in a front view. That is, in a state where the load member 761 is disposed at the raised position, the load member 761 is formed in a rod shape extending in the vertical direction in front view.

  As a result, since the load member 761 can be prevented from being bent and deformed to the left and right due to the load received from the plate-like displacement member 730, as in the present embodiment, the tip of the load member 761 is lifted and displaced while being slightly misaligned to the left and right. Even with the configuration, the plate-like displacement member 730 can be stably pushed up. The load received from the plate-like displacement member 730 and the manner of support will be described later.

  The vertical rod extending portion 761c is formed in a rod shape extending straight in the vertical direction in a front view, but in a side view, the middle position so that the upper end portion is disposed on the front side rather than the lower end portion It is bent (bent at an obtuse angle) at the left position of the rod portion 762).

  Thereby, the area occupied by the load member 761 can be brought closer to the back side on the lower side than the vicinity of the shaft portion 762 and the arrangement area of the members disposed on the front side can be secured. That is, since the arrangement position of the electric decoration board 777 can be moved to the back side, the space from the light emitting means 778 can be emitted by separating the play board 13 (see FIG. 40) from the electric decoration board 777 The light viewed through the members 91 and 92 can be easily viewed as the spread light. In other words, it is possible to facilitate visual recognition by surface light emission where light arrives in a circular shape centered on the optical axis and shines in a planar shape, not point light emission visually recognized in the size of the outer dimension of the LED.

  Furthermore, since the load member 761 can be easily bent and deformed back and forth by the load received from the plate-like displacement member 730, an overload locally occurs when the plate-like displacement member 730 is supported by a single load member 761. Even if it occurs, the load can be released by the bending deformation of the load member 761. Thereby, the durability of the load member 761 can be improved.

  Therefore, according to the present embodiment, by making the pliability of the load member 761 different between the front and rear, right and left, stability in pushing up the plate-like displacement member 730 and improvement in durability of the load member 761 can be achieved. The effect of being able to

  When the load member 761 is disposed in the raised position, the upward electromagnetic force generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the downward load generated between the shaft 762 and the upper restricting portion 765 at the left and right ends of the load member 761 It is supported more stably.

  Therefore, as described later, even when a load is applied to the load member 761 from the plate-like displacement member 730, stable support from the proximal end portion 761a to the overhang portion 761d does not change. The range in which the deflection occurs can be limited to the vertical rod-like extended portion 761 c.

  Thereby, the load member 761 can be totally displaced in the front-rear direction by the load given from the plate-like displacement member 730, and the contact with the support case 763 and the front lid member 770 can be avoided. In other words, it is possible to prevent the load member 761 from being rubbed with another member, damaging the members or requiring an extra driving force for driving the load member 761.

<Operation of Second Operation Unit 700>
The operation mode of the second operation unit 700 will be described. In the second operation unit 700, the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 differs corresponding to the drive mode of the drive unit 760 disposed on the left and right, and accordingly the hollow member 740 supported on the plate-like displacement member 730. And the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 are also configured to be different. Below, the displacement aspect of the plate-like displacement member 730 will be described first, and then the displacement aspect of the variable decorative member 750 and the hollow member 740 will be described.

  52, 53 and 54 are front views of the second operation unit 700. FIG. In FIG. 52, the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are both disposed at the lowered position. In FIG. 53, only the load members 761 of the left drive unit 760 are disposed at the lowered position. The load member 761 of the unit 760 is illustrated as being lifted and displaced from the lowered position to the raised position, and FIG. 54 is illustrated as the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are both arranged in the raised position. .

  The state shown in FIG. 52 corresponds to the state (non-excitation state) in which no current flows in the electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the left and right drive units 760. In this state, the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the load member 761 are not in contact with each other, and the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 is maintained by contact with the base member 701 Posture).

  The state shown in FIG. 53 corresponds to a state (one-side excitation state) in which current is controlled to flow through the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the drive unit 760 on one side (right side). In this state, when the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 is pushed up by the load member 761 on the right side, the plate-like displacement member 730 changes posture in the rising direction, and becomes an intermediate posture. In the present embodiment, the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced about 1.3 degrees from the horizontal posture in the middle posture.

  In the state shown in FIG. 53, the loads due to the weight of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 placed thereon are concentrated on the right load member 761. In the present embodiment, the load member 761 is formed in a small diameter rod shape and bent in the back and forth direction so as to be easily bent in the short direction (front and back direction). The hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 are formed to have strength (rigidity) that can be bent and deformed by their own weight.

  In this embodiment, the load due to the weight of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 placed thereon is applied in the direction including the longitudinal component at the contact position with the load member 761. The load member 761 is configured to be easily bent and deformed, and the load can be released by the bending and deformation. That is, the state shown in FIG. 53 corresponds to the state in which the load member 761 is bent and deformed.

  The difference between the state shown in FIG. 53 and the posture in the rising direction of the plate-like displacement member 730 in the state shown in FIG. 54 to be described below can be described as the degree of deflection of the load member 761. That is, the difference in the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be designed by appropriately setting the elastic coefficient of the load member 761. The elastic coefficients of the load member 761 may be designed to be equal on the left and right, or may be different.

  Further, in the present embodiment, since the shapes of the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are symmetrical left and right, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 of the left drive unit 760 is opposite to the state shown in FIG. Even if current is supplied to the reference) and no current is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 of the right drive unit 760, the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 becomes equivalent to the attitude shown in FIG. Therefore, in the following, the state shown in FIG. 53 is referred to as the one-side excitation state, and the description of the state in which the relationship of the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is symmetrical is omitted.

  In the state shown in FIG. 54, the plate-like displacement member 730 is supported by both of the left and right drive units 760. Therefore, the load of the weight applied to the load member 761 via the plate-like displacement member 730 is reduced to half, so that the deflection displacement of the load member 761 can be reduced.

  That is, in the state shown in FIG. 54, compared to the state shown in FIG. 53, in addition to the load member 761 on the left side being disposed at the raised position, the load member by the load applied via the plate-like displacement member 730. The difference is that the degree of deflection of 761 is about half.

  55 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LVa-LVa of FIG. 53, and FIG. 55 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LVb-LVb of FIG. is there.

  As shown in FIG. 55 (b), when the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 are excited, the load applied to the load member 761 through the plate-like displacement member 730 is divided into two, so that the load member The plate-like displacement member 730 can be raised and displaced in a state where the bending deformation of 761 is small (the state of bending deformation being about half).

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 55A, when one side of the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 is excited, the load applied to the load member 761 via the plate-like displacement member 730 is one side load member 761. Focus on Since the deflection deformation generated in the load member 761 is increased by this load, even if the rotation angle of the load member 761 is the same, the rising displacement amount of the plate-like displacement member 730 is suppressed by the amount of the deflection deformation.

  In the present embodiment, the plate-like displacement member 730 is configured to be rotationally displaced about the reference O1. In a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is supported by the restriction projection 702c (initial posture, illustrated by an imaginary line in FIG. 55A), from the contact surface (lower surface) of the load-receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 The extending normal is in contact with the load member 761 of the drive unit 760 in the state of extending downward in the back direction.

  That is, since the load applied from the plate-like displacement member 730 to the load member 761 via the load receiving portion 733 is generated along the extending direction of the vertical rod extending portion 761c, the bending deformation occurring in the load member 761 is suppressed small. . Therefore, in this state, the driving force transmitted through the load member 761 is mainly used for the rising displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  On the other hand, in the middle posture (see FIG. 55A), the normal line extending from the contact surface (lower surface) of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 is lower in the front direction below the reference O1. It abuts on the load member 761 of the drive unit 760 in the state of being extended to the above.

  That is, since the displacement of the load member 761 becomes large and the deflection deformation amount of the load member 761 tends to become large, the load member 761 is directed to the load member 761 via the lower surface of the loaded portion 733 in the vicinity (see FIG. 55A). The applied load comprises a frontal component and a downward component. In the present embodiment, since the load member 761 is formed in a rod shape extending in a direction of rising and tilting toward the front, a load having a front direction component and a downward direction component acts as a load that causes the load member 761 to be bent and deformed. Do. Therefore, in this state, the driving force transmitted through the load member 761 is used not only for rising displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 but also for bending deformation of the load member 761 (used for bending deformation of the load member 761 Rate will increase gradually).

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, with the change in the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730, the ease of the bending deformation of the load member 761 due to the load applied to the load member 761 changes. That is, in the posture (lower end posture (initial posture)) where load starts to be applied from the load member 761 to the load receiving portion 733, a rear side load is generated in the direction in which bending deformation is less likely to occur in the load member 761. A load (a downward load or a forward load) occurs in a direction in which the load member 761 is more susceptible to bending deformation than the direction of the rear load.

  Thereby, even if the arrangement of the drive unit 760, the displacement width of the load member 761, and the generation force of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 are the same, the shape of the load member 761 (in particular, the shape of the vertical rod extending portion 761c) and the load Depending on the design of the portion 733, it is possible to adjust the timing (attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730) at which bending of the load member 761 is likely to occur and the amount of bending deformation, so the second operation when the drive unit 760 is driven. The manner of operation of the unit 700 can be designed differently.

  In the present embodiment, since the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c is formed to extend upward while projecting to the front side, the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c can be bent and deformed from an early stage. That is, even when the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the horizontal position and a load downwards downward is given to the load member 761, the load deforms the vertical rod extending portion 761c (deforms in the forward tilting direction) by the load. be able to. In other words, it is possible to start using the load of its own weight transmitted through the plate-like displacement member 730 for the bending deformation of the load member 761 before the plate-like displacement member 730 reaches the horizontal attitude.

  As described above, the usage of the driving force transmitted to the plate-like displacement member 730 via the load member 761 is balanced by the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the deformation of the load member 761. Even if excessive displacement or insufficient displacement occurs in the member 761, the variation in the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be reduced.

  For example, when the load member 761 is hardly bent and deformed, the difference in the amount of displacement of the load member 761 and the difference in the height of the upper end of the load member 761 directly affect the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730. Therefore, the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 can not be stabilized unless it is precisely designed such that the displacement amount of the load member 761 and the height of the upper end portion of the load member 761 do not shift. In this case, since high accuracy is required both in the manufacturing stage of the member and in the assembling stage, the manufacturing cost is increased.

  On the other hand, when the load member 761 is bent and deformed, even if the difference in the displacement amount of the load member 761 and the difference in the height of the upper end of the load member 761 occur, it is designed to offset by the bending deformation of the load member 761 By doing this, the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be stabilized. Therefore, since the accuracy of the manufacturing step and the assembling step required for stabilizing the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be suppressed to a low level, the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

  This is not the story of only the load member 761 alone, but the same can be said for the displacement in which the left and right load members 761 are combined. That is, as in the present embodiment, when the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are configured in a symmetrical shape, the displacement amount of the load member 761 and the upper end portion of the load member 761 in the left and right drive units 760 Even if there is a slight difference in height, the difference can be used for the bending deformation of the load member 761.

  Thus, regardless of which of the left and right drive units 760 is driven, the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 in the one-side excitation state can be stabilized in the middle posture regardless of which one side excitation state occurs due to driving.

  In addition, it is possible to limit the direction of deflection generated in the load member 761 by the load applied to the load member 761 via the load receiving portion 733 to the front side. This direction coincides with the direction of positional deviation in the front-rear direction set in the vertical rod-shaped extending portion 761 c with respect to the rod-shaped extending portion 761 b. Thus, the load causing the load member 761 to be bent and deformed can be configured to be directed in a direction away from the rod-like extended portion 761 b.

  Therefore, most of the load applied from the load receiving portion 733 toward the load member 761 can be absorbed by the bending deformation of the load member 761, and the load applied from the load receiving portion 733 affects the rod-like extended portion 761b. Can be made smaller. In other words, the influence given to the load member 761 can be suppressed in the vicinity of the vertical rod-like extended portion 761 c.

  That is, rubbing or deformation that occurs on other contact parts of the load member 761 (for example, the base end 761a and the shaft bar 762; the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2; the curved projecting part 774 and the opposed curved part 761e) Can be suppressed. This makes it possible to easily predict the mode of flexural deformation of the load member 761. Therefore, the structure of the load member 761 and the design of the displacement mode of the plate-like displacement member 730 are premised on the flexural deformation of the load member 761. It can be easy.

  In addition, the direction of deflection occurring in the load member 761 can be limited to the front side (the same portion can be prevented from being bent to the front side or to the back side depending on the situation) Therefore, the position of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the amount of deflection of the load member 761 can be related in a one-to-one relationship, and the durability of the load member 761 can be compared as compared It is possible to improve the quality.

  In FIGS. 55 (a) and 55 (b), the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 is changed according to the degree of deformation of the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c, and both the load members 761 are in the raised position. (See FIG. 51 (b)).

  Therefore, as described above, the longitudinal displacement of the load member 761 due to the load given to the load member 761 is generated between the overhanging portion 761d and the upper regulating portion 765 due to the influence of the bending deformation of the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c. It can be suppressed by friction.

  Therefore, even in the case where control is performed so that bending and release of the vertical rod extension 761c occur repeatedly (for example, one electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is maintained in the excited state, and the other electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is in the excited state). It is possible to suppress that the load member 761 is entirely displaced in the front-rear direction).

  This can be favorably realized by a configuration in which the load member 761 is supported not only by the shaft bar portion 762 but by the shaft bar portion 762 and the upper restricting portion 765 as in the present embodiment. More specifically, the plate-like displacement is performed in a state where the load member 761 is fixed at the rising position, not a mode in which the load from the plate-like displacement member 730 is placed in the state where the loading member 761 is disposed between the lowered position and the raised position. Only the aspect of receiving the load from the member 730 can be realized well.

  That is, when the load member 761 is supported only by the shaft bar portion 762, a portion on the shaft bar portion 762 side of the base end portion 761 a and the rod-like extended portion 761 b with respect to the longitudinal component of the load from the plate-like displacement member 730 Although resistance will be included, if load from the plate-like displacement member 730 causes the rod-like extension 761b to twist or shift in the longitudinal direction, a gap is generated between the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. there is a possibility.

  When the gap between the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 exceeds the distance for effectively generating the electromagnetic force, the electromagnetic force is sharply reduced, which makes it difficult to maintain the load member 761 in the raised position. Countermeasures can be made by increasing the rigidity of the rod-like extension 761b or increasing the resistance between the shaft 762 and the load member 761. However, in the case of the former, the load member 761 becomes heavy. In the latter case, the drive force for rotating the load member 761 is required excessively, which causes the size increase of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, which is not preferable.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when bending of the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c occurs, the load member 761 is stably not only at the shaft portion 762 but at both left and right end positions of the shaft rod portion 762 and the upper regulating portion 765. I support it. Thereby, in addition to the ability to suppress the torsional deformation of the rod-like extended portion 761b compared to the case where the left and right sides are supported, the axial displacement of the load member 761 is achieved by the frictional resistance generated with the upper regulating portion 765. It can be suppressed.

  Therefore, when controlling so that the bending and release of the vertical rod-like extended portion 761c repeatedly occur without causing the enlargement of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the load member 761 in the front-rear direction as a whole. be able to.

  In addition, in this embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 functions as a reinforcing material of the rod-like extended portion 761b from the support mode of the metal plate member MB2 (see FIG. 51). That is, the rigidity of the metal plate member MB2 can prevent the torsional deformation of the bar-like extended portion 761b.

  Referring back to FIG. The state shown in FIG. 54 corresponds to a state (excitation state) in which current flows in the electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the left and right drive units 760. In this state, the plate-like displacement member 730 is changed in posture in the rising direction by being pushed up by the left and right load-receiving parts 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 by the load members 761 on the left and right sides. . In the present embodiment, in the upper end attitude, the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced approximately 2.7 degrees from the middle attitude (approximately 6.1 degrees from the lower end attitude, approximately 4 degrees from the horizontal attitude).

  In the state shown in FIG. 54, compared to the state shown in FIG. 53, the load due to the weight of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and variable decorative member 750 placed thereon is divided into load members 761 on both left and right sides. As a result, the deflection generated in the load member 761 is alleviated.

  In FIG. 54, for convenience, it is illustrated as being so small that deflection of the left and right load members 761 can not be determined. That is, it is illustrated in the same shape as the shape of the load member 761 illustrated in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 52 to FIG. 54, in the present embodiment, the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is changed in a plurality of ways (at least three ways) by switching the conduction state to the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (see FIG. 50). It can be switched by.

  In order to switch the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 from FIG. 53 to FIG. 54, the electromagnetic solenoid of the left drive unit 760 is maintained while the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the right drive unit 760 is maintained. Since it is sufficient to excite the SOL2, switching of the posture can be easily smoothed.

  56 (a), 56 (b), 57 (a) and 57 (b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the time change of conduction of the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 and the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730. FIG. In FIGS. 56 (a), 56 (b), 57 (a) and 57 (b), the timing chart on the upper stage shows the conduction state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 on the left side, and the timing chart on the middle stage shows the electromagnetic solenoid on the right side The conduction state of SOL 2 is shown, and the timing chart on the lower side shows the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  Although the plate-like displacement member 730 is not displaced at the same time as the timing of conducting electricity to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (due to a slight time difference) in the configuration, in FIGS. 56 and 57, for the purpose of facilitating understanding. For convenience, the plate-like displacement member 730 is illustrated as being displaced simultaneously with the conduction of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2.

  The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 56 (a) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 53 are alternately switched. The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 56 (b) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 53 and the state shown in FIG. 54 are alternately switched. The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 57 (a) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 54 are alternately switched.

  In the conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 57 (b), the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 53 are alternately switched, and the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. The mode to be switched is the same as the mode to be repeated.

  As described above, the switching patterns of the states described above with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54 are not unique, and are generated in multiple ways by making the combination of the conduction modes of the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 different.

  Therefore, since the pattern of switching the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is generated in a plurality of ways, the pattern of displacement of the hollow member 740 to be placed on the plate-like displacement member 730 and the variable decorative member 750 (see FIG. 43) Can be configured in a plurality of ways, the details of which will be described later.

  In FIGS. 56 (a), 56 (b), 57 (a) and 57 (b), for convenience, the conduction length and the conduction interval of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 for a short time are illustrated constant. , This is only an example. For example, the conduction intervals for a short time may be set separately, or may be configured to be gradually longer or gradually shorter, and can be set arbitrarily.

  In addition, by shortening the conduction length of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 for a short time, the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be generated instantaneously (pulsewise), while the conduction length is lengthened. And can maintain posture change with a sufficient length. Furthermore, by shortening the conduction interval of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, it is possible to change the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 so that the plate-like displacement member 730 is vibrating.

  FIG. 58 is a top view of the second operation unit 700. FIG. As shown in FIG. 58, the second operation unit 700 is formed in a substantially left-right symmetrical shape in top view. In the following, the part on the right side from the symmetry axis will be described in detail, and the description on the part on the left will be omitted.

  59, 60, 61 and 62 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 59, 60, 61 and 62, the displacement of the second operation unit 700 is illustrated in time series, and in FIG. 59, the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end posture (initial posture). In FIG. 60, a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the horizontal posture is illustrated, and in FIG. 61, a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the middle position is illustrated. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end position is illustrated.

  59 to 62, a straight line connecting the centers of a pair of axially supported portions 731 (see FIG. 43) is illustrated as a reference O1 as a rotational axis of rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730. The reference O1 is illustrated with the same meaning in the subsequent drawings. 59 to 62, a cross section at the center in the left-right direction of the variable decorative member 750 at the center in the left-right direction is illustrated.

  The left and right center variable decorative member 750 is allowed to displace up and down in the front through hole 723 (see FIG. 43), and the front, rear, left and right displacement is the clearance between the front through hole 723 and the cylindrical projection 753 It is supported by the large receiving portion 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730, and is displaced as the large receiving portion 736 is displaced due to the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  Hereinafter, the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) along with the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 will be described. In addition, in order to make an understanding easy, the posture change of the gravity direction of the variable decorative member 750 is omitted and illustrated.

  59, 60 and 61, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is not displaced to the position where it abuts on the side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750 (not retracted). . That is, the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 is limited to the displacement in the vertical direction.

  On the other hand, in the state change of FIG. 61 and FIG. 62, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is displaced (retracted) to a position where it abuts on the front side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750; Transmission takes place. That is, the variable decorative member 750 is displaced not only in the vertical direction but also in the front-rear direction.

  Therefore, the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) along with the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 mainly occurs in the first stage (the posture change from the initial posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 is small) Stage, see FIG. 59, FIG. 60, and FIG. 61), and a second stage (a change in attitude from the initial attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is large in the second stage) 62) and. Thereby, the variation of the displacement mode of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) can be increased.

  Here, since the state shown in FIG. 61 corresponds to the one-side excitation state and the state shown in FIG. 62 corresponds to the excitation state, the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) can be switched by switching the drive mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. The displacement mode of can be switched in a plurality of variations.

  As shown in FIG. 62, a gap is maintained between the upper surface of the plate-like main portion of the bifurcated support member 751 and the lower end of the cylindrical portion forming the front through hole 723. Therefore, since the cover member 720 and the plate-like displacement member 730 do not sandwich the variable decorative member 750 from above and below, the generation of load is suppressed and the posture of the variable decorative member 750 is maintained in an unstable state. Can.

  63, 64, 65 and 66 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. In FIG. 63, FIG. 64, FIG. 65 and FIG. 66, the displacement of the second operation unit 700 is illustrated in time series, and in FIG. 63, the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end attitude (initial attitude). In FIG. 64, the plate-like displacement member 730 is shown in a horizontal position. In FIG. 65, the plate-like displacement member 730 is shown in the middle position. In FIG. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end position is illustrated. 63 to 66, a cross section at the center in the left-right direction of the variable decorative member 750 on the right side is illustrated.

  The left and right variable decorative members 750 are allowed to displace up and down in the front through holes 723 (see FIG. 43), and the front, rear, left, and right displacements are clearances between the front through holes 723 and the cylindrical projecting portion 753. It is supported by the large receiving portion 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730, and is displaced as the large receiving portion 736 is displaced due to the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  The large receiving portions 736 on the left and right sides are disposed at positions closer to the reference O1 in the vertical direction and farther from the reference O1 in the front-rear direction as compared with the large receiving portion 736a at the left and right centers.

  In the following, displacement of the variable decorative member 750 (both on the left and right) along with the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 will be described. Note that, in order to facilitate understanding, the posture change in the direction of gravity of the variable decorative member 750 is illustrated without being shown.

  In the state change of FIGS. 63, 64 and 65, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is not displaced (not retracted) to a position in contact with the side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750. . That is, the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 is limited to the displacement in the vertical direction.

  On the other hand, in the state change of FIGS. 65 and 66, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is displaced to such an extent that it abuts on the front side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750 The load transfer in the front-rear direction is suppressed, as it is not in such a relationship as to push further.

  That is, the load given to the variable decorative member 750 from the large receiving portion 736 mainly comprises only the load in the vertical direction, and when only the vertical component of the displacement is compared, the variable decorative member 750 at the center in the horizontal direction The amount of displacement of the variable decorative member 750 on both sides in the left-right direction is configured to be larger than the amount of displacement of.

  Thus, while the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) along with the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 is configured such that the direction differs in each stage, The displacement of the decorative member 750 mainly occurs in the vertical direction. As a result, the displacement mode of the variable decorative member 750 at the center in the left-right direction and the variable decoration member 750 on both sides in the left-right direction can be made different depending on the degree of posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  As described above, since the vertical displacement of the variable decorative member 750 on both sides in the left and right direction is secured large, as shown in FIG. 66, the bifurcated support that occurred when the variable decorative member 750 at the center in the horizontal direction was focused. The gap between the upper surface of the plate-like main body of the member 751 and the lower end of the cylindrical portion constituting the front through-hole 723 disappears, and the plate-like main body of the bifurcated support member 751 constitutes the front through-hole 723 It has a dimensional relationship to bite into the cylindrical portion to be

  In FIG. 66, on the premise that the plate-like main portion of the bifurcated support member 751 is not deformed, the state after contacting the lower end of the cylindrical portion constituting the front side through hole 723 and translating the bifurcated support member 751 to the back side It is illustrated.

  Accordingly, since the cover member 720 and the plate-like displacement member 730 sandwich the variable decorative member 750 from above and below, the load in the vertical compression direction from the cover member 720 and the plate-like displacement member 730 is applied to the variable decoration member 750. Given. Thereby, the holding power of the posture of the variable decorative member 750 is increased, and the posture of the variable decorative member 750 can be stabilized.

  Therefore, in the state where the drive units 760 on both the left and right sides are in the excited state and the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture, the variable decorative member 750 in the left and right center is supported in an unstable state (see FIG. 62) The variable decorative members 750 on the left and right sides are stably supported. Therefore, the appearance of the plurality of variable decorative members 750 after the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture can be made different.

  That is, the left and right variable decorative members 750 are configured to allow a slight displacement (loosely supported) as a remnant of the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730, while the left and right variable decorative members 750 are By being configured to suppress displacement (hardly supported), the player's attention can be drawn to the left and right center variable decorative members 750.

  As described above, the displacement in the vertical direction accompanying the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 is larger than the variable decorative member 750 on the left and right as compared to the variable decorative member 750 at the center in the left and right. While it is easy for the player's attention to be concentrated on the left and right variable decorative members 750, when maintaining the plate-like displacement member 730 in the upper end position, the player's attention is given to the left and right central variable decorative members 750. It can be made easy to collect.

  Therefore, when the drive state of the drive unit 760 is set so that the plate-like displacement member 730 does not reach the upper end attitude or does not hold (do not stop) in the upper end attitude, the attitude change is repeated. The player's line of sight can be easily collected on the left and right variable decorative members 750, and when the plate-like displacement member 730 is set in such a manner as to be held slightly in the upper end posture, the player can You can make it easy to collect your gaze.

  Thus, when there is a specific light guide member 714 that is particularly intended to draw the player's attention among the plurality of light guide members 714, it is easy to gather the player's line of sight on the variable decorative member 750 near the light guide member 714. By controlling the drive unit 760 to drive (by controlling the light emission mode of the light guide member 714 and the drive mode of the drive unit 760 in connection with each other), the line of sight of the player can be identified by the specific light guide member 714 Can be collected.

  FIG. 67 is a schematic view schematically showing rotational displacement of the large receiving portion 736. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 67, the direction view of the reference O1 is illustrated, and the arrangement of the large central receiving portion 736a and the large left and right large receiving portions 736b in the horizontal attitude and the upper end attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is illustrated.

  Since the large central receiving portion 736a is disposed on the front side above the reference O1, the longitudinal displacement is small compared to the vertical displacement at a slight angle (about 4 degrees) at which the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced. growing.

  Since the large left and right receiving portions 736b are separated from the reference O1 compared to the central large receiving portion 736a, the displacement itself associated with the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 is larger than the central large receiving portion 736a. On the other hand, since the large left and right receiving portions 736b are disposed in front of the reference O1 (because they are disposed on the horizontal line), the slight displacement (about 4 degrees) at which the plate-like displacement member 730 rotates and displaces The vertical displacement is larger than the longitudinal displacement.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the displacement of the central large receiving portion 736a and the displacement of the large left and right receiving portions 736b are made different from each other by rotationally displacing the plate-like displacement member 730 about the reference O1. Can. Therefore, the displacement mode of the variable decorative member 750 displaceably supported by the large receiving portion 736 can be made different between the member disposed at the left and right center and the member disposed at the left and right outside.

  68, 69, 70, and 71 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII in FIG. 68, 69, 70 and 71, the displacement of the second operation unit 700 is illustrated in time series, and in FIG. 68, the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end attitude (initial attitude). In FIG. 69, a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the horizontal posture is illustrated, and in FIG. 70, a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the middle position is illustrated. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end position is illustrated.

  68 to 71, a cross section at the center in the left-right direction of the light guide member 714 is illustrated. As described above, until the midway posture (see FIG. 70) of the plate-like displacement member 730, the inner front portion of the front small receiving portion 735a does not contact the front side portion of the projecting columnar portion 743. The displacement is mainly vertical displacement.

  On the other hand, the inner surface front portion of the front small receiving portion 735a abuts on the front side portion of the projecting columnar portion 743 from the middle position to the upper end position of the plate-like displacement member 730, and the hollow member 740 after contact. Is pushed to the back side as the plate-like displacement member 730 is displaced. As described above, it is possible to provide a time difference between the start timing of the vertical displacement of the hollow member 740 and the horizontal displacement, which is generated by being pushed forward with the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  As shown in FIG. 68 and FIG. 71, the operation by changing the width of the light refracted through the upper end portion of the light guide member 714 with the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 will be described.

  When the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end posture (initial posture), the width of the light emitted from the light guiding member 714 to the player is the width LH1a, whereas the plate-like displacement member 730 is upper In the end attitude, the width of the light emitted from the light guide member 714 to the player changes to the width LH1b (LH1a> LH1b).

  On the other hand, even if displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 occurs, the width of light radiated from the light guide member 714 to the third symbol display device 81 side (rear side) is maintained at the width LH2. Therefore, it is possible to change the balance between the amount of light emitted from the light guide member 714 to the player side and the amount of light emitted to the back side with the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  That is, by driving the drive unit 760 and changing the plate-like displacement member 730 to the upper end posture, the player can be directed to the player compared with the case where the plate-like displacement member 730 is set to the lower end posture (initial posture). Since the light is weak, the light guide member 714 can be easily viewed directly (easily viewed), and the light directed to the third symbol display device 81 in the same comparison becomes strong, so the light emitted from the light guide member 714 Can be easily transferred to the third symbol display device 81. Thereby, when the player is paying attention to the third symbol display device 81, the line of sight can be drawn to the light guide member 714.

  FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit 700 taken along line LXXII-LXXII in FIG. Although the gap is formed between the partition member 708 and the electric decoration substrate 705 as described above, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 72, the light emitted from the light emitting means 706 leaks through the gap. It is configured to suppress things.

  That is, in the present embodiment, there is a slight gap between the partition member 708 and the electric decoration substrate 705, and the dimension of the gap is the emission surface (upper end surface) of the LED constituting the light emitting means 706 of the electric decoration substrate 705. As it is shorter than the height dimension, in particular, the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706a can be directed toward the light guide member 714 with almost no leak (see the enlarged view in FIG. 72).

  Also, the light emitted from each individual light emitting means 706a is directed toward the respective light guide members 714, but the light guide member 714 (when focusing on one individual light emitting means 706a, the true It is configured to prevent going toward the light guide members 714 other than the light guide members 714 disposed above. That is, since the light guide members 714 are separated at the base end side by the displacement restricting member 716, it is possible to prevent the light from passing through the inside of the light guide members 714 toward the other light guide members 714 (FIG. 72). See the enlarged view).

  Further, although the light guide members 714 are indirectly connected via the thin film cover member 712, the thin film cover member 712 is thin along the optical axis direction (vertical direction) of the individual light emitting means 706a. Thus, the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706a can be prevented from reaching the other light guide members 714.

  Therefore, when performing effects such that the color and intensity of the light emitted from each individual light emitting means 706 a are different, the light reaches the other light guide member 714 and the other light guide member 714 looks like The influence can be avoided. In other words, it is possible to prevent the unintended light guiding member 714 from emitting light or the visual recognition through the light guiding member 714 in a state where the light emitted from the separate individual light emitting means 706a is mixed. .

  In the case where the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706a leaks from the gap between the electric decoration substrate 705 and the partition member 708, the light is mixed with the light of the entire light emitting means 706b to be made visible to the player. Can.

  As described above, the second operation unit 700 is displaced in different manners by making the drive modes (see FIGS. 56 and 57) of the drive units 760 respectively disposed on the left and right lower sides of the plate-like displacement member 730 different. Do.

  For example, when the plate-like displacement member 730 is repeatedly displaced, the plate-like displacement member 730 is reciprocally displaced between the lower end posture and the middle posture by repeatedly operating one drive unit 760 as a first displacement mode. It can be done. Further, as a second displacement mode, one drive unit 760 is maintained in an excited state, and then the other drive unit 760 is repeatedly operated to move the plate-like displacement member 730 between the midway attitude and the upper end attitude. Can be displaced back and forth.

  Further, for example, when stopping the plate-like displacement member 730 in a posture different from the lower end posture (initial posture), the plate-like displacement is performed by maintaining one drive unit 760 in the excitation state as a first stop mode. The member 730 can be stopped at an intermediate position. Further, as a second stop mode, the plate-like displacement member 730 is stopped in the upper end posture by maintaining one drive unit 760 in the excitation state and maintaining the other drive unit 760 in the excitation state. Can.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the structural difference is not provided between the left and right drive units 760, and the load provided from the plate-like displacement member 730 to the load member 761 when only one of the drive units 760 is excited. Thus, the attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 is adjusted under the influence of the deflection generated in the load member 761 (see FIG. 55A).

  Therefore, one drive unit 760 and the other drive unit 760 in the first displacement mode (stop mode) or the second displacement mode (stop mode) described above are fixed as either the left or right drive unit 760. It can be replaced depending on the situation.

  Therefore, unlike the case where one drive unit 760 and the other drive unit 760 are fixed as either the left or right drive unit 760, the drive unit 760 on the side to be maintained in the excited state and the drive unit 760 on the repeatedly operating side are The degree of fatigue of the constituent materials of the pair of left and right drive units 760 can be matched (adjusted) by switching alternately according to the number of operations or switching every period. As a result, the replacement timing of the left and right drive units 760 can be matched, and as a result, the service life of the second operation unit 700 can be maintained long.

  The degree of deflection occurring in the load member 761 is merely an example, and can be set arbitrarily, as long as the deflection does not depend on the magnitude of the deflection. That is, it is sufficient if the configuration can be made to slightly change whether to drive control one of the drive units 760 or both.

  The second operation unit 700 is visibly arranged at a position between the third symbol display device 81 and the first winning opening 64 from the player's line of sight through the window section divided by the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2). ). Although the control mode of the second operation unit 700 is arbitrarily set, for example, the entry of gaming balls into the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140 and the specific winning opening 65a, and the driving unit 760 The control mode and the control mode of the lighting state of the light emitting means 706 of the electric decoration substrate 705 may be controlled to correspond to each other.

  For example, in association with the control mode of the lighting state, a plurality of gaming balls enter the first winning opening 64, and the individual light emitting means 706a disposed on the left side is lit in accordance with the number of pending holdings of fluctuation. A plurality of game balls may be entered into the second winning opening 140 and controlled so as to turn on the individual light emitting means 706a disposed on the right in accordance with the number of pending holdings of fluctuation. .

  In this case, by confirming the light emission mode of the light guide member 714, it is possible for the player to be able to grasp the number of holding balls. Further, by associating the ball entry of the game ball with the control mode of the drive unit 760, the line of sight of the player can be collected in the second light guide member operation unit 700.

  For example, when the game ball enters the first winning opening 64, the drive control of the drive unit 760 is performed in the above-described first displacement mode, while the player is more advantageous than entering the first winning opening 64. If the game ball enters the second winning opening 140, which often has a large number of cases, the drive unit 760 is driven and controlled in the second displacement mode described above. The player can easily grasp whether the ball has entered the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 140.

  Further, as another example of associating the ball entry of the game ball with the control mode of the drive unit 760, the drive unit 760 may be drive-controlled in relation to the upper limit value of the number of holding balls. That is, for example, when the game ball enters the first winning opening 64 when the number of holding balls in the first winning opening 64 is the upper limit value, the winning ball can be obtained, but the player can not get a chance of fluctuation. It is desirable to notify the player when the number of holding balls in the first winning opening 64 is close to the upper limit.

  According to the configuration of the present embodiment, the hollow member 740 and the variable decoration member 750 of the second operation unit 700 can be displaced by controlling the drive of the drive unit 760, and the appearance of the second operation unit 700 can be changed. Can be used to attract the attention of the player. Therefore, when the number of holding balls in the first winning opening 64 is close to the upper limit (or is the upper limit), the number of holding balls in the player is close to the upper limit (or is the upper limit) by controlling the drive unit 760. ) Can be easily noticed.

  Further, as another example of correlating the ball entry of the game ball with the control aspect of the drive unit 760 and the control aspect of the lighting state of the light emitting means 706 of the electric decoration substrate 705, the ball entry of the game ball into the specific winning opening 65a You may associate it.

  In this case, for example, it may be associated with the game ball entering the specified winning hole 65a, or the number (maximum count number per jackpot round) expected to be filled when opening the specified winning hole 65a. It may be correlated with the fact that the game ball having the exceeding ball number enters the specific winning hole 65a (so-called, over winning).

  Thereby, by visually recognizing the state of the second operation unit 700, the game ball entered the specified winning opening 65a, or the game ball having a ball number exceeding the assumption entered the specified winning opening 65a. The player can be made to grasp.

  The second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the attraction force of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 acts in the vertical direction has been described, but the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 of the window movable unit 2150 of the second embodiment is configured such that the attraction force acts in the left and right direction. Be done. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  73 (a) and 73 (b) are rear views of the window movable unit 2150 in the second embodiment. FIG. 73 (a) shows a state in which the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is energized to generate an electromagnetic force, and FIG. 73 (b) shows a state in which the energization is canceled and the electromagnetic force disappears.

  The window movable unit 2150 has a contact member 2190 supported coaxially with the auxiliary device 160 and disposed so as to be able to contact the driven member 163 in the rotational direction, and a biasing spring SP21 for biasing the contact member 2190. And

  A weight W21 for adjusting the center of gravity is formed at the upper end of the arm 163c of the driven member 163, and the driven member 163 is rotationally displaced by its own weight when the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is not excited. (See FIG. 73 (b)).

  The contact member 2190 includes a cushion portion 175a disposed so as to be in contact with the driven member 163, and a rotation member 2191 supporting the cushion portion 175a.

  The pivoting member 2191 is disposed to face the biasing spring SP21, and the biasing force of the biasing spring SP21 is generated in the direction of pushing back the pivoting member 2191 toward the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1.

  The displacement aspect of the driven member 163 and the rotation member 2191 will be described. In the excited state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, the driven member 163 is kept attracted to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 by the electromagnetic force.

  On the other hand, in the non-excitation state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, the driven member 163 is rotationally displaced by its own weight, and is opposed to the biasing force of the biasing spring SP21 via the state shown in FIG. Rotate and displace the That is, the driven member 163 is displaced alone until the state shown in FIG. 73 (b), and the driven member 163 and the rotating member 2191 are integrally displaced from the state shown in FIG. 73 (b). That is, the displacement speed of the driven member 163 can be changed with the state shown in FIG. 73 (b) as a boundary.

  Further, in the present embodiment, after the state shown in FIG. 73B, the driven member 163 can be vibrated and displaced by the fluctuating biasing force. Thereby, the variation of the displacement of the driven member 163 can be increased.

  The third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 to 78. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the elevating plate 430 is vertically displaced in conjunction with the rotational displacement of the arm member 414 has been described, but in the first operation unit 3400 of the third embodiment, the elevating plate 430 is vertically displaced at a constant speed. The transmission means 3410 (for example, a transmission mechanism by a rack and pinion (not shown)) for transmitting the driving force is provided. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  74 to 77 are front views of the first operation unit 3400 in the third embodiment. In FIG. 74 to FIG. 77, the manner in which the lift plate 430 is displaced downward is illustrated in time series.

  78 (a) to 78 (c) are schematic views schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first operation unit 3400. FIG. 78 (a) to 78 (c), the rotation angle of the end gear 413 is shown on the horizontal axis, and in FIG. 78 (a), the amount of downward displacement of the lift plate 430 is on the vertical axis. In b), the amount of rotation (angle change) of the auxiliary arm member 444 is illustrated on the vertical axis, and in FIG. 78C, the amount of displacement of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 is illustrated on the vertical axis. .

  In the first operation unit 3400, a long hole portion 3406 of an L-shape (a shape in which long rectangles are orthogonal to each other are integrated) is formed through the main body plate portion 401. The long hole 3406 is formed to have a size that allows the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 to be displaced in the vertical and horizontal directions.

  In FIG. 74, the cylindrical portion 444d is disposed at the upper end position of the elongated opening in the vertical direction of the long hole 3406, and the displacement of FIG. 75 lowers the elongated opening in the vertical direction. Do. That is, in the displacements of FIG. 74 to FIG. 75, the auxiliary arm member 444 does not rotate because the left and right positions of the cylindrical portion 444d are not changed.

  On the other hand, in FIGS. 75 to 77, the auxiliary arm member 444 is rotationally displaced in conjunction with the downward displacement of the elevation plate 430. That is, according to the present embodiment, a section in which the auxiliary arm member 444 is rotationally displaced due to the vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 and a section in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even if the elevator plate 430 is vertically displaced. And can be configured.

  By configuring a section in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even if the elevating plate 430 is displaced in the vertical direction, the transmission of the driving force to the downstream side of the driving force transmission with reference to the auxiliary arm member 444 is blocked. However, this role is similar to that of the vertical direction portion 491a of the fixed transmission plate 490 described in the first embodiment (see FIG. 35). According to the present embodiment, since the vertical transmission / reception portion 491a can be omitted from the fixed transmission plate 490, the vertical transmission / reception dimension of the fixed transmission plate 490 can be reduced (the design freedom of the fixed transmission plate 490 is improved). be able to).

  Therefore, the design freedom of the fixed transmission plate 490 can be improved while maintaining the effect of being able to shift the operation start timings of the lift plate 430 and the winged member 460.

  In the present embodiment, it is easy to vertically displace the lift plate 430 by constant velocity linear motion by the transmission means 3410 (see FIG. 78A), in this case, the synchronization described in the first embodiment. If the configuration of the operation unit 440 is used as it is, the speed of the rotational displacement of the auxiliary arm member 444 changes significantly during the displacement.

  More specifically, the angular velocity of the rotational displacement in the vicinity of the second intermediate state of the first operating unit 4300 is reduced compared to the angular velocity of the rotational displacement in the vicinity of the retracted state or the overhanging state of the first operating unit 3400. (The amount of change in angle relative to the amount of displacement of the proximal side 444a decreases.)

  Therefore, the relative displacement member 442 can not be displaced at substantially the same speed with respect to the lift plate 430. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as an alternative to the lower left rotation gear 441, a gear having a gear ratio equal to that of the arc gear portion 444d is meshed with the upper right rotation gear 441 and connected to the relative displacement member 442 An armed rotation gear 3441 having an extending portion is disposed. Thereby, the change in the angular velocity of the auxiliary arm member 444 can be partially offset, and the difference in the displacement mode between the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 can be eliminated.

  That is, the vertical displacement amount of the proximal side portion 444a is not the configuration of the first embodiment in which the relative displacement member 442 is vertically displaced corresponding to (proportional to) the angle change amount with respect to the vertical displacement amount of the proximal end side 444a. The angle change amount with respect to is converted again into the vertical displacement amount of the arm tip portion of the arm-mounted rotary gear 3441, and the relative displacement member 442 is vertically displaced according to the vertical displacement amount of the arm tip portion. The difference in displacement between the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 can be partially eliminated (cancelled).

  Therefore, the displacement mode of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 can be brought closer to the displacement mode of the lift plate 430.

  In the present embodiment, the electric wire DH1 may be configured to be guided to the relative displacement member 442 through the rotation axis of the arm-equipped rotation gear 3441. That is, the electric wiring associated with the displacement of the first operation unit 3400 is formed by continuously forming the path of the electric wiring DH1 in the order of the auxiliary arm member 444, the raising and lowering plate 430, the rotating gear with arm 3441 and the relative displacement member 442. It is possible to avoid that the path length of DH1 largely fluctuates.

  In this case, since the electric wiring DH1 can be easily connected to the decorative portion 493, the electric decoration substrate is provided in the decorative portion 493 so that it is easy to execute the light emission effect by the light emitting means such as the LED. Can.

  The fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Although the first embodiment has described the case where the detection sensor for detecting the state of the second operation unit 700 is not disposed, the second operation unit 4700 of the fourth embodiment detects the state of the drive unit 4760. A detection device 4780 is provided. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIGS. 79 (a) and 79 (b) are front views of the drive unit 4760 of the second operation unit 4700 in the fourth embodiment. In FIGS. 79 (a) and 79 (b), the illustration of the front lid member 770 and the electric decoration board 777 is omitted except for the curved protruding portion 774, and the outer shape of the curved protruding portion 774 is an imaginary line. It is illustrated.

  Further, FIG. 79 (a) shows that the current is not supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the load member 4761 is disposed at the lowered position by its own weight, and in FIG. 79 (b), the current is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. A state is shown in which the metal plate member MB2 is attracted by the flow and generated electromagnetic force and the load member 4761 is disposed at the raised position.

  As shown in FIGS. 79 (a) and 79 (b), the load member 4761 is in contact with the lower restricting portion 764 in the lowered position to be restricted in downward displacement, and is in contact with the upper restricting portion 765 in the raised position. Upward displacement is regulated.

  The load member 4761 is the same as the load member 761 described in the first embodiment except that the overhanging portion 761d is changed to a thick overhanging portion 4761f and a thin overhanging portion 4761g. The configuration is identical.

  The thick extension portion 4761f is a portion extending from the extending end of the rod-like extending portion 761b in the extending direction of the rod-like extending portion 761b with a thickness (front-rear width) equivalent to that of the rod-like extending portion 761b The load member 4761 is in contact with the upper restricting portion 765 in the process of being placed in the raised position, and corresponds to a portion that receives the load.

  The thin-walled overhanging portion 4761g is a plate-like thin (shorter in width) shorter than the thick overhanging portion 4761f from the overhanging end of the thick overhanging portion 4761f and extends along the extending direction of the bar-like extending portion 761b. It is a part. The upper and lower surfaces (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the extension direction) of the thin extension part 4761g and the upper and lower surfaces (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the extension direction) of the thick extension part 4761f are flush with each other.

  The thin overhang portion 4761 g is configured to abut on the upper regulation portion 765 in the same manner as the thick overhang portion 4761 f in the process of placing the load member 4761 in the raised position, compared to the thick overhang portion 4761 f As a result, fatigue buildup due to repeated excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 causes damage preferentially to the thick overhang portion 4761f.

  From this point of view, the upper and lower surfaces (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the extension direction) of the thin extension part 4761g and the upper and lower surfaces (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the extension direction) of the thick extension part 4761f It is not necessary to be formed flush, and it is sufficient if at least the upper surface is flush, and the position of the lower surface can be arbitrarily set. For example, by shortening the vertical width of the thin overhang portion 4761g compared to the vertical width of the thick overhang portion 4761f, by reducing the number of times of repeated excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 until the thin overhang portion 4761g is broken. The period until the thin-walled overhang portion 4761g is broken can be adjusted.

  The drive unit 4760 is provided with a detection device 4780. The detection device 4780 includes a printed circuit board 4781 fixed to the lower part of the support case 763 and a detection sensor 4782 disposed on the printed circuit board 4781 and disposed so as to be able to insert and remove the thin projecting portion 4761g in the detection groove.

  The detection sensor 4782 is a photo coupler type detection device, and the thin overhanging portion 4761 g blocks detection light at the lowered position of the load member 4761 (see FIG. 79A), and thin wall tension at the raised position of the load member 4761. The emitting portion 4761g is disposed above so as not to block the detection light (see FIG. 79 (b)).

  The function of the detection sensor 4782 will be described. Usually, the detection result of the detection sensor 4782 corresponds to the position of the load member 4761. Therefore, based on the detection result of the detection sensor 4782, it can be confirmed whether the load member 4761 is operating properly. This confirmation is performed by the MPU 221 (see FIG. 4), and an alarm is generated when it is determined to be a malfunction, or an error is displayed on the display device to make the malfunction of the second operation unit 4700 a player or It can be made easy for the store clerk to notice.

  In addition, when the thin overhanging portion 4761g is broken (broken) and dropped, the thin overhanging portion 4761g and the load member 4761 do not operate in synchronization, so the change in position of the load member 4761 and the detection of the detection sensor 4782 The result does not correspond. When the positional change of the load member 4761 and the detection result of the detection sensor 4782 do not correspond to each other, an alarm is generated in the MPU 221 (see FIG. 4) or an error is displayed on the display device to display thin overhangs. It is possible to make the player or the hall clerk easily notice that the part 4761 g is broken (broken).

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the detection sensor 4782 can be used both as position detection means for detecting the position of the load member 4761 and damage detection means for detecting breakage (breakage) of the load member 4761. .

  According to the present embodiment, even when the thin overhang portion 4761 g is broken, the thick overhang portion 4761 f abuts on the upper regulating portion 765 to stop the load member 4761 at the raised position. Therefore, the load member 4761 can be displaced in the same manner as before the thin-walled overhang portion 4761g is broken. Therefore, even if the thin-walled overhang portion 4761g is broken, it is not necessary to immediately stop the game and put it in the maintenance state, and since the game can be continued for a while, giving an unexpected disadvantage to the player. It can be avoided.

  As described above, among the portions in contact with the upper regulation portion 765, the portion that is broken (broken) with priority is provided, and the broken portion (broken) is detected by the detection sensor 4782 so that the thick overhang portion 4761f is broken. The load member can be replaced before fatigue builds up to a point (fracture).

  The fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, the bending deformation is described in relation to the rigidity of the vertical rod extending portion 761c itself, but the second operation unit 5700 of the fifth embodiment applies a load to the vertical rod extending portion 761c. A deflection adjustment device 5780 is provided to adjust the deflection deformation. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIGS. 80 (a) and 80 (b) are cross-sectional views of the second operation unit 5700 of the fifth embodiment taken along the line corresponding to the line LVa-LVa of FIG. The deflection adjusting device 5780 is a box-shaped base member 5781 in which a metal coil is built, and an iron rod supported so as to be able to advance and retract in the vertical direction on the base member 5781. And an adjusting member 5782.

  As shown in FIG. 80 (b), even when the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 is in one-side excitation state, the bending adjustment device 5780 is driven to reduce the bending deformation of the load member 761 (the bending deformation is about half State change). In other words, in the first embodiment, the deflection adjustment device 5780 is adopted as an alternative to the configuration in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is changed to the upper end attitude by bringing the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (both) into an excited state. ing.

  That is, while the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is in the one-side excitation state (see FIG. 80A), a metal coil (not shown) built in the base member 5781 of the deflection adjustment device 5780 runs around the adjustment member 5782 In a situation where it is arranged to be wound, a metal coil is energized to constitute an electromagnet, and the adjustment member 5782 is driven upward, thereby causing a load in the direction of returning (restoring) the bending of the vertical rod extending portion 761c. It can be provided to the vertical rod-like extending portion 761c (see FIG. 80 (b)).

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the plate-like displacement is generated by cooperatively driving the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 on one of the left and right sides of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the adjustment device 5780 disposed on the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 side. It is possible to maintain the displacement member 730 in the lower end attitude (initial attitude), the middle attitude, and the upper end attitude.

  Thereby, the arrangement of the drive means can be made firm compared to the case where it is necessary to arrange the electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 in pairs. For example, since the arrangement of the electrical wiring connected to each device of the driving means can be solidified, it is possible to prevent the area necessary for the route through the wiring from being distributed to various places (for example, right and left).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 81 to FIG. 121, the game board 13 in the sixth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140, and the specific winning opening 65a are formed in the winning opening unit 930 configured as one unit. The same parts as those in each embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  In the following, similarly to the first embodiment, the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is the direction of gravity, and the left and right rear of the pachinko machine 1 shown in FIG. The front side (or front) of the paper surface 10 is referred to as the front side (or front), and the back side of the paper surface of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is referred to as the back side (or rear).

  First, with reference to FIG. 81 and FIG. 82, the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 disposed on the base plate of the game board 13 in the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 81 is a front view of the game board 13 according to the sixth embodiment. FIG. 82 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. In FIG. 82, illustration of units (for example, center frame 86 (see FIG. 81) and the like) other than the winning opening unit 930 and the ball sending unit 970 disposed on the base plate 60 is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 82, a through hole 60a penetrating in the thickness direction of the base plate 60 below the central opening to which the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81) is attached in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 82) Is formed by router processing.

  The through hole 60a is formed to be slightly smaller than the outer shape of the front unit 940 in a front view described later, and the drive unit 960 and the specified winning opening unit 950 disposed in the front unit 940 are inserted inside.

  A winning opening unit 930 is disposed on the base plate 60 from the side of the gaming area (front), and a throwing unit 970 is disposed on the side (back) opposite to the gaming area, and fastened and fixed by tapping screws or the like. The detailed configurations of the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 will be described later.

  Next, the overall configuration of the winning opening unit 930 will be described with reference to FIGS. 83 to 86. FIG. FIG. 83 (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit 930, and FIG. 83 (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit 930. 84 (a) is a perspective front view of the winning opening unit 930, and FIG. 84 (b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 930. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective front view of the winning opening unit 930, and FIG. 86 is an exploded perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 930.

  As shown in FIGS. 83 to 86, the winning opening unit 930 includes a front unit 940 and a specific winning opening unit 950 disposed on the back of the front unit 940 (in front of the paper surface of FIG. 83 (b)) A drive unit 960 disposed on the back side (front side in FIG. 83 (b) of FIG. 83) of the specified winning opening unit 950, and a displacement member 966 disposed between the drive unit 960 and the front unit 940 It is formed in preparation for.

  As described above, the front unit 940 is formed such that the outer shape in front view is larger than the through hole 60 a of the base plate 60. Therefore, by arranging the winning opening unit 930 (front unit 940) on the base plate 60, the opening of the through hole 60a can be closed. In this way, the game balls flowing down the game area of the game board 13 are other than the passage path of the game balls formed in the front unit 940 described later (the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140 and the specific winning opening 65a). Passage of the through hole 60a from the space can be suppressed.

  The specific winning opening unit 950 is partially inserted inside the specific winning opening 65a formed in the front unit 940, and the game ball can be thrown inside the specific winning opening unit 950 through the specific winning opening 65a. Be done. A detailed description of the specific winning a prize opening unit 950 will be described later.

  The drive unit 960 is disposed on the back side of the specific winning hole unit 950, and a part (the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965) of the wing member 945 is disposed on the front unit via the displacement member 966. It is connected. Thereby, the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960 can be operated to rotationally displace the wing member 945. A detailed description of the operation of the wing member 945 will be described later.

  Next, the front unit 940 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 87 to 89. FIG. 87 (a) is a front view of the front unit 940, and FIG. 87 (b) is a rear view of the front unit 940. FIG. 88 is an exploded perspective front view of front unit 940, and FIG. 89 is an exploded perspective rear view of front unit 940. In FIGS. 87 (a) and 87 (b), the outline of the wing member 945 is shown by a chain line.

  As shown in FIGS. 87 to 89, the front unit 940 has a back base 941 fastened to the base plate 60 and a front base 943 disposed on the back base 941 at a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball. , And two (a pair of) wing members 945 rotatably disposed between the back surface base 941 and the front surface base 943 in an opposed manner.

  The rear surface base 941 is formed of a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness, as well as being formed in a substantially T-shape whose outer shape in front view is upside down. Further, the back surface base 941 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and in a state where the winning opening unit 930 (front unit 940) is disposed on the base plate 60, the base plate 60 penetrates through the back surface base 941. The inside of the hole 60a can be visually recognized.

  The back base 941 has a first out port 71 cut out on the downstream side (lower side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 87)) of the gaming ball, and an upper side of the first out port 71 (FIG. b) a specific winning opening 65a located in the upper side and formed in a horizontally elongated rectangular shape, the second winning opening 140 penetrating through the upper side of the specific winning opening 65a, and the first out opening 71 It mainly has a first winning opening 64 formed by notching at the side edge.

  Further, the rear surface base 941 is provided with a plurality of through holes 941 a penetrating in the thickness direction at the outer edge portion. The through hole 941a has a first through hole 941a1 whose diameter decreases from the front side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 87A) to the rear side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 87); And the second through hole 941a2 whose diameter is reduced.

  The first through hole 941a1 is a hole for inserting a tapping screw for fastening and fixing the rear surface base 941 (prize hole unit 930) to the base plate 60, and the inner diameter is set larger than the outer diameter of the screwing portion of the tapping screw. Be done. Further, as described above, since the first through holes 941a1 are formed so as to decrease in diameter from the front side to the rear side, the head of the tapping screw can be accommodated in the enlarged diameter portion on the front side. Therefore, it can suppress that the head of a tapping screw protrudes in a game area. Further, in the vicinity of the first through hole 941a1, a positioning projection 942a which protrudes cylindrically from the back surface of the back surface base 941 is formed.

  The positioning projection 942a is formed at a position corresponding to the positioning hole 60b (see FIG. 82) formed around the through hole 60a of the base plate 60, and is formed with an outer diameter substantially the same as the inner diameter of the positioning hole 60b. Ru. As a result, the rear base 941 (the winning opening unit 930) can be positioned relative to the base plate 60.

  The second through hole 941a2 is a hole through which a screw for fastening the rear surface base 941 and the front base 943 is inserted from the rear surface base 941 side, and the inner diameter is set larger than the outer diameter of the screwed portion of the screw. That is, the front base 943 is fastened with a screw from the back side of the back base 941. In this case, the work of removing the front base 943 from the back base 941 needs to make the winning opening unit 930 removed from the base plate 60. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from making a mistake and removing only the front base 943 from the front side (the game area side) of the game board 13.

  Further, as described above, since the second through hole 941a2 is formed so as to reduce in diameter from the back side to the front side, the head of the screw can be accommodated in the enlarged diameter portion on the back side. Therefore, it can suppress that the head of a screw projects to the back side of back side base 941. As a result, when the specific winning opening unit 950 described later is disposed on the back side of the rear surface base 941, it can be suppressed that the screw head abuts on the specific winning opening unit 950.

  The outer surface of the rear base 941 at the lower end (lower side in FIG. 87 (b)) in the direction of gravity is formed along the inner edge of the inner rail 61 (see FIG. 81) of the game board 13. The first out port 71 is formed such that the edge of the bottom of the notch (the edge at the upper side in the direction of gravity) is separated from the inner edge of the inner rail 61 by the diameter of the gaming ball or more. Thus, among the game balls flowing down the game area formed on the front of the game board 13 (base plate 60), the first winning hole 64, the second winning hole 140, the specific winning hole 65a, and the general winning hole 63 () The game balls which have not flowed into any of them can be thrown to the back side (the opposite side of the game area (the front side of the drawing of FIG. 87)) of the game board 13 through the first out port 71.

  The first winning opening 64 is formed by cutting out an end portion on the upper side in the direction of gravity (upper side in FIG. 87B) opposite to the first out port 71 in a semicircular shape. Also, the first winning opening 64 is formed so that the size of the inner edge thereof is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. As a result, the game balls flowing into the first receiving portion 941g described later can be thrown to the back side (the opposite side of the game area (the front side of the drawing surface of FIG. 87)) via the first winning opening 64.

  At the edge of the first winning opening 64, a first receiving portion 941g is formed in a cup shape while projecting to the gaming area side (the front side of the drawing of FIG. 87A) and the opposite side to the gaming area (FIG. b) A first ball sending portion 942g protruding in a U-shaped cross section is formed on the front side of the drawing sheet).

  The first receiving portion 941 g is formed in a size capable of receiving one game ball inside. As a result, the game balls flowing down the game area from the upper side in the direction of gravity of the first receiving portion 941 g (the first winning opening 64) can flow into the inside of the first receiving portion 941 g.

  In addition, the first receiving portion 941 g is formed so that the bottom surface is inclined downward to the back side (the opposite side to the game area (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 87B)). As a result, the gaming balls having flowed into the first receiving portion 941 g can be thrown to the back side (the first ball sending portion 942 g side) through the first winning opening 64.

  Further, the first receiving portion 941g is directed from the upper end portions at both ends in the lateral direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 87) of the base plate 60 toward the second winning opening side (the lower side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 87A)). And a guide portion 941g1 which is provided to stand upright at an outer side in the short direction of the base plate 60. The guide portion 941 g 1 is formed in a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness, and the side surface opposite to the game area (back side) is connected to the front side of the back base 941. Thereby, the rigidity of the first receiving portion 941g can be enhanced, and breakage of the first receiving portion 941g due to the game ball flowing down the flow-down region colliding with the first receiving portion 941g can be suppressed.

  In addition, when the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140 and the specific winning opening 65 are integrally formed on the back base 941, the arrangement of the game nails for changing the game balls flowing down the game area is insufficient. It becomes difficult to change the flow direction of Therefore, where there is a possibility that the interest of the player may be lost, by causing the game ball to collide with the guide portion 941g1, it is possible to give a change in the flowing direction of the game ball, and it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the player. .

  Further, the guide portion 941g1 is formed to be inclined to the outside of the width direction of the base plate 60 (both sides in FIG. 87 (a) in FIG. 87A) toward the second winning opening 140, so the game collided with the guide portion 941g1. The ball can be guided horizontally outward of the rear base 941. As a result, it is possible to cause the game nail (not shown) disposed on the base plate 60 to collide again, which makes it easy to change the flow direction of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the loss of the player's interest.

  The first ball sending portion 942g is formed in a U shape opened at the upper side in the direction of gravity, and the distance dimension between the opposing inner edges is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. In addition, the first ball sending portion 942g is formed such that the bottom surface is inclined downward toward the back surface side (the opposite side to the game area (the front side in FIG. 87 (b))). It abuts on the edge of the inflow port 982d of 970. As a result, it is possible to roll the game balls sent to the first ball sending portion 942g from the inside of the first receiving portion 941g to the back side through the first winning opening 64 and to send the balls to the ball sending unit 970.

  The first ball sending portion 942g includes a first concave portion 942g1 in which the upper end of the protruding tip is cut out in a rectangular shape in a side view. The first concave portion 942g1 is a notch in which a second projection 982d1 of the ball sending unit 970 described later is placed, and is concavely cut to substantially the same size as the side projection shape of the second projection 982d1. The detailed description of the arrangement of the first ball sending unit 942 g and the ball sending unit 970 will be described later.

  The second winning opening 140 is formed to penetrate in a substantially D shape whose upper side is curved in a front view, and the inner edge is formed larger than the outer diameter of the gaming ball. Thereby, it is possible to throw the game ball, which is fed between the opposing wing members 945 to be described later, to the back side (the opposite side of the game area (the front side of the drawing surface of FIG. 87)) via the second winning opening 140.

  The second winning opening 140 has a front side wall portion 941b projecting to the front side (the game area side (the front side in FIG. 87 (a))) and a back side (the game area opposite to the game area (FIG. 87). (B) A second ball sending portion 942c projecting toward the front side of the drawing sheet) is formed.

  The front side wall portion 941 b is formed along the side edges of the second winning opening in the lateral direction of the base plate 60. The front side wall portion 941 b is set to have a size such that the protruding tip end surface thereof abuts on a throwing guide portion 943 d of a front base 943 described later.

  The second ball sending portion 942 c is formed to be bent in a substantially L shape in a rear view at each of both ends of the lower edge portion of the second winning opening 140. In the second ball sending portion 942c, the dimension in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 87B) is set larger than the radius of the gaming ball. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the gaming balls rolling on rolling portions 943a of the front base 943 described later fall from the upper surface of the rolling portions 943a.

  The pair of second ball sending portions 942c is the short side direction of the base plate 60 of the rolling portion 943a of the front base 943 whose distance dimension between facings in the short side direction of the base plate 60 (the left and right direction in FIG. The length dimension is set to be substantially the same as (in FIG. 87 (b) left and right direction), and a rolling portion 943a is disposed inside. In the second ball sending portion 942c, the second concave portion 942c1 is cut out on the other side (the upper side in the direction of gravity (upper side in FIG. 87B)) in the direction of gravity of the protruding tip. The second concave portion 942c1 is a portion on which a projection 981b1 of a passage unit to be described later is placed, and the detailed description thereof will be described later.

  The rear base 941 is directed to the other side in the direction of gravity near the second winning opening 140 (the first winning opening 64 side (upper side in FIG. 87 (b))) from the gaming area side of the rear base 941 toward the opposite side to the gaming area. First shaft holes 941 d recessed at two points in a circular shape, two first openings 941 e curved at the axis of the first shaft holes 941 d and penetrated to the back surface base 941, and A projecting portion 941c provided between the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140, the first guide wall 942b located on the outer side in the opposite direction of the two first openings 941e and protruding on the back side. And are formed.

  The first shaft hole 941 d is capable of supporting a shaft member 945 a that pivotally supports a wing member 945 described later, and has an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the shaft member 945 a. Thus, one end of the shaft member 945a can be inserted into and supported by the first shaft hole 941d.

  The first opening 941 e is opened in an arc shape whose axis is the center of the first axial hole 941 d. The first opening 941 e can be inserted through the projection 945 b of the wing member 945, and is set larger than the maximum width dimension of the projection 945 b in the radial direction of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945 c) of the wing member 945. Thereby, when wing member 945 rotates, it can control that projection 945b contacts the inner surface of the 1st opening 941e.

  The projecting portion 941c is formed in a triangular shape having an isosceles outer shape in a front view, and a corner of the isosceles connection portion is positioned on substantially the same plane as a central position between opposing wing members 945 described later. In addition, the non-uniform side of the projecting portion 941c is formed extending in parallel with the opposing direction of the wing member 945, and the length dimension thereof is set to be slightly larger than the opposing dimension of the wing member 945 in the closed state. Ru. Furthermore, the protrusion 941 c is formed at a position where the shortest distance from the wing member 945 in the closed state is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. Thereby, when the wing member 945 is in the closed state, it can be suppressed that the game ball is thrown to the second winning hole 140 (between the facing of the pair of wing members 945). A detailed description of the closed state of the wing member 945 will be described later.

  The pair of first guide walls 942 b is a wall for guiding the displacement of the displacement member 966 when the displacement member 966 described later is displaced, and the distance dimension between the pair of first guide walls 942 b is the displacement member It is set slightly larger than the distance dimension in the short direction of 966.

  Further, the pair of first guide walls 942 b is formed in a substantially L shape in a rear view, and the bent portions extend in the direction in which they approach each other. As a result, the protrusion 966a of the displacement member 966 can be made to abut on the bent portion of the first guide wall 942b, and the displacement distance of the displacement member 966 can be restricted.

  The specific winning opening 65a is formed in a rectangular shape elongated in the opposing direction of the pair of wing members 945 (the left and right direction in FIG. 87B), and a plate member 951 of a specific winning opening unit 950 described later inside the opening. Can be inserted. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the game area can be sent to the inside of the specific winning opening unit 950 via the specific winning opening 65a.

  Further, the rear base 941 surrounds the periphery of the specific winning opening 65a and is provided with a standing portion 942f erected on the rear side (opposite to the game area) and recessed from both sides in the longitudinal direction of the specific winning opening 65a. And a recessed portion 941 h to be provided.

  The standing portion 942 f has a shape of an inner edge thereof set substantially the same as a front view shape of a specific winning hole unit 950 described later. Thus, the specific winning opening unit 950 can be easily positioned and disposed inside the standing portion 942 f.

  The recess 941 h is located at a position corresponding to the wall 953 d into which the rod member 952 serving as the rotation axis of the plate member 951 of the specified winning opening unit 950 is inserted when the specified winning opening unit 950 is disposed on the back base 941. It is formed. Thus, when the rod member 952 is displaced in the direction of coming out of the plate member 951, the end face of the rod member 952 can be made to abut on the inner edge of the recess 941 h to suppress the rod member 952 from coming off the plate member 951.

  Furthermore, the front base 942 is a bulged portion 942h that bulges between the standing portion 942f and the second ball sending portion 942c, and the side of the first guide wall 942b from the outer peripheral surface of the standing portion 942f (FIG. And a second guide wall 942d projecting upward).

  The bulging portion 942 h bulges to the back side of the back surface base 941 and is connected to the standing portion 942 f and the second ball sending portion 942 c. Thus, when the displacement member 966 (see FIG. 90) to be described later is disposed on the back side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 87B) of the back surface base 941, between the displacement member 966 and the back surface of the back surface base 941. A predetermined gap can be formed. As a result, when the displacement member 966 is displaced, the friction (sliding) resistance of the displacement member 966 can be suppressed.

  The second guide wall 942 d is a wall surface for guiding the displacement of the lower end portion of the displacement member 966, and the distance dimension between the pair of second guide walls 942 d is slightly larger than the distance dimension in the width direction of the displacement member 966 It is set. Therefore, when the displacement member 966 is disposed between the pair of second guide walls 942 d facing each other, the displacement distance of the lower end portion of the displacement member 966 in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966 can be restricted.

  The back surface base 941 is a half toward the one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) at the edge of the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) It has a second out port 941f formed by cutting a circle. The second out port 941f is a notch for throwing the gaming balls having flowed into the third receiving portion 944a formed on the front base 943 to the back side (the opposite side to the gaming area) of the base plate 60. It is formed in the shape larger than the diameter of.

  Further, at the edge of the second out port 941f, there is formed a third ball sending portion 942e which is formed in a substantially U shape in a rear view and protrudes to the back side. As a result, it is possible to throw the gaming ball, which has been thrown to the back side through the inside of the second out port 941f, to the inside of the third throwing portion 942e.

  The third ball sending portion 942 e is formed to be inclined downward in the direction of gravity as the curved portion (lower side portion) of the rear view U-shape protrudes backward, and the game ball sent from the second out port 941 f Can be rolled to the back side. In addition, the detailed description about the game ball which rolls the inner surface of 3rd ball sending part 942e is mentioned later.

  The front base 943 is formed in a substantially T-shape which is vertically opposite and smaller than the rear base in an outer shape in front view. The front base 943 is formed of a colorless and transparent plate. As a result, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down between the front base 943 and the back base 941.

  The front base 943 mainly includes a second receiving portion 943c and a third receiving portion 944a which are provided in positions corresponding to the second winning opening 140 and the second out port 941f of the rear surface base 941 described above. It is formed.

  The second receiving portion 943 c is formed in a substantially U-shape in a rear view, and the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 941 is disposed on the inner side in the front view. Further, a pair of wing members 945 described later is disposed on the open side (open side of the U-shape) of the second receiving portion 943c. Further, the protrusion distance of the second receiving portion 943c to the back surface base 941 side is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Therefore, it is possible to throw the game ball between the back base 941 and the front base 943 and to suppress the game ball from flowing into the second winning opening 140 from the outside between the pair of wing members 945 described later. it can.

  In addition, the second receiving portion 943c is a first recessed portion that is recessed in a circular shape from the ball sending guide portion 943d protruding inward from the inner edge thereof and the back surface base 941 side (the front side in FIG. 87 (b)). And 943ca, and a rolling portion 943a protruding from the inside of the curved portion toward the back base side.

  The pair of the throwing guide portions 943 d is formed on the lower side in the direction of gravity of the pair of wing members 945 (the lower side in FIG. 87 (b)). Further, the pair of throwing guide portions 943d are respectively formed at positions corresponding to the front side wall portions 941b of the back surface base 941, and when the back surface base 941 and the front base 943 are combined, the end faces are in contact with each other. . Thereby, the game ball which flowed in between the opposing of a pair of wing members 945 can be thrown between opposings of the sending guide part 943d.

  The rolling portion 943a is formed on one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity) of the pair of ball feeding guides 943d facing each other in the direction of gravity, and the end face 943a1 on the upper side in the direction of gravity is inclined downward toward the back base 941 side. It is formed. In addition, as described above, the rolling portion 943a is disposed inside the recess 941j in a state where the back surface base 941 and the front surface base 943 are fastened (combined), and the tip is the back surface of the back surface base 941. It is projected to the side (the front side in FIG. 87 (b)).

  Thus, the game ball sent between the pair of ball sending guides 943d can be sent to the end face 943a1 of the rolling part, and the game ball is rolled on the top of the end face 943a1, and the back side of the back base 941 You can throw to

  Further, the front base 943 is provided with an annular projection 943 b projecting in an annular shape at a position facing the first shaft hole 941 d of the back surface base 941 on the opening side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the second receiving portion 943 c. The annular projection 943b is provided with a second axial hole 943b1 at its inner edge, and the other end of a shaft member 945a for pivotally supporting a wing member 945 described later can be inserted inside the second axial hole 943b1. As described above, one end of the shaft member 945a is inserted into the first shaft hole 941d of the back surface base 941. Therefore, the shaft member 945a can be sandwiched and supported between the back surface base 941 and the front surface base 943.

  The third receiving portion 944a is substantially U-shaped in a rear view, and the second out port 941f of the back surface base 941 is disposed inside thereof. Thereby, the game balls flowing down the game area of the game board 13 can be made to flow into the inside of the third receiving portion 944a, and the game balls having flowed into the third receiving portion 944a are back side through the second out port 941f. It is possible to throw the ball to the side (opposite to the game area).

  Further, in the second receiving portion 943c and the third receiving portion 944a, a first concave portion 943ca and a second concave portion 944a1 are recessed in a circular shape from the rear surface base 941 side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 87B). The first recess 943 ca and the second recess 944 a 1 are to-be-fastened with the screw inserted into the second through hole 941 a 2 described above and formed coaxially with the axis of the second through hole 941 a 2 of the back surface base 941. Be done. Thereby, the back base 941 and the front base 943 can be fastened.

  The wing members 945 are disposed in a pair, with the second winning opening 140 formed in the back surface base 941 interposed therebetween in a front view. The wing member 945 is formed of a colored translucent material, and is visible to the player through the front base 943.

  The wing member 945 is formed in a substantially triangular shape in a front view, and is formed in a thickness smaller than the distance between the back base 941 and the front base 943. The wing member 945 mainly includes an insertion hole 945c penetratingly formed in a thickness direction (from the back surface base 941 side to the front base 943 side), and a projection 945b projecting from a surface (back surface) on the back surface base 941 side.

  The insertion hole 945 c is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 945 a supported between the back base 941 and the front base 943 facing each other. Therefore, when fastening (assembling) the back surface base 941 and the front surface base 943, by inserting the shaft member 945a into the insertion hole 945c, the wing member 945 can be rotated in a rotatable state. It can be disposed between opposing sides. Thus, the wing member 945 is displaceable in a closed state in which the opposite side faces are parallel to the direction of gravity and an open state in which one side of the side face is displaced outward in the opposite direction.

  The protrusion 945 b is connected to a displacement member 966 to be described later, and is a transmission portion for transmitting the drive of the drive unit 960 to the wing member 945. The tip of the projection 945 b is disposed through the first opening 941 e of the back base 941. It is set to the dimension which protrudes on the back side (opposite to a game area) of the back base 941 which is done. A detailed description of the connection between the projection 945 b and the displacement member 966 will be described later.

  Next, the displacement member 966 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 90 (a) is a front view of the displacement member 966, FIG. 90 (b) is a side view of the displacement member 966, and FIG. 90 (c) is a perspective front view of the displacement member 966.

  The displacement member 966 is formed of a vertically long rectangular plate-like member in a front view, and a second opening 966c is formed in a substantially central position in a front view in a thickness direction (left and right direction in FIG. 90B). The second opening 966c is formed so that the shape of the inner edge in a front view is larger than the shape of the inner edge of the second winning opening 140 of the back surface base 941 described above, and the second winning hole 140 is disposed inside. Thereby, it is possible to suppress that the game ball sent to the opposite side to the game area through the second winning opening 140 collides with the inner edge of the displacement member 966.

  The displacement member 966 has a protrusion 966a which protrudes in the short direction (FIG. 90 (a) left and right direction) from one end side (FIG. 90 (a) upper side) in the longitudinal direction (FIG. 90 (a) up and down direction) A bulging portion 966 b that bulges from the end side (the lower side in FIG. 90 (b)) to the back side (the rear side base 941 side (see FIG. 85)) is provided.

  The projecting portion 966a is formed with a sliding groove 966a2 formed penetrating in the thickness direction of the displacement member 966, and an abutment portion 966a1 located on both lateral sides of the displacement member 966 and extending in the longitudinal direction. Equipped with

  The sliding groove 966 a 2 is a long hole into which the above-mentioned projection 945 b of the wing member 945 is inserted, and is formed in a long hole long in the short direction of the displacement member 966. The sliding groove 966 a 2 is set to have a width larger than the width of the projection 945 b in the radial direction of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945 c) of the wing member 945. Thus, when the wing member 945 rotates, the projection 945 b abuts on both inner surfaces facing in the width direction of the sliding groove 966 a 2, whereby the operation of the wing member 945 can be restrained from being restricted.

  The contact portion 966a1 is formed to bulge on the front side (the front base 943 side (see FIG. 85)) and on the back side (the rear base 941 side). As a result, the area in which the displacement member 966 abuts on the front base 943 and the drive unit 960 described later can be reduced. As a result, the resistance when the displacement member 966 is driven can be reduced.

  The bulging portion 966 b is formed so as to bulge on the back surface side (the back surface base 941 side), and a laterally long rectangular connection hole 966 b 1 is formed in the inner portion in the rear surface view. The connection hole 966 b 1 is an opening through which the tip (insertion portion 965 e) of the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960 described later is inserted, and the shape of the inner edge is set larger than the outer shape of the tip of the transmission member 965. A detailed description of the connection between the connection hole 966 b 1 and the transmission member 965 will be described later.

  The connection hole 966b1 is formed in a rectangular shape long in the width direction of the displacement member 966, and one side abutted portion 966b2 of the inner circumferential surface on the other side (the gravity direction upper side (upper side in FIG. 90A)). And the other side abutted portion 966b3 of the inner peripheral surface on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 90A)).

  The one side abutting portion 966 b 2 is a surface on which a bulging portion 965 e 1 of an insertion portion 965 e of the transmission member 965 described later abuts. The displacement member 966 can displace the wing member 945 to the open state (see FIG. 92) by the bulging portion 965e1 being abutted against the one side abutted portion 966b2 and slidingly displaced.

  The other side abutted portion 966 b 3 is a surface on which the side surface opposite to the bulging portion 965 e 1 of the insertion portion 965 e of the transmission member 965 described later abuts. The displacing member 966 displaces the wing member 945 in the closed state (see FIG. 91) as the side opposite to the bulging portion 965e1 abuts on the other side abutted portion 966b3 and is slide-displaced. Can.

  Next, referring to FIGS. 91 and 92, the connection between the displacement member 966 and the wing member 945 will be described in detail. 91 and 92 are rear views of the winning opening unit 930 and the displacement member 966 in the range XCI of FIG. 87 (b). In FIGS. 91 and 92, the outer shape of the wing member 945 is illustrated by a chain line. Further, in FIG. 91, the closed state of the wing member 945 is illustrated, and in FIG. 92, the opened state of the wing member 945 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 91 and 92, the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is formed in a substantially triangular shape in a rear view, and is formed in parallel to the opposing surface of the pair of wing members 945 in the closed state. The surface 945b1, the third surface 945b3 connected to the first surface 945b1 and located on one side in the direction of gravity (the specified winning opening 65a side), and the second surface 945b2 connected to the first surface 945b1 and the third surface 945b3 Prepare for

  The sliding groove 966a2 is located on one side in the direction of gravity (the connection hole 966b1 side) and abuts against the projection 945b to displace the wing member 945 in an open state, and the projection facing the lower inner surface 966a4 An upper inner surface 966a3 which abuts on the 945b and displaces the wing member 945 in a closed state, and a lateral direction inner side of the displacement member 966 from the outer side of the displacement member 966 in the lateral direction (left and right direction in FIG. 91) And an inclined surface 966a5.

  The displacing member 966 is disposed so as to be displaceable in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 91) with respect to the rear surface base 941 by a transmission member 965 described later. The wing member 945 is closed when the displacing member 966 is displaced toward the specific winning opening 65a (the lower side in FIG. 91), and when the displacing member 966 is displaced toward the second winning hole 140 (the upper side in FIG. 91). It will be in the open state.

  Next, the connection between the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 and the projection 945b of the wing member 945 will be described. As described above, the projection 945 b of the wing member 945 is disposed inside the sliding groove 966 a 2 of the displacement member.

  As shown in FIG. 91, when the wing member 945 is in the closed state, the projection 945b is disposed on the inclined surface 966a5 side of the sliding groove 966a2 (outside in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966). From this state, when the displacement member 966 is displaced to the second winning opening 140 side (the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in FIG. 91)), the lower inner surface 966a4 of the displacement member 966 is in contact with the third surface 945b3 of the projection 945b. At the same time, the projection 945b is displaced. Thereby, the wing member 945 can be rotationally displaced.

  Here, a ball entry opening in which the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry opening and closing the ball entry opening, and the pair There is known a gaming machine provided with driving means for generating a driving force for rotating a wing member and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members. The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and one end side of the rotating member is connected to a projecting portion which is provided so as to protrude from the back surface of the pair of wing members. In detail, on the one end side of the rotation member, an opposing portion is formed which is vertically opposed at predetermined intervals, and a projecting portion of the wing member is inserted between the opposing portions. Therefore, when the rotating member is rotated, the projecting portion of the wing member is pushed up or pushed down by the facing portion of the rotating member, whereby the wing member is opened or closed.

  However, in the conventional game machine, since it is necessary to set a large gap between the facing portion and the projecting portion, there is a problem that the opening and closing operation of the wing member is not stable. That is, when the rotating member is rotated to open and close the wing member, the posture of the facing portion is inclined with respect to the protruding portion, and the facing distance of the facing portion is equal to the outer shape of the protruding portion In such a case, the projecting portion interferes with the facing portion so that the rotating member can not rotate. Therefore, it is necessary to set the facing distance of the facing portions to a size that does not cause the protruding portions to interfere, and the gap between the facing portions and the protruding portions becomes larger accordingly. As a result, the feathering member tends to rattle, so the opening and closing operation of the feathering member is not stable.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the transmission mechanism includes the transmission member 965 rotated by the driving force of the drive unit (drive unit 960) and the displacement member 966 slide-displaced with the rotation of the transmission member 965. And the projection 945b is projected from the pair of wing members 945, and the slide groove 966a2 in which the projection 945b is slidably inserted is recessed in the displacement member 966. The groove width can be suppressed. That is, since the displacement of the displacement member 966 is a slide displacement and the posture of the sliding groove 966a2 is not inclined with respect to the projection 945b, it is not necessary to avoid interference with the projecting portion when rotating as in the conventional product. Therefore, the groove width of the sliding groove 966a2 can be approximated to the size of the projection 945b, and the groove width can be suppressed, so the gap between the sliding groove 966a2 and the projection 945b can be reduced. As a result, rattling of the wing member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening / closing operation of the wing member 945 can be stabilized. Further, since the displacement direction of the displacement member 966 is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axis of the pair of wing members 945, the displacement member 966 can be disposed substantially parallel to the wing member 945. As a result, the space necessary for the arrangement of the wing member 945 and the displacement member 966 can be reduced, and a space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly. That is, when the displacing member 966 is displaced, the displacing member 966 is not displaced in the rotational axis direction of the pair of wing members 945. Therefore, the space necessary for arranging the displacement members in the rotational axis direction of the pair of wing members 945 is suppressed. it can. As a result, a space for arranging other members can be secured.

  Here, in the present invention, the displacement member 966 is interposed between the wing member 945 and the transmission member 965 as compared with the conventional product in which the rotating member is directly coupled to the pair of wing members, At the time of operation in the direction of sliding displacement to the upper side (gravity direction other side), the inertia force is increased by the addition of the weight of the displacement member 966, and the driving force necessary for the driving means (solenoid 610 described later) is increased. . Therefore, it becomes difficult to start the driving of the wing member 945 in the stopped state and smoothly perform the initial operation at the time of displacing the wing member 945 in the open state or the closed state.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the protrusion 945 b is on the lower side (one side in the gravity direction) of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945 c) of the wing member 945 in the gravity direction. Be positioned. That is, the position of the projection 945 b when the displacement member 966 starts sliding displacement toward the upper side in the direction of gravity (the other side in the direction of gravity) is set downward along the direction of gravity of the rotation axis of the wing member 945. As a result, the displacement component of the projection 945b pushed up on the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 can be increased in the horizontal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 91) and reduced in the gravity direction (lower direction in FIG. 91). Therefore, also in the present invention in which the weight of the displacement member 966 is added, the driving of the wing member 945 in the stopped state (closed state) can be started to smoothly perform the initial operation at the time of opening or closing.

  Further, the center of gravity of the wing member 945 is set on the opposite side of the protrusion 945 b with the rotation axis (insertion hole 945 c) interposed therebetween. Thus, when the wing member 945 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the wing member 945 can be displaced to the open state by using the weight of the wing member 945. That is, when the displacement member 966 starts sliding displacement toward the upper side in the direction of gravity (one side in the direction of gravity), the wing member 945 is rotated in the opening direction, so the wing member 945 is rotated by its weight (self weight) It can be done. Therefore, also in the present invention in which the weight of the displacement member 966 is added, the driving of the wing member 945 in the stopped state (closed state) can be started to smoothly perform the initial operation at the time of opening.

  Further, the inclined surface 966a5 described above is formed on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 91)) of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the wing member 945 in the direction of gravity. Thereby, even when the position of the projection 945b is set downward along the gravity direction of the rotation axis of the wing member 945, the projection 945b is guided along the inclination direction of the inclined surface 966a5, and the displacement member It is possible to smoothly start the slide displacement toward the other side (the upper side in the direction of gravity) of 966 in the direction of gravity.

  In addition, by forming the inclined surface 966a5 on the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2, the gap between the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 and the projection 945b can be reduced by that amount, and the projection 945b to the inclined surface 966a5 In addition to the displacement of the protrusion 945b in the direction of gravity, the displacement in the horizontal direction can also be regulated. Therefore, rattling of the wing member 945 in the closed state can be easily suppressed. That is, even in the case of receiving the influence of the vibration accompanying the flow of the game ball, the wing member 945 can be easily maintained in the open position or the closed position.

  As shown in FIG. 92, when the wing member 945 is displaced from the open state to the closed state, the displacement member 966 is from the second winning opening 140 side to the specific winning opening 65a side (one side in the gravity direction (FIG. 92 lower). Side) is displaced. Thus, the upper inner surface 966a3 of the displacement member 966 abuts on the first surface 945b1 of the projection 945b, and the projection 945b is displaced. Thereby, the wing member 945 can be rotationally displaced.

  Further, the displacement direction from the second winning opening 140 side of the displacement member 966 to the specific winning opening 65 a side is set to the gravity direction (the downward direction in FIG. 92). Thus, when closing the wing member 945, the wing member 945 can be displaced using the weight of the displacement member 966. As a result, the wing member 945 can be easily displaced from the open state to the closed state.

  The drive unit 960 will now be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 93 to 95. FIG. 93 (a) is a side view of the drive unit 960, FIG. 93 (b) is a top view of the drive unit 960, and FIG. 93 (c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit 960. FIG. 94 is an exploded perspective front view of drive unit 960, and FIG. 95 is an exploded perspective rear view of drive unit 960.

  As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the drive unit 960 is formed into a box shape and is disposed to be opposed to the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963, and the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion. A solenoid 610 disposed in a space between 963, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and a first housing portion 962 and a second housing portion 963 are pivotally supported and connected to the connecting member 964 The transmission member 965 is mainly provided.

  The first housing portion 962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and covers a covering portion 962a that covers one side (the upper side in FIG. 93A) of the solenoid 610, and the rear base 941 side from the covering portion 962a (FIG. 85). And a guide portion 962b protruding to the

  The covering portion 962a is formed in a substantially box shape in which the side of the solenoid 610 (the lower side in FIG. 93 (a)) and the side of the guide portion 962b are opened. In addition, the covering portion 962a includes an engaged portion 962c formed by cutting out a part of the facing wall surface, and a fastening portion 962d that protrudes in the direction facing the outside of the facing wall surface.

  The engaged portion 962c is a notch that engages an engaging portion 963c of a second accommodation portion 963 described later, and is formed into a shape larger than the outer shape of the engaging portion 963c in a side view. As a result, the engaging portion 963c can be engaged with the engaged portion 962c before the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 are fastened, so that the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 can be engaged. The workability of fastening with can be improved.

  The fastening portion 962 d is formed at a position opposed to the fastening hole 963 b 1 of the second housing portion 963 in a state where the drive unit 960 is assembled, and on the second housing portion 963 side (the lower side in FIG. 93A). It has a through hole 962da penetrating therethrough.

  The through hole 962da is a hole for inserting a screw (not shown) screwed into the fastening hole 963b1 of the second housing portion 963 and formed coaxially with the fastening hole 963b1 and has an inner diameter larger than the fastening hole 963b1. Is formed. Thereby, the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 can be fastened and fixed.

  The guide portion 962b is connected to a pair of arm portions 962e formed in a substantially L-shape in a side view continuously with the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a, and the pair of arm portions 962e. A wall portion 962 f is formed, and a protruding portion 962 g is provided so as to protrude from the wall portion 962 f on the side opposite to the covering portion 962 a (the back surface base 941 side (see FIG. 85)).

  The arm 962e protrudes from each of the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a to the back base 941 side (see FIG. 85) and bends the protruding tip side to the other side in the direction of gravity (opposite to the solenoid 610). It is formed in a substantially L-shape. Further, the pair of arm portions 962e is set to have substantially the same distance dimension between both ends in the horizontal direction of the side wall portion 981b (see FIG. 109A) of the distribution unit 980 described later. The portion 981 b is inserted.

  The wall portion 962 f is formed by connecting the side surfaces on the tip end side (the bending side) of the arm portion 962 e described above, and the shape in the front view is formed larger than the front view shape of the displacement member 966 described above. In the wall portion 962f, the distance dimension L3 (see FIG. 93 (b)) on the outer side in the opposing direction (FIG. 93 (b) vertical direction) is the opposing direction of the pair of first guide walls 942b of the back surface base 941 described above. Are set substantially the same as the outer distance dimension L4 (see FIG. 91) (L3 = L4). Furthermore, in the wall portion 962f, the distance dimension L5 (see FIG. 93A) in the gravity direction (FIG. 93A up and down direction) is that of the standing portion 942f from the upper end surface of the first guide wall 942b of the back surface base 941. It is set substantially the same as the distance dimension L6 (see FIG. 91) to the outer surface (L5 = L6). Thus, the displacement member 966 can be disposed between the wall portion 962 f and the back surface base 941, and the displacement member 966 can be accommodated between the first guide wall 942 b. Furthermore, the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 disposed between the wall portion 962f and the back surface base 941 can be disposed between the facing portions.

  The projecting portion 962g is formed to project from the outside in the opposing direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93B) of the pair of arms 962e of the wall 962f to the opposite side to the arms 962e. The projection dimension of the first guide wall 942 b is set to be substantially the same. Further, the inner dimension L7 in the opposing direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93B) of the protruding portion 962g is slightly smaller than the outer dimension L8 (see FIG. 91) in the opposing direction of the pair of second guide walls 942d of the back surface base 941. It is set large. Further, the dimension of the protrusion portion 962g in the direction of gravity is set to be substantially the same as the dimension between the first guide wall 942b and the standing portion 942f facing each other.

  Thus, when the drive unit 960 in the assembled state is disposed on the back surface base 941 (front unit 940), the second guide wall 942d is inserted between the facing portions of the projecting portions 962g, and the first guide wall 942b and The drive unit 960 can be positioned and disposed with respect to the back surface base 941 by inserting the projecting portion 962g between the facing portions of the upright portions 942f.

  The second housing portion 963 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed in a box-like body covering the other side (the lower side in FIG. 93A) of the solenoid 610. The second housing portion 963 is formed in a rectangular shape long in a driving direction (left and right direction in FIG. 93 (b)) of a solenoid 610 described later in top view. In addition, the second accommodation portion 963 is a portion of the first accommodation portion 962 between the plurality of recessed portions 963e which are recessed in a plurality of portions of both wall portions extending in the longitudinal direction and the plurality of recessed portions 963e. (The back base 941 side (see FIG. 85) (see FIG. 85), the protruding portion 963c protruding in the longitudinal direction, and the protruding portion 963b protruding in the lateral direction from both wall portions extending in the longitudinal direction And bearing portion 963 d recessed in the wall portion).

  The projecting portion 963 b is formed to protrude in a semicircular arc shape on the outer side in the lateral direction of the second accommodation portion 963, and includes a fastening hole 963 b 1 coaxial with the through hole 962 da of the first accommodation portion 962. As a result, the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the screw from the through hole 962da side of the first housing portion 962 into the fastening hole 963b1.

  The recessed portion 963 e is an opening that circulates air in a space formed between the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 facing each other. By circulating the air through the recessed portion 963 e, the solenoid 610 disposed between the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 can be cooled.

  The engaging portion 963 c is protruded toward the first housing portion 962 from between the plurality of juxtaposed concave portions 963 e, and the tip thereof is formed in a hook shape bending inward in the lateral direction of the second housing portion 963. Ru. Further, as described above, the engaging portion 963 c is formed at a position corresponding to the engaged portion 962 c of the first housing portion 962, and when the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 are combined, The engaging portion 963c is disposed inside the engaged portion 962c, and the bent portion of the engaging portion 963c is engaged with one side end surface of the first accommodation portion 962.

  Further, since the engaging portion 963c is formed between the recessed portions 963e, the distance from the proximal end to the distal end of the engaging portion 963c can be increased. Therefore, when the engaging portion 963 c is disposed in the first housing portion 962, the engaging portion 963 c can be easily bent and the engaging portion 963 c can be easily engaged with the first housing portion 962.

  The bearing portion 963 d is a recess that accommodates a rotation shaft 965 c of a transmission member 965 described later, and is recessed so as to have a larger size than the outer shape of the rotation shaft 965 c. Further, the end face of the bearing 963 d on the side of the first accommodation portion 962 is covered by the side surface of the first accommodation portion 962 in the direction of gravity, and the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963 are combined. In this state, the rotation shaft 965c accommodated in the bearing portion 963d can be prevented from coming off the outside of the bearing portion 963d.

  The solenoid 610 has a main body portion 961a formed in a rectangular parallelepiped, a shaft portion 961b inserted into the main body portion 961a and displaced with respect to the main body portion 961a, and the opposite side of the main body portion 961a of the shaft portion 961b And a coil spring SP1 disposed between the annular portion 961c and the main portion 961a.

  The main body portion 961a is a coil portion that generates magnetism by applying (supplying) electric power, and the magnetic axis portion 961b inserted into the main body portion 961a can be drawn inward by the magnetic property.

  The shaft portion 961b is formed of a magnetic metal material and is formed in a cylindrical shape. The axial portion 961 b is disposed in a direction in which the axial direction is directed to the back surface base 941 side, and a part of the back surface base 941 side is disposed so as to protrude from the main portion 961 a.

  The annular portion 961c is disposed at an end of the shaft portion 961b protruding from the main portion 961a. A connecting member 964 described later is connected to the annular portion 961c. Thus, when the shaft portion 961b is displaced relative to the main portion 961a, the displacement can be transmitted from the annular portion 961c to the connecting member 964 to displace the connecting member 964.

  The coil spring SP1 is a spring member wound a plurality of times in a spiral. The coil spring SP1 is disposed around the shaft portion 961b, and disposed in a slightly compressed state between the facing of the annular portion 961c and the main body portion 961a. Thus, the annular portion 961c can be biased in the direction away from the main portion 961a. Therefore, in a state where power is not applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a, the annular portion 961c can be maintained in a state of being separated from the main body portion 961a. Further, when the application (supply) of power is interrupted after the power is applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a, the annular portion 961c can be quickly separated from the main body portion 961a.

  The connecting member 964 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material. The connection member 964 is a base portion 964a formed in a plate-like body parallel to a plane orthogonal to the axis of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610, and the back base 941 side from the other side in the direction of gravity of the base portion 964a (FIG. And a standing portion 964b that is bent to the side.

  The base portion 964a is a portion connected to the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610, and is recessed from the end face on one side in the direction of gravity (the back side in FIG. 93 (b)) larger than the diameter of the annular portion 961c. And a second recessed portion 964d located on the solenoid 610 side of the first recessed portion 964c and having a size larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 961b.

  The first recessed portion 964c is a groove into which the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape in which one side in the gravity direction is opened in a cross sectional view. Further, the groove width of the first recessed portion 964c is set larger than the plate thickness of the annular portion 961c. Thus, the annular portion 961c can be inserted into the first recessed portion 964c.

  The second recessed portion 964d is a notch that suppresses interference between the shaft portion 961b and the base portion 964a when the annular portion 961c is disposed inside the first recessed portion 964c as described above. It is formed in a substantially U shape in which the lower side is open in rear view, and is opened from the first recessed portion 964c side to the solenoid 610 side.

  The upright portion 964b includes an insertion hole 964e penetrating in the direction of gravity, and a protrusion 965d of a transmission member 965 described later is inserted into the insertion hole 964e. Accordingly, when the connecting member 964 is operated by the displacement of the solenoid 610, the projecting portion 965d abuts on the inner edge of the insertion hole 964e, and the transmission member 965 is displaced. A detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 965 will be described later.

  The transmission member 965 is formed to be bent in a side view, and a tip end portion 965a extended in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610, and a rotation connected to the tip end portion 965a and extended on the connection member 964 side And a portion 965b.

  The rotating portion 965b is formed such that the width dimension in the short side direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 93B) of the second accommodating portion 963 is smaller than the opposing dimension of the bearing portions 963d formed in a pair in the second accommodating portion 963. Be done. Further, the rotary portion 965b has a rotary shaft 965c projecting cylindrically on both sides in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93 (b)) of the second housing portion 963 at the end on the 964 side and the radial direction of the rotary shaft 965c. And a projecting portion 965d projecting to one end side in the direction of gravity.

  As described above, the rotating shaft 965c is formed to have an outer diameter smaller than the groove width of the bearing portion 963d. Further, the distance between the protruding ends of the pair of rotary shafts 965c is set to be larger than the distance between the opposing portions of the bearing portions 963d formed in the second housing portion 963. Thus, the pair of rotary shafts 965c can be inserted and disposed inside the bearing portion 963d. Therefore, by inserting the rotary shaft 965c into the bearing portion 963d and fastening the second housing portion 963 and the first housing portion 962, the transmission member 965 can be supported rotatably around the rotary shaft 965c.

  As described above, the protrusion 965 d is a protrusion inserted into the insertion hole 964 e of the connecting member 964, and the outer shape is set smaller than the inner edge shape of the insertion hole 964 e in top view. Further, the projection 965 d has a width dimension in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961 b of the solenoid 610 before the shaft portion 961 b of the solenoid 610 is displaced (power is supplied (supplied) to the main body portion 961 a). The width dimension of the insertion hole 964e is set sufficiently larger (in the present embodiment, the width dimension of the insertion hole 964e is set twice the width dimension of the projecting portion 965d). Thus, when the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced about the rotation shaft 965c, the protrusions 965d on both end surfaces in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b abut on the insertion hole 964e, and the rotation of the transmission member 965 is restricted. Can be suppressed.

  The distal end portion 965a is formed such that the width dimension in the axial direction of the rotation shaft 965c becomes smaller as it gets farther from the solenoid 610. Further, the tip end portion 965a has an insertion portion 965e inserted into the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 described above at its tip end, and a standing portion 965f projecting to the one side in the gravity direction from the connection side with the rotating portion 965b It is formed with.

  The external shape in a front view of the insertion portion 965e is smaller than the inner edge shape of the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966, and the insertion portion 965e is inserted inside the connection hole 966b1 and disposed. Accordingly, when the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced, the insertion portion 965 e and the connection hole 966 b 1 abut each other, and the displacement member 966 is displaced. A detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 965 and the displacement member 966 will be described later.

  The displacement operation of drive unit 960 will now be described with reference to FIG. 96 (a) and 96 (b) are cross-sectional views of the drive unit 960 taken along line XCVI-XCVI in FIG. 93 (b). In FIG. 96 (a), a state before operation of the solenoid 610 is illustrated, and in FIG. 96 (b), a state after operation of the solenoid 610 is illustrated. In FIGS. 96 (a) and 96 (b), the outer shape of the rotation shaft 965c of the transmission member 965 is illustrated by a dashed line.

  As shown in FIG. 96A, in the state where power is not applied (supplied) to the main body 961a of the solenoid 610, attachment of the coil spring SP1 disposed between the main body 961a and the annular portion 961c. The annular portion 961 c is separated from the main portion 961 a by the force. As a result, the connecting member 964 connected to the annular portion 961c is pushed out in the direction (left side in FIG. 96A) separating from the main portion 961a.

  When the connecting member 964 is pushed out in a direction away from the main body 961a, the surface of the projecting portion 965d of the transmission member 965 on the solenoid 610 side (right side in FIG. 96A) and the solenoid 610 side of the insertion hole 964e of the connecting member 964 Is in contact with the inner surface of the As a result, the tip end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is pushed down to one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 96A) with the rotation axis 965c as the axis. Further, the displacement of the tip end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 to one side in the direction of gravity is restricted by the contact portion 965g being in contact with the second housing portion 963.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (b), in the state where power is applied (supplied) to the main body 961a of the solenoid 610, the shaft 961b is pulled into the interior of the main body 961a by the magnetic force generated in the main body 961a. The ring portion 961c and the main body portion 961a are brought closer to each other than in a state where power is not supplied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a. As a result, the connecting member 964 connected to the annular portion 961c is displaced in the direction approaching the main portion 961a (right side in FIG. 96A).

  When the connecting member 964 is displaced in the direction approaching the main body portion 961a, the surface of the projecting portion 965d of the transmission member 965 opposite to the solenoid 610 (left side in FIG. 96B) and the insertion hole 964e of the connecting member 964 The solenoid 610 side is in contact with the inner surface on the opposite side (left side in FIG. 96 (b)). As a result, the tip end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is pushed up to the other side (upper side in FIG. 96B) in the direction of gravity about the rotation shaft 965c. Further, the displacement of the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 to the other side in the direction of gravity is restricted by the connection portion of the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 and the rotating portion 965b with contact with the first accommodating portion 962.

  Therefore, the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is displaced to either the other side in the direction of gravity or to one side in the direction of gravity, whereby the transmission member 965 is placed in either the first housing portion 962 or the second housing portion 963. It can be made to abut. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the player's cheating.

  For example, when the player inserts a piano wire or the like from the player side (the game area side) to the solenoid 610 through the gap between the transfer member 965 and the first storage portion 962 or the second storage portion 963, the thickness of the piano wire Therefore, the displacement distance of the transmission member 965 can be reduced. Therefore, since the displacement operation of the wing member 945 displaced by the transmission member 965 is abnormal, it is easy for the store operator to detect the fraud.

  In addition, as described above, the transmission member 965 is extended from the rotation shaft 965c and connected to the displacement member 966, is extended from the rotation shaft 965c, and is connected to the solenoid 610. And the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are formed in a substantially V-shape in an axial view of the rotation shaft 965c, so that the displacement amount of the displacement member 966 is secured. , The distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be reduced.

  That is, the tip portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are formed in a straight line in the axial direction of the rotation shaft 965c, and the length dimension distance between the tip portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b is the tip portion 965a of this embodiment When the distance between the rotation portion 965 b and the rotation portion 965 b is set to be substantially equal, the slide displacement amount of the displacement member 966 can be made equal to that of the present embodiment, but the distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 increases. The whole becomes larger.

  On the other hand, the tip end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are formed linearly in the axial direction view of the rotation shaft 965c, and the length dimension distance between the tip portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b is rotated from the insertion portion 965e of this embodiment. When the distance dimension to the shaft 965c is set to be substantially the same (the distance between the tip 965a and the rotating portion 965b is shortened), the distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be made equal to this embodiment. However, the amount of displacement of the displacement member 966 is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are bent in a substantially V shape in the axial direction view of the rotating shaft 965c, whereby the slide displacement of the displacement member 966 The distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be reduced while securing the amount. Further, the projecting portion 965 d is formed on the back side (right side in FIG. 96A) of the tip portion 965 a and the rotating portion 965 b opposite to the displacement member 966. As a result, it is possible to miniaturize the transmission member 965 by effectively utilizing the space generated by bending the tip 965a and the rotating portion 965b. That is, the transmission member 965 is efficiently disposed in the space between the rolling portion 943a of the front unit 940 (the ball sending unit 970 described later) and the passage member 955 of the specified winning hole unit 950, and the overall size is reduced. Can be

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 97 and 98, the connection between the drive unit 960 and the displacement member 966 will be described in detail. FIG. 97 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 930 taken along line XCVII-XCVII in FIG. 98 (a) and 98 (b) are cross-sectional views of the winning hole unit 930 taken along line XCVIII-XCVIII in FIG. In FIG. 98 (a), the state before the operation of the solenoid 610 is shown, and in FIG. 98 (b), the state after the operation of the solenoid 610 is shown.

  As shown in FIGS. 97 and 98, when the drive unit 960 and the front unit 940 are assembled, the tip end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is inserted into the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966.

  Therefore, as described above, when the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 is driven and the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upward in FIG. 98A), As shown in FIG. 98 (b), the bulging portion 965e1 of the insertion portion 965e and the one side abutted portion 966b2 of the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 abut each other, and the displacement member 966 slides toward the other side in the gravity direction. Be done.

  As described above, when the displacement member 966 is slidingly displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (the second winning opening 140 side), the projection 945 b of the wing member 945 is displaced, and the wing member 945 is brought into an open state. That is, by applying power to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610, the wing member 945 is brought into the open state.

  On the other hand, when power supply (supply) to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610 is cut off, the tip portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is directed in the direction of gravity by the biasing force of the coil spring SP1 disposed in the solenoid 610 as described above. It is displaced to the side (FIG. 98 (a) lower side). As a result, as shown in FIG. 98A, the opposite surface of the bulging portion 965e1 abuts on the other side abutted portion 966b3 of the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 so that the displacement member 966 is on one side in the direction of gravity. Slide is displaced.

  As described above, when the displacement member 966 is slidingly displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (the specified winning opening 65a side), the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is displaced, and the wing member 945 is put in a closed state. That is, the wing member 945 is put in a closed state by blocking application (supply) of the power to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610.

  In this case, since the wing member 945 can be closed in a state in which power supply (supply) to the main body portion 961a is cut off, the wiring of the main body portion 961a is broken or the player's injustice causes When the wiring is cut, it can be suppressed that the wing member 945 is in the open state and the gaming ball is easily introduced into the second winning opening 140.

  Further, the rotational displacement of the transmission member 965 is transmitted to the displacement member 966 by a connection hole 966 b 1 formed at a substantially middle position in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966. Thereby, it is possible to easily allow the posture change of the displacement member between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965. Thus, with the rotation of the transmission member, the displacement member 966 can be slid and displaced smoothly. As a result, the wing member 945 can be reliably opened or closed.

  That is, while the transfer member 965 rotates, the displacement member 966 is slidingly displaced, and during the operation of opening or closing the pair of wing members 945, only one of the pair of wing members 945 receives a load from the game ball. When being operated, the position of the displacement member 966 is changed, so that the displacement member 966 is connected to the pair of wing members 945 at two places and also to the transmission member 965 at two places It is difficult to change the attitude of the displacement member 966 between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965, and the resistance when sliding the displacement member 966 (that is, rotating the transmission member 965) is When it occurs, the opening or closing of the wing member is inhibited. On the other hand, according to the present invention, the displacement member 966 is connected to the pair of wing members 945 at two places, and is connected to the transmission member 965 at one place. Even if the load from the gaming ball is applied to only one of the 945, it is possible to easily allow the change in posture of the displacement member 966 between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965.

  Further, the width dimension D1 (see FIG. 98A) of the contact surface with the one side abutted portion 966b2 and the other side abutted portion 966b of the insertion portion 965e is the maximum outer dimension D2 of the projection 945b (FIG. 98). (A) is set smaller than 3 times of (see). Accordingly, it is possible to easily allow the posture change of the displacement member 966 between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965. That is, when the width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e is set large, when the posture of the displacement member 966 is changed between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965, the insertion portion 965e and the connection hole 966b1 The posture of the displacement member 966 is set by setting the width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e to be smaller than three times the maximum outer dimension D2 of the projection 945b, since the position change of the displacement member 966 is restricted. It can control that change is regulated. As a result, the change in posture of the displacement member 966 between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965 can be easily accepted.

  The width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e is preferably set smaller than twice the maximum outer dimension D2 of the protrusion 945b. According to this, when the posture of the displacement member 966 changes, contact between the insertion portion 965 e and the connection hole 966 b 1 can be easily suppressed. As a result, the change in posture of the displacement member 966 between the pair of wing members 945 and the transmission member 965 can be easily accepted.

  Next, the specified winning opening unit 950 will be described with reference to FIGS. 99 to 101. FIG. 99 (a) is a front view of the specified winning opening unit 950, FIG. 99 (b) is a rear view of the specified winning opening unit 950, and FIG. 99 (c) is an upper surface of the specified winning opening unit 950. FIG. FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective front view of the specific winning opening unit 950, and FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective rear view of the specific winning opening unit 950.

  As shown in FIGS. 99 to 101, the specific winning opening unit 950 is provided with a ball-in member 953 formed in a box-like body opened by the player side (the front side in FIG. 99) and an opening of the ball-in member 953. A plate member 951 disposed in a state of covering the portion, a passage member 955 disposed on the opposite side of the plate member 951 across the ball entry member 953, and a drive unit 957 for operating the plate member 951 It is formed.

  The plate member 951 is formed of a colored translucent resin material, and allows the player to visually recognize the gaming ball flowing down the ball entry member 953 side through the plate member 951. The plate member 951 includes a main body portion 951a formed in a plate-like body having a rectangular shape in a front view, a shaft hole 951b cylindrically recessed on both sides of the main body portion 951a in the longitudinal direction, and a longitudinal direction of the main body portion 951a The projection 951c protrudes from one end of the main body 951 to the ball entry member 953 and an engaging part 951d protrudes from the other end in the longitudinal direction of the main body 951a to the ball entry member 953.

  The main body portion 951a is formed in a size covering the open side of the ball entry member 953 described later in a front view, and has a shape slightly smaller than the inner edge shape of the specific winning opening 65a of the front unit 940 described above. .

  The axial hole 951b is formed on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the main body 951a in the direction of gravity, and both ends in the longitudinal direction are coaxially set. The shaft hole 951 b is formed to have an inner diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of a rod member 952 described later, and the rod member 952 can be inserted inside. Therefore, the plate member 951 can be pivotally supported with respect to the ball entry member 953 by supporting the rod member 952 in the shaft hole 951 b with the ball entry member 953.

  The protrusion 951c is formed to protrude to one side in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 951a. Thus, when the plate member 951 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 951b by the drive of the drive unit 957 described later, and the gravity direction other side of the plate member 951 is inclined to the game area side, the main body portion 951a It can be suppressed that the game ball which has flowed down falls from one side in the longitudinal direction of the main body 951a.

  The engaging portion 951d includes a recessed portion 951d1 which is partially recessed at the protruding tip. A distal end portion 958c of a transmission member 958, which will be described later, is connected to the inside of the recessed portion 951d1, and the operation of the drive unit 957 is transmitted. In the engaging portion 951d, when the plate member 951 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 951b, the gaming ball that has flowed down to the main body portion 951a is a main body portion 951a as a part thereof protrudes toward the flow-down region side. It can suppress falling from the other side of the longitudinal direction.

  The ball entry member 953 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material. The ball entry member 953 has a main body portion 953a formed in a box shape having a rectangular shape in front view, a standing wall 953b erected on the surface opposite to the open side of the main body portion 953a, and an opening of the main body portion 953a An engaging portion 953f provided on the opposite side to the side, an annular projection 953c provided in an annular shape on the side opposite to the open side of the main body 953a, and an open side of the main body 953a A wall 953d protruding toward the plate member 951 from both outer sides in the longitudinal direction of the edge, an insertion hole 953e penetrating from the channel member 955 to the plate member 951 on the other side in the longitudinal direction of the main body 953a Protruding portions 953g protruding from both ends in the longitudinal direction of the portion 953a, protrusions 953h protruding toward the plate member 951 from the open side edge of the main portion 953a, and two points formed through the bottom surface of the main portion 953a Form with the inflow port 953j of It is.

  The main body portion 953a is formed in a box-shaped inner portion in such a size that the game ball can be inserted, and an opening 953a1 opened to the side of the plate member 951 and a rolling surface for rolling the game ball introduced from the opening 953a1. And 953a2 are formed. The outer shape of the main body 953a in a front view is slightly smaller than the inner edge of the standing portion 942f of the front unit 940 described above. As a result, the main body portion 953a (the ball receiving member 953) can be inserted into the inside of the standing portion 942f to be fastened and fixed to the front unit 940. A detailed description of the inner shape of the main body portion 953a will be described later.

  The longitudinal dimension of the main body portion 953a is set to be larger than the distance between the pair of wing members 945 on the outer side in the opposing direction. Thereby, even when the game balls flowing down the game area collide with the outer peripheral surface of the pair of wing members 945, the game balls can be made to flow into the main body 953a via the specified winning opening 65a.

  The shape of the inner edge of the opening 953a1 is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball, and when the plate member 951 is in the open state, the gaming ball can be made to flow inside the main body 953a via the opening 953a1. it can.

  The rolling surface 953a2 is an inner edge on the lower side in the direction of gravity of the main body portion 953a, and is formed in a rectangular shape in top view. Further, the dimension in the direction (short direction) from the rear side (passage member 955 side) to the front side (plate member 951 side) is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Therefore, the game ball which is thrown from the opening 953a1 to the inside of the main body 953a can be rolled on the rolling surface 953a2.

  The upright wall 953b is a wall for holding the detection device SE1 disposed on the opposite side to the open side of the main body portion 953a, and surrounds the outer peripheral surface in three directions of the detection device SE1 formed in a substantially rectangular shape in rear view Formed in size.

  The engaging portion 953f is formed along the outer peripheral surface of the detection device SE1 other than the three directions surrounded by the standing wall 953b. Thus, the detection device SE1 can be disposed inside the portion surrounded by the erected wall 953b and the engaging portion 953f. Further, in the engaging portion 953f, a tip portion separated from the base end by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the detection device SE1 is bent toward the standing wall 953b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the detection device SE1 and the engaging portion 953f from being engaged and the detection device SE1 disposed in the main body portion 953a being detached.

  The detection device SE1 is a device that detects the passage of the game ball, and a detection hole SE1a having an inner diameter slightly larger than the game ball is formed in a penetrating manner in the thickness direction. The detection hole SE1a is formed to be biased toward one or the other of the longitudinal direction of the detection device SE1 disposed in a rectangular shape in rear view, and the other in the longitudinal direction in which the detection hole SE1a is not formed. Alternatively, a detection substrate SE1b that controls the detection device SE1 is disposed on one side. In addition, the detection hole SE1a is disposed at a position corresponding to an inflow port 953j described later, and can allow the game ball flowing into the inflow port 953j to pass.

  The annular projection 953c is formed on a side opposite to the open side of the main body portion 953a so as to protrude annularly from a plurality of places, and a screw for fastening and fixing the passage member 955 and the ball entry member 953 is screwed on the inner edge portion.

  A pair of wall portions 953 d is formed on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 953 a, and the distance dimension between the opposing sides is formed shorter than the longitudinal direction dimension of the plate member 951. Thus, the plate member 951 can be disposed between the pair of wall portions 953 d facing each other.

  Further, in the wall portion 953d, an axial hole 953d1 penetrating in a circular shape in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 99A) of the main body portion 953a is formed. The axial hole 953d1 is formed to have substantially the same size as the inner diameter of the axial hole 951b of the plate member 951. Therefore, after disposing the plate member 951 between the facing wall portions 953d, the plate member 951 is inserted into the shaft hole 953d1 and the shaft hole 951b from both the outer sides in the longitudinal direction of the plate member 951. The ball can be supported by the ball entry member 953.

  Furthermore, the wall portion 953 d is formed to have a projecting dimension smaller than the recessed distance of the recessed portion 941 h formed in the back surface base 941 of the front unit 940 described above. Therefore, by combining the front unit 940 and the specific winning opening unit 950, the wall 953d can be accommodated inside the recess 941h. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the rod member 952 inserted into the shaft hole 953d1 and the shaft hole 951b from coming off.

  The insertion hole 953 e is a hole through which a part of the transmission member 965 disposed in the passage member 955 described later is inserted to the side of the plate member 951, and is formed at a position corresponding to the transmission member 965 disposed in the passage member 955 Be done.

  The protruding portion 953 g is formed to protrude on the axis of the connection protrusion 942 j of the front unit 940. Further, in a state where front unit 940 and specified winning hole unit 950 are combined, inner circle 942j1 of connecting projection 942j and insertion hole 953g1 formed to be penetrated in projecting portion 953g are coaxially arranged and protruded. The provided portion 953g and the connection protrusion 942j are in contact with each other. Thus, the specific winning opening unit 950 and the front unit 940 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted in the insertion hole 953g1 from the specific winning opening unit 950 side into the inner circle 942j1.

  The protrusion 953 h is formed to protrude toward the plate member 951. As a result, when the plate member 951 is displaced by the drive unit 957 described later, it is possible to make it difficult for the game ball to be caught between the plate member 951 and the edge of the main body 953a.

  Further, the protrusions 953 h are formed at substantially the same position in the longitudinal direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 99A) of the plate member 951 of the protrusion 951 c of the plate member 951 and the engaging portion 951 d. This makes it difficult for the gaming ball to roll on the protruding side of the protrusion 953 h. As a result, when the plate member 951 is displaced, it is possible to make it difficult for the game ball to be caught between the plate member 951 and the protrusion 951c.

  The inflow port 953 j is formed to open from the plate member 951 side to the passage member 955 side in an inner edge shape larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. The inflow port 953 j is a hole for throwing the game ball having flowed into the inside of the main body 953 a to the passage member 955, and is formed in a pair in the longitudinal direction of the main body 953 a.

  Here, a game comprising a ball entry port in which the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, an opening / closing member for opening and closing the ball entry port, and a passage member for forming a passage of the game ball entered in the ball entry port. The machine is known. The ball entry opening is formed in a size that allows a plurality of game balls to enter at the same time, and the game balls entered into the ball entry opening are collected in the passage member by rolling the rolling surface, and the passage member It flows in one at a time. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, when the ball entrance is enlarged, the rolling distance (the length of the rolling surface) of the game ball from the end of the ball entrance to the passage member becomes long. Therefore, it takes time to arrive at the passage member, and another game ball may enter from the ball entry by the opening / closing member, which tends to cause an over winning. The

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the inflow ports 953 j are formed in a pair (at two places) at predetermined intervals, even when the opening 953 a 1 of the main body portion 953 a is enlarged, up to the inflow ports 95 3 j The length of the rolling distance (the length of the rolling surface) of the gaming ball can be shortened. Therefore, the time to reach the inflow port 953 j can be shortened accordingly, and the inflow port 953 j can be made to flow in a short time. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball until the plate member 951 closes the opening 953a1.

  Further, a detection device SE1 for detecting the inflow of gaming balls into the ball entry member 953 is disposed at the connecting portion between the inflow port 953j and the recessed portion 955a of the passage member 955 described later. As a result, the gaming ball having entered the opening 953a1 of the main body 953a can be detected in a shorter time. Therefore, it can suppress that another game ball is thrown in until it closes opening 953a1 by plate member 951, and can suppress over winning.

  Further, the inflow port 953 j is formed at a position not overlapping with the pair of wing members 945 in the closed state in the direction of gravity when the front unit 940 and the specific winning hole unit 950 are fastened. That is, the pair of wing members 945 in the closed state is disposed between the pair of inlets 953 j.

  Here, as described above, the specific winning opening unit 950 is disposed below the second winning opening 140 (the pair of wing members 945) in the direction of gravity. Further, since the pair of wing members 945 is disposed in the game area, it is difficult for the game balls flowing down the game area to flow downward in the direction of gravity of the pair of wing members 945. Therefore, the inflow position of the gaming balls flowing into the ball entry member 953 of the specific winning opening unit 950 is biased. In the present embodiment, as described above, since the inflow port 953 j is formed at a position not overlapping the pair of wing members 945 in the closed state in the gravity direction, the inflow of gaming balls flowing into the ball entry member 953 is large. The inflow port 953 j can be made closer. Thus, the gaming balls flowing into the ball entry member 953 can flow into the inflow port 953 j in a short time. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over-winning of the gaming ball on the ball entry member 953.

  The passage member 955 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and the outer shape in a front view thereof is formed in substantially the same shape as the outer shape in a front view of the ball entry member 953 described above. Further, the passage member 955 is a pair of recessed portions 955a recessed at a position facing the detection hole SE1a of each detection device SE1, and is located on the other side in the longitudinal direction and the ball entry member 953 side from the drive unit 957 side. And a pair of third openings 955c formed on both sides in the longitudinal direction from the drive unit 957 side to the ball entry member 953 side, and the other side of the third openings 955c in the direction of gravity A rolling portion 955d is provided, and a second recessed portion 955f positioned between the pair of recessed portions 955a and recessed from the drive unit 957 side is formed.

  The recessed portion 955a is a passage for guiding the gaming ball inserted through the detection hole SE1a, and the recessed dimension in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955 and the recessed dimension on the drive unit 957 side are set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball Be done.

  The second opening 955 b is a space in which a connection member 957 c and a transmission member 958 of the drive unit 957 described later are disposed. Further, on the inner peripheral surface of the second opening 955b, a shaft portion 955b1 (see FIG. 102A) protruding in a cylindrical shape in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955 is formed. The shaft portion 955b1 has an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 958b of the transmission member 958, and the transmission member 958 can be supported by inserting the shaft portion 955b1 into the shaft hole 958b.

  The third opening 955c is a space in which the detection device SE2 in which the insertion direction of the detection hole SE1a is disposed in parallel with the gravity direction is disposed, and is set substantially the same as the outer shape of the detection device SE2 in front view . Thus, the detection device SE2 can be disposed inside the third opening 955c. Further, in the state where the detection device SE2 is disposed inside the third opening 955c, the detection hole SE1 is protruded toward the ball entry member 953 side.

  Further, an engaging portion 955 e protrudes toward the drive unit 957 at an edge of the third opening 955 c. The projecting end of the engaging portion 955e is bent to the inside of the third opening 955c. When the detection device SE2 is disposed in the third opening 955c, the bent portion of the engagement portion 955e is engaged with the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE2. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the detection device SE2 inserted inside the third opening 955c from coming out to the drive unit 957 side.

  The rolling portion 955 d is curved in an arc shape. The end of the rolling unit 955 d on the side of the plate member 951 is connected to the third ball sending unit 942 e of the front unit 940 in a state where the front unit 940 and the specific winning opening unit 950 are combined. As a result, the game balls flowing into the second out port 941 f of the front unit 940 can be thrown to the rolling portion 955 d of the specified winning opening unit 950.

  Further, the other end side of the rolling portion 955d is positioned on the other side in the direction of gravity of the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE2 disposed in the third opening 955c. As a result, the gaming ball rolling on the rolling portion 955d can be dropped from the other end and can be inserted into the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE2. Thereby, the number of balls of the gaming ball having flowed into the second out port 941f can be measured by the detection device SE2.

  The second recessed portion 955f is formed between the pair of recessed portions 955a which becomes the passage of the gaming ball as described above. The second recessed portion 955f is a recess in which the drive unit 960 described above is disposed, and the distance dimension in the longitudinal direction (the left and right direction of FIG. 99C) of the passage member 955 is the second of the drive unit 960 described above. It is set to be larger than the distance dimension in the short side direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93B) of the housing portion 963.

  The second recessed portion 955f is formed with an insertion hole 955h which is formed at a middle position in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955, and a projection 955g which protrudes to the drive unit 957 side. The insertion hole 955h is a hole for inserting a screw for fastening the ball entry member 953 and the passage member 955, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the tip of the screw.

  The protrusion 955g is formed in a cylindrical shape, and a fastening hole 955g1 is circularly recessed at the center. The fastening hole 955g1 is a hole into which a screw for fastening the drive unit 960 and the passage member 955 (specific winning hole unit 950) is screwed, and faces the long hole 963f formed in the second accommodation portion 963 of the drive unit 960. It is formed at the Accordingly, the drive unit 960 and the passage member 955 (specific winning hole unit 950) can be fastened and fixed.

  The drive unit 957 is formed of a solenoid 957a, a case member 957b covering the solenoid 957a, and a connecting member 957c disposed on a displacement portion of the solenoid 957a.

  The solenoid 957a has a main body portion 957a1 formed in a rectangular parallelepiped, a shaft portion 957a2 which is inserted into the main body portion 957a1 and is displaceable with respect to the main body portion 957a1, and the opposite side of the main body portion 957a1 of the shaft portion 957a2 And a coil spring SP2 disposed between the annular portion 957a3 and the main portion 957a1.

  The main body portion 957a1 is a coil portion that generates magnetism when power is applied (supplied), and the magnetic portion 957a2 to be inserted into the main body portion 957a1 can be drawn closer to the inside of the main body portion 957a1 by its magnetism Be done.

  The shaft portion 957a2 is formed of a magnetic metal material and is formed in a cylindrical shape. The shaft portion 957a2 is disposed such that the axial direction is directed to the passage member 955, and a portion on the rear surface base 941 side is disposed so as to protrude from the main body portion 957a1.

  The annular portion 957a3 is disposed at the end of the shaft portion 957a2 protruding from the main portion 957a1. A connecting member 957c, which will be described later, is connected to the annular portion 957a3. Accordingly, when the shaft portion 957a2 is displaced with respect to the main body portion 957a1, the displacement can be transmitted from the annular portion 957a3 to the connecting member 957c to displace the connecting member 957c.

  The coil spring SP2 is a spring member wound a plurality of times in a helical manner. The coil spring SP2 is disposed around the shaft portion 957a2 and disposed in a slightly compressed state between the ring portion 957a3 and the main body portion 957a1. Thus, the annular portion 957a3 can be biased in the direction away from the main portion 957a1. Therefore, in a state where power is not applied (supplied) to the main body portion 957a1, the annular portion 957a3 can be maintained in a state of being separated from the main body portion 957a1. Further, when the application (supply) of power is interrupted after the power is applied (supplied) to the main body 957a1, the annular portion 957a3 can be quickly separated from the main body 957a1.

  The case member 957b is formed in a box shape covering the main body portion 957a1 of the solenoid 957a, and one surface on which the shaft portion 957a2 is inserted is opened. Further, the case member 957b is formed to include an insertion hole 957b1 penetrating in the axial direction of the shaft portion 957a2 and an opening 957b2 penetratingly formed on the opposite side to the open side.

  The insertion hole 957b1 is a screw hole through which a screw for fastening the passage member 955 and the case member 957b (drive unit 957) is inserted, and is formed larger than the outer shape of the tip of the screw. Further, the screw inserted through the insertion hole 957b1 is screwed into the passage member 955.

  The opening 957b2 is formed on the opposite side of the shaft portion 957a2. Thus, the wiring HS1 (see FIG. 105) can be connected to the main body 957a1 through the opening 957b2.

  The connection member 957c is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material. The connection member 957c is formed in a plate-like body parallel to a plane orthogonal to the axis of the annular portion 957a3 of the solenoid 957a. The connecting member 957c has a first recessed portion 957c1 recessed from the end face on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 99 (b)) with a dimension larger than the diameter of the annular portion 957a3, and its first recessed portion A second concave portion 957c2 located on the solenoid 957a side of the 957c1 and recessed to a size larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 957a2 and an engaging portion 957c3 protruding toward the ball entry member 953 are provided.

  The first recessed portion 957c1 is a groove into which the annular portion 957a3 of the solenoid 957a is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape in which one side in the direction of gravity is opened in a cross sectional view. The groove width of the first recessed portion 957c1 is set larger than the thickness of the annular portion 957a3. Thus, the annular portion 957a3 can be inserted into the first recessed portion 957c1.

  The second recessed portion 957c2 is a notch that suppresses interference between the shaft portion 957a2 and the connecting member 957c when the annular portion 957a3 is disposed inside the first recessed portion 957c1 as described above. It is formed in a substantially U shape in which one side in the direction of gravity in the rear view is open, and is open from the first recessed portion 957c1 side to the solenoid 957a side.

  The engaging portion 957c3 is formed to be bent in a substantially L shape in side view. In the engaging portion 957c3, a connecting portion 958a of a transmission member 958 described later is disposed inside the bent portion. Accordingly, when the connecting member 957c is operated by the displacement of the solenoid 957a, the connecting portion 958a abuts on the inner edge of the engaging portion 957c3, and the transmitting member 958 is displaced. The detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 958 will be described later.

  The transmission member 958 is formed in a plate-like body substantially triangular in side view. The transmission member 958 has an axial hole 958b penetrating in a circular shape in the thickness direction, a coupling portion 958a projecting in a columnar shape in the thickness direction from an end portion on the coupling member 957c side, and a tip portion projecting to the plate member 951 side And 958c.

  As described above, the shaft hole 958b is a through hole into which the shaft portion 955b1 (see FIG. 102A) is inserted. The inner diameter of the shaft hole 958b is formed slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 955b1. Thus, the transmission member 958 is rotatably supported by the passage member 955.

  The connecting portion 958a is disposed inside the bent portion of the engaging portion 957c3 as described above. Thus, when the connecting member 957c is operated by the displacement of the solenoid 957a, the connecting portion 958a abuts on the inner edge of the engaging portion 957c3 so that the transmitting member 958 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 958b.

  The tip end portion 958 c is inserted into and disposed in the recessed portion 951 d 1 of the plate member 951. Therefore, when the solenoid 957a is operated and the transmission member 958 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 958b, the engagement portion 951d can be pushed up by displacing the tip end portion 958c. Thereby, the plate member 951 can be rotated.

  Subsequently, displacement of the plate member 951 will be described with reference to FIGS. 102 and 103. FIG. FIGS. 102 (a) and 102 (b) are cross-sectional views of the specific winning hole unit 950 taken along line CII-CII in FIG. 99 (c). FIGS. 103 (a) and 103 (b) are perspective front views of the specific winning hole unit 950. FIG.

  In FIGS. 102 (a) and 103 (a), the closed state of the plate member 951 is illustrated, and in FIGS. 103 (a) and 103 (b), the open state of the plate member 951 is illustrated. The closed state of the plate member 951 means that the main body portion 951a covers the opening of the main body portion 953a of the ball entry member 953. The open state of the plate member 951 is that the main body portion 951a is the main body of the ball entry member 953 It is in a state of being separated from the opening of the portion 953a.

  As shown in FIGS. 102 (a) and 103 (a), in a state where application (supply) of power to the main body 957a1 of the solenoid 957a is shut off, the shaft 957a2 is a plate member by the biasing force of the coil spring SP2. It is in a state of protruding to the 951 side (the left side in FIG. 102 (a)). Accordingly, the connecting member 957c disposed on the shaft portion 957a2 (annular portion 957a3) is also disposed on the side of the plate member 951 separated from the main body portion 957a1.

  In this case, as described above, since the connecting portion 958a (see FIG. 101) of the transmission member 958 is disposed inside the engaging portion 957c3 of the connecting member 957c, the connecting portion 958a is pushed out to the plate member 951 side. Thus, the force is transmitted to the tip end portion 958c of the transmission member 958 in the direction of rotation to the one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 102A) about the shaft hole 958b.

  When the tip end portion 958c is pushed down to one side in the direction of gravity, the tip end portion 958c and the recessed portion 951d1 abut, and the main body portion 951a of the plate member 951 approaches the opening 953a1 side of the main body portion 953a of the ball entry member 953. Will be rotated. Thereby, the plate member 951 can be maintained in the closed state.

  When the plate member 951 is in the closed state, the surface of the connecting member 957c on the plate member 951 side and the surface of the transmission member 958 on the solenoid 957a side are in contact with each other. Thus, when the player improperly operates and forcibly opens the plate member 951 side, the surface of the connecting member 957c on the plate member 951 side is pushed out by the surface of the transmission member 958 on the solenoid 957a side. Therefore, it is possible to suppress that the force of the unauthorized operation is applied to the connecting portion 958a or the engaging portion 957c3. As a result, breakage of the connection portion 958a or the engagement portion 957c3 can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIGS. 102 (b) and 103 (b), in the state where power is applied (supplied) to the main body 957a1 of the solenoid 957a, the shaft 957a2 is drawn into the inside of the main body 957a1 (sucked) State. Thus, the connecting member 957c disposed on the shaft portion 957a2 (the annular portion 957a3) is also disposed on the main body portion 957a1 side.

  In this case, as described above, since the connecting portion 958a (see FIG. 101) of the transmission member 958 is disposed inside the engaging portion 957c3 of the connecting member 957c, the main body 958a1 side is moved with the displacement of the connecting member 957c. (FIG. 102 (b) right side) is displaced. As a result, a force is transmitted to the transmission member 965 in such a direction as to rotate the tip end portion 958c to the other side in the direction of gravity about the shaft hole 958b (upper side in FIG. 102).

  When the tip end portion 958c is pushed up to the other side in the direction of gravity, the tip end portion 958c and the recessed portion 951d1 abut, and the main body portion 951a of the plate member 951 separates from the opening side of the main body portion 953a of the ball entry member 953 It is rotated in the direction Thereby, the plate member 951 can be opened.

  Further, when the plate member 951 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the plate member 951 can be displaced in the opening direction using the weight of the plate member 951, so the connecting portion 958 a or the engaging portion 957 c 3 Can be controlled to As a result, breakage of the connection portion 958a or the engagement portion 957c3 can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 104, the inner part of the main body 953a of the ball entry member 953 will be described. FIG. 104 (a) is a front view of the specified winning opening unit 950, and FIG. 104 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the specified winning opening unit 950 taken along line CIVb-CIVb in FIG. 104 (a). In FIG. 104 (a), a state in which the plate member 951 is removed is illustrated, and in FIG. 104 (b), a state in which the plate member 951 is attached is illustrated. Further, in FIGS. 104 (a) and 104 (b), the closed state of the plate member 951 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 104, on the inner side of the main body 953a, an inclined surface 954a inclined to one side in the direction of gravity from the middle position of the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 104A) of the main body 953a A recess 954b recessed at the end of the inclined surface 954a, a projecting portion 954c projecting at the connecting portion of the inclined surface 954a and the recess 954b, and respective surfaces on both ends in the longitudinal direction and a surface on the passage member 955 side It is provided with the standing wall 954d set up continuously in a row.

  The inclined surface 954a is a rolling surface of the gaming ball for rolling the gaming ball flowing into the space between the pair of inflow ports 953j toward the inflow port 953j, and is formed to be inclined downward toward the inflow port 953j . As a result, the gaming balls flowing into the space between the inflow port 953 j can be rolled to the inflow port to the inflow port 953 j.

  The recess 954 b is located in front of the inlet 953 j (downward in FIG. 104B) and is recessed toward one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). In addition, the concave end 954b is formed such that the concave end surface is inclined downward toward the inflow port 953j, and receives the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 of the main body 953a (inflow port 953j (passage member 955 Can be guided to the recessed portion 955a). Therefore, the game ball entered from the opening 953a1 of the main body 953a can be flowed into the recessed portion 955a of the passage member 955 in a short time, and as a result, the plate member 951 is closed before the opening 953a1 is closed. It is possible to suppress the game ball from being entered and to suppress the over winning.

  In addition, the concave portion 954b is linearly extended in a direction (vertical direction in FIG. 104B) substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2. Thus, the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 (the left and right direction in FIG. 104B) can be easily received by the recess 954b, and the received game balls are shortened to the passage member 955 It can be guided (inflow) by time. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball until the plate member 951 closes the opening 953a1.

  Furthermore, the width dimension L9 (see FIG. 104B) in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the recess 954b is set to be substantially the same as the diameter of the gaming ball. Thus, when a plurality of gaming balls are received in the recess 954b, the plurality of gaming balls can be quickly flowed into the passage member 955 in a state where the gaming balls are aligned. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball until the plate member 951 closes the opening 953a1.

  Further, the width dimension in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is made smaller from the side of the passage member 955 toward the opening 953a1 side (the side of the plate member 951) from the side of the recess 954b. Thus, when the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is received by the recess 954b, the gaming ball can easily flow to the passage member 955 side. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball until the plate member 951 closes the opening 953a1.

  The second inclined surface 954e is formed on the opposite side of the recess 954b in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 with respect to the above-described inclined surface 954a, and is inclined downward toward the inflow port 953j (passage member 955). It is formed. As a result, the gaming ball having entered the second inclined surface 954 e is rolled to the front of the inflow port 953 j using the downward inclination of the second inclined surface 954 e, and is rapidly rolled toward the passage member 955 It can be done. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball until the plate member 951 closes the opening 953a1.

  The upright wall 954d is formed at a position separated from the second inclined surface 954e by a predetermined distance, and the rolling direction of the gaming balls flowing into the second inclined surface 954e is directed to the inflow port 953j (passage member 955) side. 2 A guide surface 954d1 is provided.

  The second guide surface 954d1 is an end face on the opening 953a1 side, and is formed inclined from the opening 953a1 side to the inflow port 953j side toward the recess 954b side in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2. That is, the second guide surface 954d1 is formed so as to be able to abut on the game ball rolling from the opening 953a1 toward the passage member 955 and rolling on the rolling surface 953a2, and with the longitudinal end of the rolling surface 953a2 It is disposed between the passage member 955. Thus, the gaming ball flowing into the main body 953a from the longitudinal end of the opening 953a1 can be rapidly rolled toward the passage member 955. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  The projecting portions 954c are formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the inclined surface 954a, and are projected toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). Thus, the rolling speed of the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a to the outside in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 104B) of the rolling surface 953a2 can be reduced before the recess 954b (passage member 955). . That is, while the rolling speed of the gaming ball is increased, the rolling of the gaming ball is decelerated in the front (immediately before) of the recess 954 b up to the recess 954 b, and the gaming ball passes through the recess 954 b from the inclined surface 954 a. The rolling to the inclined surface 954 e can be suppressed. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  Further, the projecting portion 954c is formed in a substantially triangular shape in top view, and one surface is connected to the surface opposite to the opening 953a1, and one of the remaining two surfaces is a side edge portion 954c3 on the recess 954b side. Is formed in connection with the side surface of the recess 954b, and the guide surface 954c1 of the other surface is the opening 953a1 in the rolling direction (outward direction of the rolling surface 953a2) of the gaming ball on the inclined surface 954a of the gaming ball. It is formed inclined to the side. As a result, the rolling speed in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the gaming ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 can be reduced before the recess 954b (passage member 955).

  That is, the rolling speed in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the gaming ball is increased up to the concave portion 954b, and the rolling in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the gaming ball is reduced before (immediately) the concave portion 954b Thus, it is possible to suppress the game ball from rolling from the inclined surface 954a to the second inclined surface 954e through the recess 954b. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  Further, as described above, since the rotation axis of the plate member 951 is formed between both ends in the short direction of the opening 953a1 of the main body 953a, when the plate member 951 is in the open state, The end of the plate member 951 can be positioned closer to one end in the direction of gravity (on the direction of gravity) than the rolling surface 953a2. Thus, when the plate member 951 is in the open state, it is possible to suppress the game ball flowing into the inside of the main body portion 951a from jumping out from the opening 953a1 side of the main body portion 951a.

  Furthermore, since the game ball guided to the opening 953a1 side by the guide surface 954c1 can be brought into contact with the plate member 951, the rolling speed of the game ball rolling the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 Can be decelerated in front of the recess 954 b (passage member 955). That is, while the rolling speed of the gaming ball is increased, the rolling of the gaming ball is decelerated in the front (immediately before) of the recess 954 b up to the recess 954 b, and the gaming ball passes through the recess 954 b from the inclined surface 954 a. The rolling to the inclined surface 954 e can be suppressed. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  Further, the guide surface 954c1 is formed in a downward sloping shape from the connection portion between the side edge portion 954c3 and the inflow port 953j toward the side portion 954c2 of the connection portion with the inclined surface 954a. Thus, the game balls are allowed to flow into the inflow port 953j (passage member 955) in a short time while suppressing the game balls rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 from popping out from the openings 953a1. Can.

  That is, among the gaming balls rolled along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 with the inclined surface 954a facing the passage member 955, the opening 933a1 is for the gaming ball whose rolling speed is relatively low (slow). There is a low risk of popping out from the outside, so by guiding to the side of the opening 953a1 by making contact with the guide surface 954c1, it is suppressed from rolling from the inclined surface 954a to the second inclined surface 954e passing through the recess 954b. Therefore, it can flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. On the other hand, with respect to the gaming ball having a relatively high (fast) gaming speed, it can be guided to the standing wall 954d formed on the side of the second inclined surface 954e by getting over the guiding surface 954c1. Therefore, the kinetic energy of the gaming ball can be consumed by the passage of the guide surface 954c1 and the collision with the standing wall 954d, and the deceleration can be surely performed. Therefore, gaming balls rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 can be quickly introduced into the inflow port 953j (passage member 955) while suppressing popping out from the opening 953a1. As a result of these, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entry of another game ball by the plate member 951 until the opening 953a1 is closed.

  Further, the projecting portion 954c is extended in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 and the side edge portion 954c3 of the end face on the opposite side to the standing wall 954d. The upright wall 954 d is extended in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953 a 2, and the second side edge 954 d 2 of the end face on the opposite side to the protruding portion 954 c. The side edge 954c3 has a length L30 (see FIG. 104 (b)) in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 and is substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the second side edge 954d2. It is set smaller than the length dimension L31 in the direction. As a result, the gaming ball having passed over the guide surface 954c1 can be made to abut on the second side edge 954d2 of the standing wall 954d to be surely decelerated, and easily located near the passage member 955. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  Further, in the standing wall 954d, the separation distance L32 (see FIG. 104A) between the middle position in the thickness direction and the second inclined surface 954e is set to be substantially the same as the radius of the gaming ball. As a result, the gaming ball having passed over the guide surface 954c1 can be made to abut on the second side edge portion 954d2 of the standing wall 954d, thereby being surely decelerated. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  The projecting portion 954c is positioned on the extension of the second guiding surface 954d1 of the standing wall 954d in the inclination direction, and the game ball is rotated toward the recess 954b (the passage member 955) by the second guiding surface 954d1. Even if the moving speed is relatively high (low), the gaming ball can be made to abut on the projecting portion 954c to be decelerated. Therefore, the game ball can be flowed into the passage member 955 in a short time. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  In the projecting portion 954c, a distance dimension L33 (see FIG. 104A) from the concave surface of the concave portion 954b to the projecting end is set larger than the radius of the gaming ball. Further, as described above, since the protruding portion 954c is formed continuously with the side surface of the recess 954b, the gaming ball guided toward the passage member 955 by the second guide surface 954d1 of the standing wall 954d is rolled. Even when the speed is relatively high (fast), the gaming ball can be easily brought into contact with the projecting portion 954c. Therefore, such gaming balls can be decelerated, and can flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. As a result, the board member 951 can suppress the entry of another game ball before closing the opening 953a1, thereby suppressing the over winning.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 105 and 106, the assembled state of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960 will be described. FIG. 105 (a) is a top view of the specified winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960, and FIG. 105 (b) is a side view of the specified winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960. FIG. 106 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the specified winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960 in the CVIa-CVIa line of FIG. 105 (a), and FIG. 106 (b) is a CVIb-CVIb line of FIG. 106 (a). FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960 in FIG.

  In FIGS. 105 (a) and 105 (b), the wiring HS1 connected to the solenoid 957a operating the plate member 951 and the pair of wing members (see FIG. 83 (a)) are connected to the solenoid 610 operating. In the illustrated state, a part of the wiring HS2 is illustrated. Further, in FIG. 106 (b), a part of the wiring HS3 connected to the detection device SE1 for detecting the number of gaming balls flowing into the specific winning opening 65a is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 105 and 106, the drive unit 960 for driving the wing member 945 (see FIG. 83A) of the winning opening unit 930 is a position where the specific winning opening unit 950 partially overlaps with the specific winning opening unit 950 in front view. Is formed. Thus, a space can be formed on the opposite side (rear side) of the second winning opening 140 (the pair of wing members 945) to the game area.

  Here, conventionally, the second winning opening 140, a pair of wing members 945 for opening or closing the second winning hole 140, a first drive means for driving the pair of wing members 945, and the specified winning hole 65a There is also known a gaming machine provided with a plate member 951 for opening or closing the specific winning hole 65a and a second drive means for driving the plate member 951. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the first drive means and the second drive means are disposed on the back side of the pair of wing members 945 and the plate member 951, respectively. There is a problem that it is difficult to dispose another member or device on the back side of the member 951, and it is difficult to effectively utilize the space.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of wing members 945 is disposed on the back side of the plate member 951, a space can be formed on the back side of the pair of wing members 945. Yes (see Figure 97). That is, the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of wing members and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are integrated on the back side of the plate member 951 (specific winning hole 65a) to arrange other members and devices. A space for this can be secured on the back of the pair of wing members 945 (second winning opening 140), and the space can be used effectively for that amount.

  Further, the operating means (drive unit 960) of the wing member 945 disposed in the vicinity of the central opening (in which the center frame 86 is disposed) formed on the base plate 60 (see FIG. 82) is distant from the central opening By disposing on the back side of the plate member 951 (specific winning a prize opening unit 950) disposed on the base plate, the base plate of the movable body of the operation unit to be made visible to the player via the inside of the central opening (center frame 86). It is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the game by evacuating it to the back side (opposite to the game area) 60.

  That is, the movable body of the operation unit is disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 at the time of normal (retraction) to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize, and at the time of movement (extension), the central opening of the base plate 60 (center frame 86 And the operation means (drive unit 960) of the wing member 945 disposed near the central opening, the specific winning opening located away from the central opening. By arranging the movable body in a position overlapping with the unit 950 in the horizontal direction, the movable body can be easily arranged at a position away from the central opening at the time of retraction. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the movable body of the operation unit during normal (retraction). As a result, when the movable body is operated to be in the overhang state, it is easy to give the player an interest.

  Further, the projected area of the plate member 951 in the front view is set larger than the projected areas of the pair of wing members 945. Therefore, the dead space in the back of the specific winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized. That is, in the game board 13 including the two displacement members (the plate member 951 and the pair of wing members 945), the respective drive means (the drive unit 957 and the drive unit 957 and Since the drive unit 960) is disposed, each drive means can be easily disposed on the back of one displacement member (plate member 951), and on the back side of the other displacement members (pair of wing members 945). It can form a space.

  Further, the plate member 951 is formed so that the projected area in the front view is larger than the projected area in the front view of the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of wing members 945 and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951. The dead space at the back of the winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 105 (a), the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of wing members 945 and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are in the longitudinal direction of the plate member 951 (FIG. 105 (a) left and right direction). Are arranged side by side. Therefore, the dead space in the back of the specific winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized.

  In this case, as described above, the plate member 951 (specific winning hole unit 950) is disposed at a position spaced apart from the central opening of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 81) than the pair of wing members 945 The longitudinal direction is disposed orthogonal to the separation direction. Thereby, the space on the back side of the pair of wing members 945 can be easily secured. As a result, the space on the back side of the pair of wing members 945 can be effectively utilized.

  As described above, the rolling portion 943a is formed on the front base 943 of the front unit 940, and the rolling portion 943a is disposed via the second winning opening 140 of the back base 941 and the drive unit 960 is the back base As it is connected to 941, the drive unit 960 can be held (disposed) on the front base 943 at the same time as the rear base 941 is fastened and fixed to the front base 943. Thereby, when attaching the front unit 940 and the throwing unit 970 to the base plate 60 (game board 13), it is possible to suppress the attachment of the drive unit 960 from being forgotten.

  The position of the end of the solenoid 957a of the drive unit 957 and the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 on the opposite side (back side) of the plate member 951 side of the specified winning opening unit 950 is set to substantially the same position. The wiring HS1 and the wiring HS2 connected to the solenoid 957a of the 957 and the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 are connected from the end on the opposite side (rear side) of the plate member 951 side of the specified winning opening unit 950. Thereby, the wiring of the solenoid 957a and the solenoid 610 can be easily organized. As a result, it is possible to suppress the wiring from being separated on the opposite side (rear side) of the game area of the game board 13 and to suppress the interference of the wires HS1 and HS2 with other devices or special effects.

  That is, the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 for driving the wing member 945 and the solenoid 957a of the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are disposed such that the axial portions of the shaft portion 961b and the shaft portion 957a2 face in the same direction. At the same time, the wire HS1 and the wire HS2 are connected (pulled out) on the opposite side of the body portion 961a and the shaft portions 961b and 957a2 of the shaft portion 957a2. Thereby, the wiring HS1 of the drive unit 960 and the wiring HS2 of the drive unit 957 can be easily put together.

  The drive unit 960 for driving the pair of wing members 945 and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are disposed at positions where both side surfaces in the direction of gravity are substantially flush. Thus, the drive unit 957 and the drive unit 960 can be partitioned to simplify the shape of a partition member (not shown) that restricts the flow of the electromagnetic field to the area where the drive unit 957 and the drive unit 960 are disposed.

  That is, the side surfaces of the main body 961a of the drive unit 960 and the main body 957a1 of the drive unit 957 are formed in different sizes, or both sides of the main body 961a of the drive unit 960 and the main body 957a1 of the drive unit 957 in the gravity direction. When the surfaces are arranged at different positions in the direction of gravity, the side surfaces in the direction of gravity of the main body portion 961a of the drive unit 960 and the main body portion 957a1 of the drive unit 957 form a step. The need to form a member arises, and the shape of such partition member becomes complicated.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the drive unit 960 and the drive unit 957 are disposed at positions where both side surfaces in the gravity direction of the main body portion 961a and the main body portion 957a1 are substantially flush, and the outer surfaces form a step. Therefore, the partition member can be formed into a flat plate shape. As a result, the shape of the dividing member can be simplified.

  The partitioning member is a barrier of a conductor for partitioning the drive unit 960 and the installation region of the drive unit 957 from the other region and restricting the flow of electromagnetic waves between the two regions, It is formed of a metal plate.

  Further, the transmission member 965 is disposed between the passage member 955 of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the rolling portion 943a of the front unit 940 (see FIG. 97), and the transmission member 965 is provided at its tip (insertion portion 965e). Since the displacing member 966 is disposed for slidingly displacing and opening and closing the pair of wing members 945 in accordance with the rotation of the second member, the second winning is achieved in comparison with the conventional product in which the pair of wing members 945 is opened and closed with only the rotating member A space can be secured on both sides (sides) of the rolling portion 943a on the rear side of the port 140. In addition, it is not necessary to bend the ball sending path of the gaming ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140 to the specific winning opening unit 950 side in order to avoid interference with the rotating member as in the conventional product. The winning opening 140 can be brought close to the specific winning opening 65 a.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 106 (a) and 106 (b), drive unit 960 is disposed at a position overlapping with detection substrate SE1b of detection device SE2 arranged in a pair in specified winning opening unit 950 in front view. It will be set up. That is, the detection device SE2 is disposed between the plate member 951 and the drive unit 960. Thus, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the specific winning opening 65a, the drive unit 960 can be concealed by the detection board SE1b of the detection device SE1. It can be difficult.

  Here, as described above, when the drive unit (drive unit 960) for driving the wing member 945 is disposed on the back side of the specific winning opening unit 950, a piano wire or the like is inserted from the gap of the pachinko machine 10 If a hole is formed in the ball entry member 953 from the gaming area side to the drive unit 960 with a drill or the like for the purpose of operating the gaming machine illegally, it is difficult for the store clerk to detect the fraud. There was a fear of being

  That is, since the plate member 951 is disposed on the gaming area (player) side of the ball entering member 953, the ball entering member 953 is hidden by the plate member 951, and the fraud in the ball entering member 953 becomes a clerk. Are difficult to discover.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in order to secure a path from the specific winning opening 65a to the first drive means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used and drilling is performed, detection is performed. Since the detection substrate SE1b of the device SE1 can be destroyed, it is possible to detect fraud by monitoring the state of the detection device SE1. As described above, in the present embodiment, even when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the specified winning opening 65a, the drive unit 960 is the plate member 951 by closing the plate member 951. It is particularly effective to be able to detect fraud by monitoring the state of the detection device SE1, since it is not possible to visually identify the part where the fraud is added.

  In addition, since the detection device SE1 is the same flow product (ready-to-use) as the detection device (for example, the detection device SE2 and the detection device SE3) that detects other gaming balls, freedom in the size of the outer shape is ensured. Can not. Therefore, a gap is formed between the facing of the detection device SE1. Therefore, when the player drills the ball entry member 953 with a drill or the like aiming at the gap, there is a possibility that the clerk of the player can not be notified of the fraudulent behavior of the player.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the wiring HS3 is connected to the opposite side of the pair of detection devices SE1. Thus, the wiring HS3 can be disposed in the gap formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1. Therefore, when the player aims at the gap between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 and penetrates the drill or the like, the wire HS3 can be disconnected by the drill. As a result, since the pachinko machine 10 can be made to recognize a detection failure, the pachinko machine 10 can make it easy for the store clerk to detect an irregularity by notifying the error.

  That is, the wiring is relatively susceptible to damage. Therefore, in order to secure a path from the specific winning opening 65a to the drive unit, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used and drilling is possible, the wiring HS3 is damaged along with the cheating (breakage ) Can be made easier. Alternatively, it is possible to recognize that it is difficult to conduct fraud without damaging (breaking) the wiring HS3, and it is easy to deter fraud.

  Further, between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1, an annular projection 953c is formed in which a screw for fastening the ball entry member 953 and the passage member 955 is screwed. Thus, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the open side (E10 (a) lower side) of the ball entry member 953, the drive unit is screwed with the annular projection 953c. Being able to hide the 960 makes such cheating more difficult to do. That is, as described above, it is difficult to shield the front face of the front of the drive unit 960 by the pair of detection devices SE1, and a gap is easily formed between the pair of detection devices SE1. Since the unshielded area in the front face of the drive unit 960 can be compensated by the screw by setting the fastening position of (5), it is possible to make it more difficult to conduct fraudulent acts.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 106B, the wiring HS3 is wound around the annular projection 953c of the ball entry member 953 and disposed. Thus, the wiring HS3 can be routed (positioned) over a wider range of the gap formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1. That is, a wider range in front of the drive unit 960 can be shielded by the wiring HS3. Thus, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the open side of the ball entry member 953, such fraud can be made more difficult. Alternatively, it can be easily recognized that it is difficult to cheat without damaging (breaking) the wiring HS3, and cheating can be easily suppressed.

  Therefore, when the player aims at the gap between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 and penetrates the drill or the like, the wire HS3 can be easily disconnected by the drill. As a result, since the pachinko machine 10 can be made to recognize a detection failure, the pachinko machine 10 can make it easy for the store clerk to detect an irregularity by notifying the error.

  Further, the wiring HS3 is wound around the annular projection 953c and arranged. Thereby, it is possible to make it difficult for the force in the shear direction to act on the connection portion between the detection device SE1 and the wiring HS. That is, in the case where the wiring HS3 is not wound around the annular projection 953c and discharged outside the specified winning opening unit 950, the wiring HS3 is pulled by the specified winning opening unit 950 in the discharging direction. A force in the shear direction acts on the connection between the device SE1 and the wiring HS. The connection portion between the detection device SE1 and the wiring HS3 is formed by the insert-type connector, so it is easily cut by the force in the shear direction.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the wiring HS3 is wound around the annular projection 953c and disposed, the connecting portion with the detection device SE1 when the wiring HS3 is pulled in the discharge direction of the specified winning opening unit 950. The direction of the force acting on can be made to act in the direction in which the wiring HS3 is connected. As a result, it can be suppressed that the wiring HS3 is disconnected at the connection portion with the detection device SE1.

  Further, the annular projection 953c formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 is formed at a position biased to the end on the opposite side to the discharge side of the wiring HS3 of the detection device SE1. Accordingly, since the wire HS3 of the pair of detection devices SE1 is pulled out to the side opposite to the screwing position (ring projection 953c) of the screw, the wire HS3 is drawn around (positioned) over a wider range on the front of the drive unit 960. be able to. That is, a wider range in front of the drive unit 960 can be shielded by screws and wires. Therefore, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened to add a fraud to the drive unit 960 from the specific winning hole 65a, such fraud can be made more difficult.

  Next, the entire configuration of the throwing unit 970 will be described with reference to FIGS. 107 and 108. Fig. 107 (a) is a front view of the throwing unit 970, and Fig. 107 (b) is a side view of the throwing unit 970. FIG. 108 (a) is an exploded perspective front view of the throwing unit 970, and FIG. 108 (b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the throwing unit 970. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 107 and 108, the throwing unit 970 is disposed on the player side (the gaming area side), and has a sorting unit 980 including a space into which gaming balls can be inserted, and the gaming area of the sorting unit 980. And a passage unit 990 disposed on the opposite side.

  The sorting unit 980 includes an opening (inlet 982 d and side wall 981 b) connected to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140 of the above-mentioned winning opening unit 930, and the opening (inflow 982 d and side wall 981 b) ) From the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140 can be received inside the game ball is sent to the opposite side of the game area. The detailed description of the distribution unit 980 will be described later.

  The passage unit 990 is disposed on the other end side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the distribution unit 980 in the gravity direction. The passage unit 990 has a plurality of openings (first through holes 991 a to second through holes 991 d on the opposite surface to the distribution unit 980, and receives game balls from which the inside of the distribution unit 980 is thrown. The detailed description of the passage unit 990 will be described later.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 109 to 112, the configuration of distribution unit 980 will be described in detail. Fig. 109 (a) is a front view of the distribution unit 980, and Fig. 109 (b) is a side view of the distribution unit 980. FIG. 110 is an exploded perspective front view of the distribution unit 980, and FIG. 111 is an exploded perspective rear view of the distribution unit 980. FIG. 112 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit 980 taken along line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109 (a), and FIG. 112 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit 980 in CXIIb-CXIIb in FIG. 112 (a) It is.

  As shown in FIGS. 109 to 112, the sorting unit 980 has a rear base 985, a front base 981 disposed on the player side of the rear base 985, and a rotation between the front base 981 and the rear base. It is mainly provided with the distribution part 983 arrange | positioned in the possible state, and the cover member 987 arrange | positioned in the back side of the back surface base 985 in the position corresponding to the distribution part 983.

  The back surface base 985 is formed of a colored translucent (in this embodiment, blue) resin material, and has a base portion 985a formed in a plate-like body and a plurality of openings (openings in the thickness direction of the base portion 985a). 985b to 985g), a recess 985h recessed on the other side (the upper side in the direction of gravity) of the plurality of openings in the direction of gravity, and a housing 986b and a protrusion 986e protruding from the opposite surface of the recess 985h. It is formed and provided.

  The base portion 985a is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in a front view, and has a plurality of fastening holes 986c and 986d penetrating in a circular shape at the outer edge thereof, and an inclined surface inclined toward one side in the direction of gravity opposite the front base 981 side. And 986a. The fastening holes 986c are holes into which screws through which a front base 981 described later is inserted are screwed. Thereby, the front base 981 and the back base 985 can be fastened and fixed. The fastening hole 986 d is a hole into which a screw for inserting a passage unit 990 described later is screwed. Thereby, the back base 985 (distribution unit 980) and the passage unit 990 can be fastened and fixed.

  The inclined surface 986a is formed at a position overlapping with a part of openings 985b to 985f described later in the direction of gravity. Further, the inclined surface 986a is formed at a position facing the inclined portion 982b of the front base 981 when the front base 981 and the back base 985 are combined. Thereby, the flow-down direction of the gaming ball flowing down in the gravity direction can be guided to the openings 985 b to 985 f side. As a result, the game balls can be easily made to flow into the openings 985 b to 985 f.

  The concave portion 985h is recessed toward the side opposite to the front base 981 (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 109B) and is formed substantially at the center of the short side of the base portion 985a (horizontal direction in FIG. 109B). Be done. The concave portion 985 h is formed to have a size capable of accommodating a part of the distributing portion 983 described later inside, and includes a bearing portion 985 j that protrudes in an annular shape on the bottom surface. The bearing portion 985 j is a hole into which one end of the shaft member 988 a that pivotally supports the distribution portion 983 is inserted, and is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988 a.

  The openings 985 b and the openings 985 c are respectively formed at both ends in the short direction of the base portion 985 a, and the size of the inner edge is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. The opening 985 b and the opening 985 c are formed to be inclined downward as the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) is opposite to the front base 981 side. Thereby, the gaming ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can be rolled to the opposite side to the front base 981 side.

  The opening 985d is formed substantially at the center of the base portion 985a in the lateral direction (left and right direction in FIG. 109), and the position in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 109b) is substantially the same as the openings 985b and 985c. Set to position. Further, the opening 985 d is formed to be inclined downward as the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) goes to the side opposite to the front base 981 side, similarly to the openings 985 b and 985 c. Thereby, the gaming ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can be rolled to the opposite side to the front base 981 side.

  The opening 985e is formed between the opening 985b and the opening 985d, and the opening 985f is formed between the opening 985c and the opening 985d. Further, the openings 985e and 985f extend in the direction of gravity and the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 of the space opened to the front base 981 side, and the discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 of the space opened to the opposite side to the front base 981 side It is mainly provided with middle passage 985e2 and 985f2 which connect passage 985e1 and 985f1 and discharge passage 985e3 and 985f3.

  The inflow passages 985 e 1 and 985 f 1 are connected to a first passage TR 1 and a second passage TR 2 which are formed between opposing front and back bases 98 1 and 985 which will be described later, and are formed in sizes through which gaming balls can pass. Ru. As a result, gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage can be made to flow into the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1.

  The intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 are formed extending in the direction of gravity, and the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) communicates with the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 and is formed in a size allowing game balls to pass . As a result, gaming balls passing through the inflow passages 985 e 1 and 985 f 1 can flow into the intermediate passages 985 e 2 and 985 f 2.

  Further, in the intermediate passage 985 e 2, 985 f 2, a recessed portion 985 f 4 is formed which is recessed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the throwing direction (gravity direction) of the gaming ball. The recessed portion 985f4 is a notch for disposing a detection device SE3 described later inside the recess portion 985f4, and is set substantially the same as the outer shape of the detection device SE3 in a rear view. Thus, the detection device SE3 can be inserted and disposed from the back side (the opposite side to the front base 981) of the base portion 985a.

  In the detection device SE3, the axial direction of the detection hole SE1a is set parallel to the extending direction of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2, and the internal space of the detection hole SE1a substantially matches the space of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2. Placed in position. Thereby, when the gaming ball flows down from the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) in the gravity direction to the one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the intermediate passage 985 e 2, 985 f 2, the game ball can pass through the detection hole SE 1 a of the detection device SE 3 it can. Thereby, the game ball passing through the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 can be detected.

  Further, since the axial direction of the detection hole SE1a is formed parallel to the gravity direction, the detection device SE3 can easily utilize its own weight when throwing the game ball to the detection hole SE1a. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being caught in the connecting portion between the intermediate passage 985e2 and 985f2 and the detection hole SE1a. In addition, since the detailed structure of detection apparatus SE3 is the same as that of the detection apparatus SE1 mentioned above, the detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.

  The recessed portions 985 e 4 and 985 f 4 are formed continuously with the spaces of the inflow passage 985 e 1 and 985 f 1 and the discharge passage 985 e 3 and 985 f 3. That is, the intermediate passages 985 e 2 and 985 f 2 are formed using the detection device SE 3. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in the length dimension in the direction of gravity of the intermediate passages 985 e 2 and 985 f 2. As a result, the back base 985 can be prevented from becoming large in the direction of gravity.

  The discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 are connected to one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity) of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 in the direction of gravity, and are formed to have a size that allows the game balls to pass. Further, the discharge passage 985 e 3, 985 f 3 is connected to a third insertion hole 991 c and a fourth insertion hole 991 d of the passage unit 990 described later in a state where the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, gaming balls passing through the intermediate passage 985 e 2 and 985 f 2 can be made to flow into the discharge passage 985 e 3 and 985 f 3, and the space can be passed to be sent to the passage unit 990.

  The opening 985g is formed on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the opening 985d in the direction of gravity. Further, the opening 985g is formed in such a manner that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) descends and inclines toward the opposite side to the front base 981 side, similarly to the opening 985d. Thereby, the gaming ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can be rolled to the opposite side to the front base 981.

  The inflow passages 985 e 1 and 985 f 1 are connected to a first passage TR 1 and a second passage TR 2 which are formed between opposing front and back bases 98 1 and 985 which will be described later, and are formed in sizes through which gaming balls can pass. Ru. Thus, gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 can flow into the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1.

  The housing portion 986 b is formed of a pair of semi-annular bodies. Further, the housing portion 986 b is a portion for housing a magnetic body 988 b described later inside, and the inner diameter thereof is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988 b formed in a cylindrical body. Further, the projecting dimension of the housing portion 986b is set larger than the axial dimension of the magnetic body 988b. Thereby, the magnetic body 988b can be accommodated inside the accommodation portion 986b. Further, since the housing portion 986 b is formed of a pair of semi-annular bodies, even when the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988 b is formed to be extremely large due to a manufacturing error, the pair of semi-annular bodies are elastically deformed. A magnetic body 988b can be provided.

  The protruding portion 986 e is formed in a cylindrical shape from the position opposite to the above-described bearing portion 985 j and the base portion 985 a. Further, the projecting portion 986 e includes a fastening hole which is recessed in a circular shape on the axis thereof. The fastening hole is a hole for screwing the tip of a screw through which a cover member 987 described later is inserted, and the cover member 987 is fastened to the back surface base 985 by screwing the screw in a state where the cover member 987 is in contact. It can be fixed.

  The magnetic body 988 b is formed of a magnet, and by being disposed in the housing portion 986 b, a magnetic field can be generated on the front base 981 side via the base portion 985 a. As a result, the magnetic material 988 c disposed in the distribution unit 983 to be described later can be repelled to make it easy to displace the distribution unit 983.

  The front base 981 is formed of a colored translucent (in this embodiment, blue) resin material. The front base 981 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape larger than the back base 985 in a front view, and bulges out from the base plate 981a and the base plate 981a to the player side (the opposite side to the back base 986). It is mainly provided with the protrusion 982.

  The base plate 981a is formed of a plate member having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view, and has a plurality of insertion holes 981g penetrating in the thickness direction at its outer peripheral edge and a first guide wall projecting toward the back base 985 side A plate 981f and a second guide wall 981d, a second insertion hole 981e penetrating in the vicinity of the first guide wall 981f and the second guide wall 981d, and one side in the direction of gravity of the bulging portion 982 (lower side in the direction of gravity) It is mainly provided with a through hole 981c penetrating in the thickness direction.

  The insertion hole 981g is a hole for inserting a screw (not shown) for fastening the assembled ball sending unit 970 to the base plate 60 (see FIG. 82), and is set to an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the tip of the screw. .

  The first guide walls 981f are formed in a semicircular ring shape, and are formed in a pair in the lateral direction so as to sandwich a bulged portion 982 described later. In addition, the first guide wall 981 f is formed such that the open portion of the semicircle is directed substantially to the center side in the lateral direction of the base plate 981 a.

  The second guide walls 981 d are formed in an annular shape, and are formed at two places in the short direction of the base plate 981 a. Further, the second guide wall 981d is formed on the lower side in the direction of gravity of the bulging portion 982 described later, and a through hole 981c is formed between the two places.

  The first guide wall 981 f and the second guide wall 981 d have substantially the same outer shape as the periphery of the fastening hole 986 c of the back surface base 985 whose inner edge shape is described above. Thereby, when the front base 981 and the back base 985 are combined, the wall portion around the fastening hole 986c can be inserted inside the first guide wall 981f and the second guide wall 981d, and the first guide wall 981f and the second The guide wall 981d can be positioned.

  The second insertion hole 981e is formed at the center of the semicircle of the first guide wall 981f and the center of the second guide wall 981d. The second insertion hole 981e is formed coaxially with the fastening hole 986c in a state where the front base 981 and the back base 985 are assembled, and a screw is inserted from the front base 981 side and screwed into the fastening hole 986d. Thus, the front base 981 and the back base 985 can be fastened.

  The through holes 981c are formed to penetrate a square whose one side is larger than the diameter of the game ball. Further, the through hole 981c is formed to include a side wall portion 981b which is erected on the side opposite to the back surface base 985 side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 109A) along the edge thereof. The through hole 981c is a portion communicating with the second winning opening 140 of the above-mentioned winning opening unit 930, and in a state where the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate 60, the second winning opening 140 Is formed at a position overlapping with the rolling direction of the gaming ball flowing into the.

  Side wall portion 981 b is formed to have a dimension such that the front end face of the standing portion abuts on the second sending portion 942 c of the winning opening unit 930 in a state where the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate 60. In the side wall portion 981b, the rolling surface 981c1 of the inner surface on the other end side (lower side in the gravity direction) in the gravity direction is positioned on the other end side in the gravity direction than the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a. It is formed to be inclined downward toward the side.

  Furthermore, the side wall portion 981 b includes a protrusion 981 b 1 protruding from the standing front end surface. The protrusion 981b1 is formed at a position where the game balls are separated in the radial direction from the rolling surface 981c1 in the direction of gravity. Thus, when the game ball is thrown from the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c, the game ball can be hardly caught between the rolling portion 943a and the through hole 981c. A detailed description of the case where the game ball is thrown from the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c will be described later.

  The bulging portion 982 is formed in a dome shape bulging from the base plate 981a, and is set to a size that allows the game ball to be inserted therein, and the game ball flowed in from the inflow port 982d passes therethrough And a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 branched from the throwing passage TR0. The bulging portion 982 is formed into a vertically long rectangular shape in a front view, and an inflow port 982d formed by notching the upper end in the direction of gravity, and bent toward a rear base 985 side at a substantially intermediate position in a front view. It is mainly provided with the standing wall 982 a to be formed and the concave portions 982 e to 982 j which are provided in a plurality of places on the other side in the direction of gravity.

  The inflow port 982d is cut out in a substantially U-shape in a front view. In the inflow port 982 d, with the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 attached to the base plate 60, the inner edge portion is the rolling direction of the gaming ball having flowed into the first winning opening 64 of the winning opening unit 930. It is formed at the overlapping position.

  In addition, the inflow port 982 d includes a second protrusion 982 d 1 protruding to the opposite side to the back surface base 985 side at the edge on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). The second protrusion 982d1 is formed in the inner edge shape of the first recessed portion 942g1 of the above-mentioned winning opening unit 930, and when the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are disposed on the base plate 60, the first protrusion The second protrusion 982d1 is abutted against the inner edge of the recessed portion 942g1.

  In addition, the distance dimension L34 (see FIG. 109A) from the second projection 982d1 to the end face on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the inflow port 982d is the first throwing ball from the inner edge of the first recessed portion 942g1. The distance dimension to the distance L35 (see FIG. 87B) to the inner edge on one side in the direction of gravity of the portion 942g is set to be larger than the distance dimension L35 (see FIG. 87B). Thereby, when the game ball sent to the first ball sending portion 942 g through the first winning opening 64 flows into the inflow port 982 d, the gaming ball 982 d (the bulging portion 982) and the first ball sending portion 942 g It can be difficult to get caught in between.

  The upright wall 982a is formed in a rectangular shape that is separated from the outer edge shape of the bulging portion 982 by a predetermined distance in front view. Further, the standing wall 982a is formed on the lower side of the inflow port 982d in the direction of gravity, and is formed with an abutting portion 982a1 formed in a triangle shape in the standing direction on the upper side in the direction of gravity.

  In the standing wall 982a, the separation distance L36 (see FIG. 112 (b)) in the horizontal direction from the inner edge of the outer peripheral portion of the bulging portion 982 is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball, The first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 of the space through which the second passage can pass are formed.

  The first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are formed on the downstream side of the distributing unit 983 to be described later, and the gaming balls passing through the distributing unit 983 are thrown to one of them. The distributing unit 983 is set to be able to alternately throw gaming balls flowing into the inflow port 982d into the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Thereby, it can be suppressed that the throwing of the gaming ball flowing into the first winning opening 64 becomes monotonous. As a result, it is possible to suppress the loss of the player's interest.

  On the other side (the upper side in the direction of gravity) of the standing wall 982 a in the direction of gravity, there is formed a bearing portion 982 c annularly projecting from the inner side surface of the bulging portion 982 to the back base 985 side. The bearing portion 982c is a portion that supports the other end side of a shaft member 988a that pivotally supports a distribution portion 983 described later, and the inner diameter is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a. Therefore, the other end side of the shaft member 988a can be supported by inserting the shaft member 988a into the bearing portion 982c.

  Further, as described above, since one end side of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 985j of the back surface base 985, when combining the front base 981 and the back surface base 985, one end of the shaft member 988a is attached to the bearing portion 985j. The shaft member 988a can be supported between the front base 981 and the back base 985 by inserting the other end side of the shaft member 988a into the bearing portion 982c.

  The abutting portion 982a1 is formed on the rotation trajectory of the distributing portion 983 described later, and the rotational displacement amount of the distributing portion 983 is restricted by the action of the operating portion 983a of the distributing portion 983. A detailed description of the contact state between the contact portion 982a1 and the distribution portion 983 will be described later.

  The recessed portion 982 e and the recessed portion 982 f are recessed from the inner surface on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the bulging portion 982 in the direction of gravity, in a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first passage TR 1 and the second passage TR 2. Further, a first branch passage BK1 or a second branch passage BK2 of a space communicating with the first passage TR1 or the second passage TR2 is formed inside the recess 982e and the recess 982f.

  The first branch passage BK1 is in communication with the opening 985b of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the first branch passage BK1 is formed to be able to receive gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1, and the received gaming balls can flow into the opening 985b of the rear base 985.

  The second branch passage BK2 is in communication with the opening 985c of the back base 985 when the front base 981 and the back base 985 are combined. Therefore, the second branch passage BK2 is formed to be able to receive gaming balls flowing down the second passage TR2, and the received gaming balls can flow into the opening 985c of the back base 985.

  The concave portion 982 h and the concave portion 982 j are recessed in the extending direction of the first passage TR 1 and the second passage TR 2 from the inner surface on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the bulging portion 98 2 in the gravity direction. That is, the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are extended to one side in the direction of gravity due to the recess 982h and the recess 982j.

  The first passage TR1 is in communication with the opening 985e of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, in the first passage TR1, the gaming balls having flowed into the inflow port 982d are allowed to flow in, and the flowed in balls are allowed to flow into the openings 985e of the back base 985.

  The second passage TR2 is in communication with the opening 985f of the back base 985 when the front base 981 and the back base 985 are combined. Therefore, in the first passage TR1, the gaming balls having flowed into the inflow port 982d are allowed to flow in, and the flowed in balls are allowed to flow into the openings 985e of the back base 985.

  The recess 982g is formed between the recess 982h and the recess 982j, and the recessing direction is set parallel to the extending direction of the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Further, a third branch passage BK3 of a space communicating with the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 is formed inside the concave portion 982g. Therefore, since the third branch passage BK3 communicating with the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 is formed between the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2, the distribution unit 980 can be miniaturized. .

  The third branch passage BK3 is in communication with the opening 985d of the back base 985 when the front base 981 and the back base 985 are combined. Therefore, the third branch passage is formed so as to be able to receive gaming balls flowing down the first passage or the second passage, and the received gaming balls can flow into the opening 985 d of the back base 985.

  The inclined portion 982 b is formed on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the bulging portion 982 in the direction of gravity, and is extended to be inclined toward the back base 985 toward one side in the direction of gravity. The inclined portion 982 b is formed at a position facing the opening 985 b and the opening 985 f in a state where the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. As a result, the gaming ball flowing down by causing the gaming ball flowing down the first passage TR1, the second passage TR2, the first branch passage BK1, the second branch passage BK2 and the third branch passage BK3 to abut the inclined portion 982b Can be guided to the openings 985 b to 985 f to easily flow into the openings 985 b to 985 f.

  The guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 and the guide portion 982j1 are connected to the recess 982h and the recess 982j and the inclined portion 982b, and the standing front end surface is lowered toward the back base 985 side (the front side of the drawing of FIG. 109B). Be inclined. As a result, the gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are brought into contact with the leading end surfaces of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 and the guide portion 982j1 and guided toward the openings 985e and 985f, The openings 985 e and the openings 985 f can be easily introduced.

  In addition, the guide portions 982 h 1 and 982 j 1 are formed in connection with the inclined portion 98 2 b. As a result, the gaming ball flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 is brought into contact with the inclined portion 982b and guided to the back surface base 985 side while colliding with the guiding portions 982h1 and 982j1, thereby opening the gaming ball 985e. And the opening 985f. Further, since the erected distance of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 can be reduced by the inclination of the inclined portion 982b, the rigidity of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 can be enhanced to improve the durability.

  Here, as described above, the sorting unit 980 (the ball sending unit 970) is visible to the player via the front unit 940 (the winning opening unit 930) disposed on the player side. Therefore, the gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 due to the front unit 940 are less likely to be viewed from the player side. Furthermore, when the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 are erected on the front side of the opening 985e and the opening 985f, the gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are played by the thickness of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1. There is a problem that it becomes difficult for the person to visually recognize.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 are formed in connection with the inclined portion 982b, so the vertical dimension of the inclined portion 982b can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to easily make the gaming balls (the gaming balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2) thrown to the opening 985e and the opening 985f easily visible even in the state through the front unit 940. That is, in the present embodiment, the inclined portion 982b is inclined so as to be positioned on the back surface base 985 side as it goes in the flow-down direction of the game ball, thereby enabling securing of rigidity and guidance of the game ball. Since the thickness in the front-rear direction of the sections 982h1 and 982j1 can be reduced, the visibility of the gaming ball can be secured.

  The distribution portion 983 is set to a thickness slightly smaller than the dimension between the facing of the front base 981 and the back base 985 and is formed in a substantially T-shape in a front view. Further, the distributing portion 983 penetrates the T-shaped action portion 983a on one side, the intermediate plate 983b protruding from the substantially central position in the extending direction of the action portion 983a, and the connection portion of the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b. Through hole 983c, an abutting portion 983d circularly expanding about the axis of the through hole 983c, and a wall portion 983e formed by connecting the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b to the back base 985 side And are mainly formed.

  The through hole 983 c is a hole into which a shaft member 988 a supported between the front base 981 and the back base 985 is inserted, and is formed slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988 a. Thus, when assembling the front base 981 and the rear base 985, the shaft member 988a is inserted into the through hole 983c of the distribution portion 983, whereby the front base 981 and the rear base can be rotated in a rotatable state. It is disposed between the 985 opposites.

  The intermediate plate 983b is formed extending outward in the radial direction of the through hole 983c, and in a state where the displacement of the distributing portion 983 is restricted by being rotated to one side or the other side, the intermediate plate 983b The distance L37 (see FIG. 112 (b)) to the inside is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. As a result, the throwing of the gaming ball is restricted to either one of the first passage TR1 or the second passage TR2 or the other. Further, in the intermediate plate 983b, when the distributing portion 983 is rotated about the through hole 983c, the throwing of the gaming ball is restricted to one of the first passages TR1, and the throwing of the gaming balls to the other of the second passage TR2. Can be switched to the regulated state.

  The action portion 983a is formed to extend in a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the intermediate plate 983b in a front view. Further, in the action portion 983a, the connection position with the contact portion 983d is set to the other end side (lower side in the gravity direction) in the direction of gravity than the connection position with the contact portion 983d of the intermediate plate 983b. As a result, the gaming ball to be thrown to the distribution unit 983 via the inflow port 982 d is in a state in which a load is applied to the action unit 983 a side. As a result, the distributing unit 983 is rotationally displaced about the through hole 983 c.

  The wall portion 983e is connected to the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b, and is formed in a substantially semicircular plate shape in the axial direction of the through hole 983c. The wall portion 983e is formed to project outward beyond the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the through hole 983c, and the thickness dimension is greater than the recess dimension of the recess 985h of the back base 985 described above. It is set small. Therefore, in the state in which the distributing portion 983 is disposed between the back surface base 985 and the front surface 981 facing each other, the wall portion 983 e can be disposed inside the recessed portion 985 h. As a result, the gaming balls, which are thrown from the inflow port 982d to the inside of the distribution unit 980, are caught in the insides of the recesses 985h, which can inhibit the flow of the gaming balls from being impeded.

  In addition, the wall portion 983e includes an accommodating portion 983e1 which is recessed toward the intermediate plate 983b on the rear side of the intermediate plate 983b and at the radially outer end from the through hole 983c. The housing portion 983e1 is a portion for housing the magnetic body 988c formed in a cylindrical body inside, and is concavely provided in a circle having an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988c. The housing portion 983e1 is recessed from the back base 985 side toward the front base 981 side, and the magnetic body 988c is housed inside from the back base 985 side.

  The magnetic body 988 c is formed of a magnet, and is disposed in a state of being repelled from the magnetic body 988 b disposed on the back surface base 985. As a result, in the distributing portion 983, a magnetic force is applied from the magnetic body 988b in which the magnetic body 988c is disposed on the back surface base 985, and the spreading direction of the action portion 983a is one or the other by rotating around the through hole 983c. It can be inclined to

  In addition, since the magnetic body 988c and the magnetic body 988b are disposed in a repulsive state and the housing portion 983e1 is recessed toward the front side, the magnetic body 988c inserted into the housing portion 983e1 is a housing portion 983e1. You can control getting out of the house. That is, since a portion for locking the magnetic body 988c inserted into the housing portion 983e1 is not required, the structure of the distributing portion 983 can be simplified, and the arrangement of the magnetic body 988c to the distributing portion 983 can be simplified.

  The magnetic force of the magnetic body 988 b and the magnetic body 988 c is set to a magnetic attachment force smaller than the load of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game balls, which are thrown inside the distribution unit 980, from being magnetically attached to the magnetic body 988b and the magnetic body 988c and stagnating inside the distribution unit 980.

  The cover member 987 is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in a top view, and is disposed on the opposite side to the front base 981 side of the recess 985 h of the back base 985. Further, the cover member 987 is formed to include two first concave portions 987a and second concave portions 987b which are concavely arranged in a circular shape in a front view in the direction of gravity.

  The first concave portion 987a is a portion that accommodates the housing portion 986b of the back surface base 985 described above, and is set to have an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the housing portion 986b. Therefore, as described above, with the magnetic body 988b housed in the housing portion 986b, the magnetic body 988b housed inside the housing portion 986b is housed by housing the tip end of the housing portion 986b in the first recess 987a. It is possible to suppress the exit from the portion 986b.

  The second concave portion 987 b has a through hole 987 b 1 on the bottom surface of the concave portion for fastening and fixing to the back surface base 985. Further, the inner shape of the recessed portion of the second recessed portion 987 b is formed to have an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the protruding portion 986 e of the rear surface base 985 described above. As a result, the cover member 987 can accommodate and position the second concave portion 987b in the projecting portion 986e of the back surface base 985, and in the positioned state, a screw is inserted into the fastening hole of the projecting portion 986e via the through hole 987b1. It can be concluded.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 113, an operation of the distribution unit 983 when the gaming ball flows into the distribution unit 980 from the inflow port 982d will be described. FIGS. 113 (a) and 113 (b) are partial enlarged cross-sectional views of distribution unit 980 in range CXIII of FIG. 112 (b). In the following, the action part 983a of the sorting part 983 is controlled from being in a state in which the throwing of the gaming ball to the one in the first passage TR1 is restricted to a state in which the throwing of the gaming ball in the other in the second passage TR2 is restricted. Only the case will be described, and the description of the case of restricting the throwing of the gaming ball to one side of the first passage TR1 from the state of regulating the throwing of the gaming ball to the other side of the second passage TR2 will be omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 113 (a) and 113 (b), before the game ball is thrown to the distribution unit 983 (before the game ball abuts on the action unit 983a), as described above, it is distributed to the distribution 983. The provided magnetic body 988c repels the magnetic body 988b (see FIG. 110), whereby the intermediate plate 983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is inclined toward the second passage TR2. The amount of rotation is restricted by the action portion 983a on the second passage TR2 side being in contact with the contact portion 982a1 of the front base 981 (see FIG. 113A).

  In this state, when the gaming ball is thrown to the distribution unit 983, the gaming ball is thrown between the intermediate plate 983b and the action portion 983a on the first passage TR1 side. As described above, since the action position 983a is connected to the contact portion 983d at the other end in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) than the connection position to the contact portion 983d of the intermediate plate 983b. The load of the gaming ball can be applied to the action portion 983a on the first passage TR1 side.

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 113 (b), the distributing portion 983 is rotationally displaced about the through hole 983c, and the intermediate plate 983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is inclined toward the first passage TR1. It is assumed. The amount of rotation is regulated by the action portion 983a on the first passage TR1 side being in contact with the contact portion 982a1 of the front base 981. Further, in this case, the repulsion direction of the magnetic body 988c is switched from a state in which the intermediate plate 983b radially outward from the through hole 983c acts on the second passage TR2 side to a state in which it acts on the first passage TR1 side.

  Therefore, the distributing unit 983 can rotate the through hole 983c about the axis by utilizing the load of the gaming ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. In addition, since the direction of the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c is switched, the rotating state of the distributing unit 983 can be maintained. Therefore, every time the game ball is thrown, the distributing unit 983 can displace the tilting direction of the intermediate plate 983b and can throw the game ball one by one into the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2.

  Next, the configuration of the passage unit 990 will be described with reference to FIGS. 114 to 116. FIG. 114 (a) is a front view of the passage unit 990, and FIG. 114 (b) is a side view of the passage unit 990. FIG. 115 is an exploded perspective front view of the passage unit 990, and FIG. 116 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passage unit 990.

  As shown in FIGS. 114 to 116, the passage unit 990 includes a first passage member 991 having a plurality of openings opened on the side of the distribution unit 980, and a first passage member 991 disposed in the first passage member 991. A second passage member 992 for throwing game balls passing therethrough, a third passage member 993 for being provided to the second passage member 992 for throwing game balls having passed through the second passage member 992, a second passage member 992 and a second passage member 992 And a detection device SE4 disposed between the three passage members 993.

  The first passage member 991 is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape in a front view and is formed to have a predetermined width on the second passage member 992 side. In addition, the first passage member 991 is a first insertion hole 991a formed on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) in the direction of gravity on the side of the distribution unit 980, and one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity) of the first insertion hole 991a. Side, a second insertion hole 991b formed in a penetrating manner, a third insertion hole 991c and a fourth insertion hole 991d formed in the horizontal direction on both sides of the second insertion hole 991b, and an outer periphery in a front view A plurality of circular through holes 991 f are mainly formed.

  The first insertion holes 991a are formed in a square whose one side is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball in front view. Further, the first insertion hole 991a is formed at a position where the opening 985d of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are in series when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the gaming balls passing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985 d in the first insertion holes 991 a.

  The first insertion hole 991a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992. As a result, the gaming ball to be thrown into the first insertion hole 991a can be rolled to the second passage member 992 side.

  Further, in the first insertion hole 991a, an annular ring projection 991g including a fastening hole 991g1 in which a screw passing through the second passage member 992 is screwed is formed by being connected to the outer peripheral portion. Thereby, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed.

  The second insertion hole 991b is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in front view, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, the second insertion hole 991 b is formed at a position where the opening 985 g of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected with each other when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the game balls passing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the openings 985g in the second insertion holes 991b.

  Further, the second insertion hole 991 b is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992. As a result, the gaming ball to be thrown into the second insertion hole 991b can be rolled to the second passage member 992 side.

  The third insertion hole 991 c is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in front view, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. In addition, the third insertion hole 991 c is formed at a position where the internal space of the opening 985 b of the distribution unit 980 is continuous when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the gaming ball passing through the opening 985e in the third insertion hole 991c by flowing down the inside (first passage TR1) of the distribution unit 980.

  In addition, the third insertion hole 991 c includes a recessed portion 991 c 1 which is recessed on both sides in the horizontal direction on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). The recessed portion 991c1 is a portion that accommodates the detection substrate SE1b of the detection device SE3 disposed in the distribution unit 980, and is formed to have substantially the same dimensions as the outer shape of the detection device SE3. Thus, the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE3 can be protected by the recessed portion 991c1, and the illegal operation from outside in the state where the detection device SE3 is combined with the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 is suppressed. it can.

  Further, when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined, the detection substrate SE1b of the detection device SE3 disposed in the distribution unit 980 can be received inside the recessed portion 991c1 of the passage unit 990. And the passage unit 990. Thereby, it can suppress that a part of detection apparatus SE3 protrudes outside, and size reduction as the whole throwing unit 970 can be achieved.

  The third insertion hole 991c has a projecting portion 991c2 projecting from the second insertion hole 991b side at the inner edge on the second passage member 992 side, and the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is horizontally adjacent It is formed to be inclined downward in the direction away from the fitting second insertion hole 991b. As a result, the gaming ball having flowed into the third insertion hole 991c can be made to collide with the projecting portion 991c2, and can be rolled in the direction (left direction in FIG. 114A) separating from the second insertion hole 991b.

  The fourth insertion hole 991 d is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in front view, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, the fourth insertion hole 991 d is formed at a position where the internal space of the opening 985 b of the distribution unit 980 continues in a state where the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the game balls passing through the opening 985f by flowing down the inside (second passage TR2) of the distribution unit 980 into the fourth insertion holes 991d.

  Further, the fourth insertion hole 991 d includes a recessed portion 991 d 1 which is recessed on both sides in the horizontal direction on the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction). The recessed portion 991d1 is a portion that accommodates the detection substrate SE1b of the detection device SE3 disposed in the distribution unit 980, and is formed to have substantially the same dimensions as the outer shape of the detection device SE3. Thereby, the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE3 can be protected by the recessed portion 991d1, and the detection device SE3 is prevented from being operated illegally from the outside in a state where the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. it can.

  Furthermore, the fourth insertion hole 991 d has a projecting portion 991 c 2 protruding from the second insertion hole 991 b side at the inner edge on the second passage member 992 side, and the inner surface at one side in the gravity direction (lower side in the gravity direction) is horizontal The second insertion holes 991b adjacent to each other are inclined downward in the direction away from the second insertion holes 991b. As a result, the gaming ball having flowed into the fourth insertion hole 991 d can be made to collide with the projecting portion 991 d 2 and rolled in the direction (the right direction in FIG. 114A) separated from the second insertion hole 991 b.

  The second passage member 992 is formed in a substantially T-shaped plate shape upside down in a front view, and a fifth insertion hole 922 penetrating to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and its fifth insertion hole It is mainly provided with a sixth insertion hole 992 c penetrating to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) 922 and a standing wall 992 a standing on the inner peripheral edge of the fifth insertion hole 922.

  The fifth insertion hole 922 is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in front view, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, the fifth insertion hole 991 e is formed at a position where the internal space of the first insertion hole 991 a of the first passage member 991 is continuous in a state where the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined. As a result, gaming balls passing through the first insertion holes 991 a of the first passage member 991 can be received in the fifth insertion holes 922.

  The upright wall 992 a is erected from the entire edge of the fifth insertion hole 922 toward the third passage member 993. Further, the upright wall 992a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the third passage member 993. As a result, the gaming ball thrown to the fifth insertion hole 922 can be rolled to the third passage member 993 side (right side in FIG. 114B).

  On the outer peripheral surface of the standing wall 992a, an engaging portion 992d protruding in the horizontal direction and a protruding wall 992e protruding in the horizontal direction from an end on the first passage member 991 side are formed. The engaging portion 992 d is formed in an L shape in which the tip protrudes horizontally toward the third passage member 993 while projecting in the horizontal direction. In the engaging portion 992d, a wire of a detection device SE4 described later and a detection device SE3 disposed in the distribution unit 980, which will be described later, is inserted between the engagement portion 992d and the facing wall 992a. As a result, since the wires of the detection device SE3 and the detection device SE4 can be locked, it is possible to suppress the detection device SE3 and the detection device SE4 from coming out of the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990.

  The projecting wall 992 e is formed to project in a semicircular shape in a front view on both sides in the horizontal direction of the erecting wall 992 a, and is provided with a through hole 992 e 1 penetrating the axis of the semicircle. The projecting wall 992e is formed at a position facing the annular projection 991g of the first passage member 991 in a state where the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined, and the through hole 992e1 is formed. It is coaxially positioned with the fastening hole 991g1. Thus, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed by inserting a screw into the through hole 992e1 from the second passage member 992 side and screwing the screw into the fastening hole 991g1.

  The sixth insertion hole 992c is formed in a square whose one side is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball in a front view. Further, the sixth insertion hole 992c is formed at a position where its internal space is continuous with the internal space of the second insertion hole 991b of the first passage member 991 in a state where the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined. Ru. Thereby, the game ball passing through the second insertion hole 991b of the first passage member 991 can be received in the sixth insertion hole 992c.

  In addition, a guide wall 992c1 erected toward the third passage member 993 is formed around the sixth insertion hole 992c. The guide wall 992c1 is continuous with the first wall 992c2 erected on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the sixth insertion hole 992c in the direction of gravity, and the end in the extending direction of the first wall 992c2 The second wall 992c3 extends in the direction.

  The first wall portion 992c2 and the second wall portion 992c3 are wall surfaces which are positioned to dispose the detection device SE4, and the first wall portion 992e and the second wall portion 992c3 The dimension is set to be substantially the same as the dimension at the opposite side of the detection device SE4.

  Further, the detection device SE4 is disposed at a position where the internal space of the detection hole SE1a is continuous with the internal space of the sixth insertion hole 992c. Thus, the gaming ball passing through the sixth insertion hole 992c passes through the detection hole SE1a and is detected by the detection device SE4, and is thrown toward the third passage member 993.

  In addition, the second passage member 992 is provided with an annular projection 992f projecting on the third passage member 993 at a position separated in the horizontal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 114A) from the sixth insertion hole 992c. The annular projection 992 f has a circular hole fastening hole 992 f 1 at its axis. The fastening hole 992f1 is a hole into which a screw through which the third passage member 993 is inserted is screwed, whereby the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 can be fastened and fixed.

  The first insertion holes 991a are formed in a square whose one side is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball in front view. Further, the first insertion hole 991a is formed at a position where the opening 985d of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are in series when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the gaming balls passing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985 d in the first insertion holes 991 a.

  The first insertion hole 991a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992. As a result, the gaming ball to be thrown into the first insertion hole 991a can be rolled to the second passage member 992 side.

  Further, in the first insertion hole 991a, an annular ring projection 991g including a fastening hole 991g1 in which a screw passing through the second passage member 992 is screwed is formed by being connected to the outer peripheral portion. Thereby, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed.

  The second insertion hole 991b is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in front view, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, the second insertion hole 991 b is formed at a position where the opening 985 g of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected with each other when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, it is possible to receive the game balls passing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the openings 985g in the second insertion holes 991b.

  Further, the second insertion hole 991 b is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992. As a result, the gaming ball to be thrown into the second insertion hole 991b can be rolled to the second passage member 992 side.

  The third passage member 993 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate in a front view. The third passage member 993 has a seventh insertion hole 993a penetratingly formed at a substantially intermediate position in the longitudinal direction, a guide wall 993b erected from the edge of the seventh insertion hole 993a, and an edge on the other side in the gravity direction. And an engaging portion 993d projecting in the longitudinal direction, and a recess 993c recessed on the side surface on the second passage member 992 side. It is formed.

  The seventh insertion hole 993a is formed in a square shape with one side larger than the diameter of the gaming ball in a front view. Further, the seventh insertion hole 993a is formed at a position continuous with the inner space of the detection device SE4 disposed in the second passage member 992 in a state where the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined. As a result, the gaming balls having passed through the seventh insertion hole 993a of the second passage member 992 and the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4 can be received in the seventh insertion hole 993a.

  The guide wall 993b is erected from the edge in three directions excluding the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the seventh insertion hole 993a in the direction of gravity, toward the side opposite to the second passage member 992 side. Further, the guide wall 993b is formed by inclining the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) upward to the second passage member 992 side (downward inclination to the side opposite to the second passage member 992). Be done. Thereby, the game ball sent to the seventh insertion hole 992g can be rolled to the opposite side to the second passage member 992 side (right side in FIG. 114 (b)).

  Further, as shown in FIG. 114 (b), the third passage member 993 is disposed on one side (the lower side in FIG. 114 (b)) of the standing wall 992a of the second passage member 992 in the direction of gravity. As described above, since the third passage member 993 is open on the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in FIG. 114B), the third passage member 993 can be disposed closer to the upright wall 992a. As a result, the opening 985 d and the opening 985 g of the distribution unit 980 described above can be brought close to each other, and the external shape of the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 in the gravity direction can be miniaturized.

  In the standing wall 993e, when the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, the distance dimension between the second passage member 992 and the first wall portion 992c2 of the second passage member 992 is the detection hole of the detecting device SE4. The distance dimension of the short side in the direction orthogonal to the axis of SE1a is set to be substantially the same. Thereby, positioning in the gravity direction of detection apparatus SE4 can be performed.

  Further, on the upstream side (second passage member 992 side) where the game ball is thrown, a first wall portion 992c2 for positioning the lower side in the direction of gravity of the detection device SE4 is formed. As a result, it is possible to easily insert the gaming ball passing through the sixth insertion hole 992c into the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4.

  That is, the detection hole SE1a is formed to have a size slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball for the purpose of preventing the player from being tampered with, so the inside of the detection hole SE1a is In the present embodiment, the first wall portion 992c2 for positioning the lower side in the direction of gravity of the detection device SE4 on the upstream side (second passage member 992 side) where the game ball is thrown. As a result, the heights of the sixth insertion hole 992c, the detection hole SE1a, and the rolling surface can be prevented from being displaced. As a result, it is possible to easily insert the gaming ball inserted through the sixth insertion hole 992c into the detection hole SE1a.

  The engaging portion 993 d is formed to protrude in the longitudinal direction of the third passage member 993 and includes a bent portion 993 d 1 bent at the protruding tip end toward the second passage member 992 side. In the state where the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, the bending portion 993d1 has a distance dimension between the second passage member 992 and the second wall portion 992c3 that corresponds to the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4. It is set to be substantially the same as the distance dimension on the longitudinal side in the direction orthogonal to the axis of. Thus, the detection device SE4 can be positioned in the horizontal direction.

  The recess 993 c is formed at a position facing the annular projection 992 f of the second passage member 992 in a state where the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, and the outer diameter of the annular projection 992 f It is formed into a larger inner edge shape. The recess 993c has a through hole 993c1 coaxially formed with the fastening hole 992f1 of the annular projection 992f on the bottom surface of the recess 993c. As a result, the annular projection 992f of the second passage member 992 is inserted into the recess 993c, and a screw is inserted through the through hole 993c1 from the third passage member 993 side and screwed into the fastening hole 992f1, thereby the second passage The member 992 and the third passage member 993 can be fastened and fixed.

  According to the sending unit 970 configured as described above, the sending unit 970 is formed from a unit different from the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140, and the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140. Is disposed on the back side (opposite to the game area) of the front unit 940 equipped with the game unit, so that the game area flows down by replacing the ball sending unit 970 (distribution unit 980) and arranging another unit. It can be another game form without affecting the flow of the ball.

  Another unit (replacement unit 1980) of distribution unit 980 will be described with reference to FIGS. 117 and 118. FIG. 117 (a) is a front view of the replacement unit 1980, and FIG. 117 (b) is a rear view of the replacement unit 1980. FIG. 118 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the exchange unit 1980 taken along line CXVIIIa-CXVIIIa in FIG. 117 (a), and FIG. 118 (b) is a cross-section of exchange unit 1980 taken along line CXVIIIb-CXVIIIb in FIG. 118 (a) FIG. The same parts as those of the distribution unit 980 described above are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 117 and 118, the exchange unit 1980 mainly includes a front base 1981 disposed on the gaming area side and a back base 1985 disposed on the opposite side of the front base 1981 to the gaming area side. It is formed in preparation for.

  The front base 1981 is formed of a colored translucent resin material. Further, the front base 1981 is formed so that the outer shape in a front view is substantially the same as the front base 981 of the distribution unit 980. The front base 1981 is mainly provided with a base plate 981a and a bulged portion 1982 which bulges from the base plate 981a to the player side (the opposite side to the back base 1985).

  Further, the front base 1981 is formed of a material (yellow in this embodiment) which is different in color from the front base 981 of the distribution unit 980. As a result, it can be made easy for the player to recognize whether the sorting unit 980 is disposed on the game board 13 or whether the exchange unit 1980 is disposed.

  That is, when the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) of the specification in which the sorting unit 980 is disposed and the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) of the specification in which the exchange unit 1980 is disposed are introduced into the same store. Since the shape of the game area (the front face of the game board 13) is the same for both specifications as described later, it is difficult for the player to judge which specification the color arrangement of the sorting unit 980 and that of the exchange unit 1980 are different. By setting it as a thing, it can be made easy to recognize to which player the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) of which specification.

  The outer shape in a front view of the base plate 1981a is set to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the base plate 981a of the distribution unit 980. Therefore, when the distribution unit 980 is replaced with the replacement unit 1980 (specification is changed), the front base 1981 (replacement unit 1980) is arranged on the base plate 60 without changing the shape of the through hole 60a of the base plate 60. It can be set up. Therefore, with the specification change due to the exchange between the distribution unit 980 and the replacement unit 1980, it is not necessary to change the shape of the base plate 60, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

  The bulging portion 1982 is formed in a dome shape bulging from the base plate 1981a, and is set to a size that allows the game ball to be inserted therein. The bulging portion 1982 is formed in a vertically-long rectangular shape in a front view, and is formed to include an inlet 982 d formed by cutting away the upper end in the direction of gravity.

  The width dimension of the bulging portion 1982 in the horizontal direction is set to a size that allows only one game ball to pass, and the game ball flowing from the inflow port 982 d can be allowed to flow down the inner side thereof. . Further, the inner surface on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the bulging portion 1982 in the gravity direction is set at substantially the same gravity direction position as the inner surface on one side in the gravity direction of the opening 985d formed in the back surface base 1985. As a result, gaming balls having flowed into the replacement unit 1980 from the inflow port 982 d can be sent to the opening 985 d in the order of flowing into the inflow port 982 d.

  The outer surface of the rear surface base 1985 is set to be substantially the same as the outer surface of the rear surface base 985 of the distribution unit 980 in front view, and is in communication with the opening 985 d communicated with the inner space of the bulging portion 1982 and the inner space of the through hole 981 c And an opening 985g.

  According to the exchange unit 1980 configured as described above, as described above, the outer shape of the base plate 1981a in a front view is substantially the same as the base plate 981a of the distribution unit 980. Replacement (change of specifications) can be easily performed.

  Here, a game unit comprising a ball entry unit having a ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering a ball and a passage connected to the ball entry port, and a game board on which the ball entry unit is disposed. The machine is known. According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to change the specification of the gaming machine while diverting the game board by replacing the entering unit with another entering unit (for example, one having a different number of passages). it can. However, in the above-described gaming machine, since the ball entry unit is disposed on the front of the game board, for example, it is necessary to secure in advance the space corresponding to the maximum number of passages on the front of the game board. Therefore, when using a ball entry unit with a small number of passages, there is a problem that the space on the front side of the game board is wasted.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sorting unit 980 (ball entering unit) has the inflow port 982d and the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 connected to the inflow port 982d. The winning opening unit 930 disposed on the front side and the rear side of the winning opening unit 930 are disposed through the through holes 60a of the base plate 60 and are connected to the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Since it has a passage unit 990, it suffices to secure a space corresponding to the size of the winning opening unit 930 on the front of the game board 13, and secures a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages on the front of the game board There is no need. Therefore, when changing the specifications of the game board 13 while diverting the game board 13 (the base board 60 and the front unit 940) by replacing the sorting unit 980 with the replacement unit 1980, the front face of the game board 13 Space can be used effectively.

  Further, as described above, the front unit 940 is formed of a colorless and transparent (light transmitting material) resin material as described above, and the distribution unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 is formed in an outer shape smaller than the winning opening unit. At the same time, the distribution unit 980 can be made visible to the player through the front unit 940 because it is disposed at a position overlapping the front unit 940 in a front view, and the interest of the game can be enhanced. Further, in order to make the distribution unit 980 or the exchange unit 1980 visible to the player, it is not essential to form the base plate 60 from a light transmitting material, for example, to form the base plate 60 from a plywood or , Apply a seal to the base plate 60. Alternatively, since it is also acceptable to paint the base plate 60, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.

  Furthermore, since the distribution unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 is formed of a colored translucent (light transmitting material) resin material, it flows down through the front unit 940 or the inside (passage) of the distribution unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980. The game ball can be made to be visible to the player, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, the front unit 940 is formed of a colorless and transparent (light transmitting material) resin material, and the distribution unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 is formed of a colored translucent (light transmitting material) resin material. Through the unit 940, it is possible to make it easy for the player to grasp the positional relationship between the distribution unit 980 or the exchange unit 1980 in the front-rear direction (overlap direction). That is, it is possible to make it easy for the player to visually recognize the mode in which the gaming ball changes its position in the front-rear direction and flows down, so the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, the passage of the gaming ball of the sorting unit 980 is formed to include a throwing passage TR0 communicated with the inflow port 982d, and a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 branched from the throwing passage TR0. In addition, the sorting unit 980 is provided with a detection device SE3 that detects gaming balls passing through the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Therefore, when manufacturing machines having different specifications by changing from the distribution unit 980 having many passing paths of the game balls to the small exchange unit 1980, it is possible to prevent the operator from making a mistake in the number of detection devices SE3.

  That is, in the structure in which the detection device SE3 is disposed in the passage unit 990 disposed on the downstream side of the distribution unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980, the detection device SE3 can be disposed for the passage of the distribution unit 980. In the case where the downflow passage is changed to one replacement unit 1980 from the distribution unit 980 in which two are formed, the number of downflow passages of the distribution unit 980 is sufficient if it is sufficient to arrange one detection sensor in the passage unit 990 There is a possibility that the detection device SE3 may be disposed for the same amount. On the other hand, if the detection device SE3 is disposed in the passage branched from the throwing passage TR0, when changing the distribution unit 980 to the replacement unit 1980, the detection devices SE3 of the number corresponding to that unit are arranged. Since it installs, it can control that the worker makes a mistake in the number of arrangement.

  On the other hand, as described above, the detection device SE4 that detects the inflow of gaming balls into the second winning opening 140 is disposed in the passage unit 990. Accordingly, the detection devices disposed in the distribution unit 980 and the replacement unit 1980 can be distributed, and the degree of freedom of the passage arrangement can be increased accordingly.

  Further, in the exchange unit 1980, a side wall portion 981b is formed at the same position as the distribution unit 980 for sending game balls introduced from the second winning opening 140. Therefore, as in the case of the distribution unit 980, when the replacement unit 1980 is disposed on the front unit 940 (the winning opening unit 930), the replacement unit 1980 can be positioned using the side wall portion 981b. That is, regardless of the form of replacement unit 1980, since the positions where rolling portion 943a and side wall portion 981b are connected are the same, replacing unit 1980 can be performed by positioning side wall portion 981b with respect to rolling portion 943a. Even in this case, positioning can be performed with respect to the front unit 940.

  Furthermore, positioning of the replacement unit 1980 with respect to the front unit 940 is, similarly to the distribution unit 980, for the purpose of suppressing the occurrence of positional deviation (step) in the connection portion between the rolling portion 943a and the side wall portion 981b. Since the target portion can be positioned, the occurrence of positional deviation (step) can be effectively suppressed as compared with the case of positioning the other portion. As a result, the gaming balls can flow smoothly.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 119, the arrangement of the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 will be described. FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 taken along the line CXIXa-CXIXa of FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 119, the connection of each passage of the front unit 940 and the ball sending unit 970 is in a state of being in contact in the front and rear direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 119). It is inserted into a protrusion formed on the front unit 940.

  More specifically, in the first ball sending portion 942g and the inflow port 982d, the second protrusion 982d1 formed in the inflow port 982d is disposed inside the first concave portion 942g1 formed in the first ball sending portion 942g. Further, in the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b, the protrusion 981b1 formed in the side wall portion 981b is disposed inside the second concave portion 942c1 formed in the second ball sending portion 942c.

  Further, the second sending portion 942c of the front unit 940 and the side wall 981b of the distribution unit 980 are disposed in an internal space surrounded by an arm 962e and a wall 962f formed in the drive unit 960.

  Here, conventionally, a gaming board, a first member disposed on the front side of the gaming board and having a first passage through which gaming balls pass, and a first member communicated with the first passage of the first member 2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine is known which has two passages and a second member disposed on the back side of the gaming board. The game ball flowing down the front side of the game board and flowing into the first passage of the first member passes through the first passage, then flows into the second passage of the second member, and on the back side of the game board, 2 Pass through the aisle. As a result, the passage path of the gaming ball is changed in the front-rear direction, and it is possible to give the player an interest.

  In this case, if the positional deviation (step) occurs in the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage, the smooth flow of the gaming ball is hindered, so the positional accuracy of the second member with respect to the first member is secured. It is requested to do. However, the above-described gaming machine has a problem that it is difficult to position the second member with respect to the first member. That is, not only the first member but also other members having a passage and various members such as a decorative member are disposed on the front of the game board, so positioning holes for positioning the respective members are provided on the game board In the process of forming the positioning plate, the positioning hole for positioning the first member can also be formed, while in order to form the positioning hole for positioning the second member on the back of the game board, the game board is reversed. The separate process of forming the positioning holes only for the second member above is necessary, which is not practical.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as described above, when the drive unit 960 is disposed in the front unit 940, the pair of second guides of the front unit 940 is opposed to the protruding portion 962g of the drive unit 960. The wall 942d is inserted. When the ball sending unit 970 is disposed in the front unit 940, the side wall portion 981b of the distribution unit 970 is inserted between the arms 962e on which the projecting portion 962g protrudes.

  That is, the drive unit 960 engages the second guide wall 942 d of the front unit 940 with the projecting portion 962 g (guide portion 962 b) and the arm portion 962 e (guide portion 962 b) engaged with the side wall portion 981 b of the ball sending unit 970. And Thereby, the front unit 940 and the throwing unit 970 can be positioned using the guide portion 962b of the drive unit 960.

  The arm 962 e of the guide 962 b is located on the outside in the opposite direction of the pair of second ball sending portions 942 c of the front unit 940. As a result, the arm 962e of the guide 962b is engaged with the second guide wall 942d of the front unit 940 and the arm 962e is engaged with the side wall 981b of the throwing unit 970. Positioning of the throw unit 970 with respect to 940 can be performed effectively. That is, the positioning of the ball sending unit 970 with respect to the front unit 940 is intended to suppress the occurrence of positional deviation (step) in the connection portion between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b. (The connecting portion between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b) can be directly positioned by the guide portion 962b (arm portion 962e), so compared to the case where other portions are positioned by the guide portion 962b, The occurrence of positional deviation (step) can be effectively suppressed.

  The drive unit 960 including the guide portion 962 b is disposed in the internal space of the through hole 60 a of the base plate 60 in a state of being disposed in the front unit 940. Therefore, there is no need to separately provide an opening for disposing the drive unit 960. That is, since the through hole 60a for arranging the connection portion between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b of the front unit 940 can be used also as the arrangement space, the processing man-hour is reduced accordingly. The product cost can be reduced.

  As described above, since the drive unit 960 including the guide portion 962b is disposed (retainable) on the front unit 940 including the second ball sending portion 942c, the front unit 940 and the back surface of the game board 13 are provided. When mounting the throwing units 970, there is no need to separately mount the drive unit 960, and by mounting the front unit 940, mounting of the drive unit 960 can be performed simultaneously. Therefore, the installation workability can be improved.

  When the drive unit 960 is disposed in the front unit 940, the projecting portion 962g and the arm 962e of the drive unit 960 are engaged with the second guide wall 942d and the second ball sending portion 942c, respectively. Ru. Therefore, after attaching the front unit 940 and the drive unit 960 to the base plate 60, the operation of engaging the projecting portion 962g and the arm 962e of the drive unit 960 with the second guide wall 942d and the second ball sending portion 942c, respectively, There is no need to do it separately. Therefore, the installation workability can be improved by that amount.

  Furthermore, in the state where drive unit 960 is disposed in front unit 940, arm portion 962e of drive unit 960 is formed to be engageable with throwing unit 970 from the opposite side to front unit 940. By attaching the drive unit 960 to the back surface of the base plate 60 after attaching the front unit 940 and the drive unit 960 simultaneously, the arm 962 e of the drive unit 960 can be engaged with the throwing unit 970 simultaneously with such attachment operation. it can. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the mounting operation.

  As described above, the wall 962 f is connected between the facing arms of the pair of arms 962 e, and when the front unit 940 and the drive unit 960 are combined, the arm 962 e, the wall 962 f and the front unit 940 are The above-described displacement member 966 is disposed between the back surface base 941 and the above. Therefore, it is unnecessary to separately provide a member for guiding the displacement of the displacement member 966. Accordingly, the structure of the front unit 940 can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Further, in this case, the wall portion 962f of the guide portion 962b is disposed at a position opposed to the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 into which the projections 945b of the pair of wing members 945 are inserted. Accordingly, the opening of the slide groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 is blocked from the outside by the wall portion 962f of the drive unit 960, and dust and foreign matter can be prevented from entering the slide groove. As a result, it is possible to stably open or close the pair of wing members while preventing the sliding of the projecting portion 966a from being impeded by dust or foreign matter that has entered the sliding groove 966a2.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 120 and 121, the connection between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall 981b will be described as a representative example. FIGS. 120 (a) and 121 (a) are partial enlarged sectional views of the game board 13 in the range CXXa of FIG. 119, and FIGS. 120 (b) and 121 (b) are CXXb of FIG. 120 (a). -It is a partial expanded sectional view of the game board 13 in a CXXb line. In FIGS. 121 (a) and 121 (b), a state where the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are separated from the positions shown in FIGS. 120 (a) and 120 (b) by a predetermined amount is illustrated. Ru.

  As shown in FIGS. 120 and 121, in the protrusion 981b1 and the second recessed portion 942c1, the separation distance L38 with the rolling surface 981c1 is set to be substantially the same as the radius of the gaming ball.

  Here, the game is provided with a first passage member through which the game ball passes, and a second passage member through which the game ball flowed down from the first passage member is connected with the upstream end connected to the downstream end of the first passage member The machine is known. However, as described above, in the structure connecting the first passage member and the second passage member, since the positional deviation between them can not be avoided, the downstream end of the first passage member and the upstream end of the second passage member There is a problem that a level difference is formed in the connecting portion of the ball, and the smooth flow of the gaming ball may be hindered.

  Further, as described above, the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are fastened and fixed to both sides of the base plate 60, respectively. Therefore, if there is an error in the thickness dimension of the base plate 60 (the thickness is increased), the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 may be separated in the thickness direction of the base plate 60 (left and right direction in FIG. 120A). There is. In that case, there is a problem that a gap is formed between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b, which may hinder the smooth flow of the gaming ball.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the rolling surface 981c1 of the side wall 981b and the upstream end of the projection 981b1 are formed in different positions in the passing direction of the game ball, the step on the bottom side is the game ball The timing of passing through and the timing of passing through the step on the side surface can be made different. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side, and to disperse the influence of them, so that the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly by that amount. it can.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 121, the space K1 of the space formed between the rolling portion 943a of the gaming ball of the second ball sending portion 942c and the rolling surface 981c1 of the gaming ball of the side wall portion 981b The space K2 of the space formed between the second concave portion 942c1 of the 942c and the projection 981b1 of the side wall 981b is formed at a different position in the rolling direction of the game ball (the left and right direction in FIG. 121A). . As a result, it is possible to suppress that the gaming balls rolled from the second ball sending portion 942c to the side wall portion 981b enter both the gap K1 and the gap K2. Therefore, the maximum value of the resistance that the gaming ball receives can be reduced by the gap formed in the connecting portion of the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b. As a result, it is possible to suppress the gaming ball from stopping in the gap between the second ball sending portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b.

  Next, referring to FIG. 122, a displacement member 8966 of the seventh embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the sliding groove 966a2 is formed in a linear shape has been described, but the sliding groove 8966a2 of the displacement member 8966 of the seventh embodiment is on both lateral sides of the displacement member 8966 in the lateral direction, A concave portion 8966 a 6 recessed toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity (upper side in FIG. 122)) is provided, and is formed in a substantially L shape in a rear view. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIG. 122 is a rear view of the front unit 940 and the displacement member 8966 in the seventh embodiment. FIG. 122 corresponds to FIG. As shown in FIG. 122, the displacement member 8966 in the seventh embodiment is formed in a plate shape having a vertically long rectangular shape in a front view, and a second opening 966c is penetratingly formed in a substantially central position in a front view in the plate thickness direction. The second opening 966 c is formed such that the shape of the inner edge in a front view is larger than the inner edge of the second winning opening 140 of the back surface base 941 and the second opening 966 c 2 winning opening 140 is arranged.

  In addition, the displacement member 8966 is provided with a projecting portion 966a which protrudes from the one end side (the upper side in FIG. 122) in the longitudinal direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 122) to the short side (the horizontal direction in FIG. 122) And a bulging portion 966 b that bulges from the rear side (the front side in FIG. 122).

  The projecting portion 966a includes a sliding groove 8966a2 formed penetrating in the thickness direction of the displacement member 8966, and an abutment portion 966a1 located on both lateral sides of the displacement member 8966 and extending in the longitudinal direction. Prepare.

  The sliding groove 8966a2 is a hole into which the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is inserted and extends in the width direction of the displacement member 966, and the recess 8966a6 is formed on the other side in the gravity direction It is recessed toward the upper side (upper side in FIG. 122)).

  In the concave portion 8966 a 6, the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the maximum dimension between the facing of the outer peripheral surface of the protrusion 945 b. Further, the side surface on the moving side of the projection 945b is extended in a direction substantially orthogonal to the moving direction (left and right direction in FIG. 122) of the projection 945b, and the extending direction is the projection 945b of the wing member 945 in the closed state. It is parallel to the first surface 945b1.

  Therefore, when the wing member 945 is in the closed state, at least a part of the protrusion 945b can be accommodated inside the recess 8966a6, and the first surface 945b1 is the inner surface of the recess 8966a6 when the wing member 945 side is rotated. It can be made to abut, and the displacement of projection 945b can be regulated.

  On the other hand, when the drive is transmitted from the transmission member 965 (solenoid 610) side, the displacement member 8966 is slidingly displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity), whereby the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is recessed by the recess 8966a6. Can be extracted from the inside of the Thus, the protrusion 945 b can be displaced by bringing the protrusion 945 b into contact with the inner surface of the sliding groove 8966 a 2.

  That is, when the drive is transmitted from the wing member 945, the transmission of the drive to the transmission member 965 side can be restricted, and when the drive is transmitted from the transmission member 965 side, the projection 945b and the concave portion 8966a6 And the projection 945b can be displaced. As a result, the wing member 945 can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

  Furthermore, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the displacement member 8966 is slidingly displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). Further, the concave portion 8966 a 6 is recessed toward the other side in the direction of gravity (the direction of gravity), so that the projection 945 b can be received along with the slide displacement of the displacement member 8966. Therefore, it is possible to easily maintain the state in which the protrusion 945 b is received in the recess 8966 a 6 by using the weight (self weight) of the displacement member 8966.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 123, the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965 of the eighth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 is described as being disposed inside the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966. However, in the eighth embodiment, the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965 The tip of the projection projects from the connection hole 966 b 1. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIGS. 123A and 123B are cross-sectional views of a drive unit 8960 and a displacement member 966 in the eighth embodiment. 123 (a) and 123 (b) correspond to FIG. 96 (a). Further, in FIG. 123 (a), the closed state of the wing member 945 is illustrated, and in FIG. 123 (b), the wing member 945 in the closed state is illegally operated (forced open) from the player and is released from the closed state. An engagement state during displacement is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 123, the transmission member 9965 in the eighth embodiment is formed bent in a side view, and is provided at a tip end portion 9965 a extended in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961 b of the solenoid 610 and the tip end portion 9965 a. It is formed of a rotating portion 965 b which is continuous with and extends to the connecting member 964 side.

  As in the sixth embodiment, the distal end portion 9965a has a smaller width in the axial direction of the rotation shaft 965c as it is separated from the solenoid 610. Further, the tip end portion 9965a is erected so as to protrude on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) from the connection side of the rotary shaft 965c and the insertion portion 9965e inserted into the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 at its tip. And the formation portion 965f.

  The insertion portion 9965e is formed such that the outer shape in front view is smaller than the inner edge shape of the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966, and is inserted inside the connection hole 966b1 and disposed. It protrudes from 966 b1. In addition, the insertion portion 9966e bulges from the connecting portion 966b1 to the inner side of the connecting hole 966b1 from the engaging portion 9965e3 protruding to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the gravity direction). And the bulged portion 965 e 1.

  The engaging portion 9965e3 is formed to protrude in the displacement direction (gravity direction) of the displacement member 966, and is formed at a position where the contact surface 9965e4 on the side of the rotation shaft 965c is slightly separated from the front surface of the displacement member 966 Be done. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 123 (b), when the displacement member 966 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y (the other side in the direction of gravity), the front surface of the displacement member 966 abuts against the contact surface 9965e4 to transmit The displacement of the member 9965 can be regulated.

  Specifically, when the displacement member 966 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y, the one side abutted portion 966b2 of the connection hole 966b1 abuts on the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965, and the transmission member 9965 is rotationally displaced. . In this case, the insertion portion 9965 e of the transmission member 9965 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y by the rotational displacement and is displaced on the rotation shaft 965 c side. Therefore, the contact surface 9965 e 4 can be brought into contact with the front surface of the displacement member 966 by the displacement of the insertion portion 9965 e toward the rotation shaft 965 c. Thereby, since the displacement of the transmission member 9965 is restricted, the displacement of the displacement member 966 in the direction of the arrow Y is similarly restricted.

  On the other hand, when the drive is transmitted from the solenoid 610 (the connection member 964 is displaced), the transmission member 965 rotates before the displacement member 966, whereby the insertion portion 9965e and the displacement member 966 are rotated. Contact can be suppressed. Therefore, the transfer member 965 can be rotationally displaced to displace the displacement member 966.

  As described above, the projections 945 b of the pair of wing members 945 are connected to the displacement member 966. Therefore, when the drive is transmitted from the wing member 945 side, the displacement member 966 abuts on the contact surface 9965 e 4 so that the rotation of the transmission member 9965 can be restricted. Therefore, it can suppress that the wing member 945 is forcedly open from the outside.

  That is, the transmission member 9965 in the eighth embodiment includes the insertion portion 9965 e and the engagement portion 9965 e3 protruding from the tip of the insertion portion 9965 e, and displaces the displacement member 966 in a state where the wing member 945 is closed. When one side of the insertion portion 9965 e abuts on the other side abutted portion 966 b 3 of the displacement member 966, the engagement portion 9965 e 3 is engaged with the displacement member 966. Therefore, when the wing member 945 is forcibly released from the outside, the engagement portion 9965 e 3 and the displacement member 966 can be engaged. As a result, the wing member 945 can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 124, the transmission member 10965 and the displacement member 10966 in the ninth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 described the case where only the tip is disposed inside the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966. However, in the ninth embodiment, the insertion of the transmission member 10965 The tip of the portion 10965 e is engaged with the connection hole 10966 b. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  124 (a) and 124 (b) are cross-sectional views of the drive unit 10960 and the displacement member 10966 in the ninth embodiment. 124 (a) corresponds to FIG. 96 (a), and FIG. 124 (b) corresponds to FIG. 96 (b). Further, in FIG. 124 (a), the closed state of the wing member 945 is illustrated, and in FIG. 124 (b), the opened state of the wing member 945 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 124, the transmission member 10965 in the ninth embodiment is formed to be bent in a side view, and has a tip 10965a extended in the displacement direction of the shaft 961b of the solenoid 610 and the tip 10965a thereof. It is formed of a rotating portion which is continuous with and extends to the connecting member 964 side.

  Similar to the sixth embodiment, the tip portion 10965a has a smaller width in the axial direction of the rotation shaft 965c as it is separated from the solenoid 610. Further, the tip end portion 10965a is provided on one end in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) from the connection side of the insertion portion 10965e inserted into the connection hole 10966b of the displacement member 10966 described later at its tip and the rotation shaft 965c. And a standing portion 965f.

  The external shape in a front view of the insertion portion 10965 e is smaller than the inner edge shape of the connection hole 10966 b of the displacement member 10966, and the insertion portion 10965 e is inserted inside the connection hole 10966 b and disposed. In addition, the insertion portion 10965e is an bulging portion that bulges from an engaging portion 10965e3 protruding from one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and an inner side of the connecting hole 966b1 from the other side in the direction of gravity 964d1 are formed.

  The engaging portion 10965 e 3 is formed in a plate shape that curves around the axis of the rotation shaft 965 c, and is disposed inside a recess 10966 d of a displacement member 10966 described later when the wing member 945 is closed. Further, the displacement member 10966 is provided with a contact surface 10965 e 4 on the side surface (inner surface) on the rotation shaft 965 c side. The contact surface 10966 d 4 is disposed opposite to a contact surface 10966 dc of a displacement member 10966 to be described later with a predetermined gap in a state where the wing member 945 is closed.

  The displacement member 10966 is formed of a plate-shaped body having a rectangular shape in a front view and a horizontally long shape, and a second opening 966c is formed penetrating in the thickness direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 124A) at a substantially central position in a front view. The second opening 966c has a shape of an inner edge in a front view larger than the second winning opening 140 and the second ball sending portion 942c (see FIG. 88) of the back surface base 941, and the second ball sending portion 942c is inserted inside Will be placed. Thereby, it is possible to suppress that the game ball sent to the opposite side to the game area through the second winning opening 140 collides with the inner edge of the displacement member 966.

  The displacement member 10966 has a protrusion 966a protruding in the short direction from one longitudinal end, a bulge 966b bulged from the other end in the longitudinal direction to the back, and a surface opposite to the bulge 966b. And a recessed portion 10966d.

  The concave portion 10966 d is continuously provided on the other side abutted portion 966 b 3 of the connection hole 966 b 1 so as to be recessed, and is provided with the abutted surface 10966 d 1 on the side surface on the bulging portion 966 b side. The abutted surface 10966d1 is formed to be curved about the axis of the rotation shaft 965c of the transmission member 10965 described above in a state where the wing member 945 is closed, and a slight gap with the abutment surface 10965e4 of the transmission member 10965 It is arranged in opposition and oppositely. Further, the contact surface 10966 d 1 is provided with an inclined surface 10966 d 2 at an end connected to the connection hole 966 b 1.

  The inclined surface 10966 d 2 is formed to be inclined toward the back side toward the one side abutting portion 966 b 2 side. The inclined surface 10966 d 2 is formed radially inward of the abutted surface 10966 d 1 centered on the rotation shaft 965 c.

  In the ninth embodiment, the distance between the other facing portion 966b3 of the connection hole 966b1 and the one facing portion 966b2 is the insertion portion in a front view in which the wing member 945 is closed. It is set larger than the width dimension L39 (see FIG. 124 (a)) of the direction of gravity 10965e. Thus, when the transmission member 10965 is rotated, the abutment surface 10965e4 is displaced to the back side, whereby the abutment surface 10965e4 and the abutted surface 10966d1 abut, and the rotation of the transmission member 10965 is restricted. Can be suppressed.

  According to the drive unit 10960 and the displacement member 10966 configured as described above, when the wing member 945 is displaced to the open state, when the solenoid 610 is driven, the drive is transmitted from the connection member 964 to the transmission member 10965 Be done. Thus, the transmission member 10965 is rotated about the rotation shaft 965c. As described above, the contact surface 10965e4 of the transmission member 10965 and the contact surface 10966d1 of the displacement member 10966 are formed to be curved about the axis of the rotation shaft 965c, so the transmission member 10965 is an axis of the rotation shaft 965c. The contact surface 10965e4 is displaced while maintaining a state in which the contact surface 10965e4 is slightly separated from the contact surface 10966d1. That is, the contact surface 10965 e 4 and the contact surface 10966 d 1 are displaced without interference.

  As described above, the distance between the other facing part 966b3 of the connection hole 966b1 and the one facing part 966b2 is larger than the width L36 of the transmission member 10965, so that the transmission member By rotating 10965, the insertion portion 10965e disposed inside the recess 10966d of the displacement member 10966 can be brought out of the recess 10966d. As a result, the bulging portion 965e1 of the transmission member 10965 can be brought into contact with the other side abutted portion 10966b3 to slide the displacement member 10966. Therefore, the pair of wing members 945 can be displaced to the open state.

  When the pair of wing members 945 is displaced from the open state to the closed state, the tip of the engaging portion 10965e3 of the transmission member 10965 is slid along the inclined surface 10966d2 formed on the abutted surface 10966d1. Thus, the engaging portion 10965 e 3 can be displaced to the inside of the recess 10966 d while displacing the displacement member 10966 to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity).

  On the other hand, when the pair of wing members 945 is displaced to the open state, when the drive is transmitted from the pair of wing members 945, the drive is transmitted from the displacement member 10966 to the transmission member 10965. In this case, the displacement member 10966 is slide-displaced in a state in which the engagement portion 10965e3 of the transmission member 10965 is disposed inside the recess 10966d of the displacement member 10966. Therefore, since the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced in accordance with the slide displacement of the displacement member 10966, the engagement portion 10965e3 is displaced to the back side by the rotation displacement. Accordingly, the contact surface 10965e4 of the engagement portion 10965e3 is in contact with the contact surface 10966d1 of the recess 10966d, and the rotational displacement of the transmission member 10965 is restricted. As a result, the wing member 945 can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

  That is, the transmission member 10965 in the ninth embodiment includes the insertion portion 10965e and the engagement portion 10965e3 protruding from the tip end of the insertion portion 10965e, and in the state where the wing member 945 is closed, the one side abutting portion One side of the insertion portion 10965e in the direction of gravity abuts on the 966b2, and the engagement portion 10965e3 is engaged with the displacement member 10966, and the other side of the insertion portion 10965e in the direction of gravity (the bulging portion) When the transmission member 10965 is rotated to the other side in the direction of gravity to the position where the 965e1) abuts, the engagement of the engagement portion 10965e3 with the displacement member 10966 is released, so the transmission member 10965 is not rotated but is displaced. The sliding displacement of the member 10966 to the other side in the direction of gravity is restricted. Therefore, it can suppress that the wing member 945 is forcedly carried out from the outside.

  On the other hand, when the transmission member 10965 is rotated to a position where the engagement portion 10965e3 comes out from the inside to the outside of the recess 10966d of the displacement member 10966, the engagement of the engagement portion 10965e3 with the displacement member 10966 is released. By further rotating the member 10965 to the other side in the direction of gravity, the displacement member 10966 can be slidingly displaced toward the other side in the direction of gravity, and the wing member 945 can be opened.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 125 and 126, the displacement member 11966 in the tenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the displacement member 966 is not disposed in the rolling passage of the game ball from the second winning opening 140, but the displacement member 11966 in the tenth embodiment is from the second winning opening 140 Are disposed on the rolling path of the game ball. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIG. 125 is an exploded perspective rear view of the back surface base 941 and the displacement member 11966 in the tenth embodiment. 126 (a) and 126 (b) are rear views of the front unit 940 and the displacement member 11966. FIG. In FIG. 126 (a), the closed state of the wing member 945 is shown, and in FIG. 126 (b), the open state of the wing member 945 is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 125 and FIG. 126, in the front unit 940 in the tenth embodiment, a pair of second guide walls 11942b is extended in the direction of gravity on both sides of the second winning opening 140 in the horizontal direction. In the tenth embodiment, the tip end position of the rolling portion 943a disposed between the facings of the second ball sending portions 942c is set substantially the same as the protruding tip end position of the second ball sending portion 942c.

  The pair of second guide walls 11942b is formed with a first tooth surface 11924b1 of the gear tooth surface on the opposite side surface thereof. Further, the pair of second guide walls 11942b is set such that the separation distance between the opposing sides thereof is larger than the width dimension in the horizontal direction (the horizontal direction in FIG. 126A) of the displacement member 11966 described later. Is provided.

  A first gear GY1 axially supported by a displacement member 11966 described later is engaged with the first tooth surface 11942b1. As a result, the first gear GY1 meshing with the first tooth surface 11942b1 can be rotated by sliding displacement of the displacement member 11966.

  The displacing member 11966 includes a first member 11967 formed in a plate-like body having a rectangular shape in a front view, a second member 11968 disposed displaceably in the first member 11967, and a shaft in the first member 11967. The first gear GY1 is formed so as to be supported and meshed with the second member 11968.

  In the first member 11967, a second opening 966c is formed to penetrate in the thickness direction at a substantially central position in a front view. The first member 11967 also has a pair of sliding grooves 966 a 2 extending along the longitudinal direction of the displacement member 11966 and the second opening 966 c on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the second opening 966 c in the direction of gravity. It is formed to include a support portion 11966 d and a sliding protrusion 11966 e protruding in an annular shape on both sides in the latitudinal direction.

  The support portion 11966d is provided so as to protrude on the first member 11967 side, and the tip end thereof is inserted into the shaft hole of the first gear GY1. Thus, the first gear GY1 can be rotatably supported by the first member 11967.

  The sliding protrusion 11966 e is provided so as to protrude on the first member 11967 side, and the tip is inserted inside the sliding groove 11968 b of the second member 11968. Thereby, the second member 11968 can be disposed on the first member 11967.

  The second member 11968 is formed of a metal material in a plate-like body having a substantially gate-like shape in a front view, and the second tooth surface 11968a1 of the gear tooth surface on both end surfaces in the horizontal direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 126A) A sliding groove 11968b which is formed to extend in the thickness direction along a long hole along the extending direction of the two-tooth surface 11968a1 (the vertical direction in FIG. 126A) and the horizontal direction of the inner edge formed in a portal shape. And an edge portion 1968c that inclines in the plate thickness direction.

  The pair of second tooth surfaces 11968a1 are respectively meshed with the first gear GY1. Thus, the rotation of the first gear GY1 can be transmitted from both side surfaces in the horizontal direction of the second member 11968 where the second tooth flank 11968a1 is formed.

  The sliding groove 11968b is formed in the shape of a long hole along the extending direction of the second tooth surface 11968a1 as described above, and the sliding projection 11966e of the first member 11967 is inserted inside. Therefore, the second member 11968 can slide on the first member 11967 by the gap between the sliding groove 11968b and the sliding projection 11966e.

  Therefore, as described above, when the pair of first gears GY1 is rotationally displaced by the displacement of the first member 11967, the rotation of the first gear GY1 is transmitted from the second tooth surface 11968a1 to the second member 11968, The two members 11968 are displaced in the extending direction of the second tooth surface 11968a1.

  The blade portion 11968c is formed to be inclined downward toward the first member 11967 side, and the lower end portion is lower than the inner surface of the second ball sending portion 942c at the other end in the direction of gravity in a state where the wing member 945 is closed. , Is arranged at the other end in the direction of gravity. Thereby, the tip end of the blade portion 11968c can be disposed on the other end side in the direction of gravity than the rolling surface of the gaming ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140.

  Further, the protruding distance of the second ball sending portion 942c is set to a length in contact with the back surface side of the second member 11968. As described above, in the tenth embodiment, the tip position of the rolling portion 943a disposed between the facings of the second ball sending portions 942c is set to substantially the same position as the tip position of the second ball sending portion 942c. Thus, foreign matter inserted into the inside of the second winning opening 140 can be cut off by the end portion of the rolling surface flowing from the second winning opening 140, the blade portion, and the 11968c.

  According to the displacement member 11966 configured as described above, as shown in FIG. 126 (a), when the wing member 945 is put in the closed state, the blade portion 11968c of the second member 11968 is a rolling portion 943a. And the second ball sending portion 942c can be disposed lower in the direction of gravity than the tip portion of the second ball sending portion 942c, so that the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is cut by improper operation in a state where the drive is not transmitted from the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960. When 945 b is forcibly opened, the flow-down of the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140 can be regulated by the displacement member 11966.

  On the other hand, when the wing member 945 is in the open state, the first member 11967 of the displacement member 11966 is displaced upward by the transmission member 965, whereby the second member 11968 is displaced. The displacement amount of the first member 11967 is set larger than the radius of the gaming ball. Thereby, as described above, the second member 11968 is made to be a displacement amount twice as large as the displacement amount of the first member 11967 with respect to the rear surface base 941. Therefore, the game ball entered from the second winning opening 140 A distance larger than the diameter of the gaming ball can be separated from the rolling portion 943a, which is the rolling surface of the ball. As a result, when the wing member 945 is in the open state, it is possible to allow the flow-down of the gaming ball entered from the second winning opening 140.

  That is, the second member 11968 crosses the passage of the gaming ball which flows down from the second winning opening 140 and the edge of the passage when the displacement member 11966 is slid from the position to open the wing member 945 to the position to close it. Since the blade portion rubbing against the end (the rolling portion 943a and the end of the second ball sending portion 942c) is provided, it is possible to cut the illegal material illegally inserted into the rolling passage of the gaming ball from the second winning opening 140 Can.

  For example, a detection device SE4 that adheres the end of a thread to a gaming ball, causes the gaming ball to enter from the second winning opening 140 and causes the rolling portion 943a to pass and detects passage of the gaming ball (see FIG. 114) In the state where the gaming ball has reached, the other end of the thread is operated (drawn, drawn), and the gaming ball is made to reciprocate, thereby causing the detecting device SE4 to detect the fraud several times. Even if the gaming ball described above is inserted with the wing member 945 open, the displacement member is moved from the opening position to the closing position according to the tenth embodiment. 11966 (the second member 11968) is slide-displaced, and when the blade portion 1968c crosses the passage of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball sending portion 942c, the middle portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the gaming ball is the blade portion 1968c When the blade 11968c is rubbed against the edge of the rolling portion 943a and the second throwing portion 942c, the blade 11968c and the edge of the rolling portion 943a or the second throwing portion 942c The yarn can be cut between the rolling portion 943a or the edge of the second ball sending portion 942c. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  Subsequently, a displacement member 12966 in the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 127 and 128. In the sixth embodiment, the displacement member 966 is not disposed on the rolling passage of the game ball from the second winning opening 140, but the displacement member 12966 in the eleventh embodiment is from the second winning opening 140 Are disposed on the rolling path of the game ball. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIG. 127 is an exploded perspective rear view of the back surface base 941 and the displacement member 12966 in the eleventh embodiment. 128 (a) and 128 (b) are rear views of the front unit 940 and the displacement member 12966. In FIG. 128 (a), the closed state of the wing member 945 is illustrated, and in FIG. 128 (b), the open state of the wing member 945 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 127 and 128, in the front unit 940 in the eleventh embodiment, a pair of second guide walls 12942b is extended in the direction of gravity outward on both sides of the second winning opening 140 in the horizontal direction. Further, in the eleventh embodiment, the protruding distance of the second ball sending portion 942c and the rolling portion 943a is set short, and the protruding tip end surface is set at a position where it contacts the front surface of the first member 12967 of the displacement member 12966 described later. Ru.

  In addition, the first support portion 12942k1 and the second support portion 12942k2 which protrude to the displacement member 12966 side are provided on both sides in the horizontal direction of the second winning opening 140 of the front unit 940. The first support portion 12942k1 and the second support portion 12942k2 are respectively inserted into the shafts of a first gear GY1 and a second gear GY2 described later, and can support the first gear GY1 and the second gear GY2.

  In the pair of second guide walls 12942b, an abutting portion 12942b2 is provided to project in the opposite direction on one end side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the opposing side surfaces in the direction of gravity. The distance dimension between the facing of the pair of contact portions 12942 b 2 is set to be slightly larger than the width dimension of the first member 12967 to be described later in the lateral direction. Thus, the first member 12967 can be disposed between the facing portions of the pair of contact portions 12942 b 2, and the slide displacement of the first member 12967 can be guided.

  The displacement member 12966 is pivotally supported by a first member 12967 formed of a vertically elongated rectangular plate-like member, a second member 12968 disposed displaceably in the first member 12967, and a back surface base 941. And a second gear GY2 pivotally supported by the rear surface base 941 and meshed with the second member 12968. The first gear GY1 is engaged with the first member 12967, and the second gear GY2 is meshed with the second member 12968.

  The first gear GY1 is a gear having a tooth surface on the outer peripheral surface, and is pivotally supported by the first support portion 12942k1 of the rear surface base 941 as described above, and the tooth surface is a first member 12967 and a second gear It is engaged with GY2.

  The second gear GY2 is a multistage gear composed of two gears having different sizes, and is formed to include a small diameter gear GY2a on the small diameter side and a large diameter gear GY2b on the large diameter side. Further, as described above, the second gear GY2 is pivotally supported by the second support portion 12942k2 of the back surface base 941, and the tooth surface of the small diameter gear GY2a is engaged with the first gear GY1, and the teeth of the large diameter gear GY2b The face is engaged with the second member 12968.

  The first member 12967 is formed of a metal material, and a second opening 12966c is formed in the thickness direction at a substantially central position in a front view. Further, the first member 12967 is provided with a pair of sliding grooves 966 a 2 extending along the short direction of the first member 12967 on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the second opening 12966 c in the direction of gravity. The sliding projections 12966 e are provided so as to protrude annularly on both sides in the short direction across the 12966 c, and the third tooth surfaces 12966 f of the gear tooth surfaces are formed on both side surfaces extended in the longitudinal direction.

  The shape of the inner edge in the front view is set larger than the inner edge shape of the second winning opening 140 of the back surface base 941 described above in the second opening 12966 c. Further, the second opening 12966 c is provided with a second blade portion 12966 c 2 on the inner surface on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity).

  The second blade portion 12966 c 2 is formed to be inclined downward from the rear surface base 941 side to the second member 12968 side described later. In the second opening 12966c, the second blade portion 12966c2 is disposed on the rolling passage of the game ball flowing into the second winning opening 140 in a state where the pair of wing members 945 is closed, and the pair of wing members 945 is In the opened state, the second blade 12966 c 2 is disposed outside the rolling passage of the gaming balls flowing into the second winning opening 140.

  The sliding protrusion 12966 e is provided so as to protrude toward the second member 12968, and the tip is inserted inside the sliding groove 12968 b of the second member 12968. Thus, the second member 12968 can be disposed on the first member 12967.

  The pair of third tooth surfaces 12966 f are respectively meshed with the first gear GY1. As a result, the first member 12967 of the first gear GY1 is slidingly displaced along with the rotational displacement of the transmission member 965, whereby the first gear GY1 can be rotated. Further, as described above, the small diameter gear GY2a of the second gear GY2 is meshed with the first gear GY1, whereby the second gear GY2 can be rotated.

  The second member 12968 is formed of a metal material into a plate shape having a substantially H shape in a front view, and is disposed in a posture in which the pair of extended portions face in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 128A). Further, the second member 12968 extends along the extending direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 128A) of the second tooth surface 12968a of the gear tooth surface and the second tooth surface 12968a on the outer side in the opposing direction of the pair of extending portions. The slide groove 12968b is formed in a long hole shape so as to penetrate in the plate thickness direction, and the blade portion 6683 is formed on the end surface of the connecting portion connecting the pair of extending portions on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) Be done.

  The sliding groove 12968b is formed in the shape of a long hole along the extending direction of the second tooth surface 12968a as described above, and the sliding projection 12966e of the first member 12967 is inserted inside. Therefore, the second member 12968 can slide in the direction of gravity with respect to the first member 12967 by the gap between the sliding groove 12968b and the sliding projection 12966e.

  The large diameter gear GY2b of the second gear GY2 is engaged with the pair of second tooth surfaces 12968a. Therefore, the second member 12968 is slidingly displaced by rotating the second gear GY2. As described above, the second gear GY2 is rotated by sliding displacement of the first member 12967 by the transmission member 965. Accordingly, the second member 12968 can be displaced along with the displacement of the first member 12967.

  The direction of the slide displacement of the first member 12967 and the second member 12968 are set opposite to each other, and the amount of displacement of the second member 12968 is set larger by an amount corresponding to the small diameter of the second gear GY2.

  The blade portion 6683 is formed to be inclined upward toward the first member 12967 side, and the upper end portion thereof is one side of the second throwing portion 942 c in the direction of gravity (the gravity direction lower side in a state where the wing member 945 is closed). And the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) than the inner surface of. That is, the second member 12968 is disposed at a position where the blade portion 6683 overlaps the first member 12967 in a front view with the wing member 945 closed.

  Therefore, when the pair of wing members 945 is displaced from the open position to the closed position, the rolling path of the game balls of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball sending portion 942c is traversed and the edges are rubbed against each other. Since the first member 12967 and the second member 12968 (displacement member 12966) are provided with the second blade 12966c2 and the blade 6683 to be cut, it is possible to cut an illegal object illegally inserted into the passage from the second winning opening 140. it can.

  For example, the tip of the thread is adhered to the gaming ball, and the gaming ball is made to enter from the second winning opening 140 and passes through the rolling path of the gaming ball of the rolling portion 943a and the second throwing portion 942c, and the detection device SE4 In the state where the gaming ball has reached the detection position of, the other end of the thread is operated (drawn and pulled) to reciprocate the gaming ball, and there is a fraudulent action that the detection device SE4 detects a plurality of times. Even if the gaming ball described above is entered with the pair of wing members 945 open, against such fraudulent action, the pair of wing members 945 is displaced from the open position to the closed position. When the second blade 12966c2 and the blade 6683 cross the passage of the passage member, the middle part of the thread whose tip is adhered to the gaming ball is between the pair of second blade 12966c2 and the blade 6683 It can be pinched and cut. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, the second member 12968 is on the other side in the direction of gravity than the rolling surface (rolling portion 943a) of the gaming ball in which the blade portion 6683 enters the second winning opening 140 with the wing member 945 open. Be placed. As described above, in the state in which the wing member 945 is opened, the second blade portion 12966 c 2 of the first member 12967 is disposed outside the rolling passage of the gaming ball flowing into the second winning opening 140. Therefore, in a state where the pair of wing members 945 is opened, the gaming ball flowing into the second winning opening 140 can be passed between the blade portion 6683 and the second blade portion 966c2.

  In the eleventh embodiment, since the rolling passage of the gaming ball entering the second winning opening 140 can be closed by the first member 12967 and the second member 12968, the displacement distance of the second member 12968 is set to the tenth. It can be less than the second member 11968 in the embodiment. As a result, the rolling passage of the gaming ball flowing into the second winning opening 140 can be closed in a short time, and the flowing gaming ball flows into the rolling passage at the timing when the pair of wing members 945 is closed. Can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 129, the drive unit 13960 in the twelfth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the transmission of the drive from the solenoid 610 to the wing member 945 is performed through three members of the connection member 964, the transmission member 965 and the displacement member 966 has been described. Transmission of the drive from the wing to the wing member 945 is performed by one member. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIG. 129 (a) is a rear view of the front unit 940 in the twelfth embodiment, and FIG. 129 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line CXXIXb-CXXIXb in FIG. 129 (a). In addition, in FIG. 129 (b), in order to facilitate understanding, only the outer shape of the specified winning opening unit 950 is shown by a dashed line. Further, in the twelfth embodiment, when the shaft 961b is pulled into the main body 961a, the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, and the shaft 961b is projected from the main body 961a. In some cases, the pair of wing members 945 is in an open state.

  As shown in FIG. 129, the drive unit 13960 in the twelfth embodiment is disposed on the back side (right side in FIG. 129 (b)) of the specified winning opening unit 950, and the axis of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 is gravity. It arrange | positions in the state which turned to the direction (FIG. 129 (b) up-down direction). Further, in the solenoid 610, the transmission member 13965 is connected to the annular portion 961c.

  The transmission member 13965 is erected toward the projection 945b of the wing member 945 from the base 7658 extending from the solenoid 610 side toward the front unit 940 and the end of the base 7658 from the front unit 940 side. And an engaging portion 13965 j.

  The ring portion 961 c of the solenoid 610 is connected to the base 7658 at the end opposite to the engaging portion 13965 j. Thus, by driving the shaft portion 961 b of the solenoid 610 in the axial direction, the transmission member 13965 can be slid and displaced.

  The engaging portion 13965 j is formed at a position overlapping the protrusions 945 b of the pair of wing members 945 in a gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 129A) in a rear view (or front view). Further, the engaging portion 13965 j has a vertical dimension set to a length exceeding the projection 945 b of the wing member 945 and is in a state of overlapping with the projection 945 b in a front view.

  In the engaging portion 13965 j, a supporting portion 13965 j 1 having a substantially C-shape in side view is projected from the front end of the standing portion. In the support portion 13965 j 1, the dimension between the inner sides of the opening is set larger than the largest dimension of the outline of the protrusion 945 b. Further, the width dimension of the support portion 13965j1 in the opposing direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 129A) of the pair of engagement portions 13965j is set larger than the displacement distance of the protrusion 945b. Therefore, the protrusion 945 b can be disposed inside the opening of the support portion 13965 j 1.

  Therefore, as described above, when the connecting portion 10965 h is slidingly displaced in the gravity direction, the engaging portion 9965 j is slidingly displaced in the gravity direction, and the projection 945 b is displaced in accordance with the displacement. The wing member 945 can be displaced to the open state by displacing the projection 945 b.

  According to the drive unit 13960 configured as described above, the drive unit 13960 for driving the pair of wing members 945 and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are disposed on the back side of the plate member 951. A space can be formed on the back side of the wing member 945 (second winning opening 140). That is, by arranging the drive unit 13960 and the drive unit 957 on the back side of the pair of wing members 945, the space for arranging other members and devices can be a pair of wing members 945 (second winning The rear side of the mouth 140) can be secured, and the space can be used effectively for that.

  Next, referring to FIGS. 130 and 131, a displacement member 14966 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the inner edge of the connection hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 in a front view. The case where the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 966 b 1 of the member 14966 is formed sufficiently larger than the outer shape of the transmission member 965 will be described. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  FIGS. 130 (a) and 131 (a) are rear views of the winning opening unit 930 in the thirteenth embodiment. 130 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line CXXXb-CXXXb in FIG. 130 (a), and FIG. 131 (b) is a winning opening unit 930 in line CXXXIb-CXXXIb in FIG. 131 (a). FIG.

  In FIGS. 130 (a) and 131 (a), the outlines of the pair of wing members 945 are shown by dashed lines. Further, in FIGS. 130 (a) and 130 (b), the closed state of the pair of wing members 945 is illustrated, and in FIGS. 131 (a) and 131 (b), the protrusions 945b of the pair of wing members 945 are cut. The open state of the pair of wing members 945 in the case where it is carried out is illustrated. Furthermore, in the thirteenth embodiment, the specified winning opening 65 a is formed at a position separated from the second winning opening 140 than in the sixth embodiment.

  As shown in FIGS. 130 (a) and 130 (b), the displacement member 14966 in the thirteenth embodiment is formed in a plate shape having a vertically-long rectangular shape in a front view, and a second opening 966c is provided at a substantially central position in a front view. It is formed to penetrate in the thickness direction (left and right direction in FIG. 130 (b)).

  The displacement member 14966 has a projecting portion 966a which protrudes in the short direction (FIG. 130 (a) left and right direction) from one end side (FIG. 130 (a) upper side) in the longitudinal direction (FIG. 130 (a) up and down direction) A bulging portion 14966 b that bulges from the end side (the lower side in FIG. 130 (b)) to the back side (the rear side base 941 side (see FIG. 85)) is provided.

  The bulging portion 14966 b is formed by bulging on the back surface side (the back surface base 941 side), and a horizontally long rectangular connection hole 14966 b 1 is formed in an inner portion in the back surface view. The connection hole 14966b1 is an opening into which the tip (insertion portion 965e) of the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960 described later is inserted, and the shape of the inner edge is set larger than the outer shape of the tip of the transmission member 965.

  The connection hole 14966b1 has a substantially square shape in the inner edge in a front view, and one side abutted portion 966b2 of the inner circumferential surface on the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the gravity direction (the upper side in FIG. 130)). And the other side abutted portion 966b3 of the inner peripheral surface on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in FIG. 90A)).

  In the connection hole 14966b1, the separation distance L40 between facing in the direction of gravity (from the other side abutted portion 966b3 to one side abutted portion 14966b2) is formed sufficiently larger than the width L41 in the gravity direction of the insertion portion 965e. When the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the insertion portion 965 e is in contact with the other side abutted portion 966 b 3.

  Further, the connecting hole 14966b1 has a dimension obtained by subtracting the width dimension L41 of the insertion portion 965e in the gravity direction from the separation distance L40 of the opposing direction in the gravity direction (the other side abutted portion 966b3 to the one side abutted portion 14966b2) It is set larger than a dimension obtained by subtracting the diameter of the gaming ball from the separation distance L42 from the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the inner edge of the second opening 966c of the displacement member 14966 (L40-L41)> (L42-gaming ball Diameter). Thus, when the displacement member 14966 falls to one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity), the edge of the displacement member 14966 can close the rolling passage of the gaming ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 131 (a) and 131 (b), the case where the protrusions 945b of the pair of wing members 945 are cut will be described. As described above, when the separation distance L40 of the connection hole 14966b1 is formed sufficiently larger than the width L41 in the gravity direction of the insertion portion 965e and the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the other side cover Since the insertion portion 965e is in contact with the contact portion 966b3, as shown in FIGS. 131 (a) and 131 (b), when the projections 945b of the pair of wing members 945 are cut, one side contact is caused. The displacement member 14966 is freely dropped to one side in the direction of gravity as much as the gap between the portion 966 b 2 and the insertion portion 965 e.

  As described above, in the connecting hole 14966b1, the dimension obtained by subtracting the width dimension L41 from the separation distance L40 is set larger than the dimension obtained by subtracting the diameter of the gaming ball from the separation distance L42 (L40-L41)> (L42) Since the diameter of the gaming ball is free), the rolling passage of the gaming ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140 can be closed by the edge of the displacement member 14966 when the displacement member 14966 is freely dropped.

  That is, in the thirteenth embodiment, in the state where the pair of wing members 945 is not in communication with the slide groove 966a2 of the displacement member 14966 (the state shown in FIGS. 131A and 131B), the displacement member 14966 For example, even if the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is cut to forcibly open the wing member 945 from the outside, since a part of the game ball is disposed in the passage of the gaming ball flowing from the second winning opening 140, the second The flow-down of the game ball entered from the winning opening 140 can be regulated by the displacement member 14966.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 132 and 133, a drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the arm 962 e of the drive unit 960 is disposed and positioned outside the side wall 981 b of the distribution unit 980 has been described, but in the fourteenth embodiment, the second arm 15962 j is a side wall It is disposed and positioned inside the portion 981 b. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  132 (a) is a side view of the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment, FIG. 132 (b) is a top view of the drive unit 15960, and FIG. 132 (c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit 15960. FIG. Fig. 133 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13, and Fig. 133 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 taken along line CXXXIIIb-CXXXIIIb of Fig. 133 (a). FIG. 133 (a) corresponds to FIG. 120 (a).

  Referring first to FIG. 132, the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 132, the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment is formed in a box shape, and is provided with a first accommodating portion 15962 and a second accommodating portion 963 disposed opposite to each other, a first accommodating portion 15962, and the like. A solenoid 610 disposed in a space between the second housing portions 963, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and a connecting member 964 pivotally supported by the first housing portion 15962 and the second housing portion 963. And a transmission member 965 connected to the

  The first housing portion 15962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and covers a covering portion 962a that covers one side (the upper side in FIG. 132A) of the solenoid 610, and the rear base 941 side from the covering portion 962a (FIG. 85). And a guide portion 15962b protruding to the

  The drive unit 15960 is disposed in a space between the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963 which are formed in a box shape and disposed opposite to each other, and the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963. A solenoid 610, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and a transmission member 965 pivotally supported by the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 and connected to the connecting member 964 are mainly formed. Be done.

  The first housing portion 962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and covers a covering portion 962a that covers one side (the upper side in FIG. 93A) of the solenoid 610, and the rear base 941 side from the covering portion 962a (FIG. 85). And a guide portion 15962b protruding to the

  The guide portion 15962b is connected to a pair of arm portions 15962e formed in a side view substantially L shape, and the pair of arm portions 15962e, and a wall portion 962f formed in a front view gate shape, and the wall portion A projecting portion 962g is provided on the opposite side to the covering portion 962a from the portion 962f (the back base 941 side (see FIG. 125)) and a wall portion 962f located on the other side of the pair of arms 1592e in the direction of gravity And a third arm portion 15962h provided on the opposite side of the second arm portion 15962j with the wall portion 962f interposed therebetween.

  The arm portion 15962e protrudes from each of the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a to the back base 941 side (see FIG. 85) and bends the protruding tip side to the other side in the direction of gravity (opposite to the solenoid 610 side) It is formed in a substantially L-shape. In the arm portion 15962e, the protruding position in the direction of gravity is set below the side wall portion 981b of the distribution unit 980 in a state where the drive unit 15960 and the distribution unit 970 are combined.

  The second arm portion 15962j is formed to be connected to the inner edge portion of the wall portion 962f, and the distance dimension L43 between the pair of opposing sides is set smaller than the width dimension between the opposing sides of the pair of arm portions 962e Together with the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, in the second arm portion 15962j, the distance dimension in the direction of gravity is set smaller than the dimension between the facing in the direction of gravity of the side wall portion 981b of the distribution unit 980, and in the state where the drive unit 15960 and the distribution unit 980 are combined, It is inserted inside the side wall 981 b.

  Further, in the pair of second arm portions 15962 j, the distance dimension on the outer side in the opposing direction is set to be substantially the same as the distance dimension between the opposing sides in the horizontal direction of the side wall portion 981 b. Accordingly, when the distribution unit 980 (sending unit 970) is disposed in the winning opening unit 930, positioning can be performed by arranging the second arm 15962j inside the side wall 981b.

  The third arm portion 15962 h is set to have a distance dimension substantially the same as the distance dimension between the opposing portions of the arm portions 15962 e. Further, a protruding portion 15962h1 connected to an end of the second arm 1592j on the side of the back base 941 is formed on the third arm 15962h.

  The protruding distance of the protruding portion 15962h1 from the end of the second arm 15962j to the back surface base 941 (see FIG. 85) is set to be substantially the same as the recessed dimension of the second recessed portion 942c1. The projecting portion 15962h1 is formed at a position corresponding to the second recessed portion 942c1 in a state where the front unit 940 and the drive unit 15960 are combined, and is disposed inside the second recessed portion 942c1.

  Therefore, the upstream end portions of the rolling surface 981c1 of the protruding portion 15962h1 and the side wall portion 981b are formed in different positions in the passing direction of the game ball, so that the timing and the side surface of the game ball pass the step on the bottom side The timing of passing through the step on the side can be made different. Therefore, the game ball is prevented from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side, and the influence of the ball is dispersed, so that the game ball can smoothly flow down (pass) by that amount. it can.

  Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, the drive unit 15960 can combine the positioning of the front unit 940 and the positioning of the distribution unit 980 and a part of the passage path of the game ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140 It becomes. Accordingly, the distribution unit 980 can also easily accept the dimensional effect or the mounting intersection.

  Next, referring to FIG. 134 (a), the side wall portion 16981b of the distribution unit 980 and the second ball sending portion 16942c of the winning opening unit 930 in the fifteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the protrusion 981b1 of the side wall portion 981b is disposed inside the second recessed portion 942c1 of the second ball sending portion 942c has been described, but in the fifteenth embodiment, the second ball sending portion 16942c The projection 16942c2 of the second embodiment is disposed inside the recessed portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b. The same parts as those in each embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  FIG. 134 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 according to the fifteenth embodiment. FIG. 134 (a) corresponds to FIG. 120 (a). As shown in FIG. 134 (a), in the side wall portion 16981b of the sorting unit 980 in the fifteenth embodiment, the standing front end face is the winning hole unit when the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 are mounted on the base plate. It is formed in the dimension which contact | abuts with the front-end | tip part of the 2nd ball sending part 16942c of 930. FIG.

  In addition, the side wall portion 16981b includes a recessed portion 16981b2 that is recessed on the base end side of the standing installation on the standing end surface. The recessed portion 16981b2 is formed at a position where the game balls are separated in a radial direction from the rolling surface 981c1 in the direction of gravity, and the side view shape of the projection 16942c2 of the second ball sending portion 16942c whose recessed shape will be described later in side view And approximately the same.

  As a result, when the gaming ball is thrown from the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface of the through hole 981c, the gaming ball can be prevented from being caught between the rolling portion 943a and the through hole 981c. A detailed description of the case where the game ball is thrown from the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c will be described later.

  The recessed portion 16981b2 is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape in a side view, and the inner surface of the standing side end of the side wall portion 16981b is formed to be inclined downward along the rolling direction of the gaming ball. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface of the through hole 981c bounces upward at the switching portion of the rolling path of the gaming ball.

  That is, in the fifteenth embodiment, since the indented end surface of the indented portion 16981b2 is formed to be inclined downward along the passing direction of the game ball, the gaming ball collides with the indented end surface of the indented portion 16981b2 Can be pressed to the rolling surface 981 c 1 (bottom surface) side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being bounced up and bouncing off the recessed end face of the recessed portion 16981b2. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the game ball smoothly.

  The protrusion 16942c2 is formed to protrude from the protruding end surface of the second ball sending portion 16942c, and the outer shape in a side view is set to be substantially the same as the recessed portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b. Thus, when the gaming ball rolling on the end face 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a of the winning opening unit 930 is thrown to the rolling surface 981c1 of the sorting unit 980, the gaming ball is a concave portion 16981b2 of the sorting unit 980 Can be suppressed from being caught inside. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the gaming ball smoothly (flowing down) from the rolling portion 943a of the winning opening unit 930 to the rolling surface 981c1 of the sorting unit 980.

  Further, in the fifteenth embodiment, since the concave end portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b and the upstream end portion of the rolling surface 981c1 are formed in the passing direction of the gaming ball, the gaming ball is on the bottom side The timing of passing through the level difference can be made different from the timing of passing through the level difference on the side surface. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side, and to disperse the influence of them, so that the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly by that amount. it can.

  Furthermore, according to the fifteenth embodiment, since the recessed portion 16981b2 is formed on the downstream side in the rolling direction of the gaming ball and the protrusion 16942c2 is formed on the upstream side, the side downstream end of the second ball sending portion 942c and the rolling The bottom surface downstream end of the moving portion 943a can be close to the side surface upstream end and the bottom surface upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b. That is, the side upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b is formed when the side upstream end of the second ball sending portion 942c is formed at a different position downstream in the passing direction of the gaming ball than the bottom upstream end of the rolling portion 943a. Until the gaming ball reaches the end, the gaming ball can be guided by the projection 16942c2 of the second ball sending portion 942c. Thus, the gaming balls can smoothly flow down (pass).

  On the other hand, the protrusion 16942c2 is relatively weak and there is a risk of breakage. According to the fifteenth embodiment, since the protrusion 16942c2 is formed on the upstream side in the passing direction of the gaming ball, the protrusion 16942c2 is broken Even in this case, the bottom upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b and the side upstream end can be maintained in different positions in the passing direction of the gaming ball, and the timing at which the gaming ball passes the bottom side step and the side The timing of passing through the step can be made different. Therefore, the game ball is prevented from receiving the influence of the step on the bottom side and the step on the side simultaneously, and the influence of the ball can be dispersed, so that the game ball flows down (passes) by that amount. be able to.

  In addition, since the protrusion 16942c2 is formed on the winning opening unit 930 side, and the recessed portion 16981b2 is formed on the distribution unit 980 side, the side surface of the recessed portion 16981b2 abuts on the protrusion 16942c2, thereby the rolling portion 943a. It is possible to regulate the positional deviation of the distribution unit 980 upward in the direction of gravity. That is, in the step where the bottom end upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b is higher than the bottom end downstream end of the rolling portion 943a, the game ball is likely to jump up when riding up. It is easy to inhibit smooth flow (pass) of the game ball compared to the reverse step. Therefore, it is particularly effective for the smooth flow of the gaming ball that the bottom surface upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b can be prevented from being displaced upward in the direction of gravity than the bottom surface downstream end of the rolling portion 943a.

  Next, referring to FIG. 134 (b), the side wall 17981b of the distribution unit 980 and the second ball sending portion 17942c of the winning opening unit 930 in the sixteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the end of the protrusion 981b1 of the side wall portion 981b and the end of the second concave portion 942c1 of the second ball sending portion 942c are formed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the rolling direction of the gaming ball in side view In the sixteenth embodiment, the end portions of the second ball sending portion 17942c and the side wall portion 17981b are formed to be inclined in a side view. The same parts as those in each embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  FIG. 134 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 in the sixteenth embodiment. FIG. 134 (b) corresponds to FIG. 120 (a). As shown in FIG. 134 (b), in the side wall portion 17981b of the distributing unit 980 according to the sixteenth embodiment, the distal end surface 17981b3 of the upstanding distal end thereof is formed to be inclined downward from the proximal end toward the distal end . In other words, the front end surface 17981b3 is formed to be inclined upward along the rolling direction of the gaming balls of the rolling surface 981c1 of the side wall portion 17981b.

  On the other hand, the second ball sending portion 17942c of the winning opening unit 930 is formed such that the tip end face 17942c3 of the projecting tip end face is inclined upward along the rolling direction of the gaming ball of the rolling portion 943a. Further, the tip end surface 17942c3 of the second ball sending portion 17942c is substantially parallel to the tip end surface 17981b3 of the protruding tip end of the side wall portion 17981b when the winning opening unit 930 and the ball sending unit 970 are mounted on the base plate. It is arranged.

  Therefore, since the side surface upstream end (tip surface 17981b3) of the side wall portion 17981b can be inclined to the passing direction of the gaming ball, the side surface upstream end of the side wall portion 17981b is formed orthogonal to the passing direction of the gaming ball As compared with the case of the sixth embodiment, it is possible to make it difficult for the gaming ball colliding with the side upper end face of the side wall portion 17981b to slide along the slope and be repelled. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the game ball smoothly.

  Further, since the entire side upstream end (tip surface 17981b3) of the side wall portion 17981b is formed to be inclined, for example, as compared with the case where it is formed in a shape having the concave portion 16981b2 as in the fifteenth embodiment. The durability of the side wall portion 17981b can be secured by suppressing the occurrence of stress concentration. In addition, when the side wall portion 17981b is formed of a resin material, the shape change of the cavity (hollow portion) of the injection molding die can be made gentle, so that air bubble stagnation (air entrapment) or filling failure can be suppressed and formability can be improved. It can improve.

  Subsequently, a displacement member 18966 in a seventeenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the sixth embodiment described above, the displacement member 966 is not disposed on the rolling passage of the game ball entering from the second winning opening 140, but the displacement member 18966 in the eighteenth embodiment is the second. It is arranged on the rolling passage of the game ball to be entered from the winning opening 140. The same parts as those in the above-described embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  FIGS. 135 (a), 136 (a) and 137 (a) are schematic views of the winning opening unit 930 in the seventeenth embodiment viewed from the back, and FIG. 135 (b) is a view of FIG. 135 (a). It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the prize-winning opening unit 930 in a CXXXVb-CXXXVb line. FIG. 136 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 930 taken along line CXXXVIb-CXXXVIb in FIG. 136 (a). FIG. 137 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 930 taken along line CXXXVIIb-CXXXVIIb in FIG. 137 (a).

  135 shows the closed state of the pair of wing members 945, FIG. 136 shows the opened state of the pair of wing members 945, and FIG. 137 shows the pair of wing members 945 forcibly opened. The state is illustrated. Further, in FIGS. 135 (a), 136 (a) and 137 (a), only the pair of wing members 945, the displacement member 18966 and the second winning opening 140 are illustrated. In FIG. 135 (b), FIG. 136 (b) and FIG. 137 (b), only a pair of wing members 945, back base 941, front base 943, displacement member 18966, transmission member 19958 and solenoid 961 are schematically illustrated. Ru.

  As shown in FIG. 135, the outer shape of the displacement member 18966 in the seventeenth embodiment is larger than that of the displacement member 966 in the sixth embodiment in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 135A). The slide groove 18966a of the displacement member 18966 is formed in a shape bent in a substantially L shape in a rear view, and a non-transmission portion 18966a6 extending in the gravity direction and an end portion of the non-transmission portion 18966a6 below in the gravity direction And a transmission portion 18966a7 that is bent and extended toward the center in the left-right direction.

  Further, in the displacement member 18966, the through hole 966c1 is disposed below the second winning opening 140 in the direction of gravity when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state. Thus, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the game balls passing through the second winning opening 140 can be restricted from flowing from the rolling portion 943a into the through holes 981c of the ball sending unit 970.

  Furthermore, the displacement member 18966 is provided with a blade portion 1896g which is inclined to the front side as it goes downward to the inner peripheral edge of the through hole 966c1 in the gravity direction upper side. The front surface side of the blade portion 1896g is in contact with the protruding tip end of the rolling portion 943a and the protruding tip end of the second ball sending portion 942c. That is, in the rear view, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the blade portion 1896g is disposed at a position where the rolling portion 943a and the second ball sending portion 942c overlap.

  Further, in the transmission member 18958 in the seventeenth embodiment, the rotation range on the tip end portion 965a side is set larger when the solenoid 961 is driven, as compared with the first embodiment. That is, the displacement dimension in the direction of gravity on the tip end portion 965a side is set large, and the displacement dimension thereof is set larger than the opening dimension in the gravity direction of the second winning opening 140.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 136, when the solenoid 961 is driven, the blade portion 1896g can be disposed above the second winning opening 140, and the second prize is received inside the through hole 966c1 of the displacement member 18966 in a rear view. The opening of the mouth 140 can be arranged.

  Further, as the displacement member 18966 is displaced in the direction of gravity by the displacement of the transmission member 18958, the projection 945b slides inside the sliding groove 18966a. The sliding in the sliding groove 18966a of the projection 945b is performed by sliding the inside of the transmission portion 18966a7 after the projection 945b first slides in the non-transmission portion 18966a6. In this case, since the extending direction of the non-transmission portion 18966 and the displacement direction of the displacement member 18966 are set to be substantially the same, when the protrusion 945 b slides on the non-transmission portion 18966 a6, the position with respect to the back surface base 942 changes. It slides inside the non-transmission part 18966a6 without being done. On the other hand, when sliding the transmission part 18966 a 7, the projection 945 b is pushed out and displaced (rotated) by the inner peripheral edge of the transmission part 18966 a 7. As a result, the pair of wing members 945 is displaced to the open state.

  Therefore, when the pair of wing members is in the open state, the gaming ball passing through the second winning opening 140 can be allowed to flow from the rolling portion 943a into the through hole 981c of the throwing unit 970.

  On the other hand, when the pair of wing members 945 is changed from the open state to the closed state, the wing members 945 are rotated by the projections 945 b of the wing members 945 sliding on the transmitting portions 18966 a 7. In this case, as described above, in the displacement member 18966, the blade 18966g is disposed lower in the direction of gravity than the inner peripheral edge of the second winning opening 140, and the side face on the front side is the protruding tip of the rolling portion 943a and The second winning combination is made between the blade portion 18966g and the rolling portion 943a and the second sending portion 942c as it abuts on the protruding tip end of the second sending portion 942c, so that the second winning portion 943a and the second sending portion 942c are moved. It is possible to cut the bias inserted into the rolling path of the gaming ball from the mouth 140.

  That is, the displacement member 18966 crosses the passage of the gaming ball flowing down from the second winning opening 140 when the displacement member 18966 is slidingly displaced from the position where the pair of wing members 945 is opened to the position where it is closed. Since the blade portion 18966 g is in contact with the edge of the passage (the end of the rolling portion 943 a and the second ball sending portion 942 c), the second winning opening 140 is illegally inserted into the passage where the game ball is It is possible to cut the object.

  For example, while adhering the tip of the thread to the game ball, making such game ball enter from the 2nd winning opening 140, passing the rolling part 943a, detection device SE4 which detects the passage of the game ball (figure 114 In the state where the game ball reaches (see), the other end of the thread is operated (drawn and pulled) to reciprocate the game ball, which causes the detection device SE4 to detect a plurality of times. Even if the game ball mentioned above enters the ball according to the seventeenth embodiment, the displacement member is moved from the position for opening the wing member 945 to the position for closing the wing member 945 according to the seventeenth embodiment. When 18966 is slide-displaced, and the blade portion 18966g crosses the passage of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball sending portion 942c, the middle portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball is displaced together with the blade portion 18966g 18966 g and the rolling portion 943 a or the second ball sending portion 942 c when the 18966 g is rubbed against the edge of the rolling portion 943 a and the second ball sending portion 942 c while pressing against the edge of the portion 943 a or the second ball sending portion 942 c The yarn can be cut between the edges of the As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 137, when the protrusions 945b of the pair of wing members 945 are cut (broken) by the player's fraudulent action, the through holes of the displacement member 18966 with respect to the second winning opening 140. 966c1 is disposed on the lower side in the direction of gravity. As a result, when the player forcibly brings the pair of wing members 945 into the open state, the flow-down of the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140 can be restricted by the displacement member 18966.

  In this case, the transmission member 18965 is biased by the solenoid 961 by the coil spring SP1 (see FIG. 94) such that the tip end portion 18965a is displaced downward in the direction of gravity. That is, the displacement member 18966 is urged in the direction of closing the second winning opening 140. Therefore, when the pair of wing members 945 is forcibly opened by the player's fraudulent action, it is possible to suppress the forceful opening of the displacement member 18966 as well. As a result, it is possible to suppress the player's cheating.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 138 to 162, the winning opening unit 19930 according to the eighteenth embodiment will be described. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  In addition, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  First, with reference to FIG. 138, the winning opening unit 19930 disposed on the base plate 19060 of the gaming board 13 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 138 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 according to the eighteenth embodiment. In addition, illustration of units (for example, center frame 86 (refer FIG. 81) etc.) other than the winning opening unit 19930 arrange | positioned by the base board 19060 is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 138, in the base plate 19060, a through hole 19060a penetrating in the thickness direction of the base plate 19060 on the lower side (the lower side in FIG. 138) of the central opening to which the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81) is attached. Is formed by router processing.

  The through hole 19060 a is formed to be slightly smaller than the outer shape of the front unit 19940 to be described later in a front view.

  In the base plate 19060, a front unit 19940 to be described later is disposed from the front (front) side, a distribution unit 19980 and a passage unit 19990 to be described later are disposed from the rear (back) side, the front unit 19940 and the distribution unit 19980 The passage unit 19990 is fastened and fixed by a tapping screw or the like.

  Next, the overall configuration of the winning opening unit 19930 will be described with reference to FIGS. 139 to 142. FIG. 139 (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 139 (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit 19930. FIG. 140 (a) is a perspective front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 140 (b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 19930. FIG. 141 is an exploded perspective front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 142 is an exploded perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 19930.

  As shown in FIGS. 139 to 142, the winning opening unit 19930 includes a front unit 19940, a distribution unit 19980 disposed on the back side of the front unit 19940 (the front side in FIG. 139 (b)), and a front unit. It is mainly provided with a passage unit 19990 which is disposed on the back side of 19940 and on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the distribution unit 19980 in the direction of gravity.

  In the front unit 19940, the outer shape in a front view is formed larger than the through hole 19060a (see FIG. 138) of the base plate 19060. Therefore, by disposing the front unit 19940 on the base plate 19060, the opening of the through hole 19060a can be closed. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the front side of the game board 13 passes through the through hole 19060a from the space other than the passage path of the game ball formed in the front unit 19940 (the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140). Can be suppressed.

  The sorting unit 19980 is provided with an opening U8 connected to the first winning opening 64 of the front unit 19940 described later, and the rear side of the game board 13 from the opening U8 through the first winning opening 64 (FIG. 139 (b) The game ball sent to the side) can be received inside (see FIG. 138). The detailed description of the distribution unit 19980 will be described later.

  The passage unit 19990 can internally receive a game ball which is thrown from the opening U9 to be described later to the back side (the front side of the sheet of FIG. 139 (b)) of the game board 13 through the second winning opening 140 (FIG. 138). reference). The detailed description of the passage unit 19990 will be described later.

  Next, the front unit 19940 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 143 to 146. FIG. 143 (a) is a front view of the front unit 19940, FIG. 143 (b) is a rear view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 143 (c) is a line CXLIIIc-CXLIIIc in FIG. 143 (a). It is a sectional view of front unit 19940. FIG. 144 (a) is a perspective front view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 144 (b) is a perspective rear view of the front unit 19940. FIG. 145 is an exploded perspective front view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 146 is an exploded perspective rear view of the front unit 19940.

  As shown in FIGS. 143 to 146, the front unit 19940 is disposed on the back base 19941 fastened to the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138) and on the back base 19941 at a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball. It mainly includes a front base 19943 and two (pair) wing members 945 rotatably disposed between the back base 19941 and the front base 19943.

  The rear surface base 19941 is formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular outer shape in a front view and a predetermined thickness. Further, the back surface base 19941 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and in the state where the front unit 19400 is disposed on the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), the through holes of the base plate 19060 via the back surface base 19941 The inside of the 19060a (see FIG. 138) can be viewed.

  The back surface base 19941 is notched at the edge on the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity), and penetrates at a position continuous with the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980 described later. An intermediate port 19941h is formed below the port 64 (the lower side in FIG. 143 (b)) at a position continuous with the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980 described later, and connected with an opening U9 described below below the intermediate port 19941h. It mainly comprises a second winning opening 140 which is formed to penetrate through the position.

  Further, the back surface base 19941 is provided with a plurality of through holes 941a penetrating in the thickness direction at the outer edge portion. Further, in the vicinity of the first through hole 941a1 of the through hole 941a, a positioning protrusion 942a protruding in a cylindrical shape from the back surface of the back surface base 19941 is formed.

  Further, in the rear surface base 19941, a plurality of fastening holes 19941i and fastening holes 19941j are formed on the side of the distribution unit 19980 and the passage unit 19990 (see FIG. 142) around the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140. The fastening hole 19941i is a hole into which a screw for inserting a distribution unit 19980 to be described later is screwed, whereby the front unit 19940 and the distribution unit 19980 can be fastened and fixed. The fastening hole 19941 j is a hole into which a screw for inserting a passage unit 19990 described later is screwed, whereby the front unit 19940 and the passage unit 19990 can be fastened and fixed.

  The first winning opening 64 is formed in a substantially U shape in which the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) is open in rear view. Also, the first winning opening 64 is formed so that the size of the inner edge thereof is larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Thus, the game balls flowing into the first receiving portion 19941g of the front base 19943 described later can be thrown to the back side (right side of FIG. 143 (c)) of the game board 13 through the first winning opening 64 (FIG. 138). reference).

  The middle opening 19941 h is formed to penetrate substantially rectangularly in a rear view, and the size of the inner edge is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Thereby, it is possible to throw the game ball, which is fed through the opening U8 and the intermediate port 19941h described later, to the front side (the left side of FIG. 143 (c)) of the gaming board 13 (see FIG. 138).

  The second winning opening 140 is formed so as to penetrate in a substantially rectangular shape in a vertically long shape in front view, and the size of the inner edge thereof is formed to be larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. In addition, the second winning opening 140 is disposed between the wing members 945 facing each other. Thereby, it is possible to throw the game ball, which is fed between the opposing wing members 945 described later, to the back side (right side in FIG. 143 (c)) of the game board 13 via the second winning opening 140 (see FIG. 138).

  In the second winning opening 140, a first opening 19941e is provided on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the edges in the lateral direction (both sides in FIG. 143 (b) in the direction of gravity). It is formed in an arc shape centering on the axis of the hole 19941d. Further, the first opening 19941e can be provided with the projection 945b of the wing member 945, and is set larger than the maximum width dimension of the projection 945b in the radial direction of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the wing member 945. Thereby, when the wing member 945 rotates, it can suppress that the protrusion 945b contact | abuts on the inner surface of 1st opening 19941e.

  The rear surface base 19941 is formed with first axial holes 19941 d formed in two places in a circular shape on the outer side in the width direction (the outer side in the left-right direction in FIG. 143B) in the vicinity of the second winning opening 140.

  The front base 19943 has an outer shape in a front view formed in a vertically-long, substantially rectangular shape. The front base 19943 is formed of a colorless and transparent plate. As a result, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down between the front base 19943 and the back base 19941.

  The front base 19943 includes a first receiving portion 19941 g projecting toward the back base 19941 at a position corresponding to each of the first winning opening 64, the middle opening 19941 h and the second winning opening 140 of the back base 19941 described above. The intermediate receiving portion 19943e and the second receiving portion 19943c are mainly provided.

  The first receiving portion 19941g is formed in a substantially U-shape in a rear view, and the first winning opening 64 of the rear base 19941 is disposed on the inner side in the front view. In addition, the first receiving portion 19941g is formed in a size capable of receiving one game ball inside. As a result, the game ball that flows down the front side (left side in FIG. 143 (c) of the game board 13) from the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the first receiver 19941g (first winning opening 64) in the direction of gravity It can be flowed inside of 19941 g (see FIG. 138).

  In addition, the first receiving portion 19941g is provided with a projecting portion 19941g1 which is inclined downward toward the back surface base 19941 on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the gravity direction), and the front surface of the upper surface of the projecting portion 19941g1 The connecting portion with the base 19943 side (left side in FIG. 143 (c)) is formed to be curved. The game ball comes into contact with the game ball flowing into the first receiving portion 19941g with the velocity component on the one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) coming in contact with the projecting portion 19941g1 (FIG. 143 (c A) right) with the velocity component. Thus, the gaming ball is thrown to the opening U8 disposed on the back side (right side in FIG. 143 (c)) of the first winning opening 64 via the first winning opening 64 (see FIG. 161).

  An opening surrounded by the end of the front base 19943 and the pair of first receiving portions 19941g in the direction of gravity other side (the upper side in the direction of gravity) is an entrance for letting the game ball enter the winning opening unit 19930.

  The intermediate receiving portion 19943e is formed of a plate-like body protruding to one side in the direction of gravity on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the first receiving portion 19941g, and the lower surface 19943e1 of the intermediate receiving portion 19943e is the first It is curved and formed toward the receiving portion 19941 g side (the upper side in FIG. 143 (b)). Thereby, the game ball passing through the middle opening 19941 h can be thrown to one side in the direction of gravity through the passage TR3.

  The second receiving portion 19943c is formed in a substantially U-shape in a rear view, and in a state where the back base 19941 and the front base 19943 are fastened (combined), the upper surfaces 19943c2 of the pair of standing walls 19943c1 of the second receiving portion 19943c. Are disposed on the inner side (the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) than the lower edge of the second winning hole 140). Further, a pair of wing members 945 described later is disposed on the outer side in the opposing direction of the pair of upright walls 19943c1 (the outer side in the left-right direction in FIG. 143 (b)). Further, the distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of upright walls 19943c1 is formed smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, the upper surfaces 19943c2 of the pair of upright walls 19943c1 are formed to be inclined downward toward the back base 19941 side (right side in FIG. 143 (c)).

  The distance from the edge on the other side (the gravity direction upper side) of the second winning opening 140 on the rear surface base 19941 to the upper surface 19943c2 of the pair of standing walls 19943c1 of the front base 19943 is formed larger than the outer diameter of the gaming ball. Thus, the game balls flowing between a pair of wing members 945 described later can be thrown to the upper surfaces 19943c2 of the pair of standing walls 19943c1 and the game balls are rolled on the upper surfaces 19943c2 to make the back surface side of the back base 19941 (figure 143 (c) can be thrown to the right).

  In addition, the front base 19943 is an annular ring protruding in an annular shape at a position facing the first axial hole 19941d of the back base 19941 on the outside in the opposite direction of the pair of upright walls 19943c1 (outside in FIG. 143 (b) left and right direction). The projection 943 b is provided. As described above, one end of the shaft member 945a is inserted into the first shaft hole 19941d of the back base 19941, and the other end of the shaft member 945a is inserted into the second shaft hole 943b1 of the annular projection 943b of the front base 19943. . Therefore, the shaft member 945a can be sandwiched and supported between the back surface base 19941 and the front surface 19943.

  Next, the distribution unit 19980 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 147 to 153.

  First, the configuration of distribution unit 19980 will be described with reference to FIGS. 147 to 150. FIG.

  FIG. 147 (a) is a front view of the sorting unit 19980, and FIG. 147 (b) is a side view of the sorting unit 19980. FIG. 148 (a) is a perspective front view of the distribution unit 19980, and FIG. 148 (b) is a perspective rear view of the distribution unit 19980. FIG. 149 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit 19980, and FIG. 150 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit 19980.

  As shown in FIGS. 147 to 150, the sorting unit 19980 includes the sorting member 19983, the first side base 19981, and the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the sorting member 19983 and the first side base 19981 described later. A second side surface base 19985 disposed on the opposite side to the first cover member 19987, and a distribution member 19983 rotatably disposed between the first side surface base 19981 and the second side surface base 19985; A first cover member 19987 disposed on the opposite side of the first side base 19981 to the second side base 19985, and a second cover disposed on the opposite side of the second side base 19985 to the first side base 19981. It is mainly provided with a member 19988, a detection device SE5, and a plurality of (two in the present embodiment) magnetic bodies 988b.

  The disposition members on which the distribution members 19983 are disposed include the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 (first member) themselves, but such first side base 19981 and second side base Not limited to 19985 (first member), the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 (first member) are directly or indirectly connected to the second member or the second member Also included is a third member. For example, as the second member, the winning opening unit 19930 is exemplified, and as the third member, in addition to the gaming board 13 on which the winning opening unit 19930 is disposed, it is directly or indirectly connected to the gaming board 13 Components (for example, the outer frame 11, the inner frame 12, the glass unit 16, etc.) are illustrated.

  The distributing member 19983 includes a pair of acting portions 19983a, an intermediate plate 19983b formed between the pair of acting portions 19983a, a through hole 983c, an abutting portion 19983d, a wall portion 19983e, and a magnetic body 988c. Mainly to be formed.

  In the distribution member 19983 in the present embodiment, the pair of action portions 19983a and the intermediate plate 19983b are disposed at substantially a right angle, passing through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b (see FIG. 147 (a). It is formed in a symmetrical shape with respect to a symmetry plane extended in the left-right direction).

  Here, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 will be described with reference to FIG. 151 (a) is a side view of the first side base 19981 in the arrow CLIa direction view of FIG. 149, and FIG. 151 (b) is a side view of the first side base 19981 in the arrow CLIb direction of FIG. 151 (c) is a side view of the second side base 19985 in the arrow CLIc direction view of FIG. 149, and FIG. 151 (d) is a side view of the second side base 19985 in the arrow CLId direction of FIG. FIG.

  The first side base 19981 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of an upper plate 19981a formed of a substantially rectangular plate-shaped body in top view, and one side in the direction of gravity from the upper plate 19981a (lower side in the direction of gravity) The player side of the lower surface plate 19981b which is oppositely disposed at a distance larger than the diameter of the sphere and is formed of a plate-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in top view in the vertical direction, and the upper surface plate 19981a and the lower surface plate 19981b (FIG. 151 (a) left side) A front plate 19981c formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view connected to an end portion of the front side, and a side opposite to the player of the top plate 19981a and the bottom plate 19981b (right side in FIG. 151A) And an upper surface plate 199 substantially at the center of the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983. A central plate 19981e formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a side view disposed by connecting 1a and a lower surface plate 19981b, and disposed on the player side (left side in FIG. 151A) of the front plate 19981c. And the bulging portion 19982 is mainly provided.

  The player side means the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the opposite side to the player means the rear side of the pachinko machine 10. The same applies to the following.

  The upper surface plate 19981a includes circular fastening holes 19981f and 19981g on the upper surface side (the upper side in FIG. 151A), and a projecting portion 19981h formed to project from the lower surface of the upper surface plate 19981a toward the upper surface Be done. The fastening hole 19981 f is a hole into which a screw having a second side base 19985 described later inserted is screwed. Thereby, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 can be fastened and fixed. The fastening hole 19981g is a hole into which a screw for inserting a first cover member 19987 described later is screwed. Thereby, the first side surface base 19981 and the first cover member 19987 can be fastened and fixed.

  The projecting portion 19981h is formed in a substantially central position between the front plate 19981c and the back plate 19981d and inclined toward the back plate 19981d (right side in FIG. 151A) toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). A recess 19981h1 is formed in which a part of the detection device SE5 is disposed. On the upper surface of the protrusion 19981 h, a notch for disposing a wire (not shown) connected to the detection device SE5 is formed.

  The lower surface plate 19981 b is formed to include a recess 19981 i recessed from the upper surface to the lower surface side of the lower surface plate 19981 b. The concave portion 19981i is formed in a substantially central position between the front plate 19981c and the back plate 19981d and inclined toward the front plate 19981c (left side in FIG. 151A) as it goes to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the gravity direction). , A part of the detection device SE5 is formed in a shape that can be disposed. Further, an opening U1 is formed on the back plate 19981d side (the left side in FIG. 151 (b)) on the first cover member 19987 side (the front side in FIG. 151 (b)) than the central plate 19981e described later. The opening U1 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the gaming ball, and is formed at a position continuous with the passage TR7 of the passage unit 19990 described later.

  The front plate 19981c is formed closer to the first cover member 19987 side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 151 (b)) than the central plate 19981e.

  The central plate 19981e is formed such that the rear end is connected to the front of the back plate 19981d, and a part of the detection device SE5 is arranged from the projecting portion 19981h of the upper plate 19981a to the recess 19981i of the lower plate 19981b. A recess 19981j is formed. Further, an opening U2 is formed on the side of the front plate 19981c (left side in FIG. 151A) than the recess 19981j. The opening U2 is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  Also, an overhang portion 19981e1 which connects the center plate 19981e and the back plate 19981d between the upper surface plate 19981a and the lower surface plate 19981b and projects to the second side base 19985 side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 151A). Is formed. The overhang portion 19981e1 is formed to be curved in an arc toward the center plate 19981e and the back plate 19981d in a top view (see FIG. 153).

  The bulging portion 19982 is connected to one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity) of the side plate 19982 a formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view and the side plate 19982 a in the direction of gravity. A lower surface plate 19982b formed of the game ball guide wall 19982c connected to the back plate 19981d side (right side in FIG. 151A) of the side plate 19982a, and a second side base 19985 side from the side surface of the side plate 19982a (figure 151 (a) a projecting portion 19982d projecting toward the front side of the drawing, and a front view projecting from the side surface of the side plate 19982a toward the first cover member 19987 (the front side of the drawing of FIG. 151 (b)) It is mainly provided with the overhang part 19982e and the accommodating part 986b which are formed from a vertically long, substantially rectangular plate-like body.

  The side plate 19982a has a fastening hole 19981f on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), a fastening hole 19981g on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side of gravity), and a first cover It is mainly provided with a recess 19982 f formed by being recessed toward the member 19987 side.

  The concave portion 19982f is a portion for arranging the wall portion 19983e of the distributing member 19983 in the inside, and protrudes in an annular shape toward the second side base 19985 side (the front side in the drawing of FIG. 151A). A bearing portion 982c is provided.

  The lower surface plate 19982b includes a front side contact portion 19982b1 and a rear side contact portion 19982b2 for restricting the rotation of the distributing member 19983. The front side contact portion 19982b1 is formed to be inclined to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the back plate 19981d (right side in FIG. 151A), and the back side contact portion 19982b2 is formed on the back plate 19981d. It inclines and is formed in gravity direction 1 side (gravitation direction lower side) as it goes.

  The game ball guide wall 19982c is a first curved wall 19982c1 disposed on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and a first curved wall 19982c1 on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the first curved wall 19982c1 in the direction of gravity. And the first curved wall 19982c1 is formed to be curved toward the side opposite to the player (right side in FIG. 151A), The curved wall 19982c2 is formed in an arc shape centering on the axial center of the bearing portion 982c.

  The lower surface of the protruding portion 19982d is formed in an arc shape centering on the axial center of the bearing portion 982c.

  The overhang portion 19982e is formed to include a guide wall 19982e1 and a fastening hole 19982e2 (see FIG. 147 (a)). The guide wall 19982e1 is formed in an annular shape, and the inner edge shape thereof is formed substantially the same as the outer shape (see FIG. 143 (b)) around the fastening hole 19941i of the back surface base 19941 described above.

  The second side base 19985 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of an upper plate 19985a formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a top view, and one side in the direction of gravity from the upper plate 19985a The player side of the lower plate 19985b formed of a plate-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in a top view in a view larger than the diameter of the ball, and the player side of the upper plate 19985a and the lower plate 19985b (FIG. 151 (d) The front plate 19985c formed of a plate-like body substantially rectangular in a front view connected to the end of the) and the upper plate 19985a and the lower plate 19985b opposite to the player (FIG. 151 (c) left side) A rear plate 19985d formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a rear view and a substantially rectangular shape connected to the end portion of the rear surface side, and the end portion on the first side base side 19981 side (the front side in FIG. 151 (c)). Up A side plate 19985e formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a side view disposed by connecting the plate 19985a and the lower surface plate 19985b, and arranged on the player side of the front plate 19985c (right side in FIG. 151 (c)) And the bulging portion 19986.

  The upper surface plate 19985a has a circular through hole 19985f and a fastening hole 19985g on the upper surface side (the upper side in FIG. 151 (a)), and a projecting portion 19985h which protrudes from the lower surface of the upper surface plate 19985a toward the upper surface It is formed and provided. As described above, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw having the through hole 19985f into the first side base 19981. The fastening hole 19985g is a hole into which a screw for inserting a second cover member 19988 described later is screwed. Thereby, the second side surface base 19985 and the second cover member 19988 can be fastened and fixed.

  The protrusion 19985h is formed at a position corresponding to the protrusion 19981h of the first side base 19981 and is inclined toward the back plate 19985d (left side in FIG. 151C) as it goes to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). It is formed. In addition, the protruding portion 19985 h includes a recess 19985 h 1 on which a part of the detection device SE 5 described later is disposed.

  The lower surface plate 19985b is formed to include a recess 19985i which is recessed from the upper surface to the lower surface side of the lower surface plate 19985b.

  The concave portion 19985i is formed at a position corresponding to the concave portion 19981i of the first side surface base 19981 and is formed to be inclined toward the front plate 19985c side (right side in FIG. 151C) toward one side (lower side in the gravity direction) in the gravity direction. Be done. Further, the recess 19985i is formed in a shape in which a part of the detection device SE5 described later can be disposed. In addition, an opening U3 is formed on the back plate 19981d side (right side in FIG. 151 (d)). The opening U3 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the gaming ball, and is formed at a position continuous with the passage TR8 of the passage unit 19990 described later.

  The front plate 19985c is formed to have a circular fastening hole 19985g on the front side (left side in FIG. 151 (d)).

  The side plate 19985e has a recess 19985k for disposing a part of the detection device SE5 at a position corresponding to the recess 19981j formed in the center plate 19981e of the first side base 19981.

  Further, an opening U4 is formed on the front plate 19985c side (right side in FIG. 151) than the recess 19985k, and an opening U5 is formed on the back plate 19985d side (left in FIG. 151C) than the recess 19985k. The openings U4 and U5 are each formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  The bulging portion 19986 is a side plate 19986a formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view, and a front projected from the side of the side plate 19986a toward the second cover member 19988 (right side in FIG. 147). It is mainly provided with an overhang portion 19986e which is formed of a plate-like body which is substantially rectangular in a view longitudinal direction.

  The side plate 19986a has a through hole 19985f on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), a fastening hole 19985g on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side of gravity), It is mainly provided with a bearing portion 985j that protrudes in an annular shape toward the base 19981 side (the front side in FIG. 151 (c)).

  The overhang portion 19986e is formed to include a guide wall 19982e1 and a fastening hole 19982e2 (see FIG. 147 (a)).

  Referring back to FIG. 147 and FIG. The first cover member 19987 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, is formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view, and has a circular through hole 19987a around both end portions in the longitudinal direction and the first side base 19981 side ( It is mainly provided with a projecting portion 19987b substantially rectangular in a front view substantially in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 19981c of the first side surface base 19981 toward the right side of FIG. 147 (a). As described above, the first side surface base 19981 and the first cover member 19987 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the through hole 19987a to the first side surface base 19981.

  The overhanging portion 19987b on the back plate 19981d side (the right side in FIG. 147) of the first side base 19981 is curved in an arc shape toward the opposite side (the left side in FIG. 147A) to the first side base 19981. It is formed.

  The second cover member 19988 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, is formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view, and has a circular through hole 19988a around the both end portions in the longitudinal direction and the second side base 19985 ( It is mainly provided with a projecting portion 19988b substantially rectangular in a front view substantially in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 19985c of the second side surface base 19985 toward the left side of FIG. 147 (a). As described above, the second side surface base 19985 and the second cover member 19988 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the through hole 19988a to the second side surface base 19985.

  The overhanging portion 19988b on the back plate 19985d side (the right side in FIG. 147) of the second side base 19985 is curved in an arc toward the opposite side (the right side in FIG. 147A) to the second side base 19985 It is formed.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 152 and 153, the inner configuration of distribution unit 19980 will be described.

  152 (a) and 152 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 19980 along the line CLIIa-CLIIa in FIG. 147 (a), and FIG. 153 is a sorting unit along the line CLIII-CLIII in FIG. 152 (a) It is sectional drawing of 19980. In FIG. 152 (a), the lower surface of the acting portion 19983a of the distributing member 19983 abuts on the rear side contact portion 19982b2 of the lower surface plate 19982b formed on the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981 described later. A state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at a position (hereinafter referred to as “first position”) is illustrated, and in FIG. 152 (b), the lower surface of the action portion 19983 a of the distributing member 19983 and a first side base 19981 described later. A state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at a position where the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the lower surface plate 19982b formed in the bulging portion 19982 abuts (hereinafter referred to as "second position") is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 152 and 153, in the assembled state of the distribution unit 19980, the expansion of the upper surface plate 19981a, the lower surface plate 19981b of the first side surface base 19981, and the side surface plate 19982a of the expansion portion 19982 and the second side surface 19985. The opening U6 is formed from the side plate 19986a of the projecting portion 19986, and the side plate 19982a of the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981, the bottom plate 19982b, the protruding portion 19982d and the side of the bulging portion 19986 of the second side base 19985 An opening U7 is formed from the face plate 19986a, and the side plate 19982a of the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981 and the projecting portion 19982d, the game ball guide wall 19982c and the other on the gravity direction other side (the gravity direction upper side) of the opening U7. Bulging portion 199 of 2 side base 19985 Opening U8 is formed from six side plates 19986A. As described above, the opening U7 is disposed at a position continuous with the middle opening 19941h of the back surface base 19941, and the opening U8 is disposed at a position continuous with the first winning opening 64 of the back surface base 19941.

  In the back plate 19981d side (the right side of FIG. 152 (a)) of the first side base 19981 than the opening U6, the top plate 19981a, the bottom plate 19981b, the center plate 19981e and the second side base 19985 of the first side base 19981. Channel TR4 enclosed by side plate 19985e, top plate 19981a, bottom plate 19981b of first side base 19981, passage T5 enclosed by center plate 19981e and first cover member 19987, top plate 19985a of second side base 19985, bottom plate A passage T6 surrounded by the side wall 19985b, the side plate 19985e and the second cover member 19988 is respectively formed. The passage TR4, the passage TR5 and the passage TR6 are formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball. In the passage TR4, the passage TR5 and the passage TR6, the back plate 19981d side (opposite to the player) of the first side base 19981 is inclined downward to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) and It is formed extending from the side (FIG. 152 (a) on the left side) to the side opposite to the player.

  In addition, the recess 19981h formed on the protrusion 19981h of the first side base 19981, the recess 19981i formed on the lower surface plate 19981b, the recess 19981j formed on the center plate 19981e, and the protrusion 19985h of the second side base 19985 The detection device SE5 is disposed in a region where the detection hole SE1a is disposed in the passage TR4 in a region surrounded by the recess 19985h1 and the recess 19985i formed in the lower surface plate 19985b and the recess 19985k formed in the side surface plate 19985e. As described above, the detection area of the detection device SE5 is detected because the side opposite to the player (FIG. 152 (a) right side) is formed to be inclined downward to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). The axis of the detection hole SE1a of the device SE5 is inclined upward to the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) with the player side (left side in FIG. 152A) to detect the extension direction of the passage TR4 and the detection device SE5 The axial direction of the hole SE1a is disposed in the same direction.

  The distribution member 19983 is disposed inside the distribution unit 19980 in a state in which the axial center of the shaft member 988a is disposed in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 152A).

  In the distributing member 19983, one end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 985j while the shaft member 988a is inserted into the through hole 983c, and the other end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 982c Thus, it is rotatably supported between the side plate 19982a (first side base 19981) of the bulging portion 19982 and the side plate 19986a (second side base 19985) of the bulging portion 19986. Therefore, the distributing member 19983 can distribute the game balls to be thrown in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 152 (a)).

  As described above, the wall portion 19983e of the distributing member 19983 is disposed inside the recess 19982f of the side plate 19982a. Thereby, it can suppress that the game ball which flowed into distribution unit 19980 contact | abuts to the side of wall part 19983e, and it can suppress that the flow-down of a game ball is inhibited.

  In the housing portion 986b, the magnetic body 988c of the magnetic body 988c on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) with respect to the bearing 982c of the recess 19982f in a state where the magnetic body 988b repels the magnetic body 988c of the distributing member 19983 It is arranged on the movement trajectory.

  As shown in FIG. 152 (a), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the first position, from the tip of the middle plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 to the second curved wall 19982c2 of the gaming ball guide wall 19982c The distance dimension L44 is formed smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. Further, a distance dimension L45 from the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 19983 to the lower surface of the projecting portion 19982d is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Thus, in the state where the sorting member 19983 is disposed at the first position, the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 19980 can be prevented from passing through the opening U6, and the gaming ball is rotated by the sorting member 19983 rotating. It can pass through the opening U7.

  Further, in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distributing member 19983 is formed of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the housing portion 986b (the first side base 19981). Is also disposed on the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 152 (a)). As described above, since the magnetic body 988c and the magnetic body 988b are arranged to repel each other, in the distributing member 19983, the axial center of the through hole 983c is rotated from the magnetic body 988b side to the opening U6 side. Power acts. Therefore, a force acts on the distributing member 19983 to maintain the state of being disposed at the first position. Thus, even when an external force rotating toward the second position is applied to the distribution member 19983, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the distribution member 19983 toward the second position.

  As shown in FIG. 152 (b), when the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the second position, the distance dimension L46 from the tip of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 to the lower surface of the projecting portion 19982d is It is formed smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Further, a distance dimension L47 from the contact portion 19983d of the distributing member 19983 to the second curved wall 19982c2 of the gaming ball guide wall 19982c is formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball. Thus, in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the second position, it is possible to suppress the game ball flowing into the distributing unit 19980 from passing through the opening U7 and the gaming ball is rotated by rotating the distributing member 19983. It can pass through the opening U6.

  Further, in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the second position, the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distributing member 19983 is formed of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the housing portion 986b (first side base 19981). Are also disposed on the side of the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 152 (b)). As described above, since the magnetic body 988c and the magnetic body 988b are arranged to repel each other, in the distributing member 19983, the axial center of the through hole 983c is rotated from the magnetic body 988b side to the opening U7 side. Power acts. Therefore, a force acts on the distributing member 19983 to maintain the second member in the second position. Thus, even when an external force rotating toward the first position is given to the distribution member 19983, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the distribution member 19983 toward the first position.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 154 to 157, the configuration of passage unit 19990 will be described in detail.

  154 (a) is a front view of the passage unit 19990, FIG. 154 (b) is a top view of the passage unit 19990, and FIG. 154 (c) is a side view of the passage unit 19990, FIG. 154. FIG. 154D is a cross-sectional view of the passage unit 19990 taken along line CLIVd-CLIVd in FIG. FIG. 155 (a) is a perspective front view of the passage unit 19990, and FIG. 155 (b) is a perspective rear view of the passage unit 19990. FIG. 156 is an exploded perspective front view of the passage unit 19990, and FIG. 157 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passage unit 19990.

  As shown in FIG. 154 to FIG. 157, the passage unit 19990 is a solenoid holding member disposed on the first passage member 19991 and the side of the first passage member 19991 opposite to the player (FIG. 154 (d) right side). 19992, a second passage member 19993 disposed on the other side (the gravity direction upper side) of the solenoid holding member 19992 in the direction of gravity, a solenoid 610 disposed inside the solenoid holding member 19992, and an annular portion of the solenoid 610 It mainly includes a transmission member 19965 connected to 961c, a displacement member 19966 connected to a first engaging portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965 described later, and a detection device SE6. The number of winning balls to be paid out by detecting the gaming balls by the detection device SE5 is set smaller than the number of winning balls to be paid out by detection of the gaming balls by the detection device SE6 described above.

  The first passage member 19991 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is connected to both ends of the bottom plate 19991a formed of a plate-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in a top view and a bottom plate 19991a A pair of side plates 19991b formed of a plate-like body, and a bottom plate 19991a connected to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 154 (d)) of the player and a back formed of a plate-like body substantially rectangular in front view A face plate 19991c, a detection device housing portion 19991d disposed a predetermined distance apart on the other side (the gravity direction upper side) of the bottom plate 19991a in the direction of gravity, and a side plate of the back plate 19991c opposite to the player It is mainly provided with a pair of guide plates 19991e formed from a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in view.

  A first fastening portion 19991b1 and a second fastening portion 19991b4 are formed on the outer surface of the pair of side plates 19991b. Further, on the back surface of the pair of side plates 19991b, projecting portions 19991b7 are formed to protrude on the solenoid holding member 19992 side (right side in FIG. 154 (d)).

  The first fastening portion 19991b1 is formed to include a first guide wall 19991b2 and a circular first through hole 19991b3. The first guide wall 19991b2 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the periphery of the fastening hole 19941j of the back surface base 19941 whose inner edge shape is described above. As described above, the front unit 19940 and the passage unit 19990 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the first through hole 19991b3 into the fastening hole 19941j.

  The second fastening portion 19991b4 is formed to include a second guide wall 19991b5 and a circular second through hole 19991b6. The second guide wall 19991 b 5 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the periphery of the fastening hole 19992 c 1 of the solenoid holding member 19992 whose inner edge shape is described later. The second through hole 19991b6 is a hole for inserting a screw screwed into a fastening hole 19992c1 of a solenoid holding member 19992 described later. Thereby, the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992 can be fastened and fixed.

  The detection device housing portion 19991d is formed in a generally rectangular shape in the top view, and is recessed from the solenoid holding member 19992 side (the right side in FIG. 154 (d)) toward the player side (the left side in FIG. 154 (d)). The unit 19991d1 is provided. The recessed portion 19991d1 is provided with a detection device SE6 described later.

  On the player side (the front side of the drawing of FIG. 154A) of the detection device housing portion 19991d, a wire (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 is formed so as to be insertable. Further, the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d is formed to be inclined toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) as it goes to the solenoid holding member 19992 side (right side in FIG. A game ball guide portion 19991 d 3 is formed in a projecting manner at the edge in a substantially U shape in which the player side is opened in top view. The size of the inner edge of the gaming ball guide portion 19991d3 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  In the upper surface 19991d2 and the lower surface of the detection device housing portion 19991d on the solenoid holding member 19992 side (right side in FIG. 154) rather than the back plate 19991c, an opening larger than the diameter of the game ball is formed. Ru. Thereby, it is possible to throw the gaming balls flowing down the upper surface 19991d2 to a pair of guide plates 19991e described later.

  The pair of guide plates 19991e is formed such that the distance between the facing surfaces is larger than the diameter of the game ball, and one side of the game ball passing through the opening formed on the lower surface of the detection device housing portion 19991d (gravity direction The game ball can be discharged from the passage unit 19990 (the winning opening unit 19300).

  The solenoid holding member 19992 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and has a housing portion 19992a having a substantially rectangular shape in top view, and a regulating portion 19992b formed of a plate-shaped body having a substantially rectangular shape in front view on the player side of the housing portion 19992a. It is mainly provided with a pair of side plates 19992c formed from a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a side view.

  The housing portion 19992a is a portion for arranging a solenoid 610 to be described later, and the housing portion 19992a and the solenoid 610 are fastened and fixed by screws. Further, the player side (left side in FIG. 154D) of the housing portion 19992a is opened so that the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 can be disposed closer to the player than the housing portion 19992a.

  The restriction portion 19992b is a portion for restricting the displacement of the transmission member 19965 described later, and the contact of the restriction member 19992b with the transmission member 19965 causes the transmission member 19965 to be opposite to the player (FIG. 154 (d)). Displacement to the right) is restricted.

  The side plate 19992c has a fastening hole 19992c1 on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity), a fastening portion 19992c2 on the other side in the direction of the gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity), and a notch on the player side (the left side in FIG. 154). And a portion 19992c5.

  The fastening hole 19992c1 is a hole into which the screw having the first passage member 19991 inserted therein is screwed. Thereby, the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992 can be fastened and fixed.

  The fastening portion 19992c2 is formed to include a guide wall 19992c3 and a circular through hole 19992c4. The guide wall 19992c3 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the periphery of the fastening hole 19993a of the second passage member 19993 whose inner edge shape is described later. The through hole 19992c4 is a hole through which a screw to be screwed to a second passage member 19993 described later is inserted. Thereby, the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be fastened and fixed.

  The second passage member 19993 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in top view sideways. The second passage member 19993 is provided with a passage TR7 and a passage TR8 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and is formed with a fastening hole 19993a on the player side (the lower side in FIG. 154B) of the passage TR7 and the passage TR8.

  The passage TR7 and the passage TR8 are formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball. Further, the passage TR7 and the passage TR8 are extended in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 154 (d)), and are formed at positions continuous with the opening U1 and the opening U3 formed in the distribution unit 19980 described above.

  The fastening hole 19993a is a hole into which a screw having the above-mentioned solenoid holding member 19992 inserted is screwed. Thereby, the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be fastened and fixed.

  The transmission member 19965 is a substantially rectangular plate in a rear view formed between a pair of first engaging portions 19965a formed of a substantially rectangular plate in a side view and a pair of first engaging portions 19965a. It is mainly provided with the 2nd engaging part 19965b formed from a body, and a pair of connection part 19965c connected with a pair of 1st engaging part 19965a and 2nd engaging part 19965b.

  The distance between the inner facing surfaces of the pair of first engaging portions 19965a is larger than the distance between the outer sides of a pair of main portions 19966g of the displacement member 19966 described later. Further, the pair of first engaging portions 19965a are provided with through holes 19965a1 having a substantially rectangular shape in side view in the side view on the player side (the lower side in FIG. 154B). A transmission portion 19966e of a displacement member 19966 to be described later is formed so as to be able to be disposed inside of the through hole 19965a1 and cut off on one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) on the player side of the through hole 19965a1. A notch 19965a2 is formed.

  The second engaging portion 19965b is a portion for connecting the transmission member 19965 and the solenoid 610, and has a dimension larger than the diameter of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 from the end face on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the gravity direction). The first recessed portion 19965b1 to be recessed and the second recessed portion recessed to a size larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 961b on the solenoid 610 side (right side in FIG. 154 (d) of the first recessed portion 19965b1) And part 19965b2.

  The first recessed portion 19965b1 is a groove into which the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape opened on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) in cross section. The groove width of the first recessed portion 19965b1 is set larger than the thickness of the annular portion 961c. Thus, the annular portion 961c can be inserted into the first recessed portion 19965b1.

  When the annular portion 961c is disposed inside the first recessed portion 19965b1 as described above, the second recessed portion 19965b2 suppresses interference between the shaft portion 961b and the second engaging portion 19965b. It is a notch and is formed in a substantially U shape in which the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) is open in rear view and the solenoid 610 side (right side in FIG. 154D) is opened.

  The connection part 19965c is a part that connects the first engagement part 19965a and the second engagement part 19965b, whereby the displacement of the second engagement part 19965b can be transmitted to the first engagement part 19965a. .

  The displacement member 19966 is a projection formed on the player side (the lower side in FIG. 154B) of the pair of main body portions 19966g formed of a plate-shaped body having a rectangular shape in side view and the pair of main body portions 19966g. It mainly includes a connector 19966a, a rotary shaft 19966d, a transmission part 19966e, and a connecting part 19966f connecting the pair of main parts 19966g.

  The distance between the inner facing surfaces of the pair of main body portions 19966g and the projecting portion 19966a is formed larger than the dimension of the short direction (FIG. 154 (b) left and right direction) of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d of the first passage member 19991 described above. Be done.

  The projecting portion 19966a has a recessed portion 19966a1 which is recessed on the side of the solenoid 610 (the upper side in FIG. 154 (b)), and the projection 945b of the wing member 945 is disposed in the recessed portion 19966a1 (FIG. 159 (b) See) possible.

  The rotation shaft 19966 d is formed in an annular shape that protrudes outward in the opposite direction from the side surface of the pair of main body portions 19966 g. A base portion 19966d1 is formed on the rotary shaft 19966d at the connecting portion with the main body portion 19966g with a dimension larger than the diameter of the rotary shaft 19966d.

  The transmitting portion 19966e is a portion for transmitting the displacement of the transmitting member 19965 described above to the displacing member 19966, and the pair of main body portions 19966g on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) Is formed so as to protrude outward in the opposite direction from the side surface of

  The connecting portion 19966f is a portion for connecting the pair of main portions 19966g, and is formed of a side surface portion 19966f1 formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view vertically on the lower surface of the pair of main portions 19966g, and the pair of side portions 19966f1. And a lower surface portion 19966 f 2 connected to an end portion on one side in the direction of gravity and formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a top view in a horizontally long manner.

  The connection portion 19966 f connects the pair of main body portions 19966 g, whereby relative displacement of one main body portion 19966 g with respect to the other main body portion 19966 g can be suppressed.

  In the situation where the passage unit 19990 is assembled, as described above, the inner edge shape of the second guide wall 19991b5 of the first passage member 19991 is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the fastening hole 19992c1 of the solenoid holding member 19992 The inner edge shape of the guide wall 19992c3 of the holding member 19992 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the periphery of the fastening hole 19993a of the second passage member 19993. Therefore, the positioning of the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992 The positioning of the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be easily performed. Thereby, the manufacturing cost of passage unit 19990 can be suppressed.

  In the state where the passage unit 19990 is assembled, the detection device SE6 is disposed inside the recessed portion 19991d1 of the first passage member 19991 and the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6 is the upper surface 19991d2 and the lower surface of the detection device accommodation portion 19991d. It is disposed at a position continuous with the opening formed in Thus, the gaming ball flowing down the upper surface 19991d2 of the first passage member 19991 can pass through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6.

  Further, a passage TR9 surrounded by the back plate 19991c of the first passage member 19991, the pair of guide plates 19991e, and the regulating portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992 is formed. The passage TR9 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball.

  As described above, the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is formed to project outward from the side surface of the main body portion 19966g in the opposite direction, and the through hole 19965a1 formed in the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965 The game balls thrown to the passage TR9 can flow down in the passage TR9.

  Further, a ring spring 961 c of the solenoid 610 is disposed inside the first recessed portion 19965 b 1 of the transmission member 1996 5, and is a coil spring disposed between the solenoid 610 and the second engagement portion 1996 5 b of the transmission member 1996 5. The biasing force (not shown) applies a biasing force that displaces the transmission member 19965 to the player side (left side in FIG. 154 (d)). Here, the displacement of the transmission member 19965 to the player side (the left side in FIG. 154D) is restricted by the contact between the second engagement portion 19965b of the transmission member 19965 and the restriction portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992. .

  Further, the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 is rotatably disposed in a region surrounded by the side plate 19991b of the first passage member 19991, the projecting portion 19991b7, and the notch portion 19992c5 of the side plate 19992c of the solenoid holding member 19992. The transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is disposed in the through hole 19965a1 of the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965.

  Also, the solenoid holding member 19992 is disposed on the opposite side of the first passage member 19991 to the player (right side in FIG. 154 (d)). Therefore, the solenoid 610 is disposed on the side opposite to the player with respect to the detection device housing portion 19991d formed in the first passage member 19991.

  The transmission member 19965 connected to the annular portion 961 c of the solenoid 610 and the annular portion 961 c of the solenoid 610 by supplying (supplying) power to the main portion 610 a of the solenoid 610 is on the opposite side to the player (see FIG. The displacement of the transmission member 19965 is regulated by the displacement of the transmission member 19965 by the displacement of the transmission member 19995 by the regulation portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992 being displaced to the right (154 (d)). When the transmission member 19965 is displaced to the opposite side to the player, the inner surface of the through hole 19965a1 of the transmission member 19965 abuts on the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966, and a rotational force is applied to the displacement member 19966.

  Referring back to FIG. 139 and FIG. In the situation where the winning opening unit 19930 is assembled, as described above, the inner edge of the guide wall 19982e1 of the distribution unit 19980 is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the fastening hole 19941i of the front unit 19940. The inner edge shape of the 1 guide wall 19991b2 is formed substantially the same as the external shape of the periphery of the fastening hole 19941j of the front unit 19940, so positioning of the front unit 19940 and the distribution unit 19980, and the front unit 19940 and the passage unit 19990 And positioning can easily be performed. Thereby, the manufacturing cost of the winning opening unit 19930 can be suppressed.

  Under the condition that the winning opening unit 19930 is assembled, the bottom plate 19982b of the bulging portion 19982 formed on the first side base 19981 of the sorting unit 19800, and the detection device housing portion formed on the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990 The opening U9 is formed from the projecting portion 19966a formed on the upper surface 19991d2 of the 19991d and the displacement member 19966, and as described above, the first winning opening 64 of the front unit 19940 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980 are formed in a continuous position. The middle port 19941h of the front unit 19940 and the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980 are arranged in series, and the second winning opening 140 of the front unit 19940 and the opening U9 are formed in series.

  Further, the upper surface 19943c2 of the second receiving portion 19943c of the front unit 19940 is formed on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) than the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d formed in the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990 Be done.

  In addition, the lower surface plate 19981b formed on the first side base 19981 of the sorting unit 19800, the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d formed on the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990, and the pair of game ball guide portions 19991d3 A passage TR10 is formed. The passage TR10 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball, and as described above, the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d is directed to the opposite side to the player (the front side in FIG. 139 (b)). As it is formed, it is inclined to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). In addition, the detection device housing portion 19991d is formed in a generally rectangular shape in a top view, so that the passage TR10 is on the side opposite to the player (FIG. 139 (b) from the player side (FIG. 139 (b) paper rear side). ) Is formed extending to the front side of the drawing sheet). As a result, the gaming ball thrown to the passage TR 10 is flowed down to the opposite side to the player.

  As described above, since the solenoid 610 is disposed on the side opposite to the player (the front side of the sheet of FIG. 139 (b)) from the passage TR 10 (detection device housing portion 19991 d), the first pair of transmission members 19965 The passage TR10 formed on the inside of the facing surface of the pair of main body portions 19966g of the engaging portion 19965a and the displacement member 19966 can be shortened.

  Further, the opening U1 and the opening U3 of the distribution unit 19980 and the passage TR7 and the passage TR8 of the passage unit 19990 are formed in a continuous position. Thus, part of the passage TR5 disposed on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the opening U1 with respect to the direction of gravity (part on the opposite side to the player (the front side of FIG. 139 (b))) A passage TR11 extending in the direction of gravity is formed by the passage TR7 disposed on one side in the direction (the lower side in the direction of gravity). Further, it extends in the direction of gravity by a part of the passage TR6 disposed on the other side in the direction of gravity across the opening U3 (a part opposite to the player) and the passage TR8 disposed on one side in the direction of gravity. A passage TR12 to be provided is formed. Accordingly, the passage TR11 is formed on the first cover member 19987 side (right side in FIG. 139) of the distribution unit 19980 from the passage TR4, and the passage TR12 is on the second cover member 19988 side of the distribution unit 19980 (FIG. 139 (b) on the left).

  Thereby, the game ball sent to the first winning opening 64 of the front unit 19940 is sent to the inside of the distribution unit 19980 by passing through the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980. Further, in the inside of the sorting unit 19980, the game ball thrown to the player side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 139 (a)) by the rotation of the sorting member 19983 passes the opening U7 to obtain the front unit 19940. It is thrown to the middle opening 19941 h. In addition, the game ball sent to the second winning opening 140 of the front unit 19940 is sent to the inside of the passage unit 19990 by passing through the opening U9.

  In addition, the game balls sent to the openings U1 and U3 of the sorting unit 19980 are discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the passage TR11 and the passage TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930.

  Here, with reference to FIGS. 158 to 160, the rotation operation of the wing member 945 by the rotation operation of the displacement member 19966 will be described.

  FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 19930 taken along line CLVIII-CLVIII in FIG. 139 (a), FIG. 158 (a) shows the wing member 945 in a closed state, and FIG. Indicates the open state of the FIG. 159 (a) is a partial enlarged view of the winning opening unit 19300 in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139 (a) in the closed state of the wing member 945, and FIG. 159 (b) is a winning hole in the closed state of the wing member 945. It is a side view of unit 19300. 160 (a) is a partially enlarged view of the winning opening unit 19300 in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139 (a) in the opened state of the wing member 945, and FIG. 160 (b) is a winning hole in the opened state of the wing member 945. It is a side view of unit 19300. In FIGS. 159 (a) and 160 (a), the front base 19943 of the front unit 19940 is omitted, and in FIGS. 159 (b) and 160 (b), the wing member 945, the solenoid 610, the transmission member 19965 and Only displacement member 19966 is shown.

  As shown in FIGS. 158 to 160, in the state where the winning opening unit 19300 is assembled, the projection 945b of the wing member 945 disposed on the front unit 19940 is a projection of the displacement member 19966 disposed on the passage unit 19990. It is disposed inside the recessed portion 19966a1 formed in the portion 19966a.

  The closed state of the wing member 945 is a state in which the application (supply) of power to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610 is cut off, and the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is separated from the main body portion 961a. Therefore, the transmission member 19965 connected to the solenoid 610 is displaced to the player side (left side in FIG. 159B), and the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is formed in the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965 On the inner side of the through hole 19965a1, the player is disposed on the opposite side (right side in FIG. 159 (b)).

  Next, the open state of the wing member 945 will be described. In the state where the electric power is applied (supplied) to the main body portion 610a of the solenoid 610, the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 and the main body portion 961a are brought close to each other. Therefore, the transmission member 19965 connected to the solenoid 610 is displaced to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 160) to the player, and the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965. It is arranged on the player side (left side in FIG. 160 (b)) inside the through hole 19965a1 formed in the.

  Here, by forming a cutout portion 19965a2 cut out on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) in the direction of gravity on the player side of the through hole 19965a1 formed in the first engaging portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965 The transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 can rotate about the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 as a rotation axis. As a result, the annular portion 961 c of the solenoid 610 is displaced in the axial direction of the shaft portion 961 b, and the displacement member 19966 can rotate. That is, the displacement member 19966 can be rotated by the simple configuration of the solenoid 610 and the transmission member 19965, and the manufacturing cost of the winning opening unit 19930 can be suppressed.

  Further, since the displacement member 19966 rotates about the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 as a rotation axis, the displacement (rotation) area of the displacement member 19966 in the passage unit 19990 can be reduced. Thus, the winning opening unit 19930 can be miniaturized.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 161 and 162, the flow-down of the gaming ball thrown to the winning opening unit 19930 will be described.

  FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 19930 along the line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and FIG. 161 (a) illustrates the state in which the sorting member 19983 is disposed at the first position, FIG. 161 (b) shows the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position. 162 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 19930 along the line CLXIIa-CLXIIa of FIG. 161, and FIG. 162 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 19930 along the line CLXIIb-CLXIIb of FIG. 162 (a). It is.

  As shown in FIG. 161 (a), with the distributing member 19983 disposed at the first position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the first of the front units 19940. When the ball flows into the inner side of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980, and is thrown to the distribution member 19983, the gaming ball is moved to the middle plate 19983b and the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980. It is thrown between the action portion 19983a on the side (the left side in FIG. 161 (a)). As described above, since the action position 19983a is connected to the contact portion 19983d at one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) than the connection position to the contact portion 19983d of the intermediate plate 19983b, The load of the gaming ball can be applied to the acting portion 19983a on the opening U7 side.

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 161 (b), the distributing member 19983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis, and the intermediate plate 19983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is in the vertical direction (FIG. 161). (A) When the position exceeding the vertical direction is reached, the gaming ball to be thrown to the distributing member 19983 is thrown to the opening U7. Also, the distributing member 19983 continues to be rotationally displaced, and the intermediate member 19983b is inclined to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 161 (b) of the distributing unit 19980), and the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position. It is assumed. The rotation of the distributing member 19983 is restricted by the contact between the action portion 19983a on the opening U7 side and the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the first side base. Further, in this case, the repulsion direction acting on the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distributing member 19983 by the magnetic force of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the first side surface base 19981 is the middle in the radial direction outside from the through hole 983c. The plate 19983b is switched from the state of acting on the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 161B) to the state of acting on the side of the opening U7.

  Therefore, the distributing member 19983 can rotate about the axis of the through hole 983c using the load of the game ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. Further, since the direction of the repulsive force acting on the magnetic body 988c is switched, the acting portion 19983a on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 161 (b)) of the distributing member 19983 and the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the first side base The contact state can be maintained.

  As shown in FIG. 161 (b), with the distributing member 19983 disposed at the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the first of the front units 19940. When the ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980, and is thrown to the distribution member 19893, the gaming ball is moved to the middle plate 19983b and the opening U6 of the distribution unit 19980. It is thrown between the action part 19983a of the side (FIG. 161 (b) right side). As described above, since the action position 19983a is connected to the contact portion 19983d at one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) than the connection position to the contact portion 19983d of the intermediate plate 19983b, The load of the gaming ball can be applied to the acting portion 19983a on the opening U6 side.

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 161 (a), the distributing member 19983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis, and the intermediate plate 19983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is in the vertical direction (FIG. 161). (A) When the position exceeding the vertical direction is reached, the gaming ball thrown to the distributing member 19983 is thrown to the opening U6. Also, the distributing member 19983 continues to be rotationally displaced, and the intermediate member 19983b is inclined to the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 161A) of the distributing unit 19980, and the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position. It is assumed. The rotation of the distributing member 19983 is restricted by the contact between the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side and the rear side contact portion 19982b2 of the first side surface base 19981. Further, in this case, the repulsion direction acting on the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distributing member 19983 by the magnetic force of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the first side surface base 19981 is the middle in the radial direction outside from the through hole 983c. The plate 19983b is switched from the state of acting on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 161A) to the state of acting on the opening U6 side.

  Therefore, the distributing member 19983 can rotate about the axis of the through hole 983c using the load of the game ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. Further, since the direction of the repulsive force acting on the magnetic body 988c is switched, the acting portion 19983a on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 161A) of the distributing member 19983 and the back side contact portion 19982b2 of the first side base 19981 Can be maintained in the state of contact. Therefore, every time the game ball is thrown, the distributing member 19983 displaces the tilt direction of the intermediate plate 19983b so that the game ball can be sent one by one to the opening U7 and the opening U6.

  When the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, an angle θ3 between the center line TL connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center in the thickness direction of the middle plate 19983b and the horizontal line HL; In the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position, an angle θ3 formed by an intermediate line TL connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b is the same. Formed at an angle. Therefore, the first position and the second position of the distributing member 19983 are disposed at symmetrical positions in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 161A) in the side view.

  The gaming ball passing through the opening U7 passes through the middle opening 19941h of the front unit 19940 and is thrown to the passage TR3. The game ball sent to the passage TR3 abuts on the intermediate receiving portion 19943e so that the game ball sending direction is changed from the player side (left side in FIG. 161B) to one side in the gravity direction (down in the gravity direction). , Flow down the passage TR3. The game ball flowing down the passage TR3 comes in contact with the upper surface 19943c2 of the second receiving portion 19943c so that the throwing direction of the game ball is opposite to the player from the gravity direction one side (the gravity direction lower side) (FIG. b) It is changed to the right side) and is sent to the second winning hole 140.

  The gaming ball passing through the second winning opening 140 passes through the opening U9 formed of the sorting unit 19980 and the passage unit 19990, and is thrown to the passage TR10. The game balls flowing down the passage TR10 on the opposite side to the player (the right side in FIG. 161B) hit the game ball guide portion 19991d3 of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d formed in the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990. By contacting the ball, the throwing direction of the gaming ball is changed from the opposite side to the player to one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity), and an opening formed on the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d, a detection hole of the detection device SE6 The ball is thrown to the opening formed on the lower surface of the SE 1 a and the detection device housing portion 1999 1 d.

  The game ball sent to the opening formed on the lower surface of the detection device housing portion 19991d passes through the passage TR9 and is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930. Here, when the gaming ball passes through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6, the number of balls of the gaming ball having passed the second winning opening 140 can be measured by the detection device SE6.

  The passages TR3 and TR7 and the passage TR9 through which the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 described above pass are collectively referred to as a "fifth passage" hereinafter.

  Here, a game ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the game board 13 and a large number of nails (not shown) disposed on the front side of the game board 13 or various members (features) such as a windmill The game ball distributed by the contact of the or the distributing member 19983 has a velocity component in the axial center direction (vertical direction with respect to the paper surface of FIG. 161B) of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983. It may flow down in preparation. When the game ball flowing down does not have or has a slight velocity component in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983, the game ball flowing down the passage TR3 does not abut on the wing member 945. On the other hand, the speed component of the gaming ball in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is large, and the gaming ball flowing down the passage TR3 contacts the wing member 945 and is displaced out of the passage TR3 Since it does not pass through the winning opening 140, the number of game balls is not measured by the detection device SE6.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 162, the flow-down of the gaming ball having passed through the opening U6 will be described. The game ball distributed on the front side (see FIG. 138) of the game board 13 and distributed by the distributing operation of the distributing member 19983 moves in the axial direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162A) of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983. In the case where the gaming machine does not have or has a slight velocity component, the game ball flowing down does not contact the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening end of the opening U4, and flows down the passage TR4.

  The velocity component of the gaming ball in the axial direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162A) of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is greater than the velocity component at which the gaming ball does not abut the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4. When the gaming ball flows down with the velocity component, the gaming ball abuts on the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4. When the gaming ball flowing down falls back toward the passage TR4 with respect to the opening U2 or the opening U4 due to the abutment between the gaming ball and the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4, the gaming ball flows down the passage TR4. On the other hand, due to the contact between the game ball and the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4, the game ball flowing down is on the opposite side of the opening U2 or the opening U4 to the passage TR4; in other words, to the passage TR5 side or the passage TR6 side In the case of rebounding, the game ball flowing down passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and is thrown to the passage TR5 or the passage TR6.

  When the game ball does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and flows down the passage TR4, the game ball flowing down contacts the overhanging portion 19981e1 formed on the central plate 19981e of the first side base 19981 to make the game ball The direction of throwing the ball is changed from the side opposite to the player (FIG. 162 (a) right side) to the second cover member 19988 side (FIG. 162 (a) lower side), and the ball is thrown to the opening U5. The game ball having passed through the opening U5 is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the passage TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930. Here, the gaming ball which has flowed down is a gaming ball which has passed through the opening U6 by inserting the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 disposed in the passage TR4, and does not pass the opening U2 or the opening U3. The number of gaming balls flowing down the passage TR4 can be measured by the detection device SE5.

  The passage TR4 and the passage TR12 through which the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 described above pass are collectively referred to as a "fourth passage" hereinafter.

  As shown in FIG. 161, the passage TR4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR10 (part of the fifth passage) are substantially in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 (vertical direction to the paper of FIG. 161A). It is formed in the same position. In other words, the passage TR4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR10 (part of the fifth passage) are formed at overlapping positions in top view.

  Therefore, the winning opening unit 19300 can be miniaturized in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 161A), and a space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly.

  As described above, since the first side base 19981 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player can recognize the detection device SE5 disposed in the sorting unit 19980. Further, in the detection device SE5, since the detection hole SE1a is disposed along the extending direction of the passage TR4, the player can visually recognize that the game ball passes through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. Can be enhanced. Further, as shown in FIG. 161A, the axis of the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 is inclined upward to the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) with respect to the gravity direction as the player side (left side in FIG. 161A). Since it is disposed, in a state where the winning opening unit 19930 (see FIG. 138) is disposed on one side (the gravity direction lower side) of the base plate 19060, the detection unit SE5 disposed in the distribution unit 19980 The player can easily visually recognize that the gaming ball passes through the detection hole SE1a.

  Further, since the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 is disposed in the passage TR4 forming the upstream side of the fourth passage, it can be brought close to the distribution member 19983. That is, it can be made easy for the player to visually recognize that the game ball distributed to the distribution member 19983 is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. This can enhance the interest of the game.

  The game ball passing through the opening U2 and sent to the passage TR5 abuts on the curved portion formed on the overhanging portion 19987b of the first cover member 19987, so that the throwing direction of the game ball is on the first cover member 19987 side. The position is changed from the upper side (FIG. 162 (a) to the opposite side to the player (right side (FIG. 162 (a))) and flows down the passage TR5. The gaming ball flowing down the passage TR5 is sent to the passage TR11 and abuts on the back plate 19981d of the first side base 19981 so that the throwing direction of the gaming ball is one side of the gravity direction from the opposite side to the player (gravity direction Change to lower). The game balls are discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the passage TR11 formed in the winning opening unit 19930.

  The game ball passing through the opening U4 and being sent to the passage TR6 abuts on the curved portion formed on the overhanging portion 19988b of the second cover member 19988 so that the ball sending direction of the game ball is on the second cover member 19988 side. The state is changed from the lower side (FIG. 162 (a)) to the opposite side to the player (FIG. 162 (a) right side), and the path TR6 flows down. The gaming ball flowing down the passage TR6 is sent to the passage TR12 and abuts on the back plate 19985d of the second side base 19985, so that the throwing direction of the gaming ball is one side of the gravity direction from the opposite side to the player (gravity direction Change to lower). The game balls are discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the passage TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930.

  As described above, in the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage, the gaming ball flowing down the passage TR4 on the opposite side (right side in FIG. 162 (a) from the detection device SE5) to the player is thrown to the passage TR12. At the same time, the gaming ball flowing down the passage TR6 is thrown to the passage TR12 which is a part of the fourth passage, and is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930. In other words, the passage TR6 branched from the fourth passage upstream of the detection device SE5 is joined to the fourth passage downstream of the detection device SE5. Therefore, the passage TR12 can be used both as a passage for throwing the gaming ball which has flowed down the passage TR4 and a passage for throwing the gaming ball which has flowed down the passage TR6.

  Accordingly, in the distribution unit 19980 (the winning opening unit 19930) in which a plurality of flow-down passages are formed, the arrangement of the flow-down passages of the gaming balls can be suppressed, and the distribution unit 19980 (the winning opening unit 19930) can be miniaturized.

  Further, as described above, the passage TR12 is formed on the second cover member 19988 side (the lower side in FIG. 162A) than the passage TR4, so the side opposite to the player from the passage TR10 (FIG. 162A) A space where another member is disposed on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the passage TR4 in the right side) can be secured, and in the present embodiment, a space where the solenoid 610 is disposed can be secured. The mouth unit 19930) can be miniaturized.

  Here, the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 (FIG. 162 (FIG. 162 a) The passage in the vertical direction is not formed, so that the fourth passage and the fifth passage are formed at the same position in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983. In the present embodiment, a portion of the fifth passage is formed on one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity) of the fourth passage in the direction of gravity, in other words, the fourth passage and a portion of the fifth passage are top views It is formed by overlapping. Further, as described above, the passage TR 4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR 10 (part of the fifth passage) are opposite to the player (the left side in FIG. 162A). 162 (a) (right side). Further, the passage TR5 and the passage TR6 formed on both sides in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 of the passage TR4 are formed to extend on the opposite side to the player side as the passage TR4.

  As described above, since the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 are formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player throws the game ball to any one of the passage TR4, the passage TR5 or the passage TR6. Can be visually recognized, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, the upper surface plate 19981a of the first side surface base 19981 and the upper surface plate 19985a (see FIG. 148) of the second side surface base 19985 are formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in top view. Therefore, the passage TR5 is formed in the left-right direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162A) of the passage TR4, and the passage TR5 communicated with the passage TR4 through the opening U2 and the other side of the passage TR6 communicated with the passage TR4 through the opening U4 Information on the game, for example, an "out port" can be displayed on the upper surface plate 19981a of the first side surface base 19981 and the upper surface plate 19985a of the second side surface base 19985 in the upper direction).

  Here, conventionally, it operates with the weight of the game ball, and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, the first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage through which distributed gaming balls pass. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the passage is disposed along the gaming board, the sorting unit is enlarged in the width direction of the base plate, and there is a space for disposing other members accordingly. There was a problem that it decreased.

  On the other hand, in the distributing unit 19800 in the present embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is disposed in the width direction of the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), and as shown in FIG. The game balls distributed according to 19983 are sent to the fifth passage formed on the player side (the left side in FIG. 161A) or the fourth passage formed on the opposite side to the player (the right side in FIG. 161A) Be done. As described above, the passage TR 4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR 10 (part of the fifth passage) are opposite to the player (FIG. 161 (FIG. 161 (a)). a) Since it is formed extending to the right side, the distribution in the width direction of the base plate 19060 as compared with the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 (see FIG. 112) formed in the above-described distribution unit 980 The unit 19980 can be miniaturized.

  In particular, the distribution unit 19800 in the present embodiment is formed by overlapping the fourth passage and a part of the fifth passage in a top view, so that the distribution unit 19980 in the width direction of the base plate 19060 can be further miniaturized.

  Further, as described above, the gaming ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the protruding portion 19941g1 is thrown to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 161A) to the player, and the first winning opening 64 is It is thrown to the distribution unit 19980 by passing. Therefore, the gaming ball sent to the sorting unit 19980 has a velocity component on the opposite side to the player.

  As shown in FIG. 161 (a), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the game is performed with a velocity component to the opening U6 side (right side of FIG. 161 (a)) of the distributing unit 19980 The ball bounces off the middle plate 19983b of the sorting member 19983 or flows down on the middle plate 19983b so that the velocity component of the gaming ball is from the opening U6 side of the sorting unit 19980 to the opening U7 side (FIG. 161 (a) left side). ), And abuts on the acting portion 19983a disposed on the opening U7 side of the distribution unit 19980. As a result, the distributing member 19983 rotates, and the gaming ball is thrown to the fifth passage.

  As shown in FIG. 161 (b), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the second position, it flows down with a velocity component to the opening U6 side (right side of FIG. 161 (a)) of the distributing unit 19980. The gaming ball contacts the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side of the sorting unit 19980 while holding the speed component to the opposite side to the player. As a result, the distributing member 19983 rotates, and the gaming ball is thrown to the fourth passage.

  Therefore, in the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position and the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position, the angle θ3 between the intermediate line TL and the horizontal line HL is formed at the same angle. The sorting member 19983 can throw the balls to the fourth passage of the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 19980 more quickly than the balls to the fifth passage. In other words, the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 can have different throwing times to be sent to the downhill passage according to the distribution direction. As a result, the player can be made to have a playability, and as a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Also, conventionally, the gaming ball flowing down the passage formed larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball flows down the passage with a velocity component different from the axial direction of the detection hole of the detection device disposed in the passage. As a result, there is a case where a collision occurs with the side wall of the passage, and the traveling direction of the gaming ball flowing down the passage is not uniform (hereinafter referred to as "the game ball runs wild"). When the game ball is inserted through the detection hole of the detection device in a violent state, the detection device has a problem (hereinafter referred to as "chattering") to erroneously recognize that a plurality of game balls are inserted through the detection hole.

  On the other hand, in the distribution unit 19800 according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 162, an opening U2 and an opening U4 are formed in the passage TR4 on the distribution member 19983 side (the left side in FIG. 162A) than the detection device SE5. Be done. When the ball is thrown to the passage TR4 in a state where the game ball is violently hit, the gaming ball passes through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 in a state where the violent movement is converged by abutting on the opening U2 or the opening end of the opening U4. It is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

  In addition, when a part of the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 can be inserted in a state where the runaway of the game ball converges, and the generation of chattering is suppressed. it can. In other words, since the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed in the passage TR4, the cross-sectional area of the passage TR4 in a front view can be increased. That is, since the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed in the winning opening unit 19930, the displacement area of the gaming ball in the width direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162A) of the pachinko machine 10 can be enlarged.

  Therefore, the runaway of the game ball can be converged by expanding the area where the friction (resistance) generated by sliding or rolling the passage TR4 acts. Therefore, while suppressing the occurrence of chattering, the detection device SE5 can be disposed at a position close to the distribution member 19983 so that the player can easily recognize that the game ball passes through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. This can enhance the interest of the game.

  Also, conventionally, there has been a problem that, when an external force is applied to the disposing member by the player hitting it, there is a possibility that the distributing member may be rotated by the influence of the inertial force. That is, when a game ball distributed to one side is guided to a winning opening to which a game value higher than the game ball distributed to the other side is awarded, for example, the game machine is hit to the arrangement member By applying an external force, the distributing member is rotated by the inertia force, and the posture of the distributing member is changed (the game ball is rotated to one side so that it can be distributed to one side). .

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the gaming ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and passes through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6, in other words, without distributing the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 The occurrence of chattering in the detection device SE5 can be suppressed by being discharged from the unit 19980 (the winning opening unit 19930).

  Moreover, the passage TR4 is provided with a detection device, whereas the passage TR5 and the passage TR6 are not provided with a detection device. Therefore, after passing through the opening U6 by the distributing member 19983, the passage TR4 is caused to flow down, and the gaming ball is detected in the detecting device SE5, and the passage U2 or the opening U4 is caused to flow down the passage TR5 or the passage TR6. Thus, it is possible to form an aspect in which the game apparatus is not detected in the detection device and is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930.

  As a result, the winning opening unit 19930 does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 after the gaming ball is distributed to the opening U6 by the distributing member 19983 and the gaming ball is detected by the detection device SE5. It has a playability to make As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, as a ball sending destination of the game ball which flows down passage TR5 or passage TR6 and is discharged from winning a prize mouth unit 19930, an out mouth, a winning a prize mouth, a game field etc. are illustrated, for example.

  Here, the game area in the present embodiment will be described. The game area means an area through which the game ball can pass (flowing down, rolling) and which may be detected by the detection device.

  For example, an area on the upstream side of detection device SE5 in passage TR4, passage TR3 and passage TR10 are formed as a game area downstream of distribution member 19983 of winning opening unit 19930. That is, the detection device SE5, the detection device SE6, the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed as boundaries of the game area downstream of the distribution member 19983 of the winning opening unit 19930.

  Further, as described above, since the first side base 19981 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, after the gaming ball is distributed to the opening U6 by the distribution member 19983, it passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4. Instead, the player can be made to visually recognize that the game ball is detected by the detection device SE5. Therefore, the winning opening unit 19930 has the playability of making the detection device SE5 expect the player to detect the game ball. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 161, the distribution unit 19980 is provided with the magnetic body 988b disposed in the housing portion 986b formed in the bulging portion 19982 of the first side surface base 19981 and the magnetism disposed in the distribution member 19983. The distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position or the second position even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as tapping the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10, since the body 988c is disposed in a repulsive state. It can maintain the set state.

  As described above, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 in the present embodiment is disposed in the width direction of the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138). The position is displaced from the second position or from the second position to the first position.

  Therefore, when an external force such as the player striking the glass unit 16 is applied to the pachinko machine 10, the inertial force generated in the distributing member 19983 acts on the player side (the left side in FIG. 161A). In the state where the dividing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, the distributing member 19983 is improperly displaced from the first position to the second position.

  As described above, the number of winning balls to be paid out by detecting the gaming balls by the detection device SE5 is set smaller than the number of winning balls to be paid out by the detection of the gaming balls by the detection device SE6. Therefore, when the player strikes the glass unit 16 and illegally displaces the sorting member 19983 from the first entering to the second position, the sorting member 19983 disposed at the second position flows into the sorting unit 19980 The ball is thrown to the passage TR4, and the game ball is detected by the detection device SE5. That is, the state in which the gaming ball is detected by the detection device SE6 is changed to the state in which the gaming ball is detected by the detection device SE5, and the number of prize balls to be paid out decreases.

  As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from hitting the glass unit 16 and improperly displacing the distributing member 19983 from the first position to the second position.

  The number of winning balls to be paid out by detecting the gaming balls by the detection device SE6 may be set equal to the number of winning balls to be paid out by detection of the gaming balls by the detection device SE5. In this case, the number of prize balls to be paid out does not change by improperly displacing the distribution member 19983. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from hitting the glass unit 16 and improperly displacing the distribution member 19983.

  Further, although the case where the winning opening unit 19930 in the present embodiment is distributed by the distributing member 19983 and the detection device is disposed in both of the passages through which the gaming balls flow down, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. The detection device may be disposed only in one of the flow passages.

  As a result, even after the game ball has been thrown to the winning opening unit 19930, it is possible to give the player a game. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, the detection devices may not be provided in both of the flow-down passages. In this case, the gaming ball discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 may be thrown to the out port, and may not be thrown to the out port.

  As a result, the detection device is not disposed in the winning opening unit 19930, and the game ball discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 is not thrown to the out port, and the passage TR9, passage TR11 or passage TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930 Is formed toward the front side (the left side in FIG. 161A), and the game ball discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 is thrown to the front side of the base plate 19060 to make the winning opening unit 19930 a game area. be able to. That is, the game area formed in the pachinko machine 10 can be enlarged as the winning opening unit 19930 is provided with a passage in the front-rear direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 161A), it can. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Also, although the sorting member 19983 in the present embodiment has been described as being disposed in the sorting unit 19980, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and it may be disposed at any position within the gaming area described above. good.

  In this way, the player can be made to have a playability. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, the distributing member 19983 in this embodiment is disposed inside the distributing unit 19980 in a state in which the axial center of the shaft member 988a is arranged in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the sheet of FIG. Although the case where the game balls are distributed in the front-rear direction (FIG. 161 (a) left-right direction) has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. In the state where the axial center of the shaft member 988a is arranged in the front and rear direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 161A), the game ball which is disposed inside the distribution unit 19980 and is thrown is It may be distributed in the vertical direction).

  As a result, the gaming balls to be thrown to the sorting unit 19980 can be sorted in various directions, and the player can be made to have a gaming property. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the passage TR4 and the passage TR12 through which the game balls distributed by the distributing member 19983 pass are collectively referred to as the fourth passage, but the passage TR6 formed on one side of the passage TR4 in the left-right direction The passage TR12 may be integrated as a sixth passage. In this case, the passage TR4 is joined to the side of the sixth passage.

  As a result, the gaming balls flowing down the passage TR4 are offset from the passage TR4 to the passage TR6 side (the lower side in FIG. 162A) in the front view and are thrown to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). Thus, it is possible to secure a space for arranging the solenoid 610 of the passage unit 19990 on one side (the lower side in the gravity direction) of the passage TR4 in the direction of gravity.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 163, the winning opening unit 20930 in the nineteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are formed toward one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) (see FIG. 112), but in the nineteenth embodiment, A part of the first passage TR201 and the second passage TR202 is formed with a depth passage extending from the front base 20981 side (left side in FIG. 163) to the back base 20985 side (right side in FIG. 163). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 163 is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along the line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109 (a). In FIG. 163, the second passage TR2 in the sixth embodiment is illustrated by a dashed line. Further, since the first passage TR201 and the second passage TR202 are formed symmetrically with respect to the shaft member 988a of the distributing portion 983, only the second passage TR202 will be described, and the description of the first passage TR201 will be omitted. .

  As shown in FIG. 163, the second passage TR 202 of the distributing unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment is from the front base 20981 side (left side in FIG. 163) to the rear base 20985 side (right side in FIG. It is formed to have a depth passage TR 202 a extending toward the end. Thus, in the sixth embodiment, the second passage TR2 is connected to the front base 981 side of the inflow passage 985f1 (see FIGS. 110 to 112), while the second passage TR202 of the distribution unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment. Is connected to the other side (the gravity direction upper side) in the gravity direction of the inflow passage 985f1.

  In addition, the second passage TR 202 is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the gaming ball, and the extending dimension of the depth passage TR 202 a facing the player is set to be twice or more the diameter of the gaming ball. It is formed.

  Here, conventionally, it operates with the weight of the game ball, and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, the first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage through which distributed gaming balls pass.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the passage is disposed along the direction parallel to the gaming board, so the size of the sorting unit becomes larger in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members accordingly There was a problem that the

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the gaming ball having passed through the depth passage TR 202a is thrown from the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138) to the back base 20985 side (right side in FIG. 163) and then to the inflow passage 985f1. Be done. Therefore, the depth passage TR 202a can be provided by utilizing a space in the front-rear direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 163) which has a relatively large space. Therefore, the distribution unit 20980 can be downsized in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 164, the winning opening unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the lower surface of the passage TR4 (the lower surface plate 19981b formed on the first side base of the distribution unit 19980) is formed to be flat (see FIG. 161), but in the twentieth embodiment A protrusion 21981 b1 is formed on the lower surface (bottom plate 21981 b) of the passage TR 214 (a part of the fourth passage), and the flow-down speed of the gaming ball is reduced. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 164 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment, which corresponds to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a).

  As shown in FIG. 164, in the distribution unit 21980 of the winning opening unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment, the first side base 21981 is on the back plate 19981d side (right side in FIG. 164) of the first side base 21981 than the opening U6. A passage TR 214 surrounded by the upper surface plate 19981a, the lower surface plate 21981b, the center plate 19981e, and the side surface plate 19985e (see FIG. 153) of the second side surface base 19985 is formed. The lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 in the formation range of the passage TR214 has a plurality of projections 21981 b1 projecting toward the upper surface plate 19981a between the opening U6 and the detection device SE5 (2 in this embodiment) ) Are formed.

  The projection 21981 b1 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in cross section, and is continuously formed on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981 b of the first side base 21981 uniformly in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper of FIG. 164).

  As a result, it is possible to ensure that the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 214) and the projection 21981 b1 contact each other, and the gaming ball abuts against the projection 21981 b1 so that the flow-down speed of the gaming ball Becomes smaller.

  Further, the protrusion 21981 b1 disposed downstream is disposed inside the opening U2 in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 164). Therefore, when the gaming ball is in contact with the projection 21981b while the gaming ball is out of control, the projection 21981b is displaced to the gaming ball in the vertical direction (FIG. 164 vertical direction) or the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 164). Can be granted.

  Thereby, the gaming ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4, can pass the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153), and the player can enjoy the game even after passing through the opening U6 by the distributing member 19983 Can be As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the projection 21981b1 disposed on the downstream side is disposed inside the opening U2 in the front-rear direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 164). 164 can be inhibited from contacting the gaming board to which displacement in the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 164 is applied with the center plate 19981e of the first side base 21981 or the side plate 19985e of the second side base 19985, Damage to the side plate 19985e of the center plate 19981e or the second side base 19985 can be suppressed (see FIG. 153).

  In addition, since the game ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 without contacting the central plate 19981e of the first side base 21981 or the side plate 19985e of the second side base 19985, it can pass the passage TR5 or the passage TR6. (See FIG. 153) The passing speed of the game ball can be increased to enhance the interest of the game.

  Here, the projection dimension of the projection 21981b formed on the bottom plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 to the top plate 19981a side (upper side in FIG. 164) is approximately one tenth of the diameter of the gaming ball . As a result, the gaming ball flowing down the passage TR 214 can flow over the inside of the passage TR 214 over the projection 21981 b 1. That is, it is possible to prevent the gaming ball from coming into contact with the projection 21981 b1 and restricting the flow-down of the gaming ball in the passage TR 214.

  Further, the distance between the plurality of protrusions 21981b disposed on the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side surface base 21981 is formed to be substantially equal to the diameter of the gaming ball. As a result, the gaming ball that has surmounted the protrusion 21981b on the upstream side provided with a projecting dimension of approximately 1/10 of the diameter of the gaming ball on the bottom plate 21981b of the first side base 2198 again hits the top surface of the bottom plate 21981b. It is possible to suppress contact with the downstream protrusion 21981b without contacting the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981b. Therefore, it is possible to reliably reduce the flow-down speed of the gaming ball by the projection 21981 b1.

  Further, as described above, the distributing member 19983 performs the throwing of the gaming ball flowing into the distributing unit 21980 to the opening U6 (the fourth passage) faster than the throwing to the opening U7 (the fifth passage).

  Therefore, the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 21980 is distributed to the opening U6, and the time detected by the detection device SE5 disposed in the fourth passage is distributed to the opening U7 and disposed in the fifth passage. It is formed shorter than the time detected by the device SE6. That is, the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6 are formed differently.

  In addition, the passing distance of the gaming ball from the opening U6 to the detection device SE5 disposed in the fourth passage (the passage TR214) is a detection disposed in the fifth passage (between the passage TR9 and the passage TR10) It is formed smaller than the passage distance of the game ball to device SE6.

  Therefore, the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 21980 is distributed to the opening U6, and the time detected by the detection device SE5 disposed in the fourth passage is distributed to the opening U7 and disposed in the fifth passage. The time detected by the device SE6 is made shorter. That is, the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6 are formed differently.

  Here, conventionally, a sorting member that operates with the weight of the gaming ball and distributes the gaming ball to one side or the other side, a first detection means that detects the gaming ball distributed to one side, and the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a second detection means for detecting a gaming ball distributed to the game machine. However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, there are restrictions in the layout of the passage for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the first detection means or the second detection means, and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means. There is a problem that the degree of freedom in design is low.

  That is, when displaying by the display means that the game ball is detected by the first detection means and the second detection means and notifying the player (for example, the number of detected game balls is displayed as the holding ball number) (In the case where the game ball reaches the distributing member and the game ball distributed to one side is detected by the first detection means) and the game ball distributed to the other side is detected by the second detection means If the required time is different, the time from the arrival at the distribution member to the display will differ depending on the distribution direction, and the interest of the game is lost.

  Therefore, in the conventional gaming machine described above, the paths for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the first detection means or the second detection means are disposed symmetrically with respect to the distribution member, and the first detection means and the first detection means (2) It is necessary to arrange the detection means at the same distance from the distribution members, which causes a problem that the degree of freedom in design is low.

  On the other hand, the lower surface (the lower surface plate 21981b formed on the first side base 21981 of the distribution unit 21980) of the passage TR 214 in the present embodiment is formed with the protrusion 21981b1. Therefore, the flow-down speed of the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 214) is reduced, and the time from when the gaming ball flows into the distribution unit 21980 to when it is detected by the detection device SE5 can be lengthened. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Also, since the passage TR3 (a part of the fifth passage) is extended in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 164), the gaming ball freely falls and flows down the passage TR3. Therefore, the flow-down speed of the game ball can be increased as compared with the mode in which the game ball rolls down the passage. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming ball flowing into distribution unit 21980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it.

  Therefore, when the distributing member 19983 is disposed at a position at which the distributing time of the game ball is different depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball throwing passage from the distributing member 19983 to the detecting device SE5 and the throwing passage from the detecting device SE6 Even when the lengths are different, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 21980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected reduces the interest of the game While being able to suppress being impaired, the freedom degree of design can be ensured.

  Although the case where two protrusions 21981 b1 are formed in the present embodiment has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and one or three or more protrusions 21981 b1 may be formed.

  In the case where one protrusion 21981 b1 is formed, the player can have a playability even after passing through the opening U6 by the distributing member 19983 and the gaming ball excessively passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4. The passage through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 can be suppressed (see FIG. 153), and the loss of interest in the game can be suppressed.

  When three or more protrusions 21981 b1 are formed, the flow-down speed of the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (path TR 214) can be further reduced, and the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 21980 is detected by the detection device SE5 While reducing the difference between the time until detection and the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  In addition, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 21980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected can be adjusted by the number of projections 21981b1 formed. Can enhance the interest of Moreover, the adjustment means can be achieved by the protrusion 21981 b1 which can be easily formed, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Although the case where two projections 21981b of the same shape are formed on the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side surface base 21981 in the present embodiment has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. It may be formed in the shape of

  For example, when the projection dimension of the downstream projection 21981 b1 is larger than the projection dimension of the upstream projection 21981 b1, compared with the abutment of the upstream projection 21981 b with the gaming ball, the downstream The probability that the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and passes through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 is increased by the contact between the projection 21981 b1 and the game ball (see FIG. 153). That is, as the gaming ball approaches the detection device SE5, the probability that the gaming ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, that is, does not pass the detection device SE5 increases, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, for example, when the projection dimension of the downstream projection 21981 b1 is smaller than the projection dimension of the upstream projection 21981 b1, it is possible to suppress the runaway of the gaming ball at a position close to the detection device SE5, While being able to suppress that chattering occurs, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the sorting unit 21980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected While being able to control that interest is spoiled, the freedom of design is securable.

  In the embodiment, the protrusion 21981 b1 is uniformly formed continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981 b of the first side base 21981 in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the sheet of FIG. 164). However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the protrusions 21981 b1 may be formed intermittently in the left-right direction, and the protrusions 21981 b1 may be formed to be inclined in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 164).

  When the projection 21981 b1 is formed intermittently in the left-right direction (vertical direction on the page of FIG. 164), the gaming ball abuts on the end of the projection 21981 b1 in the left-right direction, and displacement in the left-right direction is given to the game ball Ru. Therefore, the gaming ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and can pass the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153), which can enhance the interest of the game.

  The protrusion 21981 b1 is uniformly formed continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981 b of the first side base 21981 in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 164). When it is formed to be inclined to the side (the right side in FIG. 164), the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 214) is given a displacement in the left direction by contacting the projection 21981 b1 and passes through the opening U2. It becomes easy to pass passage TR5.

  When the projection 21981 b1 is formed to be inclined rearward (the right side in FIG. 164) as the projection 21981 moves to the right (the front side in FIG. 164), the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 214) abuts on the projection 21981 b1 As a result, rightward displacement is imparted, which makes it easy to pass through the opening U4 and pass through the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153).

  In the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed to be inclined rearward (right side in FIG. 164) from the center to both ends in the left-right direction (vertical direction in FIG. 164) of the bottom plate 21981 of the first side base 2198, the fourth passage The gaming ball flowing down (passage TR 214) is displaced in the left-right direction by coming into contact with the projection 21981 b1, passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and easily passes the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (FIG. 153) reference).

  Therefore, the player can have a playability even after passing through the opening U6 by the distribution member 19983. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed to be inclined toward the front side (the left side in FIG. 164) as it proceeds from the center to both ends in the left-right direction (vertical direction in FIG. 164) of the bottom plate 21981 of the first side base 2198 The gaming ball flowing down (passage TR 214) can be inserted into the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 in a state where the displacement to the center in the left-right direction is given by abutting the projection 21981b1 and the violent movement is converged. And can suppress chattering.

  Further, although the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 in the present embodiment is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in a cross sectional view has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the protrusion 21981 b1 may be formed in a semicircular shape in a cross sectional view . In this case, damage to the protrusion 21981 b1 due to the contact with the gaming ball can be suppressed.

  In the embodiment, the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed on the lower surface (the lower surface plate 21981 b) of the passage TR 214 (a part of the fourth passage). However, the present invention is not limited thereto. It may be formed. Thereby, even when the dimension in the vertical direction (FIG. 164 vertical direction) of the passage TR 214 is formed small, the gaming ball is clogged in the passage TR 214, that is, the gaming ball is on the projection 21981 b1 and the first side base 19981 It can be suppressed that the flow down of the gaming ball is suppressed by coming into contact with the face plate 19981a.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 21980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Further, although the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed on the lower surface (the lower surface plate 21981 b) of the passage TR 214 (a part of the fourth passage) has been described in the present embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. The protrusion 21981 b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943 c) of (a part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time taken for the detection device SE5 to detect the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 21980 and the time taken for the detection device SE6 to be detected can be made different (see FIG. 161). As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 165, the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment will be described. In the twentieth embodiment, the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U6 of the passage TR 214 and the detection device SE5 (see FIG. 164), but in the twenty-first embodiment, the passage TR 224 (fourth passage) is formed. A protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 and the detection device SE5. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 165 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment, and corresponds to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). As shown in FIG. 165, in the distribution unit 22980 of the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment, the first side base 22981 is on the back plate 19981d side (right side in FIG. 165) of the first side base 22981 than the opening U6. A passage TR224 is formed which is surrounded by the upper surface plate 22981a, the lower surface plate 22981b, the central plate 22981e, and the side surface plate of the second side surface base. On the lower surface plate 23981b of the first side base 23981 between the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) of the passage TR224 and the detection device SE5, a plurality of projections 21981b projecting toward the upper surface plate 19981a In the embodiment, 2) are formed. In addition, since the distance between the plurality of projections 21981b1 is the same as the distance between the projections in the twentieth embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

  The relationship between the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) and the detection device SE5, that is, formed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 165) of the distribution unit 22980 The projecting part 21981 b1 having no projection can be formed at a position far from the player. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the protrusion 21981 b1, and the appearance of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

  The protrusion 21981 b1 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in cross section, and is continuously formed on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 22981 b of the first side base 22981 uniformly in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 21981 b 1 and central plate 22981 e are integrally formed.

  As a result, it is possible to suppress the deflection of the central plate 22981 e due to the contact between the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 224) and the central plate 22981 e, and to suppress the breakage of the central plate 22981 e.

  When the gaming ball flowing down the passage TR 224 abuts against the projection 21981 b without passing through the opening U2 or the opening U4 (see FIG. 153), the flow-down speed of the gaming ball decreases and the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 22980 The difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

  Thereby, when the distributing member 19983 is disposed at a position at which the distributing time of the game ball is different depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball transmitting passage from the distributing member 19983 to the detecting device SE5 and the throwing passage to the detecting device SE6 Even in the case where the length of the game is different, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 22980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected is reduced. Can be prevented from being lost, and design freedom can be secured.

  Further, since the projection 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) and the detection device SE5, the game ball is made into the opening U2 or the opening U4 by the contact of the game ball and the projection 21981 b1. Passage can be suppressed from being sent to the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153).

  Here, the passage TR 224 in the present embodiment includes the detection device SE 5, whereas the passage TR 5 and the passage TR 6 (see FIG. 153) do not include the detection device. Therefore, the game result is different between the case where the gaming ball flows down the passage TR 224 and the case where the game ball flows down the passage TR 5 or the passage TR 6. Therefore, the game ball distributed to the opening U6 side by the distribution member 19983 can prevent the game result from being different by coming into contact with the projection 21981 b1.

  In the embodiment, the protrusion 21981 b1 is uniformly formed continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 22981 b of the first side surface base 22981 b in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 165). However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the projection 21981 b1 may be formed to be inclined in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 165) in the left-right direction.

  When the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed to be inclined to the rear side (right side in FIG. 165) as it progresses to the left side (back side in FIG. 165) or the right side (front side in FIG. 165), the game flows down the fourth passage (path TR224) The ball abuts against the projection 21981b1 to impart leftward or rightward displacement, and the gaming ball abuts against the central plate 22981e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base.

  Therefore, due to the frictional force generated between the gaming ball and the central plate 22981 e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base, the flow-down speed of the gaming ball is reduced, and the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 22980 is The difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

  In addition, the game ball is given a displacement in the left direction (the backward direction in FIG. 165) or in the right direction (the forward direction in FIG. 165), and the center plate 22981e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base By touching, it can control that the game ball runs wild. This can suppress the occurrence of chattering.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 22980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Further, although the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed on the lower surface (the lower surface plate 21981 b) of the passage TR 214 (a part of the fourth passage) has been described in the present embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. The protrusion 21981 b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943 c) of (a part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time taken for the detection device SE5 to detect the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 22980 and the time taken for the detection device SE6 to be detected can be made different (see FIG. 161). As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 166, the winning opening unit 23930 in the twenty-second embodiment will be described. In the twenty-first embodiment, the case where the protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 of the passage TR 224 (part of the fourth passage) and the opening U4 (see FIG. 165) In the embodiment, a protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U6 of the passage TR 234 (part of the fourth passage) and the openings U2 and U4. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 166 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 23930 in the twenty-second embodiment, and corresponds to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). As shown in FIG. 166, the distribution unit 23980 of the winning opening unit 23930 according to the twenty-second embodiment has the first side base 23981 on the back plate 19981d side (right side of FIG. 166) of the first side base 23981 than the opening U6. A passage TR234 is formed which is surrounded by the upper surface plate 23981a, the lower surface plate 23981b, the central plate 23981e, and the side surface plate of the second side surface base. The lower surface plate 23981b of the first side base 23981 between the opening U6 and the opening U2 and the opening U4 of the passage TR234 has a plurality (two in the present embodiment) of projections 21981b projecting toward the upper surface plate 23981a. It is formed. In addition, since the distance between the plurality of projections 21981b1 is the same as the distance between the projections in the twentieth embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

  The protrusion 21981 b1 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in cross section, and is continuously formed on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 23981 b of the first side base 23981 uniformly in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 21981 b1 and the central plate 23981 e are integrally formed.

  As a result, it is possible to suppress the deflection of the central plate 23981e due to the contact between the gaming ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR234) and the central plate 23981e, and to suppress the breakage of the central plate 23981e.

  By the contact of the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (the passage TR 234) with the projection 21981 b1, the flow-down speed of the game ball becomes small, and the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 23980 is detected by the detection device SE5 The difference between the time of (1) and the time of detection by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

  Thereby, when the distributing member 19983 is disposed at a position at which the distributing time of the game ball is different depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball transmitting passage from the distributing member 19983 to the detecting device SE5 and the throwing passage to the detecting device SE6 Even in the case where the length of the game is different, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 23980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected is reduced. Can be prevented from being lost, and design freedom can be secured.

  Further, in a state where the flow-down speed of the gaming ball is reduced by the projection 21981 b1, the gaming ball flows down toward the area where the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) of the passage TR234 are formed. It is possible to make it easy for the player to visually recognize that the TR 234 flows down or is thrown to the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153).

  Further, a protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the opening U6 and the opening U2 and the opening U4 of the passage TR234, that is, a protrusion 21981 b1 is formed between the detecting device SE5, the opening U2 and the opening U4 and the distributing member 19983 Since the arrangement space for the game is formed, the distribution member 19983 can prevent the player from seeing the game ball visually, and the player can use the game ball within the passage TR234, the passage TR5 or the passage TR6, It is possible to visually recognize which passage is passed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls late may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 23980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  In the embodiment, the protrusion 2981b1 is formed on the lower surface (the lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (a part of the fourth passage). However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The protrusion 21981 b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943 c) of (a part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time until the gaming device flowing into the distribution unit 23980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected can be made different (see FIG. 161), As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 167, the winning opening unit 24930 in the twenty-third embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the center of gravity is arranged on the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 (see FIG. 161). However, in the twenty-third embodiment, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 is one action portion The rotating members of the distributing member 24983 are formed to be different from each other. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  167 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 24930 in the twenty-third embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 167 (a), the sorting member 24983 is at the first position. The state in which the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 167 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 167 (a), the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 167 (a)) of the distributing member 24983 is from the lower surface (surface on the lower side in FIG. 167 (a)). A protrusion 24983a1 is formed to protrude on one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity). In other words, the distributing member 24983 is formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, and the distributing member 24983 in the direction connecting the acting portion 19983a and the acting portion 24983a (a direction perpendicular to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b). The center of gravity of the projection is located closer to the action portion 24983a side (the left side in FIG. 167A) than the intermediate plate 19983b because the projection 24983a is protruded.

  Further, the front side contact portion 24982b1 of the lower surface plate 24982b formed in the bulging portion 24982 of the first side surface base 24981 is slightly larger than the shape of the protrusion 24983a1 which is formed to project from the acting portion 24983a of the distributing member 24983 A recess 24982b3 formed in a shape is provided. Accordingly, the protrusion 24983a1 formed to project from the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983 can be disposed inside the recess 24982b3, and the distribution member 24983 can be disposed at the second position.

  That is, the distributing member 24983 can form the same inclined state as the second position of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment, and thereby, it is disposed on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 167 (a)). The game balls arranged between the acting portion 24983a and the middle plate 19983b are distributed from the distributing member 24983 to the front unit 19940 side (left side in FIG. 167A) and pass through the opening U7 and the middle opening 19941h. It can be thrown into the passage TR3.

  The protrusion 24983a1 is formed sufficiently small compared to the intermediate plate 19983b. Therefore, in a state where the distributing member 24983 is arranged at the first position, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 in the front-rear direction is located on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 167A) than the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. Do. As a result, the distributing member 24983 can be maintained in the first position.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 167 (b), with the distributing member 24983 disposed at the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the front unit 19940. When the ball flows into the inside of the first receiver 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 24980 and is thrown to the distributing member 24983, the gaming ball is moved to the middle plate 19983b and the opening U6 side The ball can be thrown between the action portion 19983a disposed on the right side of FIG. 167 (a), and the load of the gaming ball can be exerted on the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side.

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 167 (a), the distributing member 24983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distributing member 24983 is placed in the first position. .

  As described above, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 in the direction connecting the acting portion 19983a and the acting portion 24983a (the direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) is closer to the acting portion 24983a than the intermediate plate 19983b (FIG. a) Since it is located on the left side, the rotational speed of the distributing member 24983 displaced from the second position to the first position is small compared to the distributing member 19983 (see FIG. 161) in the eighteenth embodiment, and the first The rotational speed of the distributing member 24983 displaced from the position to the second position is larger than that of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 24980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage.

  Thus, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming ball flowing into distribution unit 24980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by game device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

  Further, thereby, even when the distributing member 24983 is disposed at a position where the distributing time of the gaming balls is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 24980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161), it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  In addition, since the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 24980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) is detected can be adjusted by distribution member 24983. The structure of distribution unit 24980 can be simplified to reduce the product cost, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth path and the arrangement position of detection device SE5 or detection device SE6. it can.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 167 (b), in the state where the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as rocking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction 1), in the case where an inertial force acts on the distribution member 24983 in the back side direction (direction of arrow F2 of FIG. 167 (b)) of the pachinko machine 10, the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the distribution member 24983 The angle between the direction connecting with the center of gravity of the (a direction orthogonal to the rotating direction of the distributing member 24983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 24983 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. It is smaller than the distribution member 19983 in the form (see FIG. 161). This makes it possible to reduce the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 24983.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the direction of the rear face of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 24983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  The distribution member 24983 in the present embodiment includes the action portion 24983a in which the protrusion 24983a1 is formed, and the case where the distribution member 24983a is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b has been described. Absent. For example, a weight member may be disposed on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983.

  That is, while the distributing member 24983 in the present embodiment has the projecting portion 24983a1 integrally formed on the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 167 (a)), the weight member can be removed. It may be arranged. In the weight member to be disposed, as in the case of the distribution member 24983 in the present embodiment, the weight member may be disposed so as to protrude from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, or may be embedded inside the action portion 24983a.

  By replacing the weight members, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until detection by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

  When a weight member is embedded, it can suppress that crevice 24982b3 is arranged by front side contact part 24982b1, and can reduce product cost. Moreover, since it can suppress that a weight member protrudes from the lower surface of action part 24983a, the failure | damage of the distribution member 24983 at the time of an assembly can be suppressed.

  Also, the case has been described in which the recessed portion 24982b3 of the front side contact portion 24982b1 in the present embodiment is formed in a shape slightly larger than the shape of the protruding portion 24983a1 which is formed to project from the acting portion 24983a of the distributing member 24983. It is not necessarily limited to this, and may be formed sufficiently larger than the shape of the protrusion 24983a1. Further, a through hole having a width larger than the shape of the protrusion 24983a1 may be formed in the recess 24982b3 of the front side contact portion 24982b1.

  Thereby, even when dust or the like is accumulated in the concave portion 24982b3 of the front side contact portion 24982b1, the lower surface (the lower side in FIG. 167A) of the action portion 24983a and the upper surface of the front side contact portion 24982b1 (FIG. a) the upper side can be in contact, and the distributing member 24983 can be disposed at the second position.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 168, the winning opening unit 25930 in the twenty-fourth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-third embodiment, the barycentric position of the distributing member 24983 is biased toward the one acting portion 24983a, and the rotational speed of the distributing member 24983 is different (see FIG. 167). In the twenty-fourth embodiment, the position of the center of gravity of the distributing member 25983 is biased toward the one acting portion 24983a, and when the external force acts on the distributing member 25983, the rotation of the distributing member 25983 is suppressed. . In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 168 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 25930 in the twenty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 168 (a), the sorting member 25983 is at the first position. The state in which the distributing member 25983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 168 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 168 (a), the acting portion 24983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side of FIG. 168 (a)) of the distributing member 25983 has a gravity direction from the lower surface (lower side of FIG. 168 (a)). It is formed to have a protrusion 24983a1 which is formed to protrude on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity). In other words, the distributing member 25983 is formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, and the distributing member 25983 in the direction connecting the acting portion 19983a and the acting portion 24983a (a direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b). The center of gravity of the projection is located closer to the action portion 24983a side (right side in FIG. 168A) than the intermediate plate 19983b because the projection 24983a is protruded.

  Further, the back side contact portion 25982b2 of the lower surface plate 25982b formed on the bulging portion 25982 of the first side surface base 25981 is slightly larger than the shape of the protrusion 24983a1 formed to project from the action portion 24983a of the distributing member 25983 A recess 24982b3 formed in a shape is provided. As a result, the protrusion 24983a1 formed to project from the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 25983 is disposed inside the recess 24982b3, and the distribution member 25983 can be disposed at the first position.

  That is, the distributing member 25983 can form the same inclined state as the first position of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment, and thereby, is arranged on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 168A). The game ball disposed between the acting portion 24983a and the intermediate plate 19983b is distributed from the distributing member 25983 to the side of the detecting device SE5 (right side in FIG. 168A), passing through the opening U6 and throwing the ball to the passage TR4. It can be done.

  Since the protrusion 24983a1 is formed sufficiently small compared to the intermediate plate 19983b, as shown in FIG. 168 (b), the distribution member in the front-rear direction in the state where the distribution member 24983 is disposed at the second position The center of gravity of 25983 is located on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 168 (b)) than the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. As a result, the distribution member 25983 can be maintained in the second position.

  Further, the barycentric position of the distributing member 25983 is located on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 168A) than the barycentric position of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 168 (a), the distributing member 25983 is disposed at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the dividing member 25983 in the front direction (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 168A) of the pachinko machine 10, a direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 25983 The angle between the (direction orthogonal to the rotating direction of the distributing member 25983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 25983 (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 168A) is the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. It is formed smaller compared to. Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 25983 can be reduced.

  In addition, the protrusion 24983a1 is formed to project from the lower surface (lower side in FIG. 168A) of the action portion 24983a to the one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). It is located on one side in the direction of gravity than the position of the center of gravity of the distribution member 19983 in the embodiment.

  Therefore, the direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 25983 (direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distributing member 25983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 25983 (FIG. 168 (a The angle with the arrow F1) is smaller than that of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Further, the distance between the axis of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 25983 can be reduced.

  Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 25983 can be reduced, and the moment acting on the distribution member 25983 by the inertial force can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force of the pachinko machine 10 in the front side direction (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 25983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  Further, forming the protrusion 24983a1 on the action portion 24983a of the distributing member 25983 is relatively easy, and it is possible to reduce the inertial force acting on the distributing member 25983 by using a vibration-proof rubber, for example. Product cost can be reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distributing member 25983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, the rotational speed of the distributing member 25983 displaced from the second position to the first position is smaller than that of the distributing member 19983 (see FIG. 161) in the eighteenth embodiment, and from the first position to the second position. The rotational speed of the displaced distribution member 25983 is larger than that of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 25980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the game balls to the fifth passage.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into distribution unit 25980 are detected by detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects them (see FIG. 161).

  Further, even when the distributing member 25983 is arranged at a position where the distributing time of the gaming ball is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming ball flowing into the distributing unit 25980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and secure the freedom of design (see FIG. 161).

  In addition, since the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 25980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected can be adjusted by the distribution member 25983, the structure of the distribution unit 25980 Can be simplified to reduce the product cost, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth path and the arrangement position of the detection device SE5 or the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). ).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 169, the winning opening unit 26930 in the twenty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-third embodiment, the barycentric position of the distributing member 24983 is arranged to be biased toward the one acting portion 24983a (see FIG. 167). However, in the twenty-fifth embodiment, the one acting portion 26983a is magnetic. By arranging the body 26983a2, the rotational speed of the distributing member 24983 is formed differently. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 169 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 26930 in the twenty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 169 (a) The state where the distributing member 26983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 169 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 169 (a), the action portion 26983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 169 (a)) of the distributing member 26983 according to the twenty-fifth embodiment is a magnetic body directed inward from its lower surface. 26983a2 is buried.

  Further, the magnetic body 26982b4 is embedded in the back side contact portion 26962b2 of the lower surface plate 26982b formed in the bulging portion 26982 of the first side surface base 26981 from the upper surface toward the inside. The magnetic body 26982b4 is disposed at a position facing the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed in the action portion 26983a when the distributing member 26983 is positioned at the first position. In addition, the magnetic body 26982b4 is disposed in a state of being repelled from the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed in the action portion 26983a.

  Here, the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a is the force of gravity acting on the distributing member 26983 positioned at the first position. The combined force of the repulsive force between the magnetic body 988c disposed in the distribution member 26983 and the magnetic body 988b disposed in the housing portion 986b (see FIG. 150) is smaller than the resultant. Therefore, in the state where the distributing member 26983 is arranged at the first position, the state where it is arranged at the first position is maintained.

  In the present embodiment, the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a causes the action portion 26983a of the distributing member 26983a and the Although it does not abut on the back side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower surface plate 26982b formed on the bulging portion 26982b of the side surface base 26981b, the action portion 26983a of the distributing member 26983 and the bulging portion 26982 of the first side surface base The state in which the force acting on the distributing member 26983 is balanced when the rear surface side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower surface plate 26982b to be formed approaches is referred to as a first position.

  In the state where the distributing member 26983 is disposed at the first position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 flows into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940, When the ball is sent to the distributing member 26983 after passing through the 1 winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distributing unit 26980, the axial center of the shaft member 988a is rotationally displaced as the rotation axis, and the distributing member 26983 is arranged at the second position. It will be in the state of being set.

  As described above, since the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed in the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed in the action portion 26983a acts on the distribution member 26983, the first position from the first position The rotational speed of the distributing member 26983 displaced to the two positions is larger than that of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 169 (b), with the distributing member 26983 disposed at the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the first of the front units 19940. When it flows inside the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 26980 and is thrown to the distribution member 26983, it is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, The distributing member 26983 is in a state of being disposed at the first position.

  As described above, since the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed in the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed in the action portion 26983a acts on the distribution member 26983, the second position from the second position The rotational speed of the distributing member 26983 displaced to the 1 position is smaller than that of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 26980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the fifth passage.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 26980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, even when the distributing member 26983 is arranged in such a state that the distributing time of the gaming balls is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 26980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  In the present embodiment, the magnetic body 26983a2 is embedded inward from the lower surface of the action portion 26983a, and the magnetic body 26982b4 is embedded inward from the upper surface of the back side contact portion 26982b2, ie, the magnetic body Although the case where the exposed surface of the 26983a2 and the lower surface of the action portion 26983a form the same surface, and the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 and the upper surface of the back side contact portion 26962b2 form the same surface has been described, It is not something that can be done.

  For example, the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26983a2 may be formed inside (the upper side in FIG. 169A) than the lower surface of the action portion 26983a, and the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 is more than the upper surface of the back side contact portion 26982b2 Alternatively, they may be formed inside (the lower side in FIG. 169A).

  Accordingly, contact between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the magnetic body 26982b4 can be suppressed, and breakage of the magnetic body 26983a2 or the magnetic body 26982b4 can be suppressed.

  Also, due to the variation in dimensional tolerance, the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26983a2 is formed outside (lower side in FIG. 169A) than the lower surface of the action portion 26983a, or the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 is on the back side It can suppress that it forms outside the upper surface of contact | abutting part 26982b2 (FIG. 169 (a) upper side), and can suppress that magnetic body 26983a2 and magnetic body 26982b4 contact | abut.

  Thus, breakage of the magnetic body 26983a2 or the magnetic body 26962b4 can be suppressed. In addition, it can be suppressed that the distributing member 26983 is not sufficiently rotated and is not arranged at the first position.

  In addition, a state in which the distributing member 26983 is disposed at the first position by inserting a spacer or the like between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the action portion 26983a or between the magnetic body 26982b4 and the back side contact portion 26982b2 In the above, the distance between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the magnetic body 26962b4 can be adjusted.

  Thereby, the magnitude of the force acting on the distributing member 26983 can be adjusted, and the difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be easily made. It can be adjusted.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 26983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the gaming device flowing into the sorting unit 26980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the magnetic body 26983a2 and the magnetic body 26982b4 are disposed in a repulsive state, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and may be disposed in an adsorption state. .

  Thereby, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the distributing member 26983 is arranged at the first position (see FIG. 1). The displacement of the distributing member 26983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed also in the case where an inertial force in the front side direction of the is applied.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the magnetic body 26983a2 is disposed on the action portion 26983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 169A) of the distributing member 26983, and the expansion of the first side surface base 26981 Although the magnetic body 26982b4 is disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower surface plate 26982b formed in the projecting portion 26982b, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the opening U7 side of the distributing member 26983 ( The magnetic body 26983a2 is disposed on the action portion 19983a disposed on the left side of FIG. 169 (a), and the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the lower surface plate 26982b formed on the bulging portion 26982 of the first side surface base 26961. The magnetic body 26982b4 may be disposed in a state where it is adsorbed.

  In this case, as shown in FIG. 169 (b), in the state where the distributing member 26983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as rocking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction. (Refer to FIG. 1) In the case where an inertial force acts on the distributing member 26983 in the back side direction (the direction of arrow F2 of FIG. 169 (b)) of the pachinko machine 10, the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the distributing member The angle between the direction connecting with the center of gravity of 26983 (the direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of distribution member 26983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on distribution member 26983 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 169 (b)) It is smaller than the distribution member 19983 in the embodiment (see FIG. 161). Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 26983 can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the direction of the rear face of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 26983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 170, the winning opening unit 27930 in the twenty-sixth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the gaming ball is thrown to the distributing member 19983 disposed at the first position, and the angle at which the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fifth passage, and the second position The game ball is sent to the distribution member 19983 disposed in the case, and the case where the distribution member 19983 is rotated at the same angle for sending the game ball to the fourth passage has been described. In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the gaming ball is thrown to the distributing member 19983 disposed at the first position, and the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fifth passage (see FIG. 161). The game ball is thrown to the angle and the distributing member 19983 disposed at the second position, and the angle at which the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fourth passage is disposed at a different angle. . In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 170 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 27930 in the twenty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). In FIG. 170 (a), the sorting member 19983 is at the first position. A state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed is illustrated, and in FIG. 170 (b), a state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated.

  In the winning opening unit 27930 according to the twenty-sixth embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the back side contact portion 27982b2 of the lower surface plate 27982b formed in the bulging portion 27982 of the first side surface base 27981 are in the vertical direction (FIG. a) It is formed asymmetrically with respect to the vertical direction), and the upper surface of the back side contact part 27982b2 is formed to project upward (upper direction in FIG. 170A) than the top surface of the front side contact part 19982b1.

  Thus, an angle θ4 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL in the state in which the distributing member 19983 is arranged at the first position is equal to the angle between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL in the state arranged at the second position. It is formed larger than the angle θ3.

  Therefore, in a state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, a position where the gaming ball to be thrown to the distributing member 19983 is thrown to the fifth passage (opening U7), that is, the opening U7 side (FIG. 170). (A) The distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position so that the rotation angle at which the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the left side is rotated to the position where one end of the action portion 19983a faces one side in the direction of gravity In the state, the position where the gaming ball to be thrown to the distributing member 19983 is thrown to the fourth passage (opening U6), that is, the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 170) Can be smaller than the rotation angle at which it is rotated to a position where one of the directions is in the direction of gravity (one side in the direction of gravity).

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the above-described distribution unit 27980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the fifth passage.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 27980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, thereby, even when the distributing member 19983 is arranged in a state in which the distributing time of the gaming balls is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 27980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  Note that the distribution unit 27980 according to this embodiment adjusts the position of the upper surface of the front contact portion 19982b1 that protrudes upward (the upward direction in FIG. 170A), and the time until the detection device SE5 detects it. And the time between detection by the detection device SE6 can be easily adjusted.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls late may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 27980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 171, the winning opening unit 28930 in the twenty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the gaming ball is thrown to the distributing member 19983 disposed at the first position, and the angle at which the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fifth passage is the second position. The game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 disposed in the case, and the case where the distribution member 19983 is disposed smaller than the rotation angle for sending the game ball to the fourth passage has been described (see FIG. In the twenty-seventh embodiment, the gaming ball is thrown to the distributing member 19983 disposed at the first position, and the angle at which the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fifth passage is The game ball is thrown to the distributing member 19983 disposed at the second position, and is disposed to be larger than the angle at which the distributing member 19983 is rotated to throw the gaming ball to the fourth passage. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 171 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 28930 in the twenty-seventh embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 171 (a), the sorting member 19983 is at the first position. A state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed is illustrated, and in FIG. 171 (b), a state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated.

  In the winning opening unit 28930 in the twenty-seventh embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the back side contact portion 28982b2 of the lower surface plate 28982b formed in the bulging portion 28982 of the first side surface base 28981 are in the vertical direction (FIG. a) It is formed asymmetrically with respect to the vertical direction, and the upper surface of the back side contact portion 27982b2 is formed to be recessed downward (the downward direction in FIG. 170A) than the top surface of the front side contact portion 19982b1. Ru.

  Thus, an angle θ5 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL in the state in which the distributing member 19983 is arranged in the first position is equal to the angle between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL in the state arranged in the second position. It is formed smaller than the angle θ3.

  Further, the position of the center of gravity of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation center. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 171 (a), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). In the case where an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 171) acts on the distributing member 19983, the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 19983 The angle between the direction connecting the two (direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 19983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 19983 (direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 171) is the vibration in the 18th embodiment. It is smaller than the divided member 19983. Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 19983 can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 19983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls late may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 28980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 172, the winning opening unit 29930 in the twenty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case has been described in which the distributing member 19983 is formed in a symmetrical shape with respect to a plane of symmetry extending in the left-right direction through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b (FIG. 147) In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the distributing member 29983 is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to a plane of symmetry extending in the left-right direction passing through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 172 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 29930 in the twenty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 172 (a), the sorting member 29983 is in the first position. The state in which the distributing member 29983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 172 (b).

  In the winning opening unit 29930 in the twenty-eighth embodiment, an angle θ6 between the action line SL connecting the pair of action parts 19983a of the distributing member 29883 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 172) It is formed smaller than an angle θ7 formed by the action line SL and the intermediate line TL on the U7 side (left side in FIG. 172). In other words, in the distributing member 29983, the intermediate plate 19983b is disposed to be inclined with respect to the pair of action portions 19983a, passes through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b, and extends in the left-right direction (the direction perpendicular to the sheet of FIG. It is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to a plane of symmetry extended to.

  Therefore, in a state where the distributing member 29983 is disposed at the first position, a position where the gaming ball to be thrown to the distributing member 29983 is thrown to the fifth passage (opening U7), that is, the opening U7 side (FIG. 172). (A) The distributing member 29983 is disposed at the second position in the rotation angle at which the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the left side is rotated to the position where one end of the action portion 19983a faces the gravity direction one side (gravitation direction lower side). In the state, the position where the gaming ball to be thrown to the distributing member 29983 is thrown to the fourth passage (opening U6), that is, the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 172). Can be smaller than the rotation angle at which it is rotated to a position where one of the directions is in the direction of gravity (one side in the direction of gravity).

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the above-described distribution unit 29980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the fifth passage.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 29980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, even when the distributing member 29983 is arranged in such a state that the distributing time of the gaming ball is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming ball flowing into the distributing unit 29980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 29983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 29980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 173, the winning opening unit 30930 in the twenty-ninth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-ninth embodiment, the aspect of the contact surface of the distributing member 30983 with the game ball is different between the state where the distributing member 30983 is arranged at the first position and the state where the distributing member 30983 is arranged at the second position. It is formed. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 173 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 30930 in the twenty-ninth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 173 (a), the sorting member 30983 is in the first position. The state in which the distributing member 30983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 173 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 173 (b), in the state where the distributing member 30983 is disposed at the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the first of the front units 19940. When the ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 30980, and is thrown to the distributing member 30983, the gaming ball is on the side of the intermediate plate 19983b and the opening U6 (FIG. 173). (B) It is thrown between the action part 19983a of the right side). As a result, as shown in FIG. 173 (a), the distributing member 30983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distributing member 30983 is placed in the first position. .

  Here, the side surface of the middle plate 19983b of the distributing member 30983 and the side surface on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 173 (a) of the abutting portion 19983d) and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side A rubber sheet 30983f is provided. Therefore, the gaming ball in contact with the rubber sheet 30983f rebounds and is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity).

  When the game ball displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) abuts against the distributing member 30983 by its own weight, the member 30983 is rotationally displaced from the second position to the first position by the load of the game ball. The game ball is thrown to the passage (passage TR4). That is, it is possible to delay the throwing of the gaming ball to the fourth passage (the passage TR4) by displacing the gaming ball to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity).

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the above-described distribution unit 30980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the fifth passage.

  Thus, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 30980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, even when the distributing member 30983 is arranged in such a state that the distributing time of the gaming balls is different depending on the direction of distributing by this, the time and detection until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 30980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  The time until the detection device SE5 and the detection device SE6 are detected by changing the thickness or the shape of the rubber sheet 30983f or by arranging the rubber sheets having different elastic moduli You can easily adjust the difference with the time until.

  Further, a rubber formed from a rubber-like elastic material on the side surface of the middle plate 19983b of the distributing member 30983 and the side of the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 173A) of the contact portion 19983d and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side. Since the sheet 30983f is disposed, the barycentric position of the distributing member 30983 is located on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 173A) than the barycentric position of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 173 (a), the distributing member 30983 is disposed at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the dividing member 30983 in the front direction (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 173A) of the pachinko machine 10, a direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 30983 The distribution member 19983 according to the eighteenth embodiment forms an angle between (a direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 30983) and a direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 30983 (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 173A). It is formed smaller compared to. Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 30983 can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force of the pachinko machine 10 in the front side direction (the direction of arrow F1 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 30983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  Although the rubber balls 30983f are disposed on the distributing member 30983 in the present embodiment, the game ball is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity). There is no limitation, and the speed component of the game ball may be reduced by the contact of the game ball and the rubber sheet 30983f.

  For example, when the rubber sheet 30983f has viscosity, the game ball slides or rolls on the rubber sheet 30983f, whereby the velocity component to the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 173A) is reduced.

  In addition, for example, when the game ball contacts the rubber sheet 30983f is greatly deformed (the game ball sinks), the frictional force acting between the game ball and the rubber sheet 30983f causes the opening U6 side (see FIG. The velocity component to 173 (a) right) is reduced.

  This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time taken for the detection device SE5 to detect the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 30980 and the time taken to be detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 30983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 30980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, although the case where rubber sheet 30983f was formed from a rubber-like elastic body was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, members having different materials (elastic modulus), such as resin films, gel-like sheets or metal plates, are exemplified.

  Further, in the present embodiment, rubber-like elasticity is applied to the side surface of the middle plate 19983b of the distributing member 30983 and the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 173A) of the contact portion 19983d and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side. Although the case where the rubber sheet 30983f formed from the body is disposed has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the game ball is formed on the surface of the intermediate plate 19983b, the contact portion 19983d and the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side. The protrusion formed in a smaller dimension may be formed. Thereby, the velocity component to the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 173A) is reduced by the frictional force acting between the gaming ball and the projection.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 174, the winning opening unit 31930 in the thirtieth embodiment will be described. The distributing member 31983 in the thirtieth embodiment is formed so as to differ in rotational resistance depending on the rotational direction. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  Further, the distributing member 31983 in the present embodiment is other than that the shaft member 31988a is extended in the axial direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 174A) with respect to the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. A pair of action parts 19983a and an intermediate plate 19983b are arranged at substantially a right angle, pass through the center of the intermediate plate 19983b in the thickness direction, and extend in the lateral direction. It has a symmetrical shape (see FIG. 161).

  FIG. 174 (a) is a top view of the winning opening unit 31930, and FIG. 174 (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit 31930. In the winning opening unit 31930 in the thirtieth embodiment, the side plate 31986a formed in the bulging portion 31986 of the second side base 31985 is annularly directed toward the first side base 19981 side (the left side in FIG. 174 (a)). A protruding bearing portion 31985 j is provided, and the inside of the bearing portion 31985 j is formed to penetrate in the axial direction.

  One end of the shaft member 31988a of the distributing member 31983 is disposed outside the second cover member 31988 (FIG. 174 (a) right side) through the bearing 31985j, and the other end of the shaft member 31988a is It is inserted into the bearing portion 982c (see FIG. 151) of the side plate 19982a formed on the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981. Therefore, the shaft member 31988a is rotatably disposed by the bearing portion 31985j and the bearing portion 982c. Further, one end of the shaft member 31988a is formed in a substantially D-shape in the axial direction, and a one-way gear WG described later is disposed.

  The one-way gear WG is formed as a cam-type one-way clutch in which a roller and a spring are interposed between the inner ring and the outer ring. A gear engaged with the third gear GY3 is engraved on the outer periphery of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG. Further, the axial hole of the one-way gear WG is formed in the same shape as the substantially D-shape at one end of the axial view axial member 31988a.

  Further, the distribution member 31983 and the shaft member 31988a are fastened and fixed by a screw (not shown). Thus, the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the inner ring of the one-way gear WG.

  When distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and third gear GY3 is not rotated. On the other hand, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring, and the third gear GY3 is rotated.

  The second cover member 31988 is in a position meshing with the one-way gear WG and in a position meshing with the third gear GY3 and the third gear GY3 to a position meshing with the fourth gear GY4 and the fourth gear GY4. It has five gears GY5.

  Therefore, when distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and third gear GY3 and fourth gear GY4. And the 5th gear GY5 does not rotate. On the other hand, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring, and the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is rotated. Thus, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 rotate.

  Here, when the rotation of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the third gear GY3 and the outer ring of the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3 rotate, the meshing of the gear teeth of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3 Friction occurs on the rough surface.

  Similarly, when the rotation of the third gear GY3 is transmitted to the fourth gear GY4, and the third gear GY3 and the fourth gear GY4 rotate, on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the third gear GY3 and the fourth gear GY4. When the friction is generated, the rotation of the fourth gear GY4 is transmitted to the fifth gear GY5, and the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 rotate, meshing of gear teeth of the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 Friction occurs on the surface.

  Therefore, the distributing member in the case where the outer ring of one-way gear WG, third gear GY3, fourth gear GY4 and fifth gear GY5 rotate, that is, the rotation of distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the outer ring of one-way gear WG The rotation of 31983 is performed when the outer ring of one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 do not rotate, that is, the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is not transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way gear WG. It is slower than the rotation of the segment 31983.

  Therefore, when the rotation of distribution member 31983 is transmitted to the outer ring of one-way gear WG, ie, when distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), distribution The rotation of member 31983 is in the case where the rotation of distributing member 31983 is not transmitted to the outer ring of one-way gear WG, ie, in the case where distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161). It is slower than the rotation of the distributing member 31983, and the difference between the distributing time of the gaming ball flowing into the distributing unit 31980 to the fourth passage and the distributing time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

  Thereby, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 31980 is detected by detection device SE5 (see FIG. 161) and the time until the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) is detected is reduced. be able to.

  Further, thereby, even when the distribution member 31983 is disposed in a state where the distribution time of the game balls is different depending on the direction of distribution, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 31980 are By reducing the difference between the time until detection by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress loss of interest in the game and secure design freedom. it can.

  Further, in a state where the distributing member 31983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 174 (b)), the gears of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 Friction (resistance) occurs on the meshing surfaces of the teeth.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 31983 in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  Further, since transmission and non-transmission of rotation to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 are switched by the one-way gear WG, it is possible to reliably form a difference in rotational resistance with respect to the rotational direction. it can.

  Further, since the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 are disposed outside the second cover member 31988, they can be easily removed. Thus, the adjustment time of the detection time difference can be reduced.

  In addition, the relatively simple configuration as to whether or not the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 can be driven can reduce the product cost, and also the reliability and durability. I can improve the nature.

  In particular, the inertial force at the time of starting to follow the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 in the stopped state can be used to make the rotational resistance of the distributing member 31983. Therefore, the rotational resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distributing member 31983 can be easily secured, and in the present invention in which the displacement amount in the distributing operation of the distributing member 31983 is relatively small, the difference in the distributing time of the distributing member 31983 It is effective as a configuration to reduce the size.

  In the present embodiment, although the case where the number of gears to be disposed is three has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the number of gears may be two or less or two or more. good. By adjusting the number of gears, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 31980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it. Yes (see Figure 161).

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is not rotated by the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG rotates the distributing member 31983 When the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is rotated by the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position without transmission to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5, the one-way gear WG Described the case of transmitting the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 (see FIG. 161), but the one-way gear WG acts in the opposite direction As well.

  That is, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5. When the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the one-way gear WG rotates the distributing member 31983 by the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fourth gear. It may be configured not to transmit to the 5 gear GY5.

  In this case, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as tapping the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and an inertial force in the front direction of the pachinko machine 10 acts on the distributing member 31983 ( (See FIG. 161), the friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 causes the distributing member 31983 to move from the first position It is possible to suppress displacement (rotation) to the second position.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 175, the winning opening unit 32930 in the thirty-first embodiment will be described. In the thirty-first embodiment, the center of gravity of the distributing member 32983 is formed at the same position as the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 175 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 32930 according to the thirty-first embodiment, and corresponds to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). As shown in FIG. 175, in the distributing member 32983 according to the thirty-first embodiment, the side opposite to the pair of action portions 19983a and the intermediate plate 19983b of the contact portion 19983d in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a (figure And a center-of-gravity adjustment portion 32983 g protrudingly formed on the lower side of the lower portion 175). The gravity center adjustment portion 32983 g is a portion for arranging the gravity center of the distributing member 32983 at the same position as the axial center of the shaft member 988 a, and is formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983 b.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 175, the distributing member 32983 is disposed at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). When the inertial force in the front side direction (the direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 175) of the pachinko machine 10 acts on the center of gravity of the distributing member 32983 and the axial center position of the shaft member 988a are arranged at the same position. Therefore, the inertial force acting on the distributing member 32983 does not generate a moment.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force of the pachinko machine 10 in the front side direction (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 175) acts on the sorting member 32983; The displacement from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  Further, the distributing member 32983 is disposed at the second position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as shaking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). Even when an inertial force acts in the direction (the direction opposite to the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 175), the inertial force acting on the distributing member 32983 similarly does not generate a moment.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction opposite to the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 175) acts on the distributing member 32983. The displacement of the distribution member 32983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  Also, the distribution members 32983 are formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. Therefore, the shape of the distributing member 32983 can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced. In addition, since the distributing member 32983 does not have directionality, the assemblability can be improved.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 176, the winning opening unit 33930 in the thirty-second embodiment will be described. In the thirty-second embodiment, the shapes of the intermediate plate 33983 b of the distributing member 33983 are different between the opening U6 side and the opening U7 side. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 176 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 33930 in the thirty-second embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 176 (a) The state in which the distributing member 33983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 176 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 176 (a), the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 176 (a)) of the intermediate plate 33983b of the distributing member 33983 is formed to be curved in an arc shape projecting toward the opening U6. The protruding surface 33983b1 is formed, and the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 176A) of the intermediate plate 33983b is formed to be curved in an arc shape recessed toward the axial center of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 33983 A concave surface 33983b2 is formed. The action portion 33983a of the distributing member 33983 on the opening U7 side is formed to project toward the intermediate plate 33983b (upper side in FIG. 176A) as it proceeds to the shaft member 988a side (right side in FIG. 176A). The top surface of the portion 33983a and the concave surface 33983b2 form a uniform surface. In other words, the boundary between the upper surface of the action portion 33983a and the concave 33983b2 is formed in the same plane.

  In the state where the distributing member 33983 is disposed at the first position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 flows into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940, When the ball is sent to the distributing member 33983 after passing through the winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distributing unit 33980, the gaming ball is moved to the concave 33983 b2 of the middle plate 33983b of the distributing unit 33980 and the opening U7 side (FIG. 176 (a) It is thrown to the action part 33983a of the left side). As a result, as shown in FIG. 176 (b), the distributing member 33983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988 a as the rotation axis, and the distributing member 33983 is placed in the second position. .

  Here, the concave surface 33983b2 of the intermediate plate 33983b is formed in an arc shape which is recessed toward the axial center of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 33983 and has a surface which is uniform with the upper surface of the action portion 33983a In order to form, the velocity component to one side (the gravity direction lower side) and the opening U6 side (the right side of FIG. 176 (b)) of the gaming ball to be thrown to the distribution unit 33980 is the opening U7 side (FIG. 176 (b) The game ball can be thrown to the opening U7 by changing to the speed component to the left). That is, since the speed component to the opening U7 side can be given to the gaming ball, the ball can be thrown in a short time as compared with the throwing to the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, the throwing time of the gaming ball to the passage TR3 (fifth passage) by the distributing member 33983 can be shortened as compared with the throwing time in the eighteenth embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 176 (b), with the distributing member 33983 disposed at the second position, the gaming ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the gaming board 13 is the first of the front units 19940. When the ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 33980, and is thrown to the distributing member 33983, the gaming ball is a projecting surface of the middle plate 33983b of the distributing unit 33980 33983b1 and the opening U6 side (FIG. 176 (b) right side) action part 19983a is thrown. As a result, as shown in FIG. 176 (a), the distributing member 33983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distributing member 33983 is disposed at the first position. .

  Here, since the protruding surface 33983b1 of the intermediate plate 33983b is formed to be curved in an arc shape protruding toward the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 176 (b)), it is formed on a straight line in the 18th embodiment As compared with the side surface of the intermediate plate 19883b (see FIG. 161), the sliding distance or rolling distance on the protruding surface 33983b1 of the intermediate plate 33983b can be increased.

  In addition, since the game ball approaches the axial center of the shaft member 988a by sliding or rolling on the protruding surface 33983b1, the moment acting on the distributing member 33983 can be reduced. Thereby, the rotation time of the distributing member 33983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed.

  Therefore, the throwing time of the gaming ball to the passage TR4 (fourth passage) by the distributing member 33983 can be made longer compared to the throwing time in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the above-described distribution unit 33980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the game ball to the fifth passage.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming balls flowing into the distribution unit 33980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

  Further, even when the distributing members 33983 are arranged in such a manner that the distributing time of the gaming balls differs depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 33980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 33983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the gaming device flowing into the sorting unit 33980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 177, the winning opening unit 34930 in the thirty-third embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the distribution member 19983 is rotatably supported (see FIG. 161) has been described (see FIG. 161), but in the thirty-third embodiment, the distribution member 19983 is rotatably supported, and It is disposed to be displaceable in the direction and in the vertical direction. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 177 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 34930 in the thirty-third embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 177 (a), the sorting member 19983 is at the first position. 177 (b), the distribution member 19983 maintains the posture (angle) arranged at the first position inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j described later. A state of being displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)) is illustrated, and in FIG. 177 (c), a state in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated. In order to facilitate understanding, in the enlarged view shown in FIG. 177, the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j are shown by solid lines, and the distributing member 19983 is shown by dashed lines.

  In the winning opening unit 34930 according to the thirty-third embodiment, the bearing portions 34982c and 349885j extend in an inclined manner toward the other side of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as they extend toward the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 177A). Is formed. Here, the oval shape indicates a shape in which both ends are formed in an arc shape having a radius equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a, and a pair of both ends are connected by a pair of linear shapes. Further, the pair of linear shapes are disposed in parallel, and the distance between the facings is disposed equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a.

  Therefore, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 can be displaced in the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j. That is, the distributing member 19983 is rotatably disposed in the distributing unit 34980, and is displaceable in the longitudinal direction (the lateral direction in FIG. 177 (a)) and in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 177 (a)). Will be installed.

  As shown in FIG. 177 (a), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). When the inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 177) acts on the dividing member 19983, the inertial force generated in the distributing member 19983 is on the front side (FIG. 177 (a) The shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)) as shown in FIG. 177 (b) inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j. That is, the distributing member 19983 is displaced forward by the inertial force generated in the distributing member 19983.

  Further, due to the forward displacement of the distributing member 19983, friction is generated between the shaft member 988a and the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, and kinetic energy applied to the distributing member 19983 by external force can be consumed. .

  Further, since the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as it is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), kinetic energy given to the distributing member 19983 by external force is Can be converted to

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. The displacement (rotation) of the dividing member 19983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 177 (b), when the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), the opening U6 side of the distributing member 19983 (FIG. 177 (b) The right side) of the operation portion 19983a can be maintained in contact with the rear side contact portion 19982b2 of the lower surface plate 19982b formed in the bulging portion 34982 of the first side surface base 34981. Thus, the distribution member 19983 can maintain the posture (angle) disposed at the first position.

  In a state in which the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), that is, in a state in which the shaft member 988a is displaced to the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction) 988a is displaced to the rear side (right side in FIG. 177 (a)) at the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j by gravity, that is, displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the gravity direction), FIG. The distribution member 19983 is disposed at the first position, as shown in FIG.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. The state in which the dividing member 19983 is disposed at the first position can be maintained.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 177 (b), when the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), the projecting portion 19982d of the distributing unit 34980, the front The distance between the middle receiving portion 19943e of the unit 19940 and the middle opening 19941h and the distributing member 19983 is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  Therefore, in a state where the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), the game ball is thrown to the distributing unit 34980, and the distributing member 19983 from the first position to the second position. In the case of displacement, there is a possibility that the gaming ball may bite between the projecting portion 19982d of the distribution unit 34980, the intermediate receiving portion 19943e or the intermediate port 19941h of the front unit 19940, and the distributing member 19983.

  On the other hand, the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment are oblong shapes extending obliquely to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) extending toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177 (a)) And, as it goes to the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 177 (a)), it is formed in an oval shape extending obliquely to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). Therefore, due to the force in one direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) acting on the sorting member 19983 by the weight of the sorting member 19983 and the contact between the weight of the sorting member 19983 and the gaming ball flowing down the sorting unit 34980, The distributing member 19983 is displaced to the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 177A) and one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity), and the gaming ball released from the biting state is the fifth passage (passage TR3) It can be thrown to.

  As shown in FIG. 177 (b), when the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177 (b)), the projecting portion 19982d of the distributing unit 34980, the front unit 19940. The distance between the middle receiving portion 19943e and the middle opening 19941h and the distributing member 19983 may be formed larger than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  The game ball flowing down the front side (see FIG. 138) of the game board 13 flows into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940 and passes through the first winning opening 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 34980, When the distributing member 19983 is thrown, the gaming ball is thrown between the intermediate plate 19983b and the action portion 19983a on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177A) of the distributing unit 19980.

  Here, as described above, since the gaming ball to be thrown to the sorting unit 19980 has a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 177 (a)), the throwing direction of the gaming ball and the extension of the bearing portion 34982c, 34985j The setting direction includes the same direction component in that it advances one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity) toward the rear side.

  Therefore, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is disposed on the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), that is, on the rear side (right side in FIG. 177). While maintaining it, the distributing member 19983 is rotated about the axis of the shaft member 988a as a rotating shaft, and is disposed at the second position as shown in FIG. 177 (c).

  In a state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 in the distributing member 19983 (FIG. 177 (a) arrow F1 direction When the inertial force acts on the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 as in the first position, the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j is the front side (the left side in FIG. 177 (a)). That is, it can be displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and improper rotation of the distributing member 19983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  As a result, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is disposed on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) in the direction of gravity on the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, that is, on the rear side (right side in FIG. 177). And the distribution member 19983 is rotationally displaced with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis by the throwing of the game balls, and is disposed at the first position as shown in FIG. 177 (a). Be done.

  Note that the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment are formed in an oblong shape extending obliquely to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as going to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177A). Even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 177) acts on the distributing member 19983 The axial member 988a of the member 19983 can prevent the distribution member 19983 from being improperly rotated from the second position to the first position by displacing the inside of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j.

  In addition, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 displaced on the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j to the front side (left side in FIG. 177A), that is, the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction) As a result, since it is disposed at the first position, drive means such as an actuator for displacing the distributing member 19983 to the first position is unnecessary. Therefore, the product cost can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to suppress the maintenance of the state in which the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the front side due to poor control of the drive means or the like.

  Further, an external force is continuously applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and an inertial force in the front side direction (a direction of an arrow F1 in FIG. 177A) of the pachinko machine 10 acts continuously on the distributing member 19983. Also in this case, the distribution member 19983 can be maintained at the first position by the action of gravity.

  Note that the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment are formed in an oblong shape extending obliquely to the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) as it goes to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177 (a)). Although the case has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and is formed into an oval shape extending obliquely to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. It may be done.

  In this case, as shown in FIG. 177 (c), in the state where the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as rocking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front and rear direction. (Refer to FIG. 1) In the case where an inertial force acts on the sorting member 19983 in the back face direction (the direction of arrow F2 of FIG. 177 (c)) of the pachinko machine 10, the inertial force generated in the sorting member 19983 is the rear Acting to the side (FIG. 177 (c) right side), the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the rear side (right side in FIG. 177 (c)) inside the bearing portions 34982 c and 34985 j. That is, the distributing member 19983 is displaced rearward by the inertial force generated in the distributing member 19983.

  Further, due to the displacement of the distributing member 19983 to the rear side, friction is generated between the shaft member 988a and the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, and kinetic energy applied to the distributing member 19983 by external force can be consumed. .

  Further, since the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as it is displaced to the rear side (right side in FIG. 177 (b)), kinetic energy given to the distributing member 19983 by external force is Can be converted to

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the direction of the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement (rotation) of the dividing member 19983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  Further, the bearing portions 34982c and 349985j in the present embodiment are formed in an oblong shape extending obliquely to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as going to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177 (a)). Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this.

  For example, the site | part which connects a pair of both ends may be curved, and may be formed, and it may be formed from both a curved shape and linear shape. As a result, by forming the bearing portions 34982c and 349985j in a shape corresponding to the external force (see FIG. 1) applied to the pachinko machine 10, the distributing member 19983 is illegally rotated from the second position to the first position. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, although the case where the pair of linear shapes are disposed in parallel has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the pair of linear shapes may be disposed non-parallel.

  For example, the distance between facings may be formed to be larger as it goes from the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 177A) to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177A). As a result, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 which is displaced toward the opening U7 can rotate and be displaced inside the bearings 34982c and 34985j.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 177 (b), the game ball is thrown to the distributing unit 34980 in a state in which the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 is displaced forward (the left side in FIG. 177 (b)). Even when 19983 is displaced from the first position to the second position, the gaming ball bites between the projecting portion 19982d of the distributing unit 34980, the intermediate receiving portion 19943e or the intermediate port 19941h of the front unit 19940, and the distributing member 19983. It is possible to suppress the problem.

  In order to displacably arrange the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 19983 inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, it is preferable that the lower surface inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j be formed in a linear shape.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls late may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 34980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, a winning opening unit 35930 according to a thirty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the thirty-fourth embodiment, the distributing member 31983 is arranged at an offset position in the front-rear direction with respect to the arrangement position of the opening U10. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 178 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 35930 according to the thirty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). In FIG. 178 (a), the distributing member 31983 is at the first position. The state where the distributing member 31983 is arranged at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 178 (b). In FIG. 178, in order to facilitate understanding, the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 are illustrated by dashed outlines only.

  In the winning opening unit 35930 according to the thirty-fourth embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the back side contact portion 35982b2 of the lower surface plate 35982b formed in the bulging portion 35982 of the first side surface base 35981 are in the vertical direction (FIG. a) It is formed asymmetrically with respect to the vertical direction), and the upper surface of the back side contact portion 35982b2 is formed to project upward (upper direction in FIG. 178A) than the top surface of the front side contact portion 19982b1.

  Thus, an angle θ4 between horizontal line HL and intermediate line TL in the state where distribution member 31983 is provided at the first position is between horizontal line HL and intermediate line TL when it is provided at the second position. It is formed larger than the angle θ3.

  When distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and distributing member 31983 from the second position In the case of displacement (rotation) to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring.

  Here, conventionally, there is known a gaming machine provided with a ball entry port where game balls enter, and a sorting member for sorting game balls entered into the ball entrance to one side or the other side. ing. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the ball entry opening is disposed vertically above the distributing member in the rotational axis direction view of the distributing member, the game ball entered into the ball entry can be distributed There is a problem that the manner of reaching the members is monotonous and the interest of the game is insufficient.

  On the other hand, the winning opening unit 35930 in the present embodiment enters the first winning opening 64 since the sorting member 31983 is disposed rearward of the first winning opening 64 (right side in FIG. 178 (a)). By the time the obtained game ball reaches the distribution member 31983, the game ball is displaced in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 178A). Therefore, a game in which the game ball flowing downward in the front direction (see FIG. 138) of the game board 13 downward (FIG. 178 (a) downward) or in the left-right direction (vertical direction in FIG. It is possible to make the player visually recognize the displacement of the game ball in the direction (front-back direction) different from that before. Thereby, the interest of the game can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, in particular, the direction of the speed component provided to the gaming ball relative to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning opening 64 (vertical direction (FIG. 178 (a) vertical direction)) and longitudinal direction Since the game balls are arranged in a direction substantially the same as (Fig. 178 (a) left and right direction), the gaming ball is abutted against the distributing member 31983 while maintaining the speed component. Therefore, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the game ball can be displaced quickly, and the interest of the game can be further improved.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 178 (a), the shaft member 31988a of the distributing member 31983 on the rear side (right side in FIG. 178 (a)) than the center position of the opening U10 in the front and rear direction (FIG. 178 (a) left and right direction). The game ball contacts the intermediate plate 19983b on the axial center side of the shaft member 31988a of the distributing member 31983 when the distributing member 31983 is arranged at the first position. . Therefore, the moment acting on the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 due to the collision of the game balls can be reduced, and the breakage of the intermediate plate 19983b (the distributing member 19983) can be suppressed.

  When the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring.

  Therefore, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be made slower than the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the first position to the second position.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into distribution unit 31980 are detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by game device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

  Further, thereby, even when the distribution member 31983 is disposed in a state where the distribution time of the game balls is different depending on the direction of distribution, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 31980 are The difference between the time until the detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be reduced to suppress the loss of the interest of the game, and the design Can ensure the freedom of

  Further, since the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 are disposed outside the second cover member, they can be easily removed. Thus, the adjustment time of the detection time difference can be reduced.

  In particular, the inertial force at the time of starting to follow the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 in the stopped state can be used to make the rotational resistance of the distributing member 31983. Therefore, the rotational resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distributing member 31983 can be easily secured, and in the present invention in which the displacement amount in the distributing operation of the distributing member 31983 is relatively small, the difference in the distributing time of the distributing member 31983 It is effective as a configuration to reduce the size.

  In the present embodiment, although the case where the number of gears to be disposed is three has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the number of gears may be two or less or two or more. good. By adjusting the number of gears, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 31980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it. Yes (see Figure 161).

  As shown in FIG. 178 (a), in the state where the distributing member 31983 is disposed at the second position, the gaming ball and the distributing member 31983 provided with the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 178 (a)) When the game ball contacts the game ball and the distributing member 31983, the game ball loses its backward speed component. Next, the game ball is displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) by the weight of the game ball, and abuts on the action portion on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 178A) Displace (rotate) to

  Here, as shown in FIG. 178 (b), in a state where the distributing member 31983 is disposed at the second position, the game ball and the distributing having the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 178 (b)) The distribution member 31983 is disposed at the first position in a state in which the velocity component toward the rear side is applied by the contact with the member 31983.

  Thereby, the displacement (rotation) speed at which the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotation) from the first position to the second position, and the displacement (rotation) speed at which the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotation) from the second position to the first position It is different. In the present embodiment, the displacement (rotation) speed at which displacement (rotation) from the second position of the distributing member 31983 to the first position is displaced from the first position to the second position of the distributing member 31983 (rotation ) Faster than the displacement (rotational) speed.

  That is, the displacement (rotation) speed of the distribution member 31983 when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the first position is the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position ) Slower than speed.

  Therefore, the acting portion 19983a on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 178B) of the distributing member 31983 abuts on the back side contact portion 35982b2 at a high speed, and there is a possibility that the acting portion 19983a (sorting member 31983) may be damaged. is there.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5, whereby the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3. Friction (resistance) occurs on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5.

  Thus, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed, so that breakage of the acting portion 19983a (distributing member 31983) can be suppressed.

  Here, when the rotation of the distributing member 31983 due to the displacement (rotation) from the first position to the second position of the distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the one way gear WG, the one way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear Since friction (resistance) is generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of GY 4 and fifth gear GY 5, the displacement (rotation) from the first position of the distributing member 31983 to the second position is delayed. Therefore, when the gaming ball having the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 178) collides with the distributing member 31983, the distributing member 31983 is generated by the friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surface of each gear tooth. Can not be displaced (rotated) with the gaming ball, and the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position when the gaming ball bounces (is separated). Therefore, while the gaming ball is rebounding (separating), the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and repelled in a state where the distributing member 31983 is disposed at the second position. When the game ball falls (is separated) and contacts the distributing member 31983, there is a possibility that the ball is thrown to the opening U6 reverse to the direction in which the game ball is originally distributed.

  On the other hand, in the one-way gear WG in the present embodiment, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 is not transmitted to the one-way gear WG when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position. It is assumed. Therefore, friction (resistance) does not occur on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of one-way gear WG, third gear GY3, fourth gear GY4 and fifth gear GY5, and the first position from the second position of distribution member 31983 The displacement (rotation) to the position can be performed quickly.

  Therefore, even when the game ball bounces from the distribution member 31983 by the contact of the game ball provided with the velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 178) with the distribution member 31983, the distribution is made with the game ball. The member 31983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and can throw the gaming ball to the opening U7.

  Therefore, while the gaming ball is separated (bounced) from the distributing member 31983, the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and is arranged at the gaming ball and the second position. The distributing member 31983 is in contact with the gaming ball, and the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the gaming ball, and it is suppressed that the gaming ball is thrown to the opening U6 reverse to the original distributing direction. it can.

  Further, in a state where the distributing member 31983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 178), the gears of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 The friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surfaces of the teeth can suppress displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position.

  Further, since the rotation to the gear formed on the outer ring is switched between transmission and non-transmission by the one-way gear WG, the difference in rotational resistance with respect to the rotational direction can be reliably formed. In addition, since the configuration can be made relatively simple whether to drive the gear or not, it is possible to reduce the product cost and to improve the reliability and durability.

  In addition, since the distributing member 31983 is formed in a symmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, the shape of the distributing member 31983 can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. Also, the assemblability can be improved.

  In this embodiment, when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is not rotated by the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG rotates the distributing member 31983 to the third gear. When the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is rotated by the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position without transmission to the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5, the one-way gear WG is Although the case of transmitting the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 has been described, the one-way gear WG may be configured to act in the opposite direction.

  That is, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5. When the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5. It is good also as composition which does not do.

  In this case, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as tapping the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 31983 is directed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 178A). In the case where the inertial force acts on the distributing member 31983, the friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. Can be suppressed from being displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 31983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 31980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 179, the winning opening unit 36930 in the thirty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-fifth embodiment, the distributing member 24983 is arranged at a position deviated in the front-rear direction with respect to the arrangement position of the opening U10. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 179 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 36930 in the thirty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 179 (a) The state where the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 179 (b).

  In the winning opening unit 36930 according to the thirty-fifth embodiment, the distributing member 24983 is provided. As described above, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 in the direction connecting the acting portion 19983a and the acting portion 24983a (the direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) corresponds to the protrusion of the projecting portion 24983a, the intermediate plate 19983b It is located on the side of the action part 24983a (left side in FIG. 179A).

  Therefore, when the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) against gravity, whereby the displacement can be delayed. On the other hand, when the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the displacement (rotation) can be made faster because the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) using gravity. it can.

  Thereby, it is possible to reduce the difference between the time until the gaming ball flowing into distribution unit 36980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

  Further, thereby, even when the distributing member 24983 is disposed at a position where the distributing time of the gaming balls is different depending on the distributing direction, the time until the detecting device SE5 detects the gaming balls flowing into the distributing unit 36980 By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161), it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  In addition, since the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 36980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) is detected can be adjusted by distribution member 24983. The structure of distribution unit 36980 can be simplified to reduce the product cost, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth path and the arrangement position of detection device SE5 or detection device SE6. it can.

  Further, as described above, the gaming ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the protruding portion 19941g1 is thrown to the rear side (right side in FIG. 179A) and passes the first winning opening 64. It is thrown to the distribution unit 36980. Therefore, the gaming ball to be thrown to the distribution unit 36980 has a backward speed component. Further, the direction of deviation of the distributing member 24983 with respect to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning opening 64 and the speed component to the rear side of the gaming ball are formed in substantially the same direction.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 179 (b), in the state where the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the second position, the game ball and the distributing having the velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179 (b)) When the member 24983 abuts, the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the first position in a state in which the velocity component is applied to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179B). Therefore, the acting portion 19983a on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 179) of the distributing member 24983 abuts on the back side contact portion 36982b2 at a high speed, and there is a possibility that the acting portion 19983a (sorting member 24983) may be damaged. is there.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 179A) of the distributing member 24983 is from the lower surface (surface on the lower side in FIG. 179A). Since the protrusion 24983a1 is formed to project on the one side in the direction of gravity (the lower side in the direction of gravity), the displacement (rotation) from the second position of the distributing member 24983 to the first position can be delayed, so Damage to the portion 19983a (distribution member 24983) can be suppressed.

  Further, the axial center position of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 24983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 179 (a)) with respect to the center position of the opening U10 in the front and rear direction (FIG. 179 (a) left and right direction).

  Here, the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 179A) of the distributing member 24983 is one side in the direction of gravity (the direction of gravity from its lower surface (surface on the lower side in FIG. 179A)). In the case where the projection 24983a1 is formed to project downward, the displacement (rotation) from the first position to the second position of the distributing member 24983 is delayed by the provision of the projection 24983a1. Therefore, when the gaming ball provided with the speed component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179) collides with the distributing member 24983, the distributing member 24983 is moved from the first position in a state where the gaming ball bounces back (is separated). Displace (rotate) to the second position. Therefore, the distributing member 24983 can not be displaced (rotated) with the gaming ball, and the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position while the gaming ball is rebounding (separating), When the sorting member 24983 is disposed at the second position, the rebounding (separating) game ball falls and contacts the sorting member 24983 to send the ball to the opening U6 opposite to the direction in which the gaming ball is originally sorted There is a risk of

  On the other hand, the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 179A) of the distributing member 24983 in the present embodiment is directed in the direction of gravity from its lower surface (surface on the lower side in FIG. 179A). It is formed to have a protrusion 24983a1 which is formed to protrude on one side (lower side in the direction of gravity). Therefore, when the displacement (rotation) from the first position to the second position is performed, the displacement (rotation) from the first position to the second position of the distributing member 24983 can be performed quickly.

  Therefore, even when the game ball bounces from the distribution member 24983 by the contact of the game ball provided with the speed component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179) with the distribution member 24983, the distribution is performed together with the game ball The member 24983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and can throw the gaming ball to the opening U7.

  Therefore, while the gaming ball is separated (bounced) from the distributing member 24983, the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and is arranged at the gaming ball and the second position The distributing member 24983 abuts, and the distributing member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the gaming ball, and it is suppressed that the gaming ball is thrown to the opening U6 opposite to the original distributing direction. it can.

  Further, in a state where the distributing member 24983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 179), a direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 (distributing member The angle formed by the direction orthogonal to the rotational direction of the 24983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 24983 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 179B) is compared with the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. It is formed small (see FIG. 161). This makes it possible to reduce the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 24983.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force of the pachinko machine 10 in the back surface direction (the direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 24983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  The distribution member 24983 in the present embodiment includes the action portion 24983a in which the protrusion 24983a1 is formed, and the case where the distribution member 24983a is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b has been described. Absent. For example, a weight member may be disposed on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983.

  That is, the distribution member 24983 in the present embodiment has the protrusion 24983a1 integrally formed on the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 179A), while the weight member can be removed. It may be arranged. In the weight member to be disposed, as in the case of the distribution member 24983 in the present embodiment, the weight member may be disposed so as to protrude from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, or may be embedded inside the action portion 24983a.

  By replacing the weight members, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until detection by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

  When a weight member is embedded, it can control that crevice 24982b3 is arranged by front side contact part 36982b1, and can reduce product cost. Moreover, since it can suppress that a weight member protrudes from the lower surface of action part 24983a, the failure | damage of the distribution member 24983 at the time of an assembly can be suppressed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 24983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 37980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 180, the winning opening unit 37930 in the 36th embodiment will be described. In the thirty-sixth embodiment, the receiving surface of the distributing member 37983 for receiving the game balls is formed as a curved surface 37983 h projecting toward the axial center of the shaft member 988 a. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 180 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 37930 in the thirty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 180 (a) The state in which the distributing member 37983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 180 (b).

  In the winning opening unit 37930 according to the thirty-sixth embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 37983 is on the rear side (right side in FIG. 180A) than the central position of the opening U10 in the front and rear direction (right side in FIG. 180A). An axial center position is provided.

  As shown in FIG. 180 (a), both side surfaces of the intermediate plate 37983b of the distributing member 37983 are curved in an arc shape protruding toward the axial center of the shaft member 988a.

  The action portion 37983a of the distribution member 37983 is formed to project toward the intermediate plate 37983b (upper side in FIG. 180A) as it proceeds to the shaft member 988a side (right side in FIG. 180A), and the upper surface of the action portion 37983a And both side surfaces of the intermediate plate 37983b form a uniform curved surface 37983h.

  In addition, the axial center position of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 37983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 180 (a)) than the central position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (FIG. 180 (a) horizontal direction).

  Further, as described above, the gaming ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the protruding portion 19941g1 is thrown to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180A) and passes the first winning opening 64. It is thrown to the distribution unit 37980. Therefore, the gaming ball to be thrown to the sorting unit 37980 has a velocity component to the rear side.

  As shown in FIG. 180 (b), in the state where the distributing member 37983 is disposed at the second position, the gaming ball and the distributing member 37983 having the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180 (b)) When the ball abuts, the gaming ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distributing member 37983. Therefore, the gaming ball maintains the velocity component to the rear side or the velocity component is increased to the opening U6. It is thrown. That is, among the forces acting on the distributing member 37983 when the gaming ball abuts, a force component for displacing (rotating) the distributing member 37983 can be reduced.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 180 (b), in the state where the distributing member 37983 is disposed at the second position, the game ball and the distributing having the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180 (b)) When the member 37983 abuts on the distributing member 37983, the distributing member 37983 is disposed at the first position in a state where the velocity component to the rear side is applied. Accordingly, the acting portion 37983a on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 180B) of the distributing member 37983 abuts on the back side contact portion 37982b2 at a high speed, and there is a risk that the acting portion 37983a (sorting member 37983) may be damaged. is there.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the gaming ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distributing member 37983, among the forces acting on the distributing member 37983 when the gaming ball abuts, Since the force component for displacing (rotating) the distributing member 37983 can be reduced, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 37983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed, so the acting portion 37983a (distributing member 37983) can be suppressed from being damaged.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 180 (a), in the state where the distributing member 37983 is disposed at the first position, the gaming ball and the distributing member provided with a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180 (b)). When the ball 37983 abuts, the gaming ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distributing member 37983, so that the speed component toward the rear side of the gaming ball is the front side (right side in FIG. 180B). The velocity component is converted into a velocity component and is sent to the opening U7.

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 37980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time of the game balls to the fifth passage.

  Thereby, when the distributing member 37983 is disposed at a position at which the distributing time of the game balls is different depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball sending passage from the distributing member 37983 to the detecting device SE5 and the detecting device SE6 (see FIG. 161) Even if the length of the throwing passage up to is different, the difference between the time until the gaming ball flowing into the sorting unit 37980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected is reduced Thus, it is possible to suppress the loss of the interest of the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed to be longer than the fourth passage has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, of the two distribution directions of the distribution member 37983, the fifth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls later may be shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side distributing the gaming balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into distribution unit 37980 is detected by detection device SE5 and the time until detection device SE6 detects it (see FIG. 161). It can enhance interest.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 181, the winning opening unit 38930 in the thirty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the thirty-seventh embodiment, the angles formed by the side surfaces of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38883 and the upper surfaces of the action portions 33883a3 and 38983a4 are different from each other. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 181 is a cross-sectional view of the winning hole unit 38930 in the thirty-seventh embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 181 (a) FIG. 181 (b) shows the state where the distributing member 38883 is disposed at the second position.

  In the winning opening unit 38930 according to the thirty-seventh embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 38883 on the rear side (right side in FIG. 181A) than the central position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (right direction in FIG. 181A). The axis of the

  Further, as described above, the gaming ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown to the rear side (right side in FIG. 181A) and passes the first winning opening 64. The ball is thrown to the distribution unit 38980. Therefore, the gaming ball thrown to the distribution unit 38980 has a velocity component to the rear side. Further, the direction of deviation of the distributing member 24983 with respect to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning opening 64 and the speed component to the rear side of the gaming ball are formed in substantially the same direction.

  Further, the action portion 38883a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 181A) moves from the shaft member 988a side (the right side in FIG. 181A), which is a connecting portion with the contact portion 19983d, toward the tip. , And the thickness dimension smaller than the tip end of the action part 19983a in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, the dividing member 19983 according to the eighteenth embodiment has an angle θ8 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38883 and the upper surface of the action portion 389383a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181A). The angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U7 side is larger (see FIG. 161).

  Further, the action portion 38883a4 disposed on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 181A) is directed from the shaft member 988a side (the left side in FIG. 181A) which is a connecting portion with the contact portion 19983d It is formed in a constant thickness dimension.

  Therefore, an angle θ9 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38883 and the upper surface of the action portion 33883a4 disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 181A) is the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. The angle formed between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side is smaller (see FIG. 161).

  Therefore, the tip of the acting portion 39883 a 4 is formed thicker than the tip of the acting portion 19983 a (see FIG. 161).

  As a result, the distributing member 38883 is formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, and the acting portion 39883a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181A) and the opening U6 side (FIG. 181A) The center of gravity of the distributing member 33883 in the direction (direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) connecting the action portion 39883a4 disposed on the right side is closer to the opening U6 than the intermediate plate 19983b (FIG. 181 (a) Located on the right).

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 181 (a), the distributing member 38983 is disposed at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). When the inertial force in the front side direction (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 181A) of the pachinko machine 10 acts on the dividing member 38983, a direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 39883 The angle between the (direction orthogonal to the rotating direction of the distributing member 38983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 38983 (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 181A) is the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. It is formed smaller compared to. Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 25983 can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force of the pachinko machine 10 in the front side direction (the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 38983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 181 (b), in the state where the distributing member 38983 is disposed at the second position, the game ball having the velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 181 (b)) and the distributing When the member 38983 abuts, the distributing member 38983 is disposed at the first position in a state where the velocity component to the rear side is applied. Therefore, the acting portion 39883a4 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 181B) of the distributing member 38883 abuts on the back side contact portion 33892b2 at a high speed, and there is a possibility that the acting portion 39883a4 (distributing member 389383) may be damaged. is there.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game ball forms an angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38983 and the upper surface of the action portion 39883a4 disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 181A). The angle θ9 is smaller than the angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side (see FIG. 161), ie, Since the tip of the acting portion 39883a4 is formed to be thicker than the tip of the acting portion 19983a (see FIG. 161), breakage of the acting portion 39883a4 (the distributing member 38983) can be suppressed.

  Here, since the thickness of the tip of the acting portion 39883a4 is larger than that of the tip of the acting portion 19983a (see FIG. 161), the displacement (rotation) from the first position to the second position of the distributing member 38983 is slow. Become.

  Therefore, when the gaming ball provided with the speed component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 181) collides with the distributing member 38983, the distributing member 38983 can not be displaced (rotated) with the gaming ball, and the gaming ball bounces back In the separated state, the distributing member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position. Therefore, while the gaming ball is rebounding (separating), the distributing member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and is repelled in a state where the distributing member 38983 is disposed at the second position. When the gaming ball falls (is separated) and contacts the distributing member 38983, there is a possibility that the ball is thrown to the opening U6 reverse to the direction in which the gaming ball is originally distributed.

  On the other hand, an angle θ8 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38883 in the present embodiment and the upper surface of the action portion 38983a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181A) is the eighteenth embodiment Because the angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 19983 and the upper surface of the acting portion 19983a disposed on the opening U7 side in the embodiment is larger (see FIG. 161), the distributing member 38983 is More velocity components can be imparted to the sphere toward the opening U7 than to the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  That is, the distributing member 38983 can provide the gaming ball with a large amount of speed component in the same direction as the rotation direction of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38983. In other words, the distributing member 38983 can reduce the provision of the speed component in the direction out of the rotation area of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distributing member 38883 to the gaming ball.

  Therefore, even when the game ball bounces off the distribution member 3893, when the distribution member 33893 comes in contact with the game ball provided with the velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179), the distribution is made with the game ball. The member 38983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and can throw the gaming ball to the opening U7.

  Therefore, while the gaming ball is separated (bounced back) from the distributing member 38983, the distributing member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and is arranged at the gaming ball and the second position The distributing member 38983 abuts, and the distributing member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the gaming ball, and it is suppressed that the gaming ball is thrown to the opening U6 opposite to the original distributing direction. it can.

  Further, in the gaming ball, the velocity component toward the opening U7 is imparted more than the velocity component toward the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment, so the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position. In this case, the distributing member 38983 can perform the throwing of the gaming ball to the opening U7 in a short time as compared to the throwing time to the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 38980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage.

  Thereby, when the distributing member 38883 is disposed at a position at which the distributing time of the game ball is different depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball throwing passage from the distributing member 38933 to the detecting device SE5 and the throwing passage to the detecting device SE6 Even in the case where the lengths are different, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 38980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected is reduced (see FIG. 161). 2.) It is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the freedom of design.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 182, the winning opening unit 39930 in the thirty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-eighth embodiment, the lower end of the first curved wall 39982c1 of the gaming ball guide wall 39982c of the bulging portion 39982 formed on the first side base 39981 of the sorting unit 39980 is the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 182A). It is formed to protrude into. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  182 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 39930 in the thirty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), and in FIG. 182 (a), the sorting member 39983 is in the first position. The state in which the distributing member 39983 is disposed at the second position is illustrated in FIG. 182 (b).

  In the winning opening unit 39930 according to the thirty-eighth embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 39983 is on the rear side (right side in FIG. 182A) than the central position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (right direction in FIG. 182A). The axis of the

  Further, the action portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182A) of the distributing member 39893a4 and the action portion 39983a4 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 182A) are formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. The action portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side is longer than the action portion 39983a4 on the opening U6 side.

  Therefore, in the case where the axial center of the shaft member 988a of the distributing member 39983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 182 (a)) from the center position of the opening U10 in the front and rear direction (FIG. 182 (a) left and right direction) Also in the second embodiment, the action portion 39983a3 of the distributing member 39983 disposed at the first position is disposed in the passage area of the gaming ball, and the gaming ball can come in contact with the acting portion 39983a3 of the sorting member 39983. Thus, the distributing member 39983 can be displaced from the first position to the second position.

  Further, the first curved wall 39982c1 of the game ball guide wall 39982c is formed in a curved shape so as to protrude toward the rear side (right side in FIG. 182 (a)), and the lower end of the first curved wall 39982c1 is the first The third embodiment is formed to include an overhanging portion 39982c3 which projects to the opening U10 more than the first curved wall 19982c1 (see FIG. 161) in the eighteenth embodiment.

  Further, as described above, the gaming ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the protruding portion 19941g1 is thrown to the rear side (right side in FIG. 182A) and passes the first winning opening 64. It is thrown to the distribution unit 39980. Therefore, the gaming ball thrown to the sorting unit 39980 has a velocity component to the rear side.

  Therefore, the gaming ball to be sent to the distribution unit 39980 with the backward speed component (right side in FIG. 182 (a)) slides or rolls on the first curved wall 39982c1, and the overhanging portion 39982c3 By contacting, the velocity component on the front side (left side in FIG. 182 (a)) is provided, and the ball is sent to the distributing member 39983. In addition, the gravity acts on the gaming balls to send a velocity component to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) to the distributing member 39983.

  That is, the gaming ball is provided with a velocity component in the same direction as the rotational displacement of the action portion 19983a of the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182A) of the distributing member 39883 having the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis. The ball is thrown to the minute member 39983.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 182 (a), in the state where the distributing member 39983 is disposed at the first position, the gaming ball provided with the speed component to the front side (left side in FIG. 182 (a)) In the case where the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position while in contact with 39993 as compared with the case where the gaming ball has a backward speed component (right side in FIG. 182). Thus, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 39983 can be made faster.

  In addition, since the acting portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182A) of the distributing member 39983 is formed longer than the acting portion 39893a4 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 182A), the distributing member 39983 The center of gravity of is located on the side of the action portion 39983a3 (left side in FIG. 182A) than the intermediate plate 19983b.

  Therefore, when the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) against its own weight, so that the displacement can be delayed. On the other hand, when the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) using its own weight, so that the displacement (rotation) can be made faster. it can.

  As shown in FIG. 182 (b), in the state where the distributing member 39983 is disposed at the second position, the gaming ball and the distributing member 39983 having the speed component (the left side in FIG. 182 (b)) to the player side. And when the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the velocity component of the gaming ball to the player side and the displacement (rotation) direction of the distributing member 39983 are Since it is formed in the opposite direction, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 39983 can be delayed.

  Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 39980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage.

  Thereby, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the sorting unit 39980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected reduces the interest of the game. While being able to control, the degree of freedom of design is securable.

  Further, in a state where the distributing member 39983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1). When an inertial force acts on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 182 (b)), a direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distributing member 39983 (a distributing member The angle formed by the direction perpendicular to the rotation direction of 39983 and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 39983 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 182B) is compared with the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. It is formed small (see FIG. 161). Thus, the rotational direction component of the inertial force acting on the distributing member 39983 can be reduced.

  Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force in the direction of the rear face of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. The displacement of the dividing member 39983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 182 (a), in the state where the distributing member 39983 is disposed at the first position, the speed component of the gaming ball toward the player and the displacement (rotation) direction of the distributing member 39983 Since the game ball is formed in substantially the same direction, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being separated (bounced) from the distribution member 39983 when the game ball collides with the distribution member 39983.

  Therefore, while the gaming ball is separated (bounced) from the distributing member 39983, the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and is arranged at the gaming ball and the second position The distributing member 39983 abuts, and the distributing member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the gaming ball, and it is suppressed that the gaming ball is thrown to the opening U6 reverse to the original distributing direction. it can.

  In the distributing member 39983 according to the present embodiment, the acting portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182A) and the acting portion 39893a4 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 182A) are asymmetric with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the action parts 39983a3 and 399983a4 may be formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b.

  In this case, the configuration of the distribution member 39983 can be simplified to reduce the product cost.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 183, the winning opening unit 40930 in the thirty-ninth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the detection device SE6 is disposed between the passage TR10 and the passage TR9 has been described (see FIG. 161), but in the thirty-ninth embodiment, the detection device SE6 is disposed in the passage TR3. It will be set up. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 183 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 40930 according to the thirty-ninth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a), in which the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position. It is illustrated.

  In the winning opening unit 40930 in the thirty-ninth embodiment, since the detection device SE6 is disposed in the passage TR3, the time until the gaming ball flowing into the distribution unit 40980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the detection device SE6 The difference from the time until detection can be reduced.

  Thereby, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the distribution unit 40980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the detection device SE6 is detected reduces the interest of the game. While being able to control, the degree of freedom of design is securable.

  Further, since the front base 40943 of the front unit 40940 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player can visually recognize that the gaming ball is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6, thereby enhancing the interest of the game. it can.

  Here, in the winning opening unit 19930 in the eighteenth embodiment, since the solenoid 610 is disposed on the opposite side of the detection device SE6 to the player, a wire (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 is on the front side. It is necessary to be disposed on the left side (FIG. 183 (b)) and then folded back to the rear side (left side in FIG. 183 (b)), and the wiring (not shown) of the detection device SE6 becomes long.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 can be disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 183A), the assembly of the winning opening unit 40930 is simplified. , Product cost can be reduced.

  In addition, since the wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 can be disposed on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 183A), that is, it can be disposed at a position far from the player, the detection device SE6 illegally It can suppress being operated.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 184 and 185, the winning opening unit 41930 in the fortieth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case is described where the solenoid 610 is disposed on the side opposite to the player of the passage TR10 (see FIG. 161), but in the fortieth embodiment, the solenoid 610 is one side of the passage TR10 in the gravity direction. (Below in the direction of gravity) In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Moreover, the paper surface near side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called front side (or front), and the paper back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called back side (or back). Further, the direction of gravity (the vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the horizontal direction.

  FIG. 184 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 41930 in the fortieth embodiment, corresponding to a cross section along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139 (a). FIG. 185 (a) is a side view of the winning opening unit 41930, and FIG. 185 (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit 41930. In FIG. 185, only the wing member 945 disposed in the front unit 19940, the solenoid 610 disposed in the passage unit 41990, the transmission member 41965, and the displacement member 41966 are illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 184 and 185, in the solenoid 610, the axial center of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 is along the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 184) on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the passage TR10. It is arranged. Therefore, the displacement direction of the projection 945 b in accordance with the opening and closing operation of the wing member 945 can be made to coincide with the displacement direction of the annular portion 961 c of the solenoid 610.

  Here, in order to perform the opening and closing operation of the wing member 945, the displacement member 19966 in the eighteenth embodiment needs to be rotationally displaced (see FIG. 160) with the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 as the rotation axis. That is, it is necessary to convert the linear displacement of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 into the displacement in the rotational direction.

  On the other hand, the displacement member 41966 in the present embodiment can perform the opening / closing operation of the wing member 945 by displacing in the linear direction in the gravity direction (vertical direction in FIG. 184). That is, since the displacement direction of the annular portion 961c and the displacement member 41966 can be matched without converting the linear displacement of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610, the configuration of the displacement member 41966 is simplified and the product cost is reduced. it can.

  In addition, the dimensions of the winning opening unit 41930 in the front-rear direction (the horizontal direction in FIG. 184) can be reduced, and the winning opening unit 41930 can be miniaturized.

  As mentioned above, although the present invention was explained based on the above-mentioned embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned form at all, It is easy to be able to carry out various modification improvement in the range which does not deviate from the meaning of the present invention. It can be guessed.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, part or all of the configuration in one embodiment may be combined with or replaced with the configuration of part or all of the configuration in another embodiment to provide another embodiment.

  In the first embodiment, the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176 are disposed to face each other in the displacement direction of the driven member 163. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176 may be arranged to face the driven member 163 in the rotational displacement radial direction of the driven member 163, or the rotational axis direction (the driven member 163 is displaced May be disposed to face the driven member 163 in the direction intersecting with the plane to be In this case, it is possible to generate a frictional force with the driven member 163 and to decelerate the driven member 163 by the frictional force.

  In the first embodiment described above, the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176 are always arranged to face each other in the displacement direction of the driven member 163. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, at least one of the lower regulation portion 175 or the upper regulation portion 176 is configured to be displaceable in a direction intersecting the displacement direction of the driven member 163, and the displacement of the driven member 163 is desired to decelerate the driven member 163. The driven member 163 may be arranged to face in the direction, and may be retracted out of the displacement trajectory of the driven member 163 at other timings. Thereby, a plurality of types of displacement modes of the driven member 163 can be configured.

  In the first embodiment, an example of the arrangement of the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, they may be disposed at overlapping positions in the displacement direction of the driven member 163, or may be disposed closer to the rotation shaft side of the driven member 163 than the lower regulating portion 175. Also good.

  Further, the present invention is not limited to the case where the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176 are disposed on the left and right sides of the rotation shaft of the driven member 163, one of the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176 is on the left side. May be disposed on the right side.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 exerts the electromagnetic force in the direction in which the driven member 163 is pulled up has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 may be disposed below the driven member 163 to generate an electromagnetic force to be pushed up. Further, instead of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, the driven member 163 may be driven using a rotary motor.

  Although the case where the light emitting means 181 is configured by the LED has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a light bulb, a laser, an illumination plate, or a small liquid crystal display may be used.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the transmission of vibration to the electric decoration substrate 180 is suppressed by forming a gap between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electric decoration substrate 180 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. . For example, instead of closing the gap, a high damping resin member may be filled in the region between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electric decoration substrate 180. In this case, the vibration transmission can be suppressed while narrowing the arrangement space of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electric decoration substrate 180.

  Further, conversely, the gap between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electric decoration substrate 180 may be filled, and the filling of the resin member may be omitted. In this case, vibration transmission to the electric decoration substrate 180 can be promoted at the time of driving the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, so that the light emitted from the light emitting means 181 is shaken according to the electric decoration substrate 180. it can.

  Although the case where the light transmission hole 60c is configured by one large opening has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, like a punching metal, a plurality of through holes may be formed.

  Although the case where the outer side part 94 is comprised by thin-walled plate shape was demonstrated in the said 1st Embodiment, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, the opening may be partially formed. In this case, by forming an opening at a position that matches the arrangement of the light emitting means 181 in a front view, it is possible to prevent the plate portion of the electric decoration substrate 180 from being viewed while exposing the light emitting means 181 in a front view it can.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the transmission of the driving force to the elevating plate 430 is generated by the arm member 414 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, transmission may be performed by an endless gear belt or may be transmitted by a cam mechanism.

  Although the case where the rotation angle width of the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to be vertically symmetrical with respect to the horizontal has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the upper and lower sides may be asymmetrical, or the rotational angle width may be only on one side with respect to the horizontal.

  Although the case where the long hole part 406 is a long long hole in the horizontal direction has been described in the first embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, it may be a long hole inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, a long hole with a curved shape, or a long hole having a portion extending in the vertical direction. Thereby, the design freedom of the auxiliary arm member 444 can be improved.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the pair of wing members 460 abut each other to form a symmetrical shape has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, a slight gap may be provided from the design stage. Thereby, compared with the case where the wing-like members 460 are in contact with each other, the fatigue accumulated by the contact with the wing-like members 460 can be eliminated, so that the durability of the wing-like members 460 can be improved. The player may be able to visually recognize the pattern formed on the back side of the gap through the gap and the light emitted from the light emitting means.

  Although the case where the displacement amount and displacement speed of a pair of wing-like members 460 were equivalent was demonstrated in the said 1st Embodiment, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, the displacement amounts and the displacement speeds of the pair of wing-shaped members 460 may be configured to be different by adjusting the gear ratio by changing the size of the arc-shaped gear 462 of the wing-shaped member 460 differently. Thereby, even in the case where the shape of the side in which the pair of wing-like members 460 abut is left and right symmetrical, the contact surface S1 can be shifted from the left and right center position.

  Although the case where the wing-like member 460 at the time of contact is visually recognized in a laterally symmetrical shape has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, most parts may be configured to be partially different while being symmetrical. For example, part of the shape may be left-right asymmetry, the pattern drawn on the front side may be left-right asymmetry, or the color may be left-right asymmetry. Even in this case, since the shape of most of the wing-like members 460 is left-right symmetric, it is possible for the player to think that the wing-like members 460 form the left-right symmetric shape.

  Although the case where the wing-like members 460 in contact with each other are rotationally displaced has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the pair of wing-shaped members 460 may be configured to move in parallel in the left-right direction and abut. In this case, the winged member 460 on the left side can be formed to have a large area as compared with the winged member 460 on the right side in comparison with the shape of the back case 310.

  Although the case where the wing-like members 460 supported and displaced by the elevating plate 430 constitute a series of shapes has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the winged member 460 and a fixed predetermined member (for example, the center frame 86 of the game board 13) may be combined to form a symmetrical shape in a front view. This makes it possible for the player to visually recognize the shape completed only by the winged member 460 and the shape completed by the other predetermined members and the winged member 460, so that the rendering effect of the feathered member 460 is improved. Can.

  Although the case where the concept of “shellfish and pearls” is recalled by the light emitting effect member LA1, the wing-like member 460, and the auxiliary member 470 has been described in the first embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the light emitting effect member LA1 may be provided with a decorative pattern representing a bullet mark driven into a wall, and the winged member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 may be configured from a shape representing the momentum of a bullet. In this case, the shape of the wing-like member 460 can be diverted, and the light emitting effect member LA1 and the auxiliary member 470 can be realized by configuring the light emitting effect member LA1 and the auxiliary member 470 with different members of decoration or shape difference. That is, since a part of members can be diverted and another operation unit can be newly configured, development cost can be reduced.

  Although the case where the elevating plate 430 slides in the linear direction has been described in the first embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 may be configured and fixed so as to be axially supported, and the elevating plate 430 may be configured to be displaceable in an arc track centering on this axis.

  Further, in the case where the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to be axially supported in a fixed manner, the elevating plate 430 may be configured to be displaced in one direction. In this case, the relative displacement member 442 may be configured to be slidable in the lateral direction so that the relative displacement member 442 can absorb the lateral displacement of the arcuate gear portion 444b. For example, by providing biasing means or an electromagnetic solenoid for biasing the relative displacement member 442 to the side of the arcuate gear portion 444b in the left-right direction, the meshing between the arcuate gear portion 444b and the relative displacement member 442 is stabilized. be able to.

  The arc-shaped gear portion 444b may not be made of a resin material having high rigidity, but may be made of a flexible resin material used for a gear belt or the like. In this case, the deformation of the material can absorb the lateral displacement of the arcuate gear portion 444b.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the window portion partitioned in the central portion of the game board 13 by the center frame 86 has a substantially left-right symmetrical shape is described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the inner shape of the center frame 86 may be left-right asymmetrical according to the magnitude relationship of the wing-like members 460. Thereby, the game board 13 can be provided with a function of hiding the back side by shielding and a function of improving the degree of freedom of the shape of the game area.

  Although the case where the electric decoration board | substrate 777 is arrange | positioned by the back side of the light transmission hole 60c was demonstrated in the said 1st Embodiment, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, the electric decoration board 777 may be disposed inside the light transmission hole 60c. In this case, since the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be brought close to the outer side 94 of the flow lower surface forming member 91, by forming the outer side 94 thin, the outer side 94 is vibrated corresponding to the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. It is possible to carry out an effect (wipe).

  In other words, the portion that is displaced by the driving of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 of the second operation unit 700 to be made visible to the player is disposed not only inside the window section divided by the center frame 86 but also outside the window section. be able to.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the recessed portion of the base plate 60 disposed on the front side of the electric decoration substrate 777 is disposed on the left and right lower sides of the game area has been described. For example, as a range that does not affect the flow of the game ball, it may be disposed inward of the center frame 86, may be disposed below the outer rail 62, or is disposed inside the opening of the specific winning opening 65a. You may.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the partition member 708 is formed of a resin material (a resin material having high rigidity) with a small amount of deflection has been described, but the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the partition member 708 may be formed of a rubber resin material. In this case, the partition member 708 can be closely attached to the electric decoration substrate 705 and the thin film cover member 712 by elastic deformation of the partition member 708, and light leakage can be prevented.

  In the first embodiment, the distance between the reference O1 and the position at which the left and right load members 761 abut against the plate-like displacement member 730 is the same, and the left and right load members 761 are disposed on the front side of the reference O1. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the distance between the reference member O1 and the position at which the load member 761 abuts the plate-like displacement member 730 may be different between the left and right, or the arrangement of the load member 761 with respect to the reference O1 may be different.

  In the first embodiment, the front inclined portion of the load member 761 is configured not to collide with the front lid member 770. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the load member 761 is displaced to the front side, the upper wall of the front lid member 770 may be in contact with the front surface of the load member 761. In this case, even if the load member 761 is displaced to the front side by the load given by the plate-like displacement member 730, the load given from the front lid member 770 can return the arrangement of the load member 761 to the back side.

  Although the case where the left and right drive units 760 have a substantially symmetrical shape has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, even if the pliability of the load member 761 is changed by changing the density (locally), changing the thickness, changing the material, or the like of the vertical rod extension 761c of the left and right load members 761. good. Thus, when the left and right drive units 760 are in the one-side excitation state, the posture in which the plate-like displacement member 730 stops can be changed depending on which of the left and right drive units 760 is driven. That is, it is possible to increase the posture in which the plate-like displacement member 730 can be stopped.

  In addition, even if the left and right drive units 760 are substantially symmetrical left and right, the shape of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 is left and right asymmetric (for example, the load receiving portion 733 on one side). The same effect can be achieved by providing an extra thickness on the lower base side).

  Although the case where the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, while the plate-like displacement member 730 is configured to be vertically displaced while maintaining its posture, the load member 761 may be configured to change its posture. Thereby, even when the plate-like displacement member 730 does not change its posture, it is possible to configure a state (posture) in which the load member 761 is easily bent and a state (posture) in which the load member 761 is not easily bent.

  Although the case where the overhanging portion 761 d is integrally formed with the load member 761 has been described in the first embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the overhanging portion 761d and the longitudinal rod-like extending portion 761c can be assembled by being configured to be assembled in an assembling mode such as fastening, engaging, fitting, fitting, or pinching to the vertical rod-like extending portion 761c. And may be configured separately. In this case, even when the overhanging portion 761d is broken, the load member 761 up to the vertical rod extending portion 761c is diverted, and it is sufficient to replace only the overhanging portion 761d. Therefore, when replacing the entire load member 761 In comparison, the size of the maintenance member can be reduced.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b are misaligned in the rotation axis direction of the plate-like displacement member 730 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the centers of the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b may be arranged at positions overlapping with the same plane orthogonal to the rotation axis of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  In this case, the direction of the change in the distance between the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b based on the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be made orthogonal to the rotation axis of the plate-like displacement member 730. The change in the distance between the small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b can be used not to change the posture of the hollow member 740 but to change in the holding force of the hollow member 740.

  That is, the gap between the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b is mechanically narrowed by increasing the inclination angle of the plate-like displacement member 730. It can be used to pinch from. Therefore, the holding mode (easiness of vibration) of the hollow member 740 can be changed according to the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730.

  In this case, the clearances of the front small receiving portion 735a and the projecting columnar portion 743 and the clearances of the rear small receiving portion 735 b and the projecting columnar portion 743 may be equal to each other. In this case, since the holding force of the front and rear projecting columnar parts 743 is similarly increased, the attitude of the hollow member 740 is compared with the case where the large clearance is allowed to rotate around the small clearance as an axis. The change can be easily suppressed.

  In the first embodiment described above, the small receiving portion 735 for supporting the pair of projecting columnar portions 743 of the hollow member 740 is disposed on the plate-like displacement member 730 before and after the reference O1. It is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a pair may be arranged collectively on the front side or the rear side of the reference O1.

  Although the case where the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced has been described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the plate-like displacement member 730 may be configured to slide in the left-right direction, and the small receiving portion 735 may be configured as a long slot in the direction inclined with respect to the sliding direction. In this case, by providing the inclination of the front small receiving portion 735a and the inclination of the rear small receiving portion 735b on the opposite side with respect to the sliding direction, with the slide displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 The clearance with the small receiving portion 735 can be changed. Thereby, the holding aspect (easiness of vibration) of the hollow member 740 can be changed.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the plate-like displacement member 730 is axially supported and displaced by the left-right direction axis has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the plate-like displacement member 730 may be supported in a rotatable manner (for example, a supported manner by a ball joint) even in the longitudinal axis.

  Further, the plate main body (long plate configured in the left-right direction) of the plate-like displacement member 730 may be separately supported on the upper side of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730. In this case, combined displacement of rotation of the left and right direction axis and rotation of the front and rear direction axis can be generated in the plate body of the plate-like displacement member 730 according to the drive mode of the drive unit 760.

  In addition, the axial support portion may be configured to have a long hole shape that is long in the upper and lower directions, thereby allowing the vertical displacement of the shaft support portion 731 of the plate-like displacement member 730 to be permitted. In this case, not only the rotational movement of the plate-like displacement member 730 but also the posture change of the plate-like displacement member 730 caused by vertical displacement of one of the left and right supported portions 731 relative to the other (Corresponding to rotational displacement) can be generated, so that the displacement modes of the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 with the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be diversified.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the deflection of the load member 761 is caused by the change in the load direction based on the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the core member extending along the displacement direction of the load member 761 is made to pass through the load member 761 so that the length of the core entering the load member 761 changes with the displacement of the load member 761. It may be configured (it may be configured to allow the core material to come off). In this case, since the rigidity change of the load member 761 occurs based on the presence or absence of the core material, the load member 761 may be flexed along with the rigidity change.

  Although the case where one of the parts which decelerate the driven member 163 is displaceable was demonstrated in the said 2nd Embodiment, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, both of the portions for decelerating the driven member 163 may be configured to be displaceable. In this case, both of the portions to be decelerated (the lower regulation portion 175 and the upper regulation portion 176) may be formed of the same member.

  In the second embodiment, the biasing spring SP21 is not in direct contact with the driven member 163, but the biasing force is applied via the contact member 2190 between the two, but the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. Absent. For example, the biasing spring SP21 may be configured to be in direct contact with the driven member 163.

  Further, in this case, the arrangement (contact point) of the biasing spring SP21 with respect to the driven member 163 can be set arbitrarily. For example, a plurality of contact points between the biasing spring (one or more) and the driven member 163 may be provided, and the contact points may be provided on the rotary shaft side and the rotary tip side across the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1. It may be divided and configured.

  In the third embodiment, by extending the shape of the long hole 3406 in the displacement direction of the lift plate 430, a section in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even during displacement of the lift plate 430 is configured. Although the case of blocking the transmission of the driving force to the downstream side of the auxiliary arm member 444 in the section has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, a sliding portion (an angle region where gear teeth are not engaged) is provided between the arc-shaped gear portion 444b and the rotation gear 441, and a section in which the rotation gear 441 does not rotate even if the arc-shaped gear portion 444b rotates. The transmission of the driving force to the downstream side of the auxiliary arm member 444 may be blocked by configuring

  In the third embodiment described above, the displacement width of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 corresponds to the vertical position of the tip of the arm of the rotary gear 3441 with the arm, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the arm-mounted rotation gear 3441 is not a gear in which gear teeth are formed on the entire circumference, but a projecting portion is partially formed so as to function as a cam, and the projecting portion applies a load to the relative displacement member 442 Thus, the relative displacement member 442 may be displaced. In this case, the displacement mode (displacement speed, displacement width) of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 can be arbitrarily designed depending on the design of the projecting portion of the arm-equipped rotation gear 3441 and the relative displacement member 442.

  In the fourth embodiment described above, the detection sensor 4782 is a part of the load member 4761 and is configured to detect the thin extension 4761g which is easily broken. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the thick overhang portion 4761 f may be detected.

  In the fifth embodiment, the adjusting member 5782 protrudes upward from the lower side of the load member 761 to push the front side surface of the load member 761. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the adjustment member 5782 may be configured to project forward from the rear side of the load member 761.

  Also, for example, an opening may be formed on the inner side of the load member 761, and the adjusting member 5782 may enter the opening to function as a core. In this case, the flexibility of the load member 761 can be changed according to the degree of approach of the adjustment member 5782.

  Although the case where the load member 761 is driven by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 has been described in the first embodiment and the fifth embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, the drive device for driving the load member 761 may be configured by a motor such as a DC motor. Thus, the load member 761 can be driven without being limited to the instantaneous drive mode.

  Although the case where the projection 945 b is formed in a substantially triangular shape in a rear view has been described in the sixth embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the protrusion 945 b may be formed in a circular shape in a rear view. In this case, rattling of the wing member 945 at the time of opening and closing operation of the wing member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening and closing operation of the wing member 945 can be stabilized.

  That is, when the projection 945b is formed in a different shape in a rear view or the sliding groove 966a2 is formed by being curved, the inner wall and the projection of the sliding groove 966a2 are caused by the projection 945b sliding on the sliding groove 966a2. The gap between 945b changes. Therefore, when the gap between the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 and the protrusion 945b is enlarged, the protrusion 945b is easily moved by the gap, and the wing member 945 is easily loosened.

  On the other hand, the projection 945b is formed in a circular shape in a rear view, and the sliding groove 966a2 is linearly extended to the displacement member 966, whereby the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 at the time of opening and closing operation of the wing member 945 The gap with the projection 945 b can always be of a fixed size. Therefore, rattling of the wing member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening / closing operation of the wing member 945 can be stabilized.

  Furthermore, since the slide groove 966a2 is linearly extended along the direction orthogonal to the displacement direction of the displacement member 966, the extension length of the slide groove 966a2 can be minimized. As a result, it is possible to improve the rigidity of the displacing member 966 by suppressing the amount of light removal due to the recessed formation of the sliding groove 966a2.

  In the sixth embodiment, when the screw screwed on the annular projection 953c formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 is for fastening and fixing the ball entry member 953 and the passage member 955. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a screw may be for fastening and fixing the specified winning opening unit 950 and the front unit 940.

  In the sixth embodiment, the annular projection 953c formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 of the specific winning opening unit 950 has been described as being formed so as to protrude in an annular shape, but is necessarily limited to this It is not a thing. For example, the annular projection 953c formed between the facing of the pair of detection devices SE1 may be formed in a conical shape that increases in diameter as it separates from the ball entry member 953 toward the passage member 955.

  In this case, in order to secure a branch from the specific winning hole 65a to the drive unit 960, for example, when drilling is performed using a tool such as a drill, the advancing direction of the drill is the outer periphery of the annular projection 953c. The wiring HS3 can be easily damaged (broken) by displacing (sliding) in a lateral direction (direction away from the axis of the annular projection 953c in the radial direction) on the surface (the outer peripheral surface of the enlarged diameter portion).

  In the sixth embodiment, the game area (front) side of the front base 981 of the sorting unit 980 is viewed from the player, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The game area (front) of the sorting unit 980 On the side, a seal may be attached to which information consisting of characters or figures is displayed.

  In this case, since information consisting of characters or figures is displayed on the game area (front) side of the throwing passage TR0, the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 of the sorting unit 980, the front unit 940 (the winning opening unit 930). The player can easily recognize the position of the distribution unit 980 by using the display as a mark (reference position) even when the distribution unit 980 is visually recognized. In addition, as a form of information display, printing by ink, 2 color formation, etc. may be sufficient instead of attachment of a seal | sticker.

  In the tenth embodiment, the displacement member 11966 is formed of two members, the first member 11967 and the second member 11968, and the blade portion 1968c is formed on the second member 11968 having a larger displacement than the first member 11967. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The displacement member 11966 may be formed of one member to increase the amount of displacement of the one member (displacement member 11966) by the transmission member 965, and the blade portion 1968c may be formed in the through hole 966c1 of one member.

  In the eleventh embodiment, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, the shaft portion 961b of the drive unit 960 is in a state of being extended from the main body portion 961a by the biasing force of the coil spring SP1. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, when the pair of wing members 945 is in the closed state, power may be applied to the main body portion 961a, and the shaft portion 961b of the drive unit 960 may be drawn inside the main body portion.

  In this case, the displacing members 11966 and 12966 are inserted into the rolling path of the rolling balls of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball sending portion 942c by the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2. It is possible to cut the fraudulent material (thread) using the electromagnetic force of the drive unit 960 (solenoid 610). That is, since the displacement of the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2 in the cutting direction (sandwich direction) is performed using an electromagnetic force, the driving force can be increased. Accordingly, it is possible to easily cut an illegal object by the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2.

  In the eleventh embodiment, the coil spring SP1 is disposed in a compressed state between the main body portion 961a and the annular portion 961c of the drive unit 960, and power is applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a. Although the case where the annular portion 961c is displaced toward the main body portion 961a (the axial portion 961b is drawn into the main body portion 961a) has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, by arranging a spring in a stretched state between the main body portion 961a and the annular portion 961c of the drive unit 960 and applying power to the main body portion 961a, the annular portion 961c is separated from the main body portion 961a It may be displaced in the direction.

  In this case, similarly to the above, since the displacement of the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2 in the cutting direction (sandwich direction) is performed using an electromagnetic force, the driving force can be increased. Accordingly, it is possible to easily cut an illegal object by the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2.

  The present invention may be implemented on a type of pachinko machine or the like different from the above-described embodiments. For example, a pachinko machine (common name, two-time, three-time, and so on) in which the jackpot expected value can be increased until the jackpot state occurs a plurality of times (for example, two times, three times) including the jackpot once May be implemented as In addition, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player, as a prerequisite to winning a ball in a predetermined area. In addition, it is possible to have the winning device which possesses special territory such as V zone and to execute to the pachinko machine which becomes special game state as a necessary condition making the special territory win the ball. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various types of gaming machines may be implemented, such as arelapachis, ball balls, slot machines, gaming machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are fused.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where the coin is inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and the symbol is stopped and determined by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, as a basic concept of the slot machine, “a display device is provided which displays the identification information after displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is derived from the operation of the starting operation means (for example The variable display of identification information is started, and the variable display of identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player, as a prerequisite that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. An example is given.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided which variably displays a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displays the symbols, and is provided with a handle for ball launch. Not included. In this case, after the injection of a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the variation of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button or By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game for giving a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the determined symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol. Is a lot of balls being dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be handled as gaming value in the gaming hall, so the gaming value is found in the current gaming hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and the restriction on the installation location of gaming machines.

  Hereinafter, the concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be described.

<Batchin prevention with solenoid. Use of cushion>
Displacement means configured to be displaceable, drive means disposed on a predetermined direction side of the displacement means, capable of generating a driving force for driving the displacement means to the predetermined direction side, and And resistance means configured to be capable of generating resistance to the displacement in the predetermined direction, wherein the resistance means is configured to be capable of reducing the load applied from the displacement means to the drive means. A game machine A1.

  BACKGROUND In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a gaming machine configured to displace a displacement member by an electromagnetic solenoid (see, for example, JP-A-2015-231434). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the location to receive the load from the displacement member is limited to the electromagnetic solenoid, and the electromagnetic solenoid is likely to fail early because the electromagnetic solenoid receives an excessive load. There was a problem. That is, there is a problem that there is room for improvement in terms of improving the durability of the gaming machine.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the resistance means generates resistance to displacement of the displacement means in the predetermined direction side (drive means side), and the load applied from the displacement means to the drive means can be reduced. Therefore, the drive means can be prevented from receiving an excessive load. Thereby, the durability of the gaming machine can be improved.

  In addition, the aspect which reduces the load given to a drive means is not limited at all. For example, load may be dispersed to increase load by increasing the number of places receiving load, or load may be transmitted by providing a gap between the displacement means and the drive means by the resistance means. The load per unit area may be reduced by enlarging the surface on which the resistance means acts on the displacement means.

  A game machine A2 comprising: support means for supporting the displacement means, wherein the drive means is disposed on the support means side as compared to the resistance means.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine A1, the load given to the resistance means can be reduced by suppressing the arm length (arm length of moment of force) between the support means and the driving means short. It can avoid becoming excessive.

  In the gaming machine A2, the supporting means rotatably supports the displacing means about a predetermined axis, and the predetermined axis is disposed on the predetermined direction side with respect to the resistance means. .

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to prevent the load generated between the predetermined axis and the displacement means from reversing in the direction (left and right direction) intersecting the predetermined direction. Since it is possible to limit the side where the rubbing of the part covering the rotation shaft occurs to one side (avoid a slight displacement to the left and right), it is possible to limit the part that needs to be formed thick.

  The gaming machine A3 comprises: first resistance means for generating a load for displacement in the predetermined direction; and second resistance means for generating a load for displacement in the opposite direction to the predetermined direction. And the second resistance means include displacement portions arranged at different positions when viewed in the predetermined direction, and the first resistance means is disposed away from the predetermined axis as compared to the second resistance means. A game machine A4 characterized by being.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A3, the load given from the first resistance means to the displacing means can be reduced. In other words, it is possible to reduce the size of the load by lengthening the arm length of the moment of the force generated in the displacement means by the load from the first resistance means.

  In addition, the concentration of loads can be avoided by separating the location where the load occurs between the first resistance means and the displacement means and the location where the load occurs between the second resistance means and the displacement means. Since it is possible, the durability of the displacement means can be improved.

  In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the displacing means includes a transmitting portion for transmitting the driving force to a predetermined displacing means, and an appendage portion extended outward in the radial direction of the transmitting portion, and the first resistance A game machine A5 characterized in that the means is disposed so as to be able to abut on the attached portion.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A3 or A4, since the driving force can be transmitted to the displacement means even if the attachment is damaged, the driving control to the maintenance period, drive control Displacement of the displacement means can be continued.

  In addition, the aspect of a transmission part is not limited at all, A various aspect is illustrated. For example, it may be configured at a position close to the drive unit, or may be configured on the opposite side in the axial direction of the side on which the drive unit is disposed with reference to a shaft member disposed along a predetermined axis. But it is good.

  Moreover, the aspect of the axial direction reverse side of the side by which a drive means is arrange | positioned on the basis of a shaft member is not limited at all, Various aspects are illustrated. For example, the drive means and the transmission unit may be arranged at positions opposite to each other with respect to a plane orthogonal to the predetermined portion of the shaft member, or even if the positions with respect to the plane are not opposite, the shaft In the transmission path of the driving force via the member, the transmission portion may be configured on the opposite side of the driving means with the shaft member interposed therebetween.

  A game machine A6 according to any one of the game machines A1 to A5, comprising load applying means for applying a load in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction to the displacement means.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines A1 to A5, the displacing means can be quickly returned and displaced from the drive displacement side.

  In the gaming machine A6, the load applying means is disposed on both sides sandwiching the driving means along a direction intersecting with the predetermined direction.

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A6, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of an imbalance in the attitude of the load applying means and the generated load due to the influence of the driving force.

  In any one of game machines A1 to A7, the resistance means is configured to be capable of applying a reaction force in a state of being in contact with the displacement means.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines A1 to A7, it is possible to generate a frictional force on the contact surface between the displacement means and the resistance means. Thus, displacement of the displacement means in the directions other than the predetermined direction can be prevented.

  In the gaming machine A8, the displacement means is configured to be capable of receiving an external force, and the contact surface between the displacement means and the resistance means is disposed parallel to at least one directional component of the external force. Game machine A9.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A8, the displacement of the displacement means due to the external force can be prevented by frictional resistance.

<Rack, pinion, gear arm (irregular double rack)>
Base means, intermediate means slidably supported by the base means, tip side means displaceably supported by the intermediate means, supported by the intermediate means, the intermediate means being opposed to the base means And the displacement means configured to displace the tip side means with respect to the intermediate means as the intermediate means is displaced, the base means being displaceable in a manner not corresponding to the displacement mode of the intermediate means A gaming machine B1 characterized in that

  Among gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are gaming machines provided with a structure in which a plurality of racks sandwich a pinion (see, for example, JP-A-2016-153095). According to this structure, since the racks are displaced in the reverse direction as the pinion rotates, the displacement speed of the other rack with respect to one rack can be increased, and a high-speed effect body can be configured. It is possible.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, it is necessary to separately prepare a shielding member in order to hide the fixed rack, and there is a problem that there is a possibility that the degree of freedom in design of the effect body is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, since the base means is configured to be displaceable, the base means is displaced by displacing the base means in accordance with the displacement of the tip end means or the intermediate means. Can hide it. Thereby, it is not necessary to prepare a shielding member separately, and the design freedom of the tip side means can be improved.

  In the gaming machine B1, a gaming machine B2 characterized in that the basic means is configured to be rotatable.

  Here, in the case where both members (base means and tip side means) sandwiching the pinion are racks which slide in parallel, when the pinion and the rack are arranged on the same plane, in order to avoid interference between the members, Since the pinion can not be arranged at a position overlapping the rack in the displacement direction view, the space for arranging the rack becomes bulky in the direction intersecting with the rotation axis of the pinion, making it difficult to design compactly There was a problem that it was.

  In addition, since it is necessary to arrange a plurality of support portions for maintaining the posture of the rack and optimizing the meshing with the pinion, there is a possibility that the component structure may be complicated and the number of assembling steps may be increased. There was a problem of that. In other words, there is a problem that there is room for improvement in terms of space saving and structure simplification.

  At the retracted position, the overhanging portion on the base means side and the recessed portion on the tip end side means overlap in the slide displacement direction, so the shielding width at the retracted position is bulky.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B2, since the base means is configured to be rotationally displaced, the base means and the displacement forming means can be disposed at the overlapping position in the slide displacement direction of the intermediate means. It is possible to simplify the structure because it is sufficient to provide a structure for pivotally supporting the foundation means.

  In addition, since the overhang on the side of the base means can be disposed on the back side by utilizing the curvature, the shielding width at the retracted position can be narrowed.

  In the gaming machine B2, a part of the base means is rotatably supported by the intermediate means, and the posture of the base means is reversed along the slide displacement direction of the intermediate means by rotating the other part as a fulcrum. The other part is configured to be displaceable in a direction crossing the slide displacement direction.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the advantageous effects of the gaming machine B2, since a part of the basic means and the displacement forming means are both supported by the intermediate means, the part between the basic means and the displacement forming means Load transfer can be stabilized.

  In addition, since the other part of the foundation means is displaced in the direction crossing the slide displacement direction, the displacement can be balanced by the displacement of a part of the foundation means and the other parts. (Both left and right) can be suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B3, in a state in which the tip end means is disposed at one end (extension side) end position of the displacement range, the base means is from a direction intersecting with the direction of the slide displacement. A game machine B4 characterized in that it receives a load to maintain its attitude.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines B1 to B3, the load required for slide displacement is reduced as compared with the case where the load for posture maintenance is applied to the direction of slide displacement. Can. Furthermore, the arrangement of the intermediate means and the distal side means can be stabilized by utilizing the attitude of the basic means being maintained with the distal side means disposed at the one side end position.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B4, in a state where the front end side means is disposed at the other end (retraction side) end position of the displacement range, the base means receives the load given from the intermediate means of the base means. A game machine B5 characterized in that it takes a posture to face the displaceable direction.

  According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B4, the starting of the basic means, the intermediate means and the displaceable means can be made smooth.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B5, in a state in which the tip end means is disposed at the other end (retraction side) end position of the displacement range, the base means is stretched more toward the withdrawal position than the intermediate means. A game machine B6 characterized by comprising an outlet.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B1 to B5, a configuration is employed in which the overhanging portion protrudes from the intermediate means at the other side (evacuation side) terminal position that is hardly visible to the player The base means may be configured to be blinded by the intermediate means at the one side (extension side) end position while keeping the upper and lower dimensions of the base means smaller than the size of the base means.

  In any one of the game machines B1 to B6, the base means is partially rotatably supported by the intermediate means, and at least one of the intermediate means or the tip side means is electrically connected to the base means. Game machine B7 characterized by being connected.

  According to the gaming machine B7, in addition to the advantageous effects of any of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the securing of the passage of the electric wiring and the electric wiring can be easily achieved by utilizing the suppression of the displacement of the part of the basic means. It is possible to reduce the load that can be applied.

  In the gaming machine B7, the tip side means is configured to be slide-displaceable, and the electric wiring is disposed outside the tip side means.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B7, the load applied to the electrical wiring is greater than in the case where the electrical wiring is connected to the tip side means displaced by slide displacement that easily applies a load to the electrical wiring. It can be suppressed.

  As a result, while the load applied to the electrical wiring is kept small, the amount of displacement (positional displacement, speed difference, etc.) occurring in the operation of the tip end side means and the intermediate means can be increased. For example, the drive means for driving the intermediate means on the basis of the base means and the drive means for driving the tip side means on the basis of the intermediate means can be separately configured while keeping the load applied to the electrical wiring small.

  In any one of the game machines B1 to B8, the displacement configuration means is characterized in that the tip side means is configured to be displaceable relative to the intermediate means by a predetermined amount corresponding to the displacement amount of the intermediate means. Gaming machine B9.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the advantageous effects of any one of the gaming machines B1 to B8, the tip end means can be stably displaced at high speed (displacement at a higher speed than that of the intermediate means).

<A pair of left and right members are configured asymmetrically in the left and right>
A plurality of displacement means configured to be capable of displacing a first relative position and a second relative position arranged to be separated from each other relative to the first relative position, the plurality of displacement means comprising the first relative position Alternatively, at least one of the second relative positions is configured to be viewed in a series of predetermined shapes, and the plurality of displacement means include a first displacement means and a second displacement means smaller than the first displacement means. A game machine C1 characterized by comprising.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a gaming machine having a series of shapes by having a plurality of operating units of substantially the same shape arranged in proximity (see, for example, JP-A-2016-153095). According to this structure, in addition to the fact that a large-sized effect body can be easily configured by combining small-sized operating parts, the configuration of the operating part itself is substantially the same, so that the degree of difficulty of assembly work can be lowered. it can.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the shapes of the operating units are configured to be substantially equivalent, the space necessary for realizing the displacement of each operating unit is common to each operating unit, and therefore, it is limited. There is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of improving the degree of freedom of design so that the space can be used.

  For example, when the operation unit is displaced on the right side of the display device exemplified by a liquid crystal display device or the like disposed at the center of the game area, the closer to the display device is, the higher the attention from the player is Regardless, the space required for the displacement of the moving part is symmetrical with respect to the moving part, so the displaceable amount on the left side of the moving part (the side where the player's attention is high) is the displacement on the right side of the moving part. There is a problem that it will be limited by the allowance.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, since the first displacement means and the second displacement means visually recognized in a series of shapes are formed in different sizes, the displacement amounts of the first displacement means and the second displacement means Even in the same case, since the space required to realize the displacement can be made different, the limited space can be favorably used, and the design freedom can be improved.

  In the gaming machine C1, a game machine C2 characterized in that the first displacement means and the second displacement means have an outer shape set in accordance with the locatable area at the second relative position.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the first displacement means and the second displacement means cause the first relative position to be visually recognized regardless of the difference in the size of the locatable area at the second relative position. It is possible to improve the design freedom of the shape.

  Further, as in the case where the game board is formed of a light transmitting resin, the decorativeness in the case where the decoration of the area at the second relative position is substituted by the first displacement means and the second displacement means can be improved.

  The gaming machine C1 or C2 includes guide means disposed behind the plurality of displacement means for guiding the displacement of the plurality of displacement means, and the guidance means and the position between the displacement means are viewed in a predetermined direction. A game machine C3 characterized in that it is configured to be misaligned.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1 or C2, it can be avoided that the guide means is viewed from the gaps of the plurality of displacement means. By this, instead, it is possible to make effective use of the gap, for example, by making the decorative portion other than the guide means visually recognized from the gap.

  In the gaming machine C3, the guiding means is configured to be displaceable in a predetermined direction, and the position between the plurality of displacing means is viewed from the reference line along the predetermined direction passing through the center of the guiding means in the predetermined direction A game machine C4 characterized in that the game machine is disposed at an offset position.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C3, in consideration of the load balance etc., a portion which the player predicts that guidance means for guidance of a plurality of displacement means will be arranged (criteria It is possible to avoid a drop in design by hiding the line by a plurality of displacement means and making it difficult for the player to see.

  In any one of the game machines C1 to C4, the first displacement means is disposed at a predetermined position in a drive force transmission path of the drive means, and the second displacement means is provided with a drive means for generating a drive force. A gaming machine C5 characterized in that it is disposed downstream of the predetermined position in the driving force transmission path.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C4, by configuring the members to be smaller toward the downstream side in the driving power transmission path, the driving power transmission path is locally localized. It can prevent that an excessive burden arises.

  In the gaming machine C5, the drive means and the transmission means for transmitting the drive force are disposed at the upper left portion of the rear case, and the first displacement means and the second displacement means are disposed at the upper left portion. 1) A game machine C6 characterized in that the displacement means is configured to be larger than the second displacement means disposed at a position different from the upper left portion.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C5, the drive means disposed in the upper left portion which is easy to secure a large area as the inner area of the back case compared to the upper right Since the transmitting means can be easily concealed by the first displacement means similarly disposed at the upper left, the driving means and the transmitting means can be made less visible to the player. This can eliminate the need to construct another cover for concealing the drive means and the transmission means.

  In the gaming machine C5 or C6, the first displacement means is configured to be in a posture in which gravity acts in a tilting direction on the first relative position side, and configured to approach the second displacement means by tilting displacement. Feature game machine C7.

  According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C5 or C6, the first displacing means and the second displacing means are set in such a dimensional relationship that they can contact, but a clearance for enabling displacing ( When the gap does not contact due to the gap between the meshing gear teeth, the gap between the guide rail and the guided portion, etc.) and the gap is generated, the gap can be easily filled by the tilting displacement of the first displacement means by gravity. can do.

  As a result, it is possible to avoid maintaining in a state where a gap is generated between the first displacement means and the second displacement means, so that the first displacement means and the second displacement means are in contact with each other and a series of The designability in the case of forming a shape can be improved.

  A game machine C8 according to any one of game machines C5 to C7, characterized in that an electrical wiring passes through the second displacement means side between the first displacement means and the second displacement means.

  According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines C5 to C7, the first displacement means and the second displacement means are excessive by passing the electric wiring to the second displacement means side where over displacement is unlikely to occur. The load generated on the electrical wiring when displacement occurs can be reduced.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C8, the predetermined shape is formed of a symmetrical shape, and a split surface configuration portion forming a split surface separating the first displacement means and the second displacement means is a center of the game area A game machine C9 characterized in that it is disposed on the side far from the position.

  According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C8, the asymmetrically shaped split surface is disposed on the side far from the view (the side which is difficult for the player to see) It is possible to avoid that the appearance of the second displacement means decreases.

  Note that the appearance of the plurality of displacement means can be improved by making the shape on the opposite side, that is, the central position side (the side close to the field of view, the side easy for the player) to see, to be symmetrical.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C9, the plurality of displacing means are characterized in that the side in which the size of the locatable area is restricted at the second relative position is opposed to each other at the first relative position. Machine C10.

  According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C9, it is easy to visually recognize a plurality of displacement means configured with an asymmetrical shape in a symmetrical series at the first relative position. can do.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C10, the plurality of displacement means may be a first displacement in which a displacement from the second relative position to the first relative position is a downward displacement, and the first displacement A game machine C11 characterized by being configured with different second displacements, and configured such that the second displacement does not occur in a predetermined section from the displacement start time.

  According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C10, the amusement of the player can be improved by complicating the displacement modes of the plurality of displacement means.

  When the upper inner surface of the rear case is vertically displaced in the left and right direction in relation to the shape of the dispensing device, the plurality of displacement means do not affect the vertical displacement of the rear case (equivalent to a predetermined section) By starting the second displacement after lowering only, it is possible to equally form the regions in which the displacement of the plurality of displacing means is permitted without being affected by the vertical displacement of the upper inner surface of the back case, Even when the displacement modes of the displacement means are the same, collision of the plurality of displacement means with the rear case can be easily avoided.

<Movable part that changes relative displacement by arrangement>
A first displacement means configured to be displaceable, and a plurality of second displacement means displaceably supported by the first displacement means, the first displacement means supporting one of the second displacement means And a second support portion for supporting the other second displacement means, wherein the first support portion is supported by the first support portion when a predetermined displacement occurs in the first displacement means. The displacement mode with respect to the first displacement means generated in the second displacement means, and the first displacement means generated in the second displacement means supported by the second support portion as a predetermined displacement occurs in the first displacement means A game machine D1, which is configured to be different from the displacement mode for the game machine D1.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a gaming machine configured to displace the second displacement means (353) as the predetermined first displacement means (351 and 352) displace (for example, JP-A-2015 231434)). However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, the displacement between the first displacement means and the second displacement means is monotonous, and there is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of the rendering effect.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, whether the second displacement means, which is displaced as the first displacement means is displaced, is supported by the first support portion or by the second support portion Since the displacement aspect with respect to the first displacement means can be made different, the displacement aspect of the first displacement means and the second displacement means can be complicated, and the rendering effect can be improved.

  In the gaming machine D1, the gap between the one second displacement means and the first support portion is smaller than the gap between the other second displacement means and the second support portion. A game machine D2 characterized in that the displacement means is configured such that the displacement amount is larger on the first support portion side than on the second support portion side.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the gap of the first support portion can be eliminated by the displacement of the first displacement means, so that the difference between the displacement modes can be increased.

  The gaming machine D1 or D2 includes a load applying means configured to apply a load to the first displacement means, the first displacement means being supported at one side in a predetermined direction, the one side being displaceable The amount and the displaceable amount of the other side are different, the load applying means is configured to apply a load to the other side of the first displacement means, and the second displacement means is configured to A game machine D3 comprising: one side second displacement means disposed at one side; and the other side second displacement means disposed at the other side.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1 or D2, the displacement of the second displacement means is disposed on one side regardless of where the load giving means applies the load to the first displacement means. It can be different depending on whether it is placed on the other side.

  One of the game machines D1 to D3 includes load applying means configured to be able to apply a load to the first displacement means, the load applying means being disposed at a plurality of positions, each of which is independent of the first displacement. A game machine D4 characterized in that the means is capable of applying a load.

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines D1 to D3, it is possible to dispense with the auxiliary driving means for displacing the load applying means.

  In any one of the game machines D1 to D4, the first displacement means includes a load applying unit configured to be capable of applying a load, and includes a light emitting substrate having a light emitting surface, and the load applying unit includes at least the light emitting substrate. A game machine D5 characterized in that a part is shielded in a predetermined direction.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines D1 to D4, it is possible to hide the load applying means by the light emitting substrate. That is, it is possible to prevent the player from visually recognizing the load applying means by using the light emitting substrate necessary for the convenience of the light emitting effect. In this case, by irradiating strong light from the light emitting surface of the light emitting substrate, the visibility in the vicinity of the light emitting substrate can be lowered. Therefore, the other part of the load applying means not shielded by the light emitting substrate in a predetermined direction Also, it can be made difficult for the player to visually recognize.

  In the case where the light emitting substrate and the load applying means are arranged close to each other, electricity is supplied to a drive device (for example, an electromagnetic solenoid) which drives the load applying means using a route of electric wiring connected to the light emitting substrate. Since the electrical wiring can be passed, it is not necessary to separately form a gap for passing the electrical wiring.

  In the gaming machine D5, the light emitting substrate is disposed on the back side of the gaming board, and the gaming board includes a recessed portion in which the opposite side is recessed at a position facing the light emitting substrate. Machine D6.

  According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D5, an area for arranging the light emitting substrate can be secured between the gaming board and the game board, and the load from the load applying means is transmitted to the gaming board Can be prevented.

  In the gaming machine D6, the recessed portion is disposed outward with respect to the external shape of the gaming area in a front view.

  According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D6, even if the film member formed in front of the recessed portion is displaced, the displacement is prevented from affecting the gaming area. Can.

  Any one of the gaming machines D1 to D7 includes guiding means for guiding the displacement of the second displacement means, and the guiding means is disposed on the one side of the first displacement means. Machine D8.

  According to the gaming machine 8, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines D1 to D7, the displacement of the second displacement means can be regulated by the guiding means, and the guiding means is disposed on the other side Since the displacement amount of the first displacement means in the vicinity of the guide means can be reduced as compared with the above, the rubbing between the first displacement means and the guide means can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine D8, a light emitting substrate having a support plate for supporting the guide means, a thin film member whose predetermined area is fixed to the support plate, and a light emitting portion disposed on the opposite side of the support plate to the thin film member. And the thin film member is configured to partition the guide means and the light emitting substrate without any gap.

  According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D8, the thin film member partitions the space between the guiding means and the light emitting substrate to prevent the rubbed powder of the guiding means from entering the light emitting substrate side. it can.

  In the gaming machine D9, the thin film member is configured to have a dimension capable of avoiding contact with another displacement means.

  According to the gaming machine D10, since it is not necessary to secure the rigidity of the thin film member in addition to the effect of the gaming machine D9, the light from the light emitting substrate is weakened by the thin film member by forming as thin as possible. Can be minimized.

<Use of deflection. It is important to communicate
A displacement means configured to be displaceable, a drive means for generating a driving force for displacing the displacement means, and a transmission means for transmitting the drive force of the drive means to the displacement means, the transmission means being a drive A game machine E1 characterized in that the state can be changed so as to change the transmission mode of power.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a gaming machine in which a transmission means for transmitting a driving force is inserted into the deformation groove of the displacement means, and the transmission means displaces the displacement means by displacing the deformation groove ( See, for example, JP-A-2010-234152). According to this gaming machine, since the deformation groove is formed to extend along the displacement trajectory of the transmission means, some displacement excess of the transmission means can be absorbed. However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, since the deformation groove is configured to absorb the displacement excess of the transmission means, an additional thickness and dimension length for constituting the deformation groove are necessary, so The restriction on the shape of the displacement means is increased. Therefore, there is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of the configuration of the displacement means.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E1, since the transmission mode of the driving force can be changed by the change of the state of the transmission means, excessive displacement of the transmission means can be absorbed by the change of the state of the transmission means. it can. Accordingly, the configuration of the displacement means can be improved because it is not necessary to add an extra configuration to the displacement means.

  In addition, about the change of a transmission aspect, it is not limited at all, A various aspect is illustrated. For example, the transmission efficiency of the driving force may be changed by changing the rigidity of the transmission means or adjusting the direction of the load applied to the transmission means, or the change caused by increasing or decreasing the transmission means may be used. .

  In the gaming machine E1, a change in the state of the transmitting means occurs during displacement of the displacing means.

  According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E1, a load for changing the state of the transmission means can be generated from the displacement means. This can eliminate the need for a separate load source to change the state of the transmission means.

  In addition, the aspect of a change of the state of a transmission means is not limited at all. For example, it may be a deformation of the transmission means or a change of the rigidity (strength) of the transmission means.

  In addition, as a mode of deformation of the transmission means, elastic (continuous) deformation such as bending, bending, and twisting, and deformation causing boundaries such as bending and positional deviation are exemplified. Further, as a mode of the change in rigidity (strength), a mode in which the thickness of the transmission means changes, a mode in which the core inserted in the transmission means is removed, and the like are exemplified.

  In the gaming machine E2, the transmission means is configured to have different bending flexibility directions, and the direction of the reaction force received from the displacement means before and after the displacement means passes through a predetermined reference position with displacement. A game machine E3 characterized in that an angle formed by a flexible direction changes.

  According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E2, the change in the direction of the reaction force received from the displacement means during the displacement of the displacement means can be utilized for the shape change of the transmission means. It is possible to divide the range in which the driving force mainly displaces the displacement means and the range in which the transmission means is bent and deformed mainly by the driving force at the reference position.

  In the gaming machine E3, the displacement means is driven to stop at a predetermined halfway posture, and the transmission means is a reaction force from the displacement means when the displacement means is in the halfway posture. The game machine E4 is characterized in that the direction of is along the flexible direction.

  According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E3, since the displacement means can be easily kept in the middle posture by the bending of the transmission means, the generation amount of the driving force of the driving means and the generation period are roughly made. Even if set, it is possible to easily keep the displacement means in the middle.

  In the gaming machine E4, the drive means has a drive force such that a pushing portion pushing the displacement means of the transmission means passes a contact position at an intermediate posture of the displacement means in a state before bending. A game machine E5 characterized in that it is controlled to generate.

  According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E4, even after the displacing means is in the middle posture, driving energy can be inherent, and this can be used to vibrate the displacing means.

  That is, since the transmitting means is in a flexible posture, the transmitting means can be caused to vibrate using the deflection without generating the driving force of the driving means in the mode for generating the vibration. Thereby, vibration can be generated by a simple mechanism.

  A game machine E6 comprising range setting means configured to set a range in which the state of the transmission means changes in any of the game machines E1 to E5.

  According to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines E1 to E5, the range setting means can set the range in which the state of the transmission means changes, so the state change degree of the transmission means It is up to you to adjust.

  In the gaming machine E6, the range setting means is configured to limit the range in which the state of the transmission means changes to the downstream side of the transmission path of the driving force with reference to a predetermined position. .

  According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E6, the range in which the state of the transmission path changes can be limited to the range on the opposite side of the driving means. It is possible to suppress the decrease in efficiency.

  In addition, by narrowing the range in which the state changes, the degree of the state change occurring in the transmission means can be reduced, so that the influence on the displacement mode of the displacement means can be reduced. Therefore, even when the control of the drive means can not be performed precisely, the deviation of the displacement mode of the displacement means (for example, the deviation of the stop position) can be suppressed to a small value.

<Wiring path of movable part>
A game machine comprising: a rotational displacement means configured to be capable of rotational displacement; and an electric supply means disposed along the line connecting the rotational shaft and the outside of the diameter to the rotational displacement means and configured to be capable of supplying electricity. A game machine F1 characterized in that the electricity supply means includes a placement portion disposed on a rotation shaft portion of the rotational displacement means.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a gaming machine in which electrical wiring is fixed to a rotatably supported arm-like member and the electrical wiring is connected to a displacement member coupled to the arm-like member (e.g. See open 2012-157474). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the electrical wiring is held loosely by the rotational displacement of the arm-like member, and the electrical wiring may be expanded and contracted with the rotational displacement of the arm-like member. There is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of suppressing the load.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F1, the placement portion of the electricity supply means (electric wiring) is disposed on the rotation shaft portion of the rotation displacement means, so that the rotation displacement means when rotation displacement of the rotation displacement means occurs. The relative displacement of the to-be-placed part which arises with respect to can be suppressed, and the load given to electrical wiring can be suppressed.

  The gaming machine F1 includes an arrangement displacing means disposed displaceably in the vicinity of the electricity supplying means, and a suppressing means for restraining a displacement in a direction in which the electricity supplying means approaches the arrangement displacing means. A game machine F2 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F1, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the arrangement displacing means can be improved, so the distance between the arrangement displacing means and the electrical wiring can be shortened. .

  In the gaming machine F2, the arrangement displacing means is configured to be easily separated from the electricity supply means when an unplanned displacement occurs.

  According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F2, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the arrangement displacing means can be improved, so the distance between the arrangement displacing means and the electric wiring can be shortened. .

  In the gaming machine F3, the arrangement displacing means is a first arrangement displacing means that is displaced close to the electricity supply means and stops, and a position displaced close to the electricity supply means is the position of the first arrangement displacing means And a second arrangement displacement means set at a position separated from the electricity supply means in comparison with the stop position, wherein the first arrangement displacement means and the second arrangement displacement means are connected to the electricity supply means. A game machine F4 characterized in that it is abutted by being displaced close to each other and applies loads in a direction away from the electric supply means.

  According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F3, even if the first disposition displacing means and the second disposition displacing means are displaced too much, it is possible to avoid applying a load to the electricity supply means can do.

  A game machine F5 characterized in that, in the game machine F4, the first arrangement displacing means is smaller in inertia than the second arrangement displacing means.

  According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F4, it is possible to reduce the load given to the electricity supply means when the first arrangement means unintentionally contacts the electricity supply means.

  In addition, the aspect which comprises the magnitude of inertia is not limited at all. For example, the magnitude of inertia may be configured by configuring the first arrangement displacing means to be lighter and smaller than the second arrangement displacing means, or changing the aspect of the support portion The magnitude of inertia may be configured by generating magnitude of displacement resistance.

  In any of the game machines F1 to F5, a supporting means for supporting the rotational displacement means is provided, and the supporting means is provided with an open portion opened along a circumferential direction of a predetermined rotational axis of the rotational displacement means, A game machine F6 characterized in that the electricity supply means passes through the opening.

  According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines F1 to F5, the axial width occupied by the rotational displacement means is suppressed as compared with the case where the electricity supply means is passed through the inside of the predetermined rotation shaft. be able to.

  In the gaming machines F1 to F6, there are provided displacement means disposed displaceably in the vicinity of the electric supply means, and drive means for generating a driving force for driving the disposition means, the drive means comprising A game machine F7 arranged on the side where the rotational displacement means is not arranged.

  According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines F2 to F6, the arrangement efficiency can be improved.

  In any one of the game machines F1 to F7, the rotational displacement means is configured to be capable of transmitting a driving force to the arrangement displacement means.

  According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F7, by providing the means for guiding the electric wiring with the function of transmitting the driving force, it can be used as a member. The number can be reduced.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking Drive Unit 600 as an Example>
A ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry port and opening or closing the ball entry port, and a pair of wing members A game machine including a driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the disc and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the pair of wing members, wherein the transmission mechanism is a driving force of the driving means And a slide member which is slide-displaced with rotation of the rotary member, and a projecting portion is provided to project from one of the slide member or the pair of wing members, A game machine G1 characterized in that a slide groove through which the installation portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members.

  Here, a ball entry opening in which the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry opening and closing the ball entry opening, and the pair There is known a gaming machine provided with driving means for generating a driving force for rotating a wing member, and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members (e.g. 234009 gazette). The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and one end side of the rotating member is connected to a projecting portion which is provided so as to protrude from the back surface of the pair of wing members. In detail, on the one end side of the rotation member, an opposing portion which is opposed vertically at a predetermined interval is formed, and the projecting portion of the wing member is inserted between the opposing portions. Therefore, when the rotating member is rotated, the projecting portion of the wing member is pushed up or pushed down by the facing portion of the rotating member, whereby the wing member is opened or closed.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since it is necessary to set a large gap between the facing portion and the projecting portion, there is a problem that the opening and closing operation of the wing member is not stable. That is, when the rotating member is rotated to open and close the wing member, the posture of the facing portion is inclined with respect to the protruding portion, and the facing distance of the facing portion is the outer shape of the protruding portion (thick And the projecting portion interferes between the facing portions so that the rotating member can not rotate. Therefore, it is necessary to set the facing distance of the facing portions to a size that does not cause the protruding portions to interfere, and the gap between the facing portions and the protruding portions becomes larger accordingly. As a result, the feathering member tends to rattle, so the opening and closing operation of the feathering member is not stable.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member which is slide-displaced with the rotation of the rotating member. The projecting portion is provided to project from one of the wing members, and the sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members. The groove width of the groove can be suppressed. That is, since the displacement of the slide member is the slide displacement and the posture of the sliding groove does not incline with respect to the projecting portion, it is not necessary to avoid interference with the projecting portion when rotating as in the conventional product. Therefore, for example, since the groove width can be suppressed by setting the groove width of the sliding groove equal to the size (thickness) of the projecting portion, the gap between the sliding groove and the projecting portion can be reduced. . As a result, rattling of the wing member can be suppressed, and the opening / closing operation of the wing member can be stabilized.

  The sliding groove may be a recessed groove (recess) or a through groove (opening). That is, the sliding groove may be formed so as to be slidable along the extending direction of the sliding groove (direction orthogonal to the direction of the groove width) of the inserted protruding portion.

  In the game machine G1, a game machine G2 characterized in that the direction of slide displacement of the slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axis of the pair of wing members.

  According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine G1, the slide displacement direction of the slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axes of the pair of wing members. It can be arranged in parallel. As a result, the space necessary for the arrangement of the wing member and the slide member can be reduced, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

  In the gaming machine G1 or G2, the projecting portion is projected from the wing member, the sliding groove is recessed in the sliding member, and the straight line is along the direction orthogonal to the direction of sliding displacement of the sliding member. Gaming machine G3 characterized in that it is extended in a shape.

  According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G1 or G2, the projecting portion is provided so as to protrude from the wing member, and the sliding groove is provided in the sliding member in a recessed manner and linearly extended. The gap between the inner wall of the sliding groove and the projecting portion at the time of the opening and closing operation of the wing member can always be made to have a constant size. Therefore, rattling of the wing member can be suppressed, and the opening / closing operation of the wing member can be stabilized. Further, since the slide groove is linearly extended along the direction orthogonal to the direction of slide displacement of the slide member, the extension length of the slide groove can be minimized. As a result, the rigidity of the slide member can be improved by suppressing the amount of light removal associated with the formation of the slide groove.

  In any one of the game machines G1 to G3, the projecting portion is protruded from the wing member, the sliding groove is recessed in the sliding member, and the sliding member is slid and displaced upward in the gravity direction. A game machine G4 characterized in that the position of the projecting portion at the start of is set downward along the gravity direction of the rotation shaft of the wing member.

  Here, in the present invention, the slide member is interposed between the wing member and the rotary member, as compared with the conventional product in which the rotary member is directly connected to the wing member, the slide member is slid and displaced upward in the gravity direction. During the operation, the inertia force increases as the weight of the slide member is added, and the driving force required for the driving means increases. Therefore, it becomes difficult to start driving the wing member in the stopped state and smoothly perform the initial operation when opening or closing the wing member.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines G1 to G3, the projecting portion is projected from the wing member, and the sliding groove is recessed in the sliding member. The position of the projecting portion when the member starts sliding displacement upward in the gravity direction is set to the lower side along the gravity direction of the rotation shaft of the wing member. The displacement component of the part can increase the horizontal component and reduce (minimize) the gravity direction component. Therefore, also in the present invention in which the weight of the slide member is added, the drive of the wing member in the stopped state can be started to smoothly perform the initial operation at the time of opening or closing.

  In the gaming machine G4, when the slide member is moved upward in the direction of gravity to start slide displacement, the wing member is rotated in the opening direction.

  According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G4, when the slide member starts sliding displacement upward in the direction of gravity, the wing member is rotated in the opening direction, so the weight of the wing member is It can be rotated by (self weight). Therefore, also in the present invention in which the weight of the slide member is added, the driving of the wing member in the stopped state (closed position) can be started to smoothly perform the initial operation at the time of opening.

  In the gaming machine G4 or G5, the inner wall of the sliding groove with which the projecting portion abuts when the sliding member starts sliding displacement upward in the direction of gravity includes the rotation shaft of the wing member and the gravity A game machine G6 characterized in that an inclined surface which is inclined with respect to a plane orthogonal to the direction is formed.

  According to the gaming machine G6, in either the gaming machine G4 or G5, when the sliding member is directed upward in the direction of gravity to start sliding displacement, the inner wall of the sliding groove with which the projecting portion abuts Since the inclined surface including the rotation axis and inclined with respect to the plane orthogonal to the direction of gravity is formed, even if the position of the projection is set downward along the gravity direction of the rotation axis of the wing member The projection can be guided along the inclination direction of the inclined surface to smoothly start the slide displacement of the slide member directed upward in the gravity direction.

  In addition, by forming an inclined surface on the inner wall of the sliding groove, not only the gap between the inner wall and the projecting portion can be reduced by that amount, but also the projection due to the abutment of the projecting portion on the inclined surface In addition to the displacement of the installation portion in the direction of gravity, the displacement in the horizontal direction can also be regulated. Therefore, it is possible to easily suppress rattling of the wing member in the open or closed stop state. That is, even in the case of being affected by the vibration accompanying the flow of the game ball, the wing member can be easily maintained in the open or closed position.

  In any one of the gaming machines G1 to G6, a receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion when the sliding member is slidingly displaced to a position for closing the wing member is recessed on the inner wall of the sliding groove, A gaming machine G7 characterized in that rotation of the wing member is restricted in a state where the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion.

  According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the advantageous effects of any of the gaming machines G1 to G6, the inner wall of the sliding groove receives the projecting portion when the sliding member is slidingly displaced to the position closing the wing member. In the state where the receiving portion is recessed and the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion, the rotation of the wing member is restricted, so that the wing member can be prevented from being forcibly opened from the outside.

  In the gaming machine G7, the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion by slidingly moving the slide member downward in the direction of gravity.

  According to the gaming machine G8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G7, the sliding member is slid and displaced downward in the direction of gravity, whereby the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion. Can be used to easily maintain the state in which the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion.

  In any one of the game machines G1 to G8, the rotary member includes an abutment portion and an overhang portion projecting from the tip of the abutment portion, and the slide member is configured to close the wing member. When the rotating member is rotated toward one side, the one side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts and the one side abutted portion are separated by a predetermined distance in the direction of the slide displacement And the other side abutted portion with which the other side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the wing member, the wing member In the closed state, one side of the contact portion is abutted against the one side abutted portion and the overhanging portion is engaged with the slide member, and at least the other side abutted portion When the rotating member is rotated to the other side to a position where the other side of the abutting portion abuts, the protruding portion Gaming machine G9, characterized in that the engagement between the slide member is released.

  According to the gaming machine G9, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines G1 to G8, the rotating member includes the contact portion and the overhang portion protruding from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member One side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member, the one side abutted portion and the direction of slide displacement The other side of the contact portion is abutted against the other side when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side so as to face each other at a predetermined interval and to open the wing member. When the rotating member is rotated to one side, the one side abutted portion is pushed by one side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slid and displaced toward one side. When the rotating member is rotated to the other side while the member is closed, the other side abutted portion is moved to the other side along with the rotation. Pushed by, that the slide member is slid displaced toward the other side, the blade members are open.

  In this case, when the wing member is closed, one side of the contact portion is in contact with the one side abutted portion and the overhang portion is engaged with the slide member, so that the rotating member is not rotated. The sliding displacement of the sliding member to the other side is restricted. Thus, forced release of the wing member from the outside can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side to a position where the other side of the abutting portion abuts on at least the other side abutted portion, the engagement of the overhanging portion with the slide member is released. By further rotating the member to the other side, it is possible to slide and displace the slide member to the other side to open the wing member.

  In the gaming machines G1 to G8, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidingly displaced with the rotation of the rotating member, the slide member or the pair of members A projecting portion is provided to project from one of the wing members, and a sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed to the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members, and the rotation is performed. The member includes an abutment portion and an overhang portion projecting from the tip of the abutment portion, and the slide member rotates when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. In order to open the wing member oppositely disposed at a predetermined interval in the direction of the slide displacement with one side abutted portion with which one side of the abutted portion abuts and the one side abutted portion When the rotating member is rotated toward the other side And the other projecting portion on the other side of the abutting portion, the projecting portion being not engaged with the slide member when the wing member is closed, and the wing When the slide member is slidingly displaced from the closed state of the member to a position where the one-side contact portion abuts on one side of the contact portion, the overhanging portion engages with the slide member A game machine G10 characterized in that

  According to the gaming machine G10, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines G1 to G8, the rotary member includes the contact portion and the overhang portion protruding from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member One side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member, the one side abutted portion and the direction of slide displacement The other side of the contact portion is abutted against the other side when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side so as to face each other at a predetermined interval and to open the wing member. When the rotating member is rotated to one side, the one side abutted portion is pushed by one side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slid and displaced toward one side. When the rotating member is rotated to the other side while the member is closed, the other side abutted portion Pushed by the side, that the slide member is slid displaced toward the other side, the blade members are open.

  In this case, when the slide member is slidingly displaced from the closed state of the wing member to a position where the one-side contact portion abuts on one side of the contact portion, the overhanging portion engages with the slide member As a result, the sliding displacement of the slide member to the other side is restricted without rotating the rotation member. Thus, forced release of the wing member from the outside can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, when the wing member is closed, the overhanging portion is not engaged with the slide member, so that the slide member is slid and displaced toward the other side by further rotating the rotation member to the other side, The wing member can be released. Here, when the overhanging portion is engaged with the slide member in a state where the wing member is closed, the shape of the overhanging portion and the one-side abutting portion can be allowed to rotate to the other side of the rotating member It has to be formed in a shape that is complicated. Therefore, not only the strength is reduced, but also the engagement may be easily released. On the other hand, as in the present invention, when the wing member is closed, the overhanging portion is not engaged with the slide member, so that the shape of the overhanging portion and the one-side abutment portion can be rotated. It is not necessary to form the rotation to the other side of the member into an acceptable shape. Therefore, the shape can be simplified and not only the strength can be secured, but also a shape that can easily hold the engagement can be adopted, and the engagement can be hardly released.

  In any one of the gaming machines G1 to G10, a passage member for forming a passage for gaming balls having entered the ball entrance is provided, and in a state where the projecting portion is not inserted into the sliding groove, A game machine G11 characterized in that a part of the slide member is disposed in the passage of the passage member.

  According to the gaming machine G11, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines G1 to G10, the gaming machine G11 is provided with a passage member that forms a passage for the gaming ball entered into the ball entry port. In the inserted state, a part of the slide member is disposed in the passage of the passage member. For example, even if the projecting portion is cut to forcibly open the wing member from the outside, the ball is inserted from the ball entrance It is possible to regulate the flow of the played game ball by the slide member.

  In any one of the game machines G1 to G11, the slide member includes a passage member forming a passage of the game ball entered into the ball entry hole, and the slide member slides from a position where the wing member is opened to a position where it is closed. A gaming machine G12 comprising: a rubbing part which traverses the passage of the passage member and rubs against the edge of the passage member when the member is slidingly displaced.

  According to the gaming machine G12, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines G1 to G11, the sliding member is slid from the position for opening the wing member to the position for closing and traverses the passage of the passage member and the passage member Since the slide member is provided with the rubbing portion that rubs against the edge of the ball, it is possible to cut out the illegal material illegally inserted into the passage from the ball entrance.

  For example, the tip of the thread is adhered to the gaming ball, and the gaming ball is allowed to enter from the ball entry port while passing through the passage of the passage member, and the gaming ball reaches the detection position of the detection sensor. There is an injustice which causes the detection sensor to detect a plurality of times by operating (delivering and pulling) and moving the gaming ball back and forth. With respect to such fraudulent actions, according to the present invention, even if the gaming ball described above enters the ball with the wing member open, the slide member is slide-displaced from the position where the wing member is opened to the position where it is closed, When the rubbing portion crosses the passage of the passage member, the midway portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball is displaced together with the rubbing portion and pressed against the edge of the passage member, and the rubbing portion is the passage member When rubbed against the edge, the thread can be cut between the rub and the edge of the passage member. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  In addition, it is preferable to form the rubbing part of a slide member from a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part (sliding portion) of the slide member may be formed of a metal material. The same applies to the passage member, and the entire passage member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part of the passage member (a portion to which the rubbing portion is rubbed) may be formed of a metal material. Further, it is preferable that the rubbing portion and the portion (the edge of the passage member) to which the rubbing portion is rubbed be formed as a blade (cutting blade).

  In any one of the game machines G1 to G11, a passage member is provided which forms a passage of the game ball entered into the ball entry port, and the transmission mechanism is displaced from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position. A game machine G13 comprising: a pair of cutting members that crosses the passage of the passage member and rubs each other at the time of movement.

  According to the gaming machine G13, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines G1 to G11, when the wing member is displaced from the opening position to the closing position, the edges of the passage member are traversed while crossing the passage of the passage member. Since the transmission mechanism includes the pair of cutting members to be rubbed, it is possible to cut out the fraudulent material illegally inserted into the passage from the ball inlet.

  For example, the tip of the thread is adhered to the gaming ball, and the gaming ball is allowed to enter from the ball entry port while passing through the passage of the passage member, and the gaming ball reaches the detection position of the detection sensor. There is an injustice which causes the detection sensor to detect a plurality of times by operating (delivering and pulling) and moving the gaming ball back and forth. With respect to such fraudulent activity, according to the present invention, even if the game ball described above is entered with the wing member open, the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, and the pair of cutting members When the head crosses the passage of the passage member, an intermediate portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the gaming ball can be pinched between the pair of cutting members and cut. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  The pair of cutting members is preferably formed of a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part of the slide member (edges rubbed against each other) may be formed of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the part mutually rubbed in a pair of cutting members is formed as a blade (cutting blade).

  In the gaming machine G12 or G13, the drive means is configured such that displacement of the drive shaft in the first direction is performed by an electromagnetic force and displacement of the drive shaft in a second direction opposite to the first direction is It is formed as a solenoid actuator performed by the elastic recovery force of the biasing means, and the displacement from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. A game machine G14 characterized by.

  According to the gaming machine G14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G12 or G13, the displacement from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. That is, since the electromagnetic force is used, the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut an illegal thing (for example, a yarn) between the rubbing portion of the slide member and the edge of the passage member.

  In any one of the game machines G1 to G14, the rotary member includes a contact portion, and the slide member is configured to contact the rotary member when the rotary member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. When the rotary member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the wing member disposed opposite to the one side abutted portion to which one side of the contact portion is abutted and the one side abutted portion. The game is characterized by including the other side abutted portion with which the other side of the contact portion is abutted and the one side abutted portion and the other side abutted portion are formed substantially in the center in the width direction. Machine G15.

  According to the gaming machine G15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G1 to G14, the rotating member includes the contact portion, and the sliding member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. When the rotating member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the wing member disposed opposite to the one side abutted portion on which one side of the abutting portion abuts and the one side abutted portion The other side of the contact portion includes the other side abutted portion to be abutted, and the one side abutted portion and the other side abutted portion are formed substantially at the center in the width direction, so the pair of wing members and the rotation The posture change of the slide member with respect to the member can be easily accepted. Therefore, the slide member can be slid and displaced smoothly with the rotation of the rotating member, and as a result, the wing member can be reliably opened or closed.

  That is, when the load from the game ball is applied to only one of the pair of wing members during the operation of slidingly displacing the slide member with the rotation of the rotary member and opening or closing the pair of wing members, When the posture of the slide member is changed, the slide member is connected to the pair of wing members at two places, and is also connected to the rotating member at two places, the pair of wing members and the rotation The change in the attitude of the slide member with respect to the member is not acceptable, and resistance to slide displacement of the slide member (that is, rotation of the rotation member) is generated to inhibit the opening or closing of the wing member. . On the other hand, according to the present invention, the slide member is connected to the pair of wing members at two places, and is connected to the rotating member at one place. Even if the load from the gaming ball is applied to only one side, it is possible to easily allow the posture change of the slide member between the pair of wing members and the rotating member.

  Here, the approximate center in the width direction, in which one side abutting portion and the other side abutting portion are formed, passes substantially through the center between a pair of projecting portions in a state in which the pair of wing members is opened or closed. And, the position on the virtual line along the direction of the slide displacement is meant.

  In the gaming machine G15, a width dimension of one side and the other side of the contact portion is set to at least three times or less of a maximum outer dimension of the protruding portion.

  According to the gaming machine G16, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G15, the width dimensions of one side and the other side of the contact portion are set to at least three times or less of the maximum outside dimension of the projecting portion. It is possible to easily allow the posture change of the slide member between the wing member and the rotating member. In addition, it is preferable that the width dimension of the one side of an contact part and the other side is set to 2 times or less of the largest external dimension of a projection part. This is because it is easier to achieve the tolerance of the posture change described above.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 930 as an example>
First ball entry port, first opening and closing member for opening or closing the first ball entry port, first drive means for driving the first opening and closing member, second ball entry port, and second ball entry In a gaming machine provided with a second opening and closing member for opening or closing a mouth and a second driving means for driving the second opening and closing member, the first driving means and the second driving means are of the second opening and closing member. A game machine H1 characterized in that it is disposed on the back side.

  Here, the first ball entry port, a first opening / closing member for opening or closing the first ball entry port, first drive means for driving the first opening / closing member, a second ball entry port, the second 2. A game machine having a second opening and closing member for opening or closing a ball inlet and a second driving means for driving the second opening and closing member is known (for example, JP-A-2011-177416). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the first drive means and the second drive means are respectively disposed on the back side of the first opening / closing member and the second opening / closing member, these first opening / closing member and the second opening / closing member There is a problem that it is difficult to arrange other members and devices on the back side of the case and it is difficult to effectively utilize the space.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H1, since the first drive means and the second drive means are disposed on the back side of the second opening and closing member, on the back side of the first opening and closing member (first ball entrance). Space can be formed. That is, the space for arranging the other members and the device can be set as the first opening / closing member (the first opening / closing member (first It can be secured on the back of the ball mouth, and the space can be used effectively for that.

  In the gaming machine H1, a gaming machine H2 characterized in that a front projection area of the second opening and closing member is larger than a front projection area of the first opening and closing member.

  In the game machine H1 or H2, a front projection area of the second opening / closing member is made larger than a total front projection area of the first drive means and the second drive means.

  According to the gaming machine H2 or H3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H1 or H2, the front projection area of the second opening and closing member is larger than the front projection area of the first opening and closing member, or And since it is made larger than the total frontal projected area of a 2nd drive means, the dead space in the back of a 2nd ball entrance (2nd opening-and-closing member) can be used effectively.

  In the gaming machine H3, the second opening / closing member is formed in a rectangular shape in a front view in which one direction is a longitudinal direction, and the first driving means and the second driving means are the second ones on the back side of the second ball entrance. A game machine H4 characterized by being juxtaposed along the longitudinal direction of the opening and closing member.

  According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine H3, the second opening / closing member is formed in a rectangular shape in a front view in which one direction is the longitudinal direction, and the first drive means and the second drive means are the second ball entry. The dead space in the back surface of the second ball entrance (second opening and closing member) can be effectively utilized because the back side of the mouth is juxtaposed along the longitudinal direction of the second opening and closing member.

  In any one of the gaming machines H1 to H4, the first drive unit and the second drive unit drive the main body, a drive shaft disposed on one side of the main body, and the drive shaft while driving the drive shaft. A drive unit housed in the drive unit, and power supplied to the drive unit and a wire drawn from the other side of the main unit, the first drive unit and the second drive unit being the second drive shaft A game machine H5 characterized in that it is disposed in an attitude toward the opening and closing member.

  According to the gaming machine H5, in any of the gaming machines H1 to H4, the first drive means and the second drive means are the main body portion, the drive shaft disposed on one side of the main body portion, and the drive shaft thereof The drive unit includes a drive unit for driving the drive unit and the housing unit, and power supplied to the drive unit and a wire drawn from the other side of the main unit unit. The first drive unit and the second drive unit (2) Since it is disposed in a posture directed to the opening and closing member, the wiring of the first driving means and the wiring of the second driving means can be easily organized.

  In the gaming machine H5, the main body portion of the first drive means and the main body portion of the second drive means are respectively formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the drive shaft and wiring of the outer surface of the main body portion are arranged. A game machine H6 characterized in that the first drive means and the second drive means are arranged at positions where the outer surfaces of one except the outer surfaces are substantially flush with each other.

  According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H5, the main body of the first driving means and the main body of the second driving means are each formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and driving of the outer surface of the main body Since the first drive means and the second drive means are disposed at a position where the outer surfaces of one of the shafts and the wiring except the outer surface are substantially flush, for example, the first drive means and the second drive means Even if the sizes of the two main body portions are different, it is possible to simplify the shape of the shield plate for partitioning the first drive means and the second drive means from other regions.

  That is, when the main body of the first drive means and the main body of the second drive means are formed in different sizes, the outer surfaces of one main body and the other main body form a step. It is necessary to form a shield plate by bending along the step, and the shape of the shield plate becomes complicated. On the other hand, according to the present invention, the first drive means and the second drive means are disposed at positions where the outer surfaces of one of the main body portions are substantially flush, and the outer surfaces do not form a step. Can be made into a flat plate shape. As a result, the shape of the shield plate can be simplified.

  In addition, with a shield board, the arrangement | positioning area | region of a 1st drive means and a 2nd drive means and other area | regions (for example, the area | region where a detection sensor and a control board are arrange | positioned) are divided, And a barrier made of a conductor for restricting (preventing) the flow of the electromagnetic field, and is formed, for example, as a metal plate.

  In any one of the gaming machines H1 to H6, a first passage member forming a passage of the game ball entered into the first entrance and a passage of the game sphere entered into the second entrance are formed. A second passage member to be formed, and a first transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the first drive means to the first opening and closing member, the first opening and closing member being rotated to a position sandwiching the ball entrance And a pair of wing members pivotally supported to open or close the ball inlet, wherein the first transmission mechanism is rotated by the driving force of the first driving means and the first passage member and the second passage A game machine H7 comprising: a rotary member disposed between the members; and a slide member which is slide-displaced with the rotation of the rotary member to open and close the pair of wing members.

  According to the gaming machine H7, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines H1 to H6, the first transmission mechanism is rotated by the driving force of the first driving means and between the first passage member and the second passage member. And a slide member which is slide-displaced to open and close a pair of wing members in accordance with the rotation of the rotary member, so that the pair of wing members can be opened and closed by only the rotation member. Thus, it is possible to secure a space on the back side of the first ball entrance and on both sides (sides) of the first passage member. Moreover, since it is not necessary to bend the first passage member to the second passage side in order to avoid interference with the rotation member as in the conventional product, the first ball entry port should be made closer to the second ball entry port by that amount. Can.

  In the gaming machine H7, the rotating member is a first portion extending from the rotating shaft and connected to the slide member, and a second portion extending from the rotating shaft and driven by the first driving means. A gaming machine H8 comprising: a portion, wherein the first portion is bent in a substantially U-shape in a view of the rotational axis direction.

  According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the advantageous effects of the gaming machine H7, the rotating member is extended from the rotating shaft and a first portion connected to the slide member, and extended from the rotating shaft and the first drive And the first portion is formed to be bent in a substantially V shape in the rotational axis direction view, so that the sliding amount of the slide member is secured, and the first driving means and the second portion are driven. The distance between the slide member and the slide member can be reduced.

  That is, the first portion is linearly formed, and the length dimension of the first portion (the distance from the rotation axis to the portion connected to the slide member) is connected to the slide member from the rotation axis in the present invention If the linear distance to the portion is set equal, the slide amount of the slide member can be made equal to that of the present invention, but the distance between the first drive means and the slide member is increased, and the whole is enlarged. . On the other hand, when the first portion is formed in a straight line, and the length dimension of the first portion is shorter than the linear distance from the rotation axis in the present invention to the portion connected to the slide member, Although the distance between the drive means and the slide member can be made equal to that of the present invention, the slide amount of the slide member is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present invention, the first portion is bent in a substantially U-shape in the rotational axis direction view, thereby securing the slide amount of the slide member while the first drive means and the slide are maintained. The distance between the members can be reduced.

  In the gaming machine H8, a second portion of the rotating member is formed on the back side of the first portion opposite to the sliding member.

  According to the gaming machine H9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H8, the second portion of the rotating member is formed on the back side of the first portion opposite to the slide member, so the first portion is bent. It is possible to miniaturize the rotating member by effectively utilizing the space created by the That is, the rotation member can be efficiently disposed in the space between the first passage member and the second passage member, and the overall size can be reduced.

  In any one of the gaming machines H1 to H9, a detection sensor for detecting the gaming ball having entered the second entrance is provided, and at least a part of the detection sensor is the second opening / closing member and the first driving means. A game machine H10 characterized in that it is disposed between.

  According to the gaming machine H10, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines H1 to H9, the gaming machine H10 includes a detection sensor for detecting the gaming ball having entered the second entrance, and at least a part of the detection sensor performs the second opening and closing Since it is disposed between the member and the first drive means, for example, when the second opening / closing member is opened and the second ball entrance is made to cheat the first drive means, the first sensor is used to Since the driving means can be hidden, such fraudulent acts can be made difficult.

  In this case, in order to secure a path from the second ball entrance to the first drive means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used and drilling is performed, the detection sensor may be broken. As it is possible, by monitoring the state of such detection sensor, it is possible to detect fraud. In the present invention in which the first drive means is disposed on the back side of the second opening and closing member, even if the second opening and closing member is opened and the first drive means is tampered with from the second ball inlet, By closing the second opening and closing member, the first drive means is shielded by the second opening and closing member, and the portion where the fraud is added can not be visually recognized, so that fraud can be found by monitoring the state of the detection sensor described above. Is particularly effective.

  The gaming machine H10 includes a case member housing the detection sensor, and a screw member fastened to the case member, wherein the detection sensors are disposed in a pair, and at least a portion of each of the pair of detection sensors Is disposed between the second opening / closing member and the first driving means, and the screw member is located between the pair of sensor devices facing each other.

  According to the gaming machine H11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H10, at least a portion of each of the pair of detection sensors is disposed between the second opening and closing member and the first drive means and fastened to the case member Since the screw member is located between the facing of the pair of sensor devices, when the second opening / closing member is opened and the second drive port is tampered with from the second ball inlet, the first drive means may be concealed by the screw member. Because it is possible, it is possible to make such cheating more difficult. That is, it is difficult to shield the entire front face of the first driving means with a pair of detection sensors, and a gap is easily formed between the pair of detection sensors, and such a gap (a pair of detection sensors Since the unshielded area in the front of the first drive means can be compensated by the screw member by setting the to the fastening position of the screw member, it is possible to make the fraud more difficult to perform.

  The screw member may be one in which the case member is composed of two members and is used to fasten and fix the two members, or even if another member is fastened and fixed to the case member. good. The screw member is preferably made of metal.

  In the gaming machine H11, a wiring of the pair of detection sensors is located between the facing of the pair of detection sensors.

  According to the gaming machine H12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H11, the wires of the pair of detection sensors are located between the facing of the pair of detection sensors. When cheating is added to the first drive means from the ball mouth, such cheating can be made more difficult to perform.

  That is, the wiring is relatively susceptible to damage. Therefore, in order to secure a path from the second ball entrance to the first drive means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used and drilling is performed, the wiring is damaged along with the cheating. It can be made easy (broken). Alternatively, it can be recognized that it is difficult to conduct fraud without damaging (breaking) the wiring, and it is easy to deter fraud.

  In the game machine H12, the case member includes a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and a wire of the pair of detection sensors is wound around the seat portion.

  According to the gaming machine H13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H12, the case member has a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and the wire of the pair of detection sensors is wound around the seat portion. , Can be routed (positioned) over a wider area in front of the first drive means. That is, a wider range of the front of the first driving means can be shielded by the wiring. Therefore, for example, when making a 2nd opening-and-closing member open and adding a fraud to a 1st drive means from a 2nd ball entrance, it can be made hard to perform such a fraud.

  In the gaming machine H12 or H13, the case member is provided with a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and the seat portion is formed in a conical shape that increases in diameter as it is separated from the second opening and closing member. Gaming machine H14.

  According to the gaming machine H14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H12 or H13, the case member is provided with a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and has a conical shape whose diameter increases as the seat portion is separated from the second opening and closing member. Since it is formed, in order to secure a path from the second ball entrance to the first drive means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used and drilling is performed, the advancing direction of the drill is a seat The wiring can be easily damaged (broken) by causing lateral displacement (lateral slip) on the outer peripheral surface of the wire.

  In any one of the game machines H12 to H14, a wire of the pair of detection sensors is pulled out to a side opposite to a fastening position of the screw member.

  According to the gaming machine H15, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines H12 to H14, the wires of the pair of detection sensors are pulled out to the side opposite to the fastening position of the screw member. It can be routed (positioned) over a wider range of fronts. That is, a wider range of the front of the first driving means can be shielded by the screw member and the wiring. Therefore, for example, when making a 2nd opening-and-closing member open and adding a fraud to a 1st drive means from a 2nd ball entrance, it can be made hard to perform such a fraud.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 as an example>
A game board, a first member disposed on the front side of the game board and having a first passage through which game balls pass, and a second passage communicated with the first passage of the first member In a gaming machine provided with a second member disposed on the back side of the gaming board, a first engaging portion engaging with the first member and a second engaging portion engaging with the second member A game machine I1 comprising: a third member having

  Here, a game board, a first member disposed on the front side of the game board and having a first passage through which game balls pass, and a second passage communicated with the first passage of the first member There is known a gaming machine provided with a second member disposed on the back side of the gaming board as well as having the same (for example, JP-A-2012-5783). The game ball flowing down the front side of the game board and flowing into the first passage of the first member passes through the first passage, then flows into the second passage of the second member, and on the back side of the game board, 2 Pass through the aisle. As a result, the passage path of the gaming ball is changed in the front-rear direction, and it is possible to give the player an interest.

  In this case, if the positional deviation (step) occurs in the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage, the smooth flow of the gaming ball is hindered, so the positional accuracy of the second member with respect to the first member is secured. It is requested to do. However, the above-described gaming machine has a problem that it is difficult to position the second member with respect to the first member. That is, not only the first member but also other members having a passage and various members such as a decorative member are disposed on the front of the game board, so positioning holes for positioning the respective members are provided on the game board In the process of forming the positioning plate, the positioning hole for positioning the first member can also be formed, while in order to form the positioning hole for positioning the second member on the back of the game board, the game board is reversed. The separate process of forming the positioning holes only for the second member above is necessary, which is not practical.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine I1, since the third member having the first engaging portion engaging with the first member and the second engaging portion engaging with the second member is provided, the third member Can be used to position the second member relative to the first member.

  In the gaming machine I1, the gaming board is provided with an opening which is formed in an opening and in which a connecting portion between the first passage of the first member and the second passage of the second member is disposed in the internal space A game machine I2 characterized in that the third member is disposed in an internal space of a unit.

  According to the gaming machine I2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I1, the gaming board is opened, and a connecting portion between the first passage of the first member and the second passage of the second member is disposed in the internal space Since the third member is disposed in the internal space of the opening, it is not necessary to separately provide an opening for disposing the third member. That is, since the opening for arranging the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage is also used as the space for arranging the third member, the number of processing steps is reduced by that amount, and the product cost is reduced. Can be

  In the gaming machine I1 or I2, as the third member, the first engaging portion engages with the first passage of the first member, and the second engaging portion engages with the second passage of the second member. A gaming machine I3 characterized in that

  According to the gaming machine I3, in the gaming machine I1 or I2, in the third member, the first engagement portion is in the first passage of the first member, and the second engagement portion is in the second passage of the second member. Being engaged, the positioning of the second member relative to the first member can be effectively performed. That is, the positioning of the second member with respect to the first member is intended to suppress the occurrence of positional deviation (step difference) in the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage, Since the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage) can be directly positioned by the third member, the occurrence of displacement (step) is more effective compared to the case where the other portion is positioned by the third portion. Can be suppressed. As a result, the gaming balls can flow smoothly.

  In the gaming machine I3, a part of an inner wall of at least one of the first passage and the second passage is formed by the third member, and a gaming machine I4.

  According to the gaming machine I4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I3, a part of the inner wall of at least one of the first passage and the second passage is formed by the third member, so the dimensions of the first passage and the second passage Allows for tolerances or mounting tolerances.

  A game machine I5 according to any one of the game machines I1 to I4, wherein the first member is formed so as to be able to hold the third member.

  According to the gaming machine I5, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines I1 to I4, the first member is formed so as to be able to hold the third member. When the respective members are attached, it is not necessary to separately attach the third member, and by attaching the first member, the attachment of the third member can be performed simultaneously. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the mounting operation.

  In the gaming machine I5, in a state where the third member is held by the first member, a first engaging portion of the third member is engaged with the first member. .

  According to the gaming machine I6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I5, in a state where the third member is held by the first member, the first engaging portion of the third member is engaged with the first member. There is no need to separately perform an operation of engaging the first engaging portion of the third member with the first member after the first member and the third member are attached to the game board. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the mounting operation.

  In the gaming machine I6, when the third member is held by the first member, the second engaging portion of the third member is formed to be engageable with the second member from the side opposite to the first member. Game machine I7 characterized by being.

  According to the gaming machine I7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I6, in a state where the third member is held by the first member, the second engaging portion of the third member is the second member from the opposite side to the first member The first member and the third member are simultaneously attached to the game board, and then the second member is attached to the back of the game board, and at the same time as the attaching operation, the third member The second engaging portion can be engaged with the second member. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the mounting operation.

  In any one of game machines I5 to I7, the first member includes a main body member in which the first passage is disposed, and a fixing member fixedly fixed to the main body member, and the third member is fixed to the third fixing member. A game machine I8 characterized in that the members are fixedly or integrally formed.

  According to the gaming machine I8, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines I5 to I7, the first member includes the main body member in which the first passage is disposed, and the fixing member fastened and fixed to the main body member. Since the third member is fixedly or integrally formed on the fixed member, the third member can be held (arranged) on the first member simultaneously with the operation of fastening and fixing the fixed member to the main body member. . Thereby, when attaching the first member and the second member to the game board, it is possible to suppress forgetting to attach the third member.

  In any one of game machines I1 to I8, the first member rotates to a position where the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball and the ball passage communicated with the first passage, and the position sandwiching the ball passage A pair of wing members pivotally supported so as to open or close the ball inlet, a driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the pair of wing members, and a driving force of the driving means A transmission mechanism for transmitting to a member, the transmission mechanism being a rotary member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidingly displaced with the rotation of the rotary member to open and close the pair of wing members And the third member is configured to be able to guide the slide displacement of the slide member.

  According to the gaming machine I9, in addition to the advantageous effects of any one of the gaming machines I1 to I8, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means and a sliding displacement as the rotating member rotates. Since the slide member for opening and closing the wing member is provided, both sides (sides) of the first passage are on the back side of the ball entrance as compared with the conventional product in which the opening and closing of the pair of wing members are performed only by the rotating member. Space can be secured. In this case, since the third member can guide the slide displacement of the slide member, it is unnecessary to separately provide a member for guiding the slide displacement of the slide member. Therefore, the structure of the first member can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  In the gaming machine I9, the pair of wing members includes a protruding portion protruding toward the slide member, and the slide member includes a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted. A gaming machine I10 characterized in that the third member has a covering surface portion facing the opening on the opposite side to the wing member in the sliding groove of the sliding member.

  According to the gaming machine I10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I9, the pair of wing members includes a projecting portion projecting toward the sliding member, and the projecting portion is slidably inserted. The slide member has the moving groove, and the third member has the covering surface facing the opening of the sliding member on the opposite side to the wing member of the sliding member, so the sliding of the slide member is performed by the covering surface of the third member By shielding the opening of the groove from the outside, dust and foreign matter can be prevented from entering the sliding groove. As a result, it is possible to stably open or close the pair of wing members while preventing the sliding of the projection from being impeded by dust or foreign matter that has entered the sliding groove.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the specific winning opening unit 950 as an example>
A ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, an opening and closing member for opening and closing the ball entry port, a rolling surface on which the game ball entered into the ball entry port is rolled In a gaming machine provided with a passage member into which game balls rolled on a surface flow, a plurality of the passage members are disposed at predetermined intervals, and a game machine J1.

  Here, a ball entry port in which the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, an opening and closing member for opening and closing the ball entry port, and a passage member for forming a passage of the game ball entered in the ball entry port A gaming machine is known (for example, JP-A-2015-3092). The ball entry opening is formed in a size that allows a plurality of game balls to enter at the same time, and the game balls entered into the ball entry opening are collected in the passage member by rolling the rolling surface, and the passage member One ball at a time flows into the However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, when the ball entrance is enlarged, the rolling distance (the length of the rolling surface) of the game ball from the end of the ball entrance to the passage member becomes longer accordingly. Therefore, it takes time to reach the passage member, and another game ball may enter from the ball inlet before the closing member is closed by the opening / closing member, so that over winning is likely to occur. there were.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine J1, a plurality of passage members are disposed with a predetermined distance therebetween, so that the rolling distance (rolling surface) of the game balls to the passage members is increased even when the ball entrance is enlarged. Length) can be shortened. Therefore, the time to reach the passage member can be shortened by that amount, and the passage member can be made to flow quickly. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  The game machine J1 includes a detection sensor for detecting the game ball entering the ball entrance, and the detection sensor is disposed at a connecting portion between the rolling surface and the passage member. Machine J2.

  According to the gaming machine J2, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine J1, the gaming machine J2 is provided with a detection sensor for detecting the gaming ball entering the ball entrance, and the detection sensor is disposed at the connecting portion between the rolling surface and the passage member. Because it is done, it is possible to detect the game ball which entered the ball entrance earlier. Therefore, it is possible to suppress another game ball from entering until the closing opening is closed by the opening and closing member, and it is possible to suppress over winning.

  The gaming machine J1 or J2 includes first guiding means having a first inclined surface formed so as to be able to abut on a game ball which is inclined from the entrance into the passage member and rolls on the rolling surface. The ball entry port is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the rolling surface is extended along the longitudinal direction of the ball entry port, and the first guide means is a longitudinal end of the rolling surface. A game machine J3 characterized in that it is disposed between the and the passage member.

  According to the gaming machine J3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine J1 or J2, the first inclined surface is formed so as to be able to abut on the gaming balls that are inclined from the ball entrance toward the passage member and roll on the rolling surface. And the ball entry port is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the rolling surface is extended along the longitudinal direction of the ball entry port, and the first guide unit is formed in one longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Since it is disposed between the side end and the passage member, when the game ball enters from the vicinity of the longitudinal direction end of the ball entrance, the game ball is taken by the first inclined surface of the first guide means. By guiding to the passage member, it is possible to make it difficult for the longitudinal end of the rolling surface to stagnate. Therefore, the game ball entered from the ball entry port can be made to flow quickly into the passage member, and as a result, it is suppressed that another game ball enters the ball until the ball entry port is closed by the opening / closing member. Can suppress over winning.

  A game machine J4 according to any one of the game machines J1 to J3, comprising a guide groove formed as a concave groove which is recessed in the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball inlet to the passage member. .

  According to the gaming machine J4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines J1 to J3, the gaming machine J4 is provided with a guide groove formed as a recessed groove which is recessed on the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball inlet to the passage member. Therefore, the rolling surface can receive the game ball rolling in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface and can be guided to the passage member. That is, it is possible to suppress passage of the passage member when the gaming ball rolls in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Therefore, the game ball entered from the ball entry port can be made to flow quickly into the passage member, and as a result, it is suppressed that another game ball enters the ball until the ball entry port is closed by the opening / closing member. Can suppress over winning.

  In the game machine J4, the guide groove is linearly extended in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface.

  According to the gaming machine J5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J4, since the guide grooves are linearly extended in the direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface, the rolling surface is the longitudinal surface of the rolling surface. The game balls rolling in the direction can be easily received in the guide grooves, and the received game balls can be quickly guided (inflowed) to the passage member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In the game machine J4 or J5, the groove width of the guide groove is set to be substantially equal to the diameter of the game ball.

  According to the gaming machine J5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J4 or J5, the groove width of the guide groove is set to be substantially equal to the diameter of the gaming ball, so when a plurality of gaming balls are received in the guide groove, It can guide to a passage member in the state which aligned those each game ball. Therefore, each game ball can be made to flow into the passage member promptly. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In any one of game machines J3 to J6, the rolling surface is opposite to the first region in which the first guiding means is disposed with the passage member interposed therebetween in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. A game machine J7 characterized in that a second area is formed to be inclined downward toward the first area.

  According to the gaming machine J7, in addition to the advantageous effects of any one of the gaming machines J3 to J6, the rolling surface is a passage member in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface with respect to the first region in which the first guiding means is disposed. Since the second area on the opposite side across from is formed to be inclined downward toward the first area, the game ball entered into the second area or the game ball rolled from the first area to the second area Can be quickly rolled toward the passage member by using the downward slope of the second region. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  A game machine J8, comprising a second guide unit protruding from a second region of the rolling surface in the game machine J7.

  According to the gaming machine J8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J7, since the second guiding means is provided protruding from the second area of the rolling surface, the rolling speed is increased by the downward inclination of the second area. The game ball can be decelerated in front of the passage member. That is, it is possible to suppress the rolling of the gaming ball from the second area through the passage member to the first area by increasing the rolling speed up to the passage member and decelerating in front of the passage member (immediately before) . Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly by that amount. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In the gaming machine J7 or J8, the game is disposed in the second region of the rolling surface, and the second region of the rolling surface is rolled along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface toward the passage member A game machine J9 comprising: second guiding means formed so as to be able to guide a ball to the entrance side.

  According to the gaming machine J9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J7 or J8, the second region of the rolling surface is disposed in the second region of the rolling surface, and the second region of the rolling surface is in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Since the second guiding means is formed so as to be able to guide the gaming ball rolled along the entrance to the entrance side, the gaming ball whose rolling speed is accelerated by the downward inclination of the second region is in front of the passage member It can be slowed down. That is, it is possible to suppress the rolling of the gaming ball from the second area through the passage member to the first area by increasing the rolling speed up to the passage member and decelerating in front of the passage member (immediately before) . Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly by that amount. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In the gaming machine J9, the opening / closing member is disposed at a position where the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface can abut in a state where the ball entry opening is opened.

  According to the gaming machine J10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J9, the opening and closing member is disposed at a position where the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface can abut in a state where the ball entry opening is opened. The gaming ball guided to the ball entrance side by the second guiding means can be brought into contact with the opening and closing member to be repelled toward the passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly by that amount. As a result, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another game ball until the closing of the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In the gaming machine J9 or J10, the second guiding means is inclined in a direction away from the ball entrance as the side edge opposite to the first guiding means is separated from the first guiding means. A game machine J11 characterized in that the upper surface thereof is inclined downward toward the side opposite to the first guiding means.

  According to the gaming machine J11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J9 or J10, the second guiding means separates from the entrance as the side edge opposite to the first guiding means separates from the first guiding means As it is inclined in the direction and its upper surface is inclined downward toward the side edge opposite to the first guide means, the game ball is quickly flowed into the passage member while suppressing jumping out of the ball entrance. It can be done.

  That is, among gaming balls rolled in the second region toward the passage member along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface, the rolling speed is relatively low (slow) for gaming balls from the ball entrance Since the risk of jumping out to the outside is low, it is possible to roll from the second area through the passage member to the first area by contacting the side edge of the second guiding means and guiding it to the ball entrance side. It can be made to flow quickly into the passage member by that amount. On the other hand, with respect to the gaming ball having a relatively high (fast) gaming speed, the upper surface of the second guiding means can be climbed over to the first region (first guiding means). Therefore, the kinetic energy of the gaming ball can be consumed by the crossing over of the second guiding means and the collision with the first guiding member, and the deceleration can be surely performed. Therefore, it can be made to flow in into a passage member quickly, suppressing jumping out from a ball entrance. As a result of these, it is possible to suppress the over winning by suppressing the entrance of another gaming ball before closing the entrance by the opening / closing member.

  In the gaming machine J11, the second guide means is such that the side edge facing the first guide means extends in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface, and in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface The dimension of the side edge portion of the first guiding means in the orthogonal direction is larger than the dimension of the side edge portion of the second guiding means in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Gaming machine J12.

  According to the gaming machine J12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J11, the dimension of the side edge of the first guiding means in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface is in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface Since it is made larger than the dimension of the side edge of the second guiding means, the gaming ball which has passed over the upper surface of the second guiding means can be made to abut (collide) with the first guiding means to be decelerated surely. In addition, it can be easily located near the passage member. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member.

  In the gaming machine J11 or J12, a position separated by the radius of the gaming ball from the rolling surface is included in the side edge portion of the second guiding means.

  According to the gaming machine J13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J11 or J12, the position separated by the radius of the gaming ball from the rolling surface is included in the side edge portion of the second guiding means. The game ball which has passed over can be brought into contact (collision) with the side edge of the first guide means to be surely decelerated and easily located near the passage member. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member.

  In any one of the game machines J8 to J13, the second guide means is positioned on the extension of the first inclined face of the first guide means in the inclination direction.

  According to the gaming machine J14, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines J8 to J13, the second guiding means is positioned on the extension of the inclination direction of the first inclined surface of the first guiding means, so that the first guiding means Even if the rolling speed of the gaming ball guided toward the passage member by the first inclined surface of the second is relatively high (fast), the gaming ball is made to abut (collide) on the second guiding means This can be decelerated and easily located near the passage member. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member.

  The gaming machine J14 is provided with a guide groove formed as a recessed groove which is recessed in the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball inlet toward the passage member, and the bottom surface of the guide groove is provided with the second guide means. A game machine J15 characterized in that the height to the top is made larger than the radius of the game ball.

  According to the gaming machine J15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J14, the gaming machine J15 is provided with a guide groove formed as a recessed groove which is recessed and inclined downward from the ball entry to the passage member Since the height dimension from the top to the top of the second guide means is made larger than the radius of the game ball, the rolling speed of the game ball guided toward the passage member by the first inclined surface of the first guide means is When the ball is relatively high (fast), the gaming ball can easily contact (collide) the second guiding means. Therefore, such a game ball can be decelerated, can be easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member, and can be quickly flowed into the passage member.

  In any one of the game machines J1 to J15, the game machine further includes a guide groove formed as a concave groove recessed in the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball inlet to the passage member, and the groove width of the guide groove is A game machine J16 characterized in that the size is reduced toward the passage member.

  According to the gaming machine J16, in addition to the advantageous effects of any of the gaming machines J1 to J15, the gaming machine J16 is provided with a guide groove formed as a concave groove recessed on the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball inlet to the passage member. Since the groove width of the guide groove is reduced toward the passage member, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface abuts (collides on) the side wall of the guide groove. The rolling direction of the gaming ball can be easily changed to the direction toward the passage member. Thus, the gaming ball can be quickly flowed into the passage member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a ball entry unit provided with a ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering a ball and a passage connected to the ball entry port, and a game board provided with the ball entry unit, An opening is formed in the game board in the thickness direction, and the ball entry unit has a first passage connected to the ball entry port and the ball entry port and is disposed on the front side of the game board And a second unit provided on the back side of the first unit via the opening of the game board and having a second passage connected to the first passage. A game machine K1 characterized by.

  Here, a game unit comprising a ball entry unit having a ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering a ball and a passage connected to the ball entry port, and a game board on which the ball entry unit is disposed. A machine is known (for example, JP, 2015-131046, A). According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to change the specification of the gaming machine while diverting the game board by replacing the entering unit with another entering unit (for example, one having a different number of passages). it can. However, in the above-described gaming machine, since the ball entry unit is disposed on the front of the game board, for example, it is necessary to secure in advance the space corresponding to the maximum number of passages on the front of the game board. Therefore, when using a ball entry unit with a small number of passages, there is a problem that the space on the front side of the game board is wasted.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine K1, the ball entry unit has a ball entry port and a first passage connected to the ball entry port and is disposed on the front side of the game board Since one unit and a second unit disposed on the back side of the first unit via the opening of the game board and having a second passage connected to the first passage, the front of the game board is provided. It is sufficient to secure a space corresponding to the size of the first unit, and there is no need to secure a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages (second passage) on the front of the game board. Therefore, when changing the specification of the game board while diverting the game board by replacing the second unit with another second unit (for example, one having a different number of second passages), the game board may be changed Can effectively utilize the space in front of the

  In the gaming machine K1, at least a part of the first unit is formed of a light transmitting material, and the second unit is formed into an outer shape smaller than the first unit, and the first unit in a front view A game machine K2 characterized in that it is disposed at an overlapping position.

  According to the gaming machine K2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K1, the first unit is formed of the light transmitting material, and the second unit is formed in an outer shape smaller than the first unit. Since the second unit can be viewed by the player through the first unit, the interest of the game can be enhanced because the game unit is disposed at a position overlapping the one unit. Moreover, in order to make the second unit visible to the player, it is not essential to form the game board from the light transmitting material, for example, forming the game board from a veneer board or attaching a seal to the game board Since it is also acceptable to attach or paint the game board, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.

  In the gaming machine K2, a gaming machine K3 characterized in that a front side of at least the second passage of the second unit is formed of a light transmitting material.

  According to the gaming machine K3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K2, since the front side of at least the second passage of the second unit is formed of the light transmitting material, it flows down the second passage of the second unit through the first unit. It is possible to make the player visually recognize the game ball to be played, and to enhance the interest of the game.

  Note that the first unit may be entirely formed of a light transmissive material. In addition, when only a part of the first unit is made of the light transmitting material, it is preferable that a portion overlapping with at least the second passage of the second unit in the front view is formed of the light transmitting material. This is because the flow of the game ball can be visually recognized, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In the gaming machine K3, a gaming machine K4 characterized in that the first unit is formed of a colorless light transmitting material and the second unit is formed of a colored light transmitting material.

  According to the gaming machine K4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K3, the first unit is formed of a colorless light transmitting material, and the second unit is formed of a colored light transmitting material. When making the player visually recognize the second unit, it is possible to make it easy for the player to grasp the positional relationship between the first unit and the second unit in the front-rear direction. That is, it is possible to make it easy for the player to visually recognize the mode in which the gaming ball changes its position in the front-rear direction and flows down, so the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In the gaming machine K4, a gaming machine K5 characterized in that information consisting of characters or figures is displayed in front of the second passage of the second unit.

  According to the gaming machine K5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K4, information consisting of characters or figures is displayed in front of the second passage of the second unit, so the second unit is viewed through the first unit Even in this case, it is possible to make the player easily recognize the position of the second passage (front and back direction position) by using the display as a mark (reference position). In addition, as an aspect of a display, printing by an ink, sticking of a seal | sticker, two-color molding etc. are illustrated.

  In any one of the gaming machines K1 to K5, the second passage is a second upstream passage connected to the first passage, and a plurality of second branch passages branched into a plurality of the second upstream passages from the second upstream passage. And a plurality of second connection passages respectively connected to the plurality of second branch passages, and the second unit is disposed on the back side of the first unit and the second upstream passage And a second upstream unit in which the plurality of second branch passages are formed, and a second downstream unit disposed in the second upstream unit and in which the plurality of second connection passages are formed, A gaming machine K6 characterized in that a plurality of second branch paths are provided with detection sensors for detecting passage of gaming balls.

  According to the gaming machine K6, in any of the gaming machines K1 to K5, the second unit is disposed on the back side of the first unit and the second upstream passage and the plurality of second branch passages are formed. And a second downstream unit disposed in the second upstream unit and having a plurality of second connection passages formed therein, and detecting passage of gaming balls in the plurality of second branch passages Since the detection sensor is provided, for example, when the second upstream unit is changed to another unit having a small number of second branch paths to manufacture a game machine having different specifications, the number of detection sensors is set. It can control that a worker makes a mistake.

  That is, in the structure in which the detection sensors are disposed in the second connection passage, the detection sensors can be disposed for the number of the second connection passages, for example, the second upstream unit in which two second branch passages are formed, When changing between the first passage and the second connection passage to another unit connected by only one passage, it is sufficient to dispose one detection sensor by the number of the second connection passages. There is a possibility that the detection sensor may be disposed. On the other hand, in the case of the structure in which the detection sensor is disposed in the second branch passage, when changing the second upstream unit to another unit, the number of detection sensors corresponding to the unit is disposed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the worker from making a mistake in the number of the arrangement.

  In the gaming machine K6, the first unit is provided with a second ball entry port where game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering a ball, and a third passage through which the game ball entered in the second ball entry port passes A detection sensor is formed over each of the first unit, the second upstream unit, and the second downstream unit, and a detection sensor for detecting gaming balls in a portion of the third passage formed in the second downstream unit. A game machine K7 characterized in that it is disposed.

  According to the gaming machine K7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine K6, the first unit includes a second ball entry port where the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, and the ball is entered into the second ball entry port A third passage through which gaming balls pass is formed over each of the first unit, the second upstream unit and the second downstream unit, and a portion of the third passage formed in the second downstream unit is the gaming ball. Since the detection sensor to be detected is disposed, the detection sensor disposed in the second unit can be dispersed, and the degree of freedom of the passage arrangement can be increased accordingly.

  In the gaming machine K7, the second passage is directly or indirectly engaged with the first passage, or the third passages of the first unit and the second unit are directly or indirectly engaged. By aligning, the second unit is positioned relative to the first unit.

  According to the gaming machine K8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K7, the second passage is directly or indirectly engaged with the first passage, or the third passages of the first unit and the second unit Since the second unit is directly or indirectly engaged to position the second unit with respect to the first unit, positioning can be performed even when the second upstream unit of the second unit is changed to another unit. That is, regardless of the form of another unit, the positions at which the first and second passages are connected or the positions at which the third passages are connected are the same. Alternatively, positioning can be performed with respect to the first unit, even in a separate unit, by directly or indirectly engaging and positioning the third passages.

  In addition, the positioning of the second unit with respect to the first unit is intended to suppress the occurrence of positional deviation (step) in the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage or the connection portion between the third passages. Since the target portion (the connection portion between the first passage and the second passage or the connection portion between the third passages) can be positioned, positional deviation (compared to the case where other portions are positioned) Generation of a step) can be effectively suppressed. As a result, the game balls can flow smoothly.

  In any one of the gaming machines K6 to K8, a part of the detection sensor disposed in the second branch passage of the second upstream passage is protruded toward the second downstream unit, and is also protruded. A gaming machine K9 characterized in that a receiving unit for receiving a part of the detection sensor is formed in the second downstream unit.

  According to the gaming machine K9, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines K6 to K8, a part of the detection sensor disposed in the second branch passage of the second upstream passage protrudes toward the second downstream unit And the receiving portion for receiving a portion of the projected detection sensor is formed in the second downstream passage, so that the positioning of the second upstream unit and the second downstream unit is achieved by the engagement between the detection sensor and the receiving portion. It is possible to reduce the size of the second unit as a whole by suppressing the protrusion of a part of the detection sensor to the outside while making it possible to perform.

  In the gaming machines K1 to K6, the first unit includes a second ball entry port where game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering a ball, and a third passage through which the game balls entered in the second ball entry pass. Is formed in at least the second branch passage in the second unit.

  According to the gaming machine K10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines K1 to K9, the third passage through which the game ball entered into the second ball entry passes passes at least between the second branch passages in the second unit. Thus, the second unit can be miniaturized.

  In any one of the game machines K1 to K10, the second passage is formed with a bent portion which is bent from the front to the back of the second unit, and the inner surface of the bent outer wall portion in the bent portion. A gaming machine K11 characterized in that a standing portion is erected, and the bent outer wall portion is inclined to be positioned on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flow-down direction of the game ball.

  According to the gaming machine K11, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines K1 to K10, a bending portion which is bent from the front to the back of the second unit is formed in the second passage and the bending thereof The erected portion is erected from the inner surface of the bent outer wall in the portion, and the bent outer wall is inclined so as to be positioned on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flow-down direction of the game ball. It is possible to easily make the player visually recognize the gaming ball flowing down the bent portion of the passage. That is, the standing portion is erected from the inner surface of the bending outer wall of the bending portion, thereby enhancing the rigidity of the passage to improve the durability and playing the game ball along the standing end of the standing portion. While it is possible to guide the bent portion smoothly to flow down, since the standing portion is positioned in front of the gaming ball in front view, the gaming ball is hidden in the standing portion and the visibility of the gaming ball Decreases. On the other hand, the bent outer wall portion is inclined so as to be positioned on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flow-down direction of the game ball, thereby enabling securing of rigidity and guidance of the game ball, while standing up. Since the thickness in the front-rear direction of the installation portion can be reduced, the visibility of the game ball can be secured.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 930 and the throwing unit 970 as an example>
A gaming machine comprising: a first passage member through which game balls pass, and a second passage member through which an upstream end is connected to the downstream end of the first passage member and through which the game balls dropped from the first passage member pass The gaming machine L1 is characterized in that at least the bottom surface upstream end and the side surface upstream end on the side surface of the upstream ends of the second passage member are formed in different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. .

  Here, the game is provided with a first passage member through which the game ball passes, and a second passage member through which the game ball flowed down from the first passage member is connected with the upstream end connected to the downstream end of the first passage member The machine is known (for example, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2012-5783). However, as described above, in the structure connecting the first passage member and the second passage member, since the positional deviation between them can not be avoided, the downstream end of the first passage member and the upstream end of the second passage member There is a problem that a level difference is formed in the connecting portion of the ball, and the smooth flow of the gaming ball may be hindered.

  On the other hand, in the gaming machine L1, at least the bottom surface upstream end and the side surface upstream end of the side surfaces of at least the upstream ends of the second passage member are formed in different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. The timing at which the gaming ball passes the step on the bottom surface (the upstream end on the bottom surface) can be different from the timing at which the step on the side surface (the upstream end on the side surface) passes. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side, and to disperse the influence of them, so that the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly by that amount. it can.

  In the gaming machine L1, a gaming machine L2 characterized in that a position spaced apart from the bottom surface upstream end by a radius of the gaming ball is included in the side surface upstream end.

  According to the gaming machine L2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L1, since the position separated by the radius of the gaming ball from the bottom upstream end is included in the side surface upstream end, the gaming ball from the first passage member to the second passage member When rolling (flowing down), such gaming balls can be inscribed in the side upstream end. That is, the position of the step on the bottom side affected by the gaming ball and the position of the step on the side can be reliably made different in the passing direction of the gaming ball. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the game ball from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side side, and it is easy to disperse those influences, so that the game ball smoothly flows down (pass ) Can be.

  In the gaming machine L1 or L2, of the downstream ends of the first passage member, the bottom downstream end on the bottom side and the side downstream end on the side are formed in different positions in the passing direction of the gaming ball, The passage member includes a projecting piece which protrudes from the downstream end thereof to the upstream end of the second passage member and whose projecting tip is the side downstream end, and the second passage member has the upstream end thereof The gaming machine L3 is characterized in that a portion which is concavely provided and which receives the projecting piece and which faces the projecting tip of the projecting piece includes a recess which is the upstream end of the side wall.

  According to the gaming machine L3, in addition to the advantageous effects of the gaming machine L1 or L2, the first passage member is projected from its downstream end toward the upstream end of the second passage member and its projecting tip is a side downstream end And the second passage member is recessed at its upstream end to receive the projecting piece and has a recess whose portion facing the projecting tip of the projecting piece is the side wall upstream end, so that the first passage is provided. The side downstream end and the bottom side downstream end of the member may be close to the side upstream end and the side downstream end of the second passage member. That is, when the side surface upstream end of the second passage member is formed at a position different from the bottom surface upstream end on the downstream side in the passing direction of the gaming ball, the game ball reaches the side surface upstream end of the second passage member Until then, the game ball can be guided by the projecting piece of the first passage member. Thus, the gaming balls can smoothly flow down (pass).

  On the other hand, the projecting piece is relatively weak and there is a risk of breakage. According to the gaming machine L3, the projecting piece is formed on the first passage member (that is, on the upstream side in the passing direction of the game ball), Even when the projecting piece is broken, the bottom upstream end and the side upstream end of the second passage member can be maintained in different positions in the passing direction of the gaming ball, and the gaming ball has a step on the bottom (bottom) The timing of passing through the upstream end can be different from the timing of passing through the step on the side (side upstream end). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being simultaneously affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side, and to disperse the influence of them, so that the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly by that amount. it can.

  Further, according to the gaming machine L3, since the gaming machine protrusion is formed on the first passage member and the recess is formed on the second passage member, the side surface of the recess is brought into contact with the protrusion. The upward displacement of the second passage member relative to the passage member can be restricted. That is, in the step where the upstream end of the second passage member is at a higher position than the downstream end of the first passage member, the game ball tends to jump up when riding up, so the opposite step (from the downstream end of the first passage member) Also, it is easy to inhibit the smooth flow-down (passage) of the gaming ball, as compared with the step) in which the upstream end of the second passage member is at a low position. Therefore, as in the gaming machine L3, being able to regulate the upward displacement of the second passage member with respect to the first passage member means that the upstream end of the second passage member is at a higher position than the downstream end of the first passage member. The formation of the step can be suppressed, which is particularly effective for the smooth flow of the game ball.

  In the gaming machine L3, a gaming machine L4 characterized in that a side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the gaming ball.

  According to the gaming machine L4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L3, the side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball, so the side upstream end of the second passage member is Compared to the case where the game ball is formed orthogonal to the passing direction of the gaming machine, the gaming ball colliding with the side upper end face of the second passage member can be made to slide along the slope and be less likely to bounce back. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the game ball smoothly.

  In the gaming machine L1 or L2, at least the entire upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the gaming ball.

  According to the gaming machine L5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L1 or L2, at least the entire upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball, The side upstream end of the upstream ends can be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the gaming ball. Therefore, as compared with the case where the side surface upstream end of the second passage member is formed orthogonal to the passing direction of the gaming machine, the gaming ball collided with the side upper end surface of the second passage member is slid along the slope. You can make it harder to bounce back. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the game ball smoothly.

  In this case, according to the gaming machine L5, since the entire upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined, for example, as compared with the case where it is formed in a shape (stepwise) having projecting pieces and recesses. The durability of the passage member can be secured by suppressing the occurrence of stress concentration. In addition, when the second passage member is made of a resin material, the shape change of the cavity (hollow part) of the injection molding die can be made gradual, so that air bubble stagnation (air entrapment) or filling failure can be suppressed to perform molding. It is possible to improve the quality.

  In the gaming machine L4 or L5, a side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined downward along the passing direction of the gaming machine.

  According to the gaming machine L6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L4 or L5, the side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined downward along the passing direction of the gaming machine, so the side surface of the second passage member The gaming ball that has collided with the upstream end can be pressed to the bottom side. That is, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being bounced up and bounding at the side surface upstream end of the second passage member. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the passage of the game ball smoothly.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the specific winning opening unit 550 as an example>
A ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry port and opening or closing the ball entry port, and a pair of wing members A game machine including a drive means for generating a drive force for rotating the disc and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the drive force of the drive means to the pair of wing members, the pair of wing members moving in the opening direction from the outside The game machine M1 is characterized in that, when displaced, the transmission mechanism is capable of restricting the displacement of the pair of wing members in the opening direction.

  Here, the ball entry port where the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, the pair of wing members disposed with the ball entry port interposed therebetween, and the pair of wing members apply a driving force to open or close The driving means and the driving force of the driving means are disposed at the allowable position for allowing the game ball to enter the ball entry opening when the pair of wing members is opened and the pair of feathers by the driving force of the driving means There is known a gaming machine provided with a restricting means disposed at a restricting position for restricting the entrance of the game ball to the ball entrance when the member is closed (for example, JP-A-2011-172833).

  According to this gaming machine, when the pair of wing members is opened by the driving force of the driving means, the restriction means is disposed at the allowable position, whereby the gaming ball having passed between the pair of wing members is inserted into the ball opening You can enter the ball. On the other hand, when the pair of wing members is closed by the driving force of the driving means, the restricting means is disposed at the restricting position, so that the game ball moves to the entrance when the pair of wing members is forcibly released from the outside. It can be regulated that the ball is thrown.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the displacement of the restricting means is not restricted, for example, after forcibly opening the pair of wing members from the outside, the restricting means can be displaced from the restricted position to the allowable position. Therefore, there is a problem that the effect of restricting the game ball from being illegally entered to the ball entrance is insufficient.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine M1, when the pair of wing members is displaced from the outside in the opening direction, the transmission mechanism can be formed so that the displacement of the pair of wing members in the opening direction can be restricted. Forced release of the wing member can be suppressed. Therefore, it can be easy to control that a game ball is illegally entered into a ball entrance.

  In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member which is slide-displaced with the rotation of the rotating member, and the slide member or the pair of wings A projecting portion is projected from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members, and the sliding groove In the inner wall of the housing, a receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion is recessed when the slide member is slid to a position for closing the wing member, and in a state in which the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion A game machine M2 characterized in that rotation of the wing member is restricted.

  According to the gaming machine M2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M1, the inner wall of the sliding groove is provided with a recessed receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion when the sliding member is slidingly displaced to the position closing the wing member. Since the rotation of the wing member is restricted in a state in which the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion, the wing member can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

  In the game machine M2, the direction of slide displacement of the slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axis of the pair of wing members.

  According to the gaming machine M3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2, since the direction of the slide displacement of the slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axes of the pair of wing members, the wing members are displaced in the opening direction from the outside Therefore, even when the external force is transmitted to the slide member through the projecting portion and the receiving portion, the slide displacement component of the slide member can be hardly generated. As a result, it is possible to suppress forced release of the wing member.

  Also, the slide member can be disposed substantially parallel to the wing member. As a result, the space necessary for the arrangement of the wing member and the slide member can be reduced, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

  In the gaming machine M2 or M3, the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion by slidingly moving the slide member downward in the direction of gravity.

  According to the gaming machine M4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2 or M3, the sliding member is slid and displaced downward in the direction of gravity, so that the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion, so the weight of the sliding member By using (self weight), it is possible to easily maintain the state in which the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion.

  In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member which is slide-displaced with the rotation of the rotating member, and the slide member or the pair of wings A projecting portion projects from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members, and the rotating member is An abutment portion and an overhang portion projecting from a tip end of the abutment portion, wherein the slide member is rotated when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. One side abutted portion to which one side of the abutted portion is abutted and the one side abutted portion are disposed opposite to each other at a predetermined distance in the direction of the slide displacement to open the wing member and to rotate the rotation When the member is rotated towards the other side And the other side abutted part abutted on the other side of the part, and in a state where the wing member is closed, one side of the abutted part abuts on the one side abutted part and the tension When the rotating member is rotated to the other side to a position where the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member and at least the other side of the abutting portion is abutted on the other side abutted portion, A game machine M5 characterized in that engagement of the part with the slide member is released.

  According to the gaming machine M5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M1, the rotary member includes the contact portion and the overhang portion protruding from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member closes the wing member. Therefore, when the rotating member is rotated toward one side, the one side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts and the one side abutted portion are separated from each other by a predetermined distance in the direction of slide displacement. And the other side abutted portion with which the other side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the wing member. When it is rotated to the lower side, the one side abutting portion is pushed by one side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the sliding member is slid and displaced toward one side, whereby the wing member is closed. On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side, the other side abutted portion is pushed by the other side of the abutting portion along with the rotation. By ride member is slid displaced toward the other side, the blade members are open.

  In this case, when the wing member is closed, one side of the contact portion is in contact with the one side abutted portion and the overhang portion is engaged with the slide member, so that the rotating member is not rotated. The sliding displacement of the sliding member to the other side is restricted. Thus, forced release of the wing member from the outside can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side to a position where the other side of the abutting portion abuts on at least the other side abutted portion, the engagement of the overhanging portion with the slide member is released. By further rotating the member to the other side, it is possible to slide and displace the slide member to the other side to open the wing member.

  In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member which is slide-displaced with the rotation of the rotating member, and the slide member or the pair of wings A projecting portion projects from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of wing members, and the rotating member is An abutment portion and an overhang portion projecting from a tip end of the abutment portion, wherein the slide member is rotated when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. One side abutted portion to which one side of the abutted portion is abutted and the one side abutted portion are disposed opposite to each other at a predetermined distance in the direction of the slide displacement to open the wing member and to rotate the rotation When the member is rotated towards the other side And the other abutted portion with which the other side of the portion abuts, and in a state where the wing member is closed, the overhanging portion is not engaged with the slide member, and the wing member is closed When the slide member is slide-displaced to a position where the one-side abutment portion abuts on one side of the abutment portion from the above state, the overhanging portion is engaged with the slide member. A game machine M6 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine M6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M1, the rotary member includes the contact portion and the overhang portion protruding from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member closes the wing member. Therefore, when the rotating member is rotated toward one side, the one side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts and the one side abutted portion are separated from each other by a predetermined distance in the direction of slide displacement. And the other side abutted portion with which the other side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the wing member. When it is rotated to the lower side, the one side abutting portion is pushed by one side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the sliding member is slid and displaced toward one side, whereby the wing member is closed. On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side, the other side abutted portion is pushed by the other side of the abutting portion along with the rotation. By ride member is slid displaced toward the other side, the blade members are open.

  In this case, when the slide member is slidingly displaced from the closed state of the wing member to a position where the one-side contact portion abuts on one side of the contact portion, the overhanging portion engages with the slide member As a result, the sliding displacement of the slide member to the other side is restricted without rotating the rotation member. Thus, forced release of the wing member from the outside can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, when the wing member is closed, the overhanging portion is not engaged with the slide member, so that the slide member is slid and displaced toward the other side by further rotating the rotation member to the other side, The wing member can be released. Here, when the overhanging portion is engaged with the slide member in a state where the wing member is closed, the shape of the overhanging portion and the one-side abutting portion can be allowed to rotate to the other side of the rotating member It has to be formed in a shape that is complicated. Therefore, not only the strength is reduced, but also the engagement may be easily released. On the other hand, as in the present invention, when the wing member is closed, the overhanging portion is not engaged with the slide member, so that the shape of the overhanging portion and the one-side abutment portion can be rotated. It is not necessary to form the rotation to the other side of the member into an acceptable shape. Therefore, the shape can be simplified and not only the strength can be secured, but also a shape that can easily hold the engagement can be adopted, and the engagement can be hardly released.

  In any one of the gaming machines M2 to M6, a passage member is provided which forms a passage for gaming balls that are entered into the ball entry port, and the projecting portion is not inserted into the sliding groove. A game machine M7 characterized in that a part of the slide member is disposed in the passage of the passage member.

  According to the gaming machine M7, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines M2 to M6, the gaming machine M7 is provided with a passage member that forms a passage of the gaming ball entered into the ball entry port. In the inserted state, a part of the slide member is disposed in the passage of the passage member. For example, even if the projecting portion is cut to forcibly open the wing member from the outside, the ball is inserted from the ball entrance It is possible to regulate the flow of the played game ball by the slide member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 930 as an example>
A ball entry port in which game balls are formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry port and opening or closing the ball entry port, and a pair of wing members A gaming machine having a driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the ball and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the pair of wing members; A game machine N1 comprising: a passage member forming a passage, wherein a part of the transmission mechanism crosses the passage of the passage member when the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position.

  Here, a ball entry opening in which the game ball is formed so as to be capable of entering the ball, a pair of wing members rotatably supported rotatably at a position across the ball entry opening and closing the ball entry opening, and the pair There is known a gaming machine provided with driving means for generating a driving force for rotating a wing member, and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members (e.g. 234009 gazette). The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member which is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and the wing member is opened or closed as the rotating member is rotated toward one side or the other side.

  In this case, for example, the tip of the thread is adhered to the gaming ball, and the gaming ball is allowed to enter the ball from the ball entry port and pass through the passage of the passage member, and the yarn is reached with the gaming ball reaching the detection position of the detection sensor. There is an injustice that the detection sensor is detected a plurality of times by operating (delivering and pulling) the other end of the to move the gaming ball back and forth. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that it is difficult to effectively suppress the fraudulent action of causing the detection sensor to detect a plurality of times by bonding the tip of the thread to the gaming ball.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine N1, since a part of the transmission mechanism crosses the passage of the passage member when the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, the middle of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball The part can at least interfere with the transmission mechanism. As a result, by making the gaming ball reciprocate, it is possible to suppress the cheating that is detected by the detection sensor a plurality of times.

  In the gaming machine N1, when the transmission mechanism displaces the wing member from the open position to the closed position, the slide member traverses the passage of the passage member and the slide member rubs against the edge of the passage member. A game machine N2 characterized by comprising a rubbing part.

  According to the gaming machine N2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N1, in the transmission mechanism, when the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, the slide member traverses the passage of the passage member and the slide member is the passage member Since the rubbing portion rubbing against the edge portion is provided, it is possible to cut out the fraudulent material illegally inserted into the passage from the ball inlet.

  That is, even if the above-mentioned gaming ball enters with the wing member opened, the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, and when the rubbing portion of the slide member crosses the passage of the passage member, The middle part of the thread, the tip of which is adhered to the game ball, is displaced together with the rubbing portion and pressed against the edge of the passage member, and the rubbing portion is rubbed with the edge of the passage member The thread can be cut between the and the edge of the passage member. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  In addition, it is preferable to form the rubbing part of a slide member from a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part (sliding portion) of the slide member may be formed of a metal material. The same applies to the passage member, and the entire passage member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part of the passage member (a portion to which the rubbing portion is rubbed) may be formed of a metal material. Further, it is preferable that the rubbing portion and the portion (the edge of the passage member) to which the rubbing portion is rubbed be formed as a blade (cutting blade).

  In the gaming machine N1, the transmission mechanism includes a pair of cutting members which, when being displaced from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position, traverse the passage of the passage member and rub the edges of each other. A game machine N3 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine N3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N1, when the wing member is displaced from the opening position to the closing position, a pair of passage members passing across the passage and rubbing each other's edges Since the transmission member includes the cutting member, it is possible to cut the fraudulent material that has been illegally inserted into the passage from the ball entrance.

  That is, even if the above-mentioned gaming ball enters with the wing member opened, it is displaced from the opening position to the closing position, and when the pair of cutting members cross the passage of the passage member, A midway portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball can be sandwiched between a pair of cutting members and cut. As a result, the above-mentioned fraud can be suppressed.

  The pair of cutting members is preferably formed of a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be formed of a metal material, or only a part of the slide member (edges rubbed against each other) may be formed of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the part mutually rubbed in a pair of cutting members is formed as a blade (cutting blade).

  In the gaming machine N2 or N3, the drive means is configured to displace the drive shaft in the first direction and to displace the drive shaft in the second direction opposite to the first direction. It is formed as a solenoid actuator performed by the elastic recovery force of the biasing means, and the displacement from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. A game machine N4 characterized by.

  According to the gaming machine N4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N2 or N3, displacement from the opening position of the wing member to the closing position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. That is, since the electromagnetic force is used, the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut an illegal thing (for example, a yarn) between the rubbing portion of the slide member and the edge of the passage member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 19930 as an example>
A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to the one side passes, and the other side In the gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage through which the game ball passes, at least a portion of at least one of the first passage or the second passage is disposed along a direction crossing the game board A game machine O1 characterized by being.

  A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage to pass through (JP-A-2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the passage is disposed along the direction parallel to the gaming board, so the sorting unit is enlarged in the width direction, and the other members are disposed accordingly. There was a problem that space decreased.

  According to the gaming machine O1, since at least a part of at least one of the first passage or the second passage is disposed along the direction crossing the game board, the It is possible to arrange at least a part of the passage by utilizing the space in the crossing direction). Therefore, the distribution unit can be downsized in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly.

  In the gaming machine O1, a gaming machine O2 characterized in that the distributing member is rotatably supported and the rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board.

  According to the gaming machine O2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O1, the distributing member is rotatably supported and its rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board, so that the distributing member The distribution direction of the game balls can be made to cross the game board (back and forth direction). Therefore, the first passage and the second passage can also be disposed along the direction (front-rear direction) intersecting the game board. As a result, the distribution unit can be miniaturized in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly.

  In the gaming machine O2, a gaming machine O3 characterized in that at least a part of the first passage and at least a part of the second passage overlap in a top view.

  According to the gaming machine O3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O2, at least a portion of the first passage and at least a portion of the second passage overlap in top view, so the sorting unit is miniaturized in the width direction, Therefore, a space for arranging other members can be secured.

  The gaming machine O2 or O3 includes first detection means for detecting the gaming ball passing through the first passage, and the first passage is extended along a direction crossing the gaming board and the distributing member And a first downstream passage extending downward from the first upstream passage, wherein the first detection means is disposed in the first upstream passage. A game machine O4 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine O4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O2 or O3, the first passage is extended along the direction intersecting the gaming board, and the first upstream passage directed rearward from the distributing member, And a first downstream passage extending downward from the first upstream passage, the first detection means being disposed in the first upstream passage, the first detection means is brought close to the distribution member, This makes it easy for the player to visually recognize the first detection means. That is, it is possible to easily make the player visually recognize the whereabouts of the game ball from being distributed to one side by the distribution device to being detected by the first detection means, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

  In addition, it is preferable that the first passage and the second passage are formed of a light transmitting material which allows the gaming ball passing therethrough to be visible from the outside.

  In the gaming machine O4, the first upstream passage of the first passage is provided with enlargement means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlargement means is disposed between the distribution member and the first detection means. A game machine O5 characterized in that it is provided.

  Here, when the game balls are distributed by the distribution member, a runaway of the game balls is likely to occur due to an impact at the time of the distribution operation. Therefore, when the first detection means approaches the distribution member, chattering may occur.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine O5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O4, the first upstream passage of the first passage is provided with enlargement means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlargement means Since the ball is disposed between the dividing member and the first detecting means, if the game ball is run wild as a result of an impact at the time of the distributing operation by the distributing member, the runaway of the game ball is absorbed by the expanding means can do. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering while making it possible to bring the first detection means closer to the distribution member.

  In addition, what enlarges the cross-sectional area of the channel | path in the 1st upstream channel | path of a 1st channel | path is illustrated as an expansion means.

  The gaming machine O5 includes a first branch passage branched from a first upstream passage of the first passage, and the enlargement means is formed by the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine O6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O5, the first branching passage branched from the first upstream passage of the first passage is provided, and the enlargement means is formed by the first branching passage. In the case where the ball runaway is relatively small, the expansion means (the inner space of the first branch passage) can suppress the runaway of the gaming ball to suppress the occurrence of chattering, while the runout of the gaming ball is relatively large That is, in the case of a large runaway that can not suppress the occurrence of chattering, the game balls can be made to flow out through the first branch passage.

  Further, the expansion means is formed by the first branch passage, so that the game ball distributed to one side by the distribution member passes through the first upstream passage and is detected by the first detection means. It is not possible to reach the first detection means, and it is possible to form a form that flows out to the first branch passage. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with the game characteristic that the player is expected to reach the first detection means without the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member being discharged to the first branch passage. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, as an induction destination of the game ball by the first branch passage, for example, an out port, a winning port, a game area and the like are exemplified.

  In the gaming machine O6, at least the first upstream passage is formed of a light transmitting material, and the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage. With gaming machine O7.

  According to the gaming machine O7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O6, at least a first upstream passage is formed of a light transmitting material, and the first branch passage is a side of the first upstream passage. Because the game ball passing through the first upstream passage can be viewed by the player, the interest of the game can be enhanced. That is, the gaming balls are distributed to one side by the sorting member and can pass through the first upstream passage so that the gaming balls can reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. It is possible to give the player the game characteristic of making the player expect it. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage, so that the area of the display surface for displaying information related to gaming is secured on the upper surface of the first upstream passage or the first branch passage. it can. As information on the game, for example, information on the destination of the game ball guided by the first branch passage is exemplified. As an induction | guidance | derivation destination, an out outlet is illustrated, for example.

  Note that the entire first passage may be formed of a light transmissive material, and the first branch passage may be formed of a light transmissive material.

  A gaming machine O8 characterized in that, in the gaming machine O6 or O7, the first upstream passage and the first branch passage are joined on the downstream side of the arrangement position of the first detection means.

  According to the gaming machine O8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O6 or O7, the first upstream passage and the first branch passage are merged on the downstream side of the arrangement position of the first detection means, so The downstream passage can be used not only as a passage for gaming balls that have passed through the first upstream passage, but also as a passage for gaming balls that have passed through the first branch passage. Thereby, the distribution unit can be miniaturized.

  In the gaming machine O8, the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage and is juxtaposed in the first upstream passage, and the first upstream passage is the first branch passage. A gaming machine O9 characterized in that it is joined to the side of the game machine.

  According to the gaming machine O9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O8, the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage and is juxtaposed in the first upstream passage, and the first upstream passage is provided. Since the first branch passage is joined to the side of the first branch passage, the first downstream passage can be disposed offset to the first branch passage with respect to the first upstream passage. Thereby, the space which arranges other members below the 1st upstream passage is securable.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking Prize-winning mouth unit 20930 as an example>
A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first detection unit that detects the game ball distributed to the one side, and the other side And a second detection means for detecting the game ball, wherein the time required for the first detection means to detect the game ball having reached the distributing member is the second detection. A game machine P1 comprising adjustment means for adjusting so that the difference between the time taken to be detected by the means and the time becomes small.

  A sorting member that operates with the weight of the gaming ball and distributes the gaming ball to one side or the other side, first detection means for detecting the gaming ball distributed to one side, and the gaming ball distributed to the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a second detection means for detecting a (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there are restrictions in the layout of the passage for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the first detection means or the second detection means, and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means. There is a problem that the degree of freedom in design is low.

  That is, when displaying by the display means that the game ball is detected by the first detection means and the second detection means and notifying the player (for example, the number of detected game balls is displayed as the holding ball number) (In the case where the game ball reaches the distributing member and the game ball distributed to one side is detected by the first detection means) and the game ball distributed to the other side is detected by the second detection means If the required time is different, the time from the arrival at the distribution member to the display is different depending on the distribution direction, and the interest of the game is lost.

  Therefore, in the conventional gaming machine described above, the paths for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the first detection means or the second detection means are disposed symmetrically with respect to the distribution member, and the first detection means and the first detection means (2) It is necessary to arrange the detection means at the same distance from the distribution members, which causes a problem that the degree of freedom in design is low.

  According to the gaming machine P1, adjustment is made so that the difference between the time taken for the first detection means to detect the game balls that have reached the distribution member and the time required for the second detection means to be detected is reduced. , And the paths for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the first detection means or the second detection means are disposed symmetrically with respect to the distribution member, and the first detection means and the second detection are provided. It is not necessary to arrange the means at the same distance from the distribution members. Therefore, the degree of freedom in design can be enhanced with respect to the layout of the passage and the arrangement position of the first detection means and the second detection means.

  In the gaming machine P1, the first passage for guiding the gaming ball distributed to the one side by the distributing member to the first detection means, and the gaming ball distributed to the other side by the distributing member 2. A second passage for guiding to the detection means, wherein at least one of the first passage or the second passage is provided with a recess or a protrusion, and the recess or the protrusion is used as the adjusting means. A game machine P2 to be played.

  According to the gaming machine P2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P1, the first passage for guiding the gaming balls distributed to one side by the distributing member to the first detection means, and the other side by the distributing member A second passage for guiding the game ball to the second detection means, at least one of the first passage or the second passage is provided with a recess or a protrusion, and the recess or the protrusion is used as the adjusting device Therefore, the time taken for the first detection means to detect the game ball that has reached the distributing member using the movement speed being reduced due to resistance when the game ball passes through the recess or protrusion It is possible to reliably make an adjustment to reduce the difference between the time required for detection by the second detection means and the second detection means. In addition, the structure of the adjusting means can be simplified to reduce the product cost.

  The adjusting means (recess or recess) may be provided in only one of the first passage and the second passage, or may be provided in both the first passage and the second passage. When a plurality of recesses or protrusions are provided, the sizes (recess depth, height of protrusion, width of recesses or protrusions, etc.) and intervals of the recesses or protrusions are respectively the same. It may be present or different.

  Further, the first passage and the second passage may be formed symmetrically (the same shape) with respect to the distributing member, or may be formed asymmetrically. Even in the case of being formed symmetrically, the speed of the gaming ball can be reduced by the resistance when passing through the recess or the protrusion, so that the first detection means and the second detection means are identical to each other from the distributing member. It can be unnecessary to arrange at a distance. That is, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in design regarding the arrangement position of the first detection means and the second detection means.

  In the gaming machine P1 or P2, the first passage for guiding the gaming ball distributed to the one side by the distributing member to the first detection means, and the gaming ball distributed to the other side by the distributing member A second passage for guiding to the second detection means, at least one of the first passage and the second passage having a fall area where the gaming ball is freely dropped, the fall area being the adjustment means A game machine P3 characterized by being played.

  According to the gaming machine P3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine P1 or P2, the first passage for guiding the gaming ball distributed to one side by the distributing member to the first detection means and the other side by the distributing member And a second passage for guiding the distributed gaming balls to the second detection means, at least one of the first passage and the second passage comprising a falling area where the gaming balls are freely dropped, the falling area being the adjustment Since it is considered as a means, compared with the form which a game ball rolls by receiving frictional resistance from a rolling face, it is hard to receive frictional resistance and movement speed is made efficient by gravity acceleration being acted at the maximum. To reduce the difference between the time required for the first detection means to detect the game ball that has reached the distributing member and the time required for the second detection means to detect it. Adjustments can be made reliably. In addition, the structure of the adjusting means can be simplified to reduce the product cost.

  The adjusting means (falling area) may be disposed only in one of the first passage and the second passage, or may be disposed in both the first passage and the second passage. Moreover, when arrange | positioning several fall area | regions, the length of these fall area | regions may each be the same, and may differ.

  The gaming machine P2 or P3 includes a first branch passage branched from the first passage, and the recess or the projection is provided in the first passage downstream of a branch position at which the first branch passage is branched. A game machine P4 characterized in that

  According to the gaming machine P4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P2 or P3, the first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and in the first passage downstream of the branch position where the first branch passage is branched. Since the recess or the protrusion is disposed, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing into the first branch passage under the influence of the recess or the protrusion.

  The gaming machine P2 or P3 includes a first branch passage branched from the first passage, and the recess or the projection is provided in the first passage upstream from a branch position at which the first branch passage is branched. A game machine P5 characterized in that

  According to the gaming machine P5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P2 or P3, the first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and the first branch passage is branched to the first passage upstream from the branch position branched Since the recess or the protrusion is provided, whether or not the branch is taken to the first branch passage by utilizing the fact that the movement speed is reduced due to the resistance when the game ball passes through the recess or the protrusion This makes it easy for the player to visually recognize the whereabouts of the game ball.

  In any one of the gaming machines P1 to P5, the adjusting means makes the time required for the distributing member to distribute the gaming balls to the one side different from the time required for the allocation to the other side. A game machine P6 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine P6, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines P1 to P5, the adjusting means takes the time required for the distributing member to distribute the gaming ball to one side and the time required for the other operation. The time required for the first detection means to detect the gaming ball that has reached the distribution member and the time required for the second detection means to make use of such a time difference Can be reliably adjusted to reduce the difference between Further, since the adjustment can be performed by the distributing member, the degree of freedom in design can be enhanced with respect to the layout of the passage and the arrangement position of the first detection means and the second detection means.

  In the gaming machine P6, the distributing member is rotatably supported, and the center of gravity is biased to the one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis thereof, and the adjusting means is biased by the deviation of the barycentric position. A game machine P7, characterized in that the time required for the operation of distributing the game balls to the one side is different from the time required for the operation of distributing the ball to the other side.

  According to the gaming machine P7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P6, the distributing member is rotatably supported, and the center of gravity is biased to one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis, and the adjusting means is Since the time required for distributing the gaming balls to the one side is different from the time required for distributing the balls to the other side by the deviation of the center of gravity position, the structure of the adjusting means is simplified and the product cost is reduced. it can.

  In addition, as a means to bias the gravity center of a distribution member on one side or the other side with respect to a rotating shaft, the method of mounting a weight, the method of making it asymmetrical shape with respect to a rotating shaft etc. are illustrated, for example.

  In the gaming machine P6, the distributing member is rotatably supported, and the adjusting means distributes the gaming balls to the one side by making the rotational resistance of the distributing member different depending on the rotational direction. A game machine P8 characterized in that the time required is different from the time required for the operation of distributing to the other side.

  According to the gaming machine P8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P6, the distributing member is rotatably supported, and the adjusting means makes the gaming ball different by changing the rotational resistance of the distributing member depending on the rotational direction. Since the time required for the operation of distributing to one side is different from the time required for the operation of distributing to the other side, the time required for the first detecting means to detect the gaming ball having reached the distributing member and the second Adjustment can be reliably performed to reduce the difference from the time required for detection by the detection means.

  In addition, as a means to make the rotational resistance of the distributing member different depending on the rotating direction, for example, a one-way gear is interposed, the rotation to one side does not transmit the rotation of the distributing member, and the other rotates the rotating member of the distributing member. Is transmitted to the other gear, and the rotation resistance is increased as the other gear is rotated.

  In any one of the gaming machines P1 to P8, the distributing member is formed in a mode different from the one side receiving surface for receiving the game ball distributed to the one side and the one side receiving surface, and is distributed to the other side A game machine P9, comprising: an other-side receiving surface for receiving the game balls, wherein the one-side receiving surface and the other-side receiving surface are used as the adjusting means.

  According to the gaming machine P9, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines P1 to P8, the distributing member is different from the one side receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to one side and the one side receiving surface thereof. The other side receiving surface which receives the game ball formed and distributed to the other side, and since the one side receiving surface and the other side receiving surface are the adjusting means, the behavior of the game ball received on the one side receiving surface And the second detection means detects the time required for the first detection means to detect the game balls that have reached the distribution member, using the difference between the behavior of the game balls received on the other side receiving surface and the behavior of the game balls received on the other side. Adjustment can be reliably performed to reduce the difference between the time taken to

  In addition, as a difference in the aspect of the one side receiving surface and the other side receiving surface, for example, the difference in the inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction or the difference in the material (elastic modulus) is exemplified. An example of the difference in behavior of the game balls is the ease of bounding of the game balls. For example, if the bounding of the game ball received on one side receiving surface is larger than the bounding of the game ball received on the other side receiving surface, the flow of the game ball is delayed by the bounded period. Thus, it is possible to earn time required for detection by the first detection means.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking Prize-winning mouth unit 24930 as an example>
In the gaming machine provided with a distributing member which operates with the weight of the gaming ball and distributes the gaming ball to one side or the other side, and a disposition member on which the distribution member is disposed. A game machine Q1 comprising a restraining means for restraining rotation of the distributing member when an external force is applied to the member.

  There is known a gaming machine provided with a distributing member that operates with the weight of the gaming ball and distributes the gaming ball to one side or the other side, and a placement member on which the sorting member is disposed ( JP 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that, when an external force is applied to the arrangement member by the player hitting it, there is a possibility that the distributing member may be rotated by the influence of the inertia force. The

  That is, when a game ball distributed to one side is guided to a winning opening to which a game value higher than the game ball distributed to the other side is awarded, for example, by smashing a game machine, a placement member The external force acts on the distribution member, causing the distribution member to rotate by inertia force, and changing the posture of the distribution member (rotation to the position where the game ball can be distributed to one side). The

  According to the gaming machine Q1, since the suppressing means for suppressing the rotation of the distributing member by the external force applied to the disposition member is provided, even when the external force is exerted on the disposition member, the influence of the inertial force is exerted. The rotation of the distributing member can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the injustice in which the distributing member is rotated by the action of the external force.

  Although the disposition member includes the first member itself on which the distribution member is pivotally supported, the present invention is not limited to such a first member, and a second member in which the first member is disposed, or the second member Also included is a third member connected directly or indirectly to the two members. As the second member, a case member rotatably supporting the distributing member and forming a framework of the distributing unit is exemplified, and as the third member, other than the game board on which the distributing unit is disposed, The various members (for example, an outer frame, an inner frame, a front frame, a glass plate etc.) directly or indirectly connected to a game board are illustrated.

  Further, as the external force, a force input to the gaming machine due to an action of tapping or shaking by a player is exemplified.

  In the game machine Q1, a game machine Q2 characterized in that the rotary shaft of the distribution member is disposed along the width direction of the game board.

  According to the gaming machine Q2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1, the distributing member is arranged along the width direction of the gaming board, so the distribution direction of the gaming balls by the distributing member It can be made to cross the board (front-back direction). Therefore, the passage which respectively guides the game ball distributed to one side or the other side by the distribution member can also be disposed along the direction (front-rear direction) intersecting the game board. As a result, the distribution unit including the distribution members can be miniaturized in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members can be secured.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the rotary shaft of the distributing member is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board, when the player strikes the front (glass plate) of the gaming machine, inertia due to the action of the external force The force is applied to the distributing member as a force in the direction to rotate the distributing member, and thus it has been impossible to adopt in the conventional product, but the control means is provided to suppress the rotation of the distributing member. Therefore, it is possible to adopt for the first time, and thereby it is possible to achieve both the securing of the space for arranging other members and the prevention of fraud.

  In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means causes the external force to act on the arranging member by arranging the barycentric position of the distributing member at a position overlapping the rotating shaft in the rotational axis direction of the distributing member. A game machine Q3 characterized by suppressing rotation of the distributing member when being operated.

  According to the gaming machine Q3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means arranges the barycentric position of the distributing member at a position overlapping the rotating shaft in the rotational axis direction view of the distributing member. Since the distribution member is prevented from rotating when an external force is applied to the arrangement member, the influence of the inertial force acting on the distribution member when the external force is applied to the arrangement member The force component that attempts to rotate the member can be minimized. As a result, it can be suppressed that the distributing member is rotated by the action of the external force.

  In any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q3, the suppressing means is an inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distributing member rotated to the one side and an inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distributing member rotated to the other side. And by suppressing the rotation of the distributing member when an external force is applied to the arranging member, the game machine Q4.

  According to the gaming machine Q4, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q3, the suppressing means is a sorting member rotated to one side with respect to the inclination angle of the sorting member rotated to the other side The force required to rotate the distributing member is different from the above because the separating member is prevented from being rotated when an external force is applied to the arranging member by making the inclination angle of the vertical direction different from each other. One state can be made larger than the other state. Therefore, by setting the direction (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the distribution member due to the action of the external force.

  In the gaming machine Q3 or Q4, the gaming member Q5 is characterized in that the distributing member is formed in a symmetrical shape in which a virtual plane including the rotation axis is a plane of symmetry.

  According to the gaming machine Q5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q3 or Q4, the sorting member is formed in a symmetrical shape with the virtual plane including the rotation axis as the symmetry plane, thus simplifying the shape of the sorting member Thus, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. In addition, since the directivity can be eliminated, the assemblability can be improved.

  In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the restraining means places the center of gravity of the distributing member at a position deviated to the one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis, whereby an external force is applied to the arranging member A game machine Q6 characterized by suppressing rotation of the distribution member in the case.

  According to the gaming machine Q6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means is disposed by disposing the center of gravity of the distributing member at a position biased to one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis. Since it is suppressed that the distributing member is rotated when an external force is applied to the member, the force required to rotate the distributing member can be made larger in one state than in the other state. Therefore, by setting the direction (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the distribution member due to the action of the external force.

  In addition, as a means to bias the gravity center of a distribution member on one side or the other side with respect to a rotating shaft, the method of mounting a weight, the method of making it asymmetrical shape with respect to a rotating shaft etc. are illustrated, for example.

  In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means causes the distributing member to be rotated when an external force is applied to the disposition member by making the rotational resistance of the distributing member different depending on the rotational direction. A game machine Q7 characterized by suppressing.

  According to the gaming machine Q7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means makes the rotational resistance of the distributing member different depending on the rotational direction so that the external force is applied to the disposition member. Since the member is prevented from being rotated, the force required to rotate the distribution member can be made larger in one state than in the other. Therefore, by setting the direction (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the distribution member due to the action of the external force.

  In addition, as a means to make the rotational resistance of the distributing member different depending on the rotating direction, for example, a one-way gear is interposed, the rotation to one side does not transmit the rotation of the distributing member, and the other rotates the rotating member of the distributing member. Is transmitted to the other gear, and the rotation resistance is increased as the other gear is rotated.

  In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means has an axial hole for supporting the rotation shaft of the distributing member in a long hole shape, whereby the distributing member is subjected to an external force. Game machine Q8 characterized by suppressing that it is rotated.

  According to the gaming machine Q8, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means causes the external force to act on the disposition member by forming an axial hole for pivotally supporting the rotation shaft of the distributing member. In this case, since the distribution member is prevented from being rotated, it can be suppressed that the distribution member is rotated by the action of the external force. That is, by setting the angle between the longitudinal direction of the long hole shape and the action direction of the external force to be a predetermined angle or less, when the distributing member receives the game ball, the distributing member can be rotated. On the other hand, when an external force (inertial force) is applied to the distribution member, the rotation axis of the distribution member can be slid along the longitudinal direction of the shaft hole to consume the energy that has been applied. As a result, it can be suppressed that the distributing member is rotated by the action of the external force.

  The action direction of the external force is a direction (direction substantially perpendicular to the vertical direction) orthogonal to the front (glass plate) of the gaming machine, assuming that the player strikes the front of the gaming machine. . In this case, the angle between the longitudinal direction of the elongated hole shape and the vertical direction (the direction in which the game ball falls toward the distributing member) is preferably set to about 45 degrees or more, and is about 60 degrees or less It is more preferable that the angle be set, and a substantially orthogonal angle is most preferable. When the game ball is received, the weight of the game ball can make it easy to rotate the distributing member reliably, but when receiving the action of the external force, the rotation shaft of the distributing member is a shaft hole (long hole Can be reliably made to slide along the longitudinal direction of

  In the gaming machine Q8, the axial hole is inclined downward from one side or the other side to the other side.

  According to the gaming machine Q9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q8, the shaft hole is inclined downward from one side or the other side to the other side, thereby enhancing energy consumption and increasing the sorting member to the initial position It can be returned to. That is, when the external force (inertial force) is applied to the distributing member by setting the direction of the distributing member (inclination direction of the shaft hole) according to the direction in which the external force is applied, the distributing member The axis of rotation of the shaft can be slid in the direction of the upslope of the shaft hole, and the consumption of energy applied can be increased, and thereafter the distribution member can be lowered by the downslope of the shaft hole It can be returned to the initial position.

  In any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, the first winning opening on which the gaming ball distributed to one side is prized, and the gaming ball distributed on the other side are prized, and to the first prize opening. And a second winning opening for giving a game value lower than a winning, and the distributing member is rotated by an external force applied to the arranging member, the distributing member is arranged to distribute the gaming ball to the other side. Game machine Q10 characterized in that

  According to the gaming machine Q10, in addition to the effects played by any of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, the first winning opening for winning the game ball distributed to one side and the gaming ball distributed to the other side win And the second winning opening for giving a game value lower than the first winning opening to the first winning opening, and the distributing member is rotated by the external force applied to the arranging member, the gaming ball is moved to the other side Since the distribution attitude is made, it is possible to suppress an action of changing the attitude of the distribution member (rotating the distribution member) by applying an external force to the arrangement member by tapping the gaming machine or the like.

  In any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, the game machine further comprises: a first winning opening on which the gaming ball distributed to the one side wins, and a second winning opening on which the gaming ball distributed to the other side wins A gaming machine Q11 characterized in that the gaming value awarded for the winning on the first winning opening and the gaming value awarded for the winning on the second winning opening are equal.

  According to the gaming machine Q11, in addition to the effects played by any of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, the first winning opening for winning the game ball distributed to one side and the gaming ball distributed to the other side win Since the gaming value provided for the winning of the first winning opening is equal to the gaming value of the winning for the second winning opening, the second gaming opening is provided. By tapping or the like, an external force is applied to the arrangement member, and the action of changing the posture of the distribution member (rotating the distribution member) can be suppressed.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with prize-winning mouth unit 34930 as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a ball entry port into which a game ball is entered and a sorting member for sorting the game ball entered into the ball entry to one side or the other side, rotation of the sorting member The gaming machine R1 is characterized in that the ball entry port is disposed at a position deviated from above in the vertical direction of the distributing member to the one side or the other side in an axial direction view.

  There is known a gaming machine provided with a ball entry port into which a game ball is entered and a sorting member for sorting the game ball entered into the ball entry to one side or the other side −148189). However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the ball entry opening is disposed vertically above the distributing member in the rotational axis direction view of the distributing member, the game ball entered into the ball entry can be distributed There is a problem that the manner of reaching the members becomes monotonous, and the interest of the game is insufficient.

  According to the gaming machine R1, the ball entry port is disposed at a position deviated from the upper side to the one side or the other side in the vertical direction of the distributing member in the rotational axis direction of the distributing member. It is possible to change the manner in which the game balls reach the distribution member. Thereby, the interest of the game can be improved.

  In the gaming machine R1, in a state after the distributing member distributes the gaming ball to the one side, until the gaming ball entering the ball entrance is distributed to the other side by the distributing member The game ball which has entered the ball entrance in a state after the distributing member operates to distribute the gaming ball to the other side, and the distributing member moves to the one side by the distributing member. A game machine R2 characterized by being different from the structure acting on the game ball until it is distributed.

  Here, in the case where the ball entry port is disposed at a position deviated from one side or the other side of the distributing member vertically from above in the rotational axis direction of the distributing member, the distributing member is formed in a symmetrical shape Depending on the attitude of the sorting member (whether it is in the state after the game balls have been distributed to one side or after it has been distributed to the other side) The behavior of the game balls distributed by the dividing member is different, and there is a possibility that a problem may occur.

  For example, in the case where the ball entry port is disposed at a position deviated from the upper side of the distribution member vertically to the one side in the rotational axis direction of the distribution member, the gaming ball directed to the distribution member from the ball entry port is Because it has a speed component in the direction from one side to the other side, the game ball is not rotated in the direction of rotating the distributing member to the distributing member in the state after distributing the gaming balls to one side The game ball which also has the speed component in the direction to rotate the clashes, while the distribution member in the state after distributing the game balls to the other side is reverse to the direction to rotate the distribution member The game ball (a game ball also having a velocity component in the direction opposite to the direction of rotating the absence of distribution) collides in the direction of. Therefore, according to the posture of the distributing member, the behavior of the gaming ball entered from the ball entrance and distributed by the distributing member is different.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine R1, the gaming ball entered into the ball entrance in the state after the sorting member has sorted the gaming ball to one side by the sorting member The composition that acts on the game ball before being distributed to the other side, and the game ball that entered the ball entrance in the state after the distributing member distributes the game ball to the other side is moved to one side by the distributing member Since the configuration that acts on the game balls before being distributed is different, it is possible to respond to the behavior of the game balls that are entered from the ball entrance and distributed by the distribution members according to the posture of the distribution members. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems.

  The gaming machine R2 is provided with a guiding passage for guiding the gaming ball having entered the ball entrance to the sorting member to the sorting member, and in view of the rotational axis direction of the sorting member, the above from the vertical direction of the sorting member The gaming machine is characterized in that the ball entry port is disposed at a position biased to one side, and the distributing member is disposed at a position biased from the lower side in the vertical direction of the exit of the induction passage to the other side. R3.

  According to the gaming machine R3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine R2, the guiding passage for guiding the gaming ball entered in the ball entrance to the distributing member is provided, and the distributing member in the rotational axis direction view The ball entry port is disposed at a position deviated from the upper direction to the one side in the vertical direction, and the distributing member is arranged at the position deviated from the lower direction to the other side of the exit of the guide passage. With respect to the distributing member in the state after the distribution to the side, it is possible to bring the position at which the gaming ball, which has entered the ball entrance and flowed out from the exit of the guiding passage, collides with the center of rotation of the distributing member. As a result, it is possible to reduce the rotation moment applied to the distributing member by the collision of the game balls and to suppress the breakage.

  In the gaming machine R2 or R3, the distribution angle in the vertical direction of the distributing member in the state after distributing the gaming balls to the one side is the distribution in the state after distributing the gaming balls to the other side A game machine R4 characterized in that the inclination angle of the member with respect to the vertical direction is made larger.

  According to the gaming machine R4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine R2 or R3, the inclination angle to the vertical direction of the distributing member in the state after distributing the gaming balls to one side after allocating the gaming balls to the other side Is larger than the inclination angle of the sorting member in the vertical direction, the gaming ball entering the ball entrance and flowing out from the exit of the guiding path is in a state after the gaming ball is distributed to the other side When colliding with the distribution member, it is possible to increase the component of the force received by the distribution member in the direction passing through the rotation axis. As a result, it is possible to reduce the rotation moment applied to the distributing member by the collision of the game balls and to suppress the breakage.

  In the gaming machine R3 or R4, the distributing member is characterized in that the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming ball to the other side is larger than the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming ball to the one side. Game machine R5.

  According to the gaming machine R5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine R3 or R4, the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming ball to the other side is larger than the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming machine to one side As a result, damage to the sorting member can be suppressed, and the sorting operation can be performed reliably.

  That is, since the gaming ball flowing down toward the distributing member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the distributing ball is in a state after the gaming ball is distributed to the one side. When the receiving member is received, the distributing member is rotated toward the other side together with the received gaming ball, and the stopper surface (but against the distributing member after distributing the gaming ball to the other side, the other side of the distributing member Collisions at high speed). As a result, the distributing member may be damaged.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R5, since the rotational resistance of the distributing member in the operation of distributing the gaming balls to the other side is increased, the rotational resistance to the other side of the distributing member is decelerated by the rotational resistance, It is possible to moderate the impact when the distributing member which has distributed the gaming balls to the other side collides with the stopper surface. As a result, damage to the distribution member can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, with respect to the distributing member in the state after distributing the gaming balls to the other side, the speed in the direction opposite to the direction of rotating the distributing member to one side (direction from one side to the other side) Since the game ball having the component collides, if the rotational resistance when rotating the distribution member to one side is increased, the distribution member that receives the game ball can not rotate with the game ball, and the game ball Tends to bounce off of the sorting member. When the gaming ball bounces off the sorting member, the sorting member moves to one side while the gaming ball is separated (bounced) from the sorting member by the impact of the collision of the gaming ball and the reaction when the ball bounces back. When the game ball which has been rotated and separated (bounced back) falls, there is a possibility that the game ball may be distributed to the other side opposite to the distribution direction.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R5, since the distributing member makes the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming machine to one side smaller than the rotational resistance in the operation of distributing the gaming ball to the other side, When received, the distributing member can be easily turned to one side with the gaming ball. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the bounce of the received game ball from the distribution member, and to perform distribution to one side of the game ball reliably.

  In the gaming machine R5, rotation of the distributing member in the direction of distributing the gaming ball to the other side is interposed between a plurality of gears forming one gear or gear train, the gear and the distributing member. A gaming machine R6 comprising: a one-way clutch that transmits to the gear and rotates the distributing member in the direction of distributing the gaming ball to the one side as non-transmission to the gear.

  According to the gaming machine R6, the rotation of the distributing member, which is interposed between a gear or a plurality of gears forming a gear train, the gear and the distributing member, and distributes the gaming ball to the other side is transmitted to the gear And, since the rotation of the distributing member in the direction to distribute the gaming balls to one side is provided with a one-way clutch that does not transmit to the gear, when the distributing member is rotated in the direction to distribute the gaming balls to the other side The rotation of the distributing member is transmitted to the gear through the one-way clutch, and the gear is driven. Therefore, the rotational resistance of the distributing member is increased by the following of the gear. On the other hand, when the distributing member is rotated in the direction to distribute the gaming balls to one side, the rotation of the distributing member is blocked by the one-way clutch and is not transmitted to the gear. That is, the gear is not driven. Thus, the rotational resistance of the distributing member is reduced as the gear is not driven.

  As described above, since the transmission and non-transmission of rotation to the gear are switched by the one-way clutch, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine R5, it is possible to reliably form a difference in rotational resistance with respect to the rotational direction. In addition, since the configuration can be made relatively simple whether to drive the gear or not, it is possible to reduce the product cost and to improve the reliability and durability.

  In particular, since the inertia force of the gear when starting to drive the gear in the stopped state can be used as the rotational resistance of the distributing member, the rotational resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distributing member In the present invention, which can be easily secured, and in which the displacement amount in the distributing operation of the distributing member is relatively small, it is effective as a structure for suppressing damage due to a collision of the distributing member against the stopper surface.

  The one-way clutch does not matter as long as it allows transmission of rotation in one direction and shuts off (restricts) transmission of rotation in the other direction. Examples of the one-way clutch system include a sprag system and a cam system. Further, in the case where the rotating shaft of the distributing member is connected to the inner ring side of the one-way clutch, the gear is connected to the outer ring side of the one-way clutch and the rotating shaft of the distributing member is connected to the outer ring side of the one-way clutch The gear is connected to the inner ring side of the one-way clutch.

  In the gaming machine R5 or R6, the distributing member is formed in a symmetrical shape in which a virtual plane including the rotation axis is a symmetrical plane.

  According to the gaming machine R7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine R5 or R6, the sorting member is formed in a symmetrical shape with the virtual plane including the rotation axis as the symmetry plane, thus simplifying the shape of the sorting member Thus, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. In addition, since the directivity can be eliminated, the assemblability can be improved.

  In the gaming machine R5 or R6, the center of gravity of the distributing member is disposed at a position biased to the one side with respect to the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine R8, since the center of gravity of the distributing member is disposed at a position biased to one side with respect to the rotation axis, when the distributing member is rotated in the direction of distributing the gaming ball to the other side, Since the center of gravity is raised, the rotational resistance of the distributing member is increased accordingly. On the other hand, when the distributing member is rotated in the direction of distributing the gaming balls to one side, the center of gravity is lowered, so that the rotational resistance of the distributing member is reduced accordingly.

  As described above, since the position of the center of gravity is set at the predetermined position, in addition to the effects of the game machine R5 or R6, the simplification can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and the reliability and the durability Can be improved.

  In addition, as a means to bias the gravity center of distribution member to one side with respect to a rotating shaft, the method of mounting a weight, the method of making it asymmetrical shape with respect to a rotating shaft, etc. are illustrated, for example.

  In any one of the gaming machines R2 to R8, the distributing member is characterized in that at least a receiving surface for receiving gaming balls distributed to the other side is formed as a curved surface which is convex toward the rotation axis. Machine R9.

  According to the gaming machine R9, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines R2 to R8, the distributing member has a curved surface in which at least the receiving surface for receiving gaming balls distributed to the other side is convex toward the rotation axis Since it is formed, breakage of the distributing member can be suppressed.

  That is, since the gaming ball flowing down toward the distributing member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the distributing ball is in a state after the gaming ball is distributed to the one side. When the receiving member is received, the distributing member is rotated toward the other side together with the received gaming ball, and the stopper surface (but against the distributing member after distributing the gaming ball to the other side, the other side of the distributing member Collisions at high speed). As a result, the distributing member may be damaged.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R9, since the receiving member for receiving the game balls is formed as a curved surface convex toward the rotation axis according to the gaming machine R9, the received game balls are arranged along the curved surface. It can slide or roll. Therefore, the impact when the distributing member, which distributes the gaming balls to the other side, collides with the stopper surface can be made gentle by the amount of the sliding or rolling. As a result, damage to the distribution member can be suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines R2 to R8, the distributing member is characterized in that the receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side has a smaller inclination than the receiving surface of the game balls distributed to the one side. A gaming machine R10.

  According to the gaming machine R10, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines R2 to R8, the receiving surface of the distributing member for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side is inclined more than the receiving surface of the game balls distributed to one side As a result, the breakage of the distributing member can be suppressed, and the distributing operation can be performed reliably.

  That is, since the gaming ball flowing down toward the distributing member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the distributing member in which such gaming ball is in a state after distributing the gaming ball to one side ( That is, when the receiving surface receives the game ball distributed to the other side, the distributing member is rotated toward the other side together with the received game ball, and the stopper surface (after distributing the game ball to the other side) It collides with the distributing member at a high speed to the surface (which restricts the displacement to the other side of the distributing member). As a result, the distributing member may be damaged.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R10, since the inclination angle of the receiving surface for receiving the game ball to be distributed to the other side is small in the distributing member, the thickness of the portion colliding with the stopper surface Can be increased. As a result, damage to the distribution member can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, with respect to the distributing member in the state after distributing the gaming balls to the other side, the speed in the direction opposite to the direction of rotating the distributing member to one side (direction from one side to the other side) Because the game ball having the component collides, if the inclination of the receiving surface of the game ball distributed to one side is small, the game ball is likely to bounce off from the distributing member. When the gaming ball bounces off the sorting member, the sorting member moves to one side while the gaming ball is separated (bounced) from the sorting member by the impact of the collision of the gaming ball and the reaction when the ball bounces back. When the game ball which has been rotated and separated (bounced back) falls, there is a possibility that the game ball may be distributed to the other side opposite to the distribution direction.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine R10, since the tilt angle of the receiving surface for receiving the game balls to be distributed to one side is increased according to the gaming member R10, More velocity components in the direction toward the distribution direction can be provided. Therefore, it is possible to suppress that the received gaming ball bounces from the distributing member, and it is easy to rotate the distributing member that received the gaming ball toward one side with the gaming ball. Therefore, distribution to one side of the game ball can be performed reliably.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning opening unit 19930 as an example>
A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to the one side passes, and the other side In the gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage through which the gaming ball passes, the sorting member is rotatably supported so that its rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board A game machine S1 characterized by being played.

  A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side There is known a gaming machine provided with a sorting unit having a second passage to pass through (JP-A-2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the passage is disposed along the direction parallel to the gaming board, so the sorting unit is enlarged in the width direction, and the other members are disposed accordingly. There was a problem that space decreased.

  According to the gaming machine S1, the sorting member is rotatably supported, and the rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board, so the sorting direction of the gaming balls by the sorting member is the gaming board It can be the crossing direction (front and back direction). Therefore, the first passage and the second passage can also be disposed along the direction (front-rear direction) intersecting the game board. As a result, the distribution unit can be miniaturized in the width direction, and a space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly.

  The gaming machine S1 comprises a first detection means for detecting the gaming ball passing through the first passage, the first passage comprising an enlargement means for enlarging a displaceable area of the gaming ball, the enlargement means being the one described above A game machine S2 disposed between a distribution member and the first detection means.

  Here, when the game balls are distributed by the distribution member, a runaway of the game balls is likely to occur due to an impact at the time of the distribution operation. Therefore, when the first detection means approaches the distribution member, chattering may occur.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine S2, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine S1, the first passage is provided with enlargement means for enlarging the displaceable area of the gaming ball, and the enlargement means is the distribution member and the first detection Since the ball is disposed between the means, when the game balls run out due to the impact at the time of the distribution operation by the distribution member, the runaway of the game balls can be absorbed by the enlargement means. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering while making it possible to bring the first detection means closer to the distribution member.

  In addition, what enlarges the cross-sectional area of the channel | path in the 1st upstream channel | path of a 1st channel | path is illustrated as an expansion means.

  The gaming machine S2 includes a first branch passage branched from the first passage, and the enlargement means is formed by the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine S3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine S2, the first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and the expansion means is formed by the first branch passage. If the game ball is small, the expansion means (the internal space of the first branch passage) can suppress the runaway of the gaming ball and can suppress the occurrence of chattering, but if the runaway of the game ball is relatively large, that is, the occurrence of chattering In the case of a big runaway that can not suppress the game ball, the game ball can be made to flow out by the first branch passage.

  Further, by forming the expanding means by the first branch passage, the game ball distributed to one side by the distributing member passes through the first passage and is detected by the first detection means, and It is not possible to reach the detection means, and it is possible to form a form that flows out to the first passage. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with the game characteristic that the player is expected to reach the first detection means without the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member being discharged to the first branch passage. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  In addition, as an induction destination of the game ball by the first branch passage, for example, an out port, a winning port, a game area and the like are exemplified.

  In the game machine S3, the first passage is formed of a light transmitting material, and the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first passage.

  According to the gaming machine S4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S3, the first passage is formed of the light transmitting material, and the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first passage. Can make the player visually recognize the game ball passing through and enhance the interest of the game. That is, the gaming balls are distributed to one side by the sorting member and can pass through the first upstream passage so that the gaming balls can reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. It is possible to give the player the game characteristic of making the player expect it. As a result, the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Further, by branching the first branch passage from the side of the first passage, the area of the display surface for displaying the information on the game can be secured on the upper surface of the first passage or the first branch passage. As information on the game, for example, information on the destination of the game ball guided by the first branch passage is exemplified. As an induction | guidance | derivation destination, an out outlet is illustrated, for example.

  Note that only a part of the first passage may be formed of a light transmitting material, and the first branch passage may be formed of a light transmitting material.

  Game machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J10, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, A gaming machine X1 characterized in that the gaming machine is a slot machine in any one of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4. Among them, as a basic configuration of the slot machine, “a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying the identification information is provided. The dynamic display of the identification information is started as a result, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or when the predetermined time elapses. It is a gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generation means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, as a necessary condition that the final identification information of is a specific identification information. In this case, the game medium may be a coin, a medal or the like as a representative example.

  Game machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J10, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, In any one of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, the ball is fired to a predetermined game area, and the ball is at an operating opening arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operation opening), identification information dynamically displayed on the display means may be determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when the special game state occurs, the variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable the ball to be won, and the value according to the number of winnings There is a case where a value (including not only prize balls but also data etc. written to a magnetic card) is given.

  Game machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J10, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, In any of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine A game machine X3 characterized by Among them, as a basic configuration of the integrated gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying identification information, and for starting operation means (for example, operation lever) Fluctuation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. A special game state generation means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the finalized identification information upon stopping is the specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium and the identification information In order to start the dynamic display of the game, a predetermined number of balls are required, and when a special gaming state occurs, a large number of balls are paid out.

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
13 game board 60, 19060 base board (game board)
60a, 19060a through hole (opening)
60c light transmission hole (recessed portion)
64 1st winning opening (1st passage, ball entry)
140 2nd winning opening (ball entrance, 1st ball entrance, 2nd passage)
65a specific winning combination (the second ball entry)
162 Transmission shaft (support means)
163 Driven member (displacement means)
175 Lower regulatory part (second resistance means)
176 Upper regulation part (resistance means, first resistance means)
310 back case 405 metal rail (guide means)
410, 3410 Transmission unit (transmission means)
411 Drive gear (transmission means)
412 Transmission gear (transmission means)
413 End gear (transmission means)
414 arm member (transmission means)
425 Housing plate (supporting means)
425b omitted part (open part)
427 Through hole (control means)
428 Occlusion plate (support means, suppression means)
430 Lifting board (base means, intermediate means)
433 Tubular part (suppression means)
441 Rotating gear (displacement means)
442 Relative displacement member (intermediate means, tip side means)
444 Auxiliary arm member (base means, rotational displacement means)
444a Base end side (part, rotating shaft)
444b Arc gear (overhanging part)
444d Tubular part (other parts, rotary shaft)
460 Wing-like member (tip side means, displacement means, first displacement means, second displacement means, disposition means)
464L Forming part (first displacement means, first disposition means)
464R Forming part (second displacement means, second disposition means)
490 Fixed transmission plate (displacement means)
708 Partition member (support plate)
712 Thin film cover member (thin film member)
714 Light guiding member (guiding means)
730 Plate-like displacement member (displacement means, first displacement means)
735 Small receiving part (first support part, second support part)
736 Large receiving portion (first support, second support)
740 Hollow member (second displacement means)
743 Protruding column (second displacement means)
750 Variable decorative member (second displacement means)
761, 4761 Load member (displacement means, load application means, transmission means)
761c Vertical rod extension (push part)
761d overhang (attached part, range setting means)
762 Axle (support means)
764 Lower regulatory part (second resistance means)
765 Upper limit part (resistance means, first resistance means, range setting means)
777 electric decoration substrate (light emitting substrate)
DH1 electrical wiring (electric supply means)
MT1 drive motor (drive means)
S1 Contact surface (split surface)
SOL1 electromagnetic solenoid (drive means)
SOL2 electromagnetic solenoid (drive means, load giving means, range setting means)
SP21 Bias spring (load application means)
3441 Rotary gear with arm (displacement means)
930, 19930, 20930, 21930, 22930, 24930, 26930, 23930, 29930, 29930, 29930, 32930, 33930, 35930, 36930, 37930, 38930, 39930, 41930 winning opening unit (Arrangement member)
940 Front unit (first member, first unit)
941 Rear base (fixed member)
941g, 19941g 1st receiving part (ball entrance)
942c 2nd throwing part (1st passage member)
943, 19943 Front base (body member, ball entrance)
943a Rolling part (first passage, first passage member)
945 Wing member (1st opening and closing member)
945b projection (protruding part)
951 Plate member (second opening and closing member, opening and closing member)
953a1 opening (ball entrance)
953a2 Rolling surface 953c Ring projection (seat)
954b recessed part (guide groove)
954c Protruding part (second guiding means)
954c2 side portion 954c3 side edge portion 954d standing wall (first guiding means)
954d1 second guide surface (first inclined surface)
954d2 second side edge (side edge)
955 Passage member (case member)
955a recessed part (passage member)
957a1 body 957a2 shaft (drive shaft)
960 Drive unit (third member)
961a body portion 961b shaft portion (drive shaft)
962e arm (second engaging portion)
962f wall (covering surface)
962g Protruding part (1st engaging part)
140 2nd winning opening (ball entrance, second ball entrance)
965, 18965 Transmission member (rotary member, first transmission mechanism)
965a tip (first part)
965b Rotating part (first part)
965c Rotating shaft 965d Protrusion (second part)
965e Insertion part (contact part)
966, 8966, 11966, 12966, 14966, 18966 Displacement member (slide member, first transmission mechanism)
966a2, 8966a2 Sliding groove 966a5 Sloped surface 8966a6 Recess (receiving part)
966b2 one side abutted portion 966b3 the other side abutted portion 11968c, 18996g blade portion (abrasive portion)
12966c2 second blade (cutting member)
6683 blade part (cutting member)
970 throwing unit (second unit)
980 Distribution unit (second member, second upstream unit)
981b Side wall (second passage, second passage member, third passage)
982b Inclined part (bent part)
982h1, 982j1 Guidance part (standing part)
985e1, 985f1 Inflow passage (second connection passage)
988b Magnetic material (adjustment means, suppression means)
988c Magnetic body (adjustment means, suppression means)
900 passage unit (second downstream unit)
991c1, 991d1 recessed part (receiving part)
19941h middle entrance (second passage)
19980, 20980, 21980, 22980, 23980, 25980, 26980, 28980, 29980, 29980, 31980, 32980, 34980, 35980, 36980, 37980, 39980, 40980, 41980 distribution unit 19982a, 19986a , 31986a Side plate (induction passage)
19982c, 39982c Game ball guide wall (induction passage)
19982d Protruding part (induction passage)
19983, 24983, 25983, 29983, 30983, 31983, 32983, 3398 3, 3793, 38983 distribution member 21981b protrusion (adjustment means, protrusion)
24983a1 Protrusion (adjustment means, suppression means)
26983a2 Magnetic material (adjustment means)
26982a4 Magnetic material (adjustment means)
27982b2 Back side contact part (adjustment means)
28982b2 Back side contact part (suppression means)
30983f Rubber sheet (Adjusting means, one side receiving surface, other side receiving surface)
32983 g center of gravity adjustment unit 32983 g (suppression means)
33983b1 Protruding surface (adjustment means)
33983b2 concave (adjustment means)
34982c, 34985j Bearing (suppression means, shaft hole)
37983h Curved surface (receiving surface)
38983a3,38983a4 Action part (receiving surface)
TR0 Throwing passage (second passage, second upstream passage)
TR1, TR201 first passage (second passage, second branch passage, first passage)
TR2, TR202 second passage (second passage, second branch passage)
TR3 passage (second passage, adjustment means, drop area)
TR4, TR214, TR224, TR234 Passage (first passage, first upstream passage)
TR5 passage (enlargement means, first branch passage)
TR6 passage (enlargement means, first branch passage)
TR7 passage (1st branch passage)
TR8 passage (first passage, first branch passage, first downstream passage)
TR9 passage (second passage)
TR10 passage (second passage)
TR11 passage (1st branch passage)
TR12 passage (first passage, first downstream passage, first branch passage)
SE1 detection device (detection sensor)
SE3 detector (detection sensor)
SE4 detector (detection sensor)
SE5 Detection device (first detection means, second detection means)
SE6 Detector (second detector, first detector)
HS1 Wiring HS2 Wiring HS3 Wiring SP Biasing spring (elastic member)
S1, S2 Screw C Collar (Support Wheel)
θ1 1st drive range (outside range)
θ2 2nd drive range (center side range)
U1 opening (first branch passage)
U2 opening (enlargement means, first branch passage)
U3 opening (first passage, first downstream passage, first branch passage)
U4 opening (enlargement means, first branch passage)
U5 opening (first passage, first upstream passage, first downstream passage)
U6 opening (1st passage, 1st upstream passage, 1st winning opening, 2nd winning opening)
U7 Opening (2nd passage, 2nd winning opening, 1st winning opening)
U8 opening (ball entrance)
U9 opening (second passage)
GY3 third gear (adjustment means, suppression means, gear)
GY4 4th gear (adjustment means, suppression means, gear)
GY5 fifth gear (adjustment means, suppression means, gear)
WG one way gear (adjustment means, suppression means, one way clutch)

Claims (3)

A sorting member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to the one side passes, and the other side A gaming machine comprising a sorting unit having a second passage through which the gaming ball passes;
The gaming machine according to the present invention, wherein the distributing member is rotatably supported, and the rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the gaming board. It has a first detection means for detecting the gaming ball passing through the first passage,
The first passage includes enlargement means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlargement means is disposed between the distribution member and the first detection means. The gaming machine described.   The gaming machine according to claim 2, further comprising a first branch passage branched from the first passage, wherein the enlargement means is formed by the first branch passage.

Images